MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM VOLUME 41 PART 1 BRISBANE 20 APRIL 1997 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN FLAT BUGS OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE (INSECTA: HEMIPTERA: ARADIDAE) G.B. MONTEITH Monteith, G.B. 1997 04 20: Revision of the Australian flat bugs of the Subfamily Mezirinae (Insecta: Hemiptera: Aradidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 41(1): 1-169. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. The taxonomy of the Australian Mezirinae is revised and keys are given to the 22 genera and 9] species recognised. Related apterous genera from New Caledonia and New Zealand are included in the keys. Known Australian distribution records for all species are mapped. New genera proposed are Corynophloeobia, Mesophloeabia and Granulaptera. Artabanellus is synonymised under Caecicaris; Dimorphacantha is synonymised under Scironocoris; Scirrhacoris is synonymised under Neophloeobia; Micromezira is synonymised under Carventus and is shown to belong to the Carventinae, not the Mezirinae. The following new species are described: Neuroctenus transitus, N. occidentalis, N. woodwardi, N. kapalga, N. yorkensis, Ctenoneurus meridionalis, C. robertsi, Scironocaris australis, Chinessa claudiae, C. pusilla, Chiastaplonia bamaga, C. granulata, C. thoracica, Corvnophloeobia dimorpha, Glochacaris gippslandicus, Arbanatus peninsularis, A. tropicus, A. frazieri, Arictus dimidiatus, A. obscurus, Drakiessa cantrelli, D. glaebula, D. consobrina, D. planula, D. wasselli, D. virago, D. sybilae, D. arelimira, Chelonoderus forfex, C. thompsoni, C. minor, Aegisocoris kormilevi, Neophloeobia bulburina, N. incisa, N. paluma, N, cataracta, N. elongata, Mesaphloeobia vetusta, M. kirrama, M. yeatesi, Granulaptera verrucosa, G. ovata, G. remota. G, alticola, G. cooki, G. spiniceps. The following species are synonymised (senior synonym given first): Neuroctenus proximus = N, majusculus, Arrabanus bilobiceps = A. australis; Caecicoris microcerus = Ariabanellus infuscatus; Brachyrhynchus australis = B. scrupulosus; Carventus brachypterus = Micromezira australis. The following non-Austra- lian species of Dimorphacanrha are transferred to Scironocoris: sexpinosus, distinctus, luchti, usingeri, brachypterus, borneensis armatus. New generic combinations are proposed for the following Australian species (previous genus in parentheses): Usingerida roberti (Mezira); Neopliloeobia australiensis (Scirrhocoris); N, mirabilis (Scirrhocoris); Mesophloeabia australica (Neophloeobia); Granulaptera tuberculata (Neephloeabia), Brachyrhynchus wilson (Mezira). Lectotypes are selected for Neuroctenus proximus, Chinessa bispiniceps and Brachyrhynchus australis. The following genera and species are newly recarded from Australia; Arbanaras, Neuroctenus crassicornis, N. par, N, eurycephalus, Artabanus sinuatus, Chinessa bispiniceps, C. iniqua, Chiastoplonia pygmaea, Arictus lobuliventris, Brachyrhynchus subtriangulus. Most Australian species are closely associated with rainforest tracts along the eastern seaboard of the continent, Patterns of diversity are examined with maxima occurring at Iron Range in Cape York Peninsula (30 spp.), in the Wet Tropics Zone around Cairns (42 spp.) and in the Border Ranges between Queensland and NSW (18 spp.). At Iron Range the fauna is dominated by winged species allied to the New Guinea tauna, In the other areas of high diversity wingless species with endemic and Melanesian Arc affinities predominate. [ | Hemiptera, Aradidae, Mezirinae, Australia, Pacific, taxonomy, biogeography, rainforests. Geoffrey Blyth Monteith, Queensland Museum, PO Box 3300, Sauth Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Australia. Received 25 July 1996, CONTENTS HISTORY OF COLLECTION AND STUDY BIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE . . 6 OF AUSTRALIAN MERIZINAE .......... 4 MORPHOLOGY octet I STUDY MATERIAL ........-........---. A Hedb olo en etei 9 Collecting Methods ........ lisse. 4. Thomx «sees ee eee nnn b rise teh 3 2 i 5 Legs 2.5 Mi teosapces acc ENa tea 12 Borrowed Museum Collections AT Tee Abüeen; HEISE bho} tact TE Lists of Material Examined ,,..,.-....5, iD Male Genitalia |... sisse 14 MEASUREMENTS ..-...2. 52-4000 5 e005 6 GENERICCLASSIFICATION .......... 16 H Macropterous and Brachypterous Genera . . 16 Apterous Genera ...........ieve esse 16 KEY TO GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE .................e ees 2l Neuroctenus Fieber ..-.......-......0.44 23 Key to Australjan Neuroctenus .......... 24 N. gracilis Kormilev ....... sse 25 N. grandis Kormilev ......--.....----. 26 N. proximus (Walker) oo... ......00244. 27 N. transitus SPNOV, iilis sisse 2.07429 N. occidentalis sp.nov. ....--.-...-- ...29 N. woodwardi sp.nov. 2.0.6.6 0600 sce 30 N. handschini Kormilev .,..... 066055: 32 N. kapalga sp. nov. ......---...------. 33 N. hyalinipennis australicus Kormilev ,...34 N. crassicornis Kormilev ..............38 N. par Bergroth ..........---....----. 36 N. eurycephalus Kormilev |, pects tet N. yorkensis Sp. nV... isses 39 Ctenoneurus Bergroth ........4-.6000005 42 Key to Australian Ctenoneurus .......... 42 C. australis Kormilev ,........ so suse 42 C. meridionalis sp. nov, ..... sese 43 C. robertsi sp. DOV. ......---...----... 45 Aspisocoris Kormilev ...... 2.5.5.6 e545 47 A. termitophilus Kormilev ..-......-.... 48 Artthanus- Stal |. ue ee pees aa rp eres 49 Key to Australian Artabanus.......-.... 50 A. sinuatus Stal i... iiia iius 50 A. bilobiceps (Lethierry) .............. 51 A. bilobiceps papuasicus Konnilev ...... 51 Caecicoris Kormilev ,....... loss 52 C. microcerus (Walker)... 0.0... .00046. 53 Scironacoris Kormilev .,.. 2.6.5.4. 00040 54 S. sexspinosus (Bergroth) ..............55 S. armigerus Kormilev oo. 066.6. 6 560005 55 S. distinctus (Usinger & Matsuda) ....... 55 S. luchti (Kiritshenko) ..........22.... 55 S. usingeri (Blóte) -o.o -aaan 2-2-2... 55 S. obscurus Kormilev ,...... liiis 55 S, papuasicus Kormiley .. 2.0.00. 02.2.0. 56 S. baliensis Kormilev .., 00.6.6) cece 56 S. brachypterus (Liu) ......... 06000256. 56 S. malayensis Kormilev ...-.....-.--... 56 S. borneensis (Kormilev) ...........ss. 56 S. armatus (Heiss) |... isses 56 S. australis sp. nov. ......-...----.205: 56 Usingerida Kormilev ............2....-. 58 U. roberti (Kormilev) |... 0 occas 59 Chinessa Usinger & Matsuda ......--..... ól Key to Australian Chinessa.......... TE OS C. bispiniceps (Walker) ...........-.... 62 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM C. claudiae sp. DOV- .....--.....----.- 64 C. pusilla Sp. NOV. .... eene 65 C. iniqua Kormilev ...... cee ee 67 Clavicornia Kormilev ...............+.- 67 C. usingeri Kormlev .........6. 65,005 68 C. usingeri granulata Kormilev......... 68 Chiastoplonia China s.,s., sasssa 69 Key to Australian Chiastoplonia ........ 69 C. minuta Kormilev ..........-....0-- 70 C. bamaga sp. nov... siiis 71 C. granulata sp. MOV, «i.i ese 7i C. thoracica sp. NOV. ............02... 72 C. pygmaea China .........-.-....-4- 73 Corynophloeobia gen. nov. ............. 73 C. dimorpha sp. Nov, «6-6... eee eee 75 Glochocoris Usinger & Matsuda ......... 76 Key to Australian Glochocoris ......... 78 G. monteithi Kormilev ........---6.--- 78 G, abdominalis Kormilev .,,..........- 78 G. brisbanicus Kormilev .............. 79 G. gippslandicus sp. nov. oo. cece ea 79 Arbanatus Kormilev .......-.-.-..-0.-.- 80 Key to Australian Arbanatus ........ ss 81 A, peninsularis sp. NOV... 666.000 8l A. tropicus SP, NOV, s.o isses 81 A, frazieri sp, MOV. estatis renee eects 82 Aríciis Stal vice etce osole an saline irae 83 Key to Australian Arictut,....,...-.... 85 A. monteithi Kormilev oo... 00.02... iaa d A.rasmani (Kormilev) ...-....---..... 86 A. dimidiatus sp. nov. s. sss ii esses 87 A, thoracoceras (Montrouzier) ......... 87 A. obscurus sp. OV. ooon sse ee eee 89 A. lobuliventris (Kormilev) ............ 90 A. chinai (Kormilev) ........ loose. 90 Brachyrhynchus Laporte |... sese. 90 Key to Australian Brachyrhynchus ...... 92 B. sulcatus (Kormilev) ............... 92 B. subtriangulus (Kormilev) ,,,.,.-.+.- 93 B, elegans (Kormilev) ........ 000.008. 93 B. australis (Walker) 2... eese 93 B. wilsoni (Kormilev) .,.,,-.........- ..97 Drakiessa Usinger & Matsuda ........... 97 Key to Drakiessa ,.. sss ne 99 D. hackeri (Drake) ,.....00 00.00.0200 99 D. cantrelli sp.nov. ..... 0.2.60. 242-5. 101 D. glaebula sp, nov. ,.. ce eee ey eee 102 D. parva Kormilev ....... 06.000 ee 103 D. consobrina sp. nov... is. . 103 D. tertia Kormilev ......--...-.--... 104 D. planulasp.nov. 6.26. cece 105 D, minor Kormilév ,.... ee 107 D. confusa Kormilev .............s.. 108 REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 3 D. wasselli sp. NOV... 6... eee eee 109 D. virago sp. NOV. 6.6... cee eee eee 110 D. sybilae sp. nov. ... 6... eee ee eee 111 D. arelimira sp. nov. .........0 0c eee 112 Drakiessa unnamed species ........... 115 Chelonoderus Usinger ................. 115 Key to Chelonoderus ............4444. 116 C. stylatus Usinger ...............05. 116 C. forfex sp. nov. 2... 6. cece eee eee ee 117 C. thompsoni sp. NOV. .............ss. 118 Gthinor SPINON deese s aia wiam Dahal aae. o 119 Pseudoargocoris Kormilev ............. 121 P. grossi (Kormilev) ......... seus 122 Aegisocoris Kormilev ............000005 123 Key to Aegisocoris ........ 0.0 ce sees 123 A. granulatus Kormilev............--- 124 A. kormilevi sp. nov. ...........ssess. 126 Neophloeobia Usinger & Matsuda........ 127 Key to Neophloeobia.............044. 127 N. montrouzieri Usinger & Matsuda..... 128 N. australiensis (Kormilev) ............ 129 N. mirabilis (Kormilev) ............... 130 N. bulburina sp. nov. ......-. 00 eee ees 131 MN. heisa SP NOV: saien deett ne 133 N. palumasp.nov. 6.2... eee eee ee 135 N. cataracta Sp. NOV. «1.16... eese 135 N. elongata Sp. NOV. . 6... cee eee eee es 136 Mesophloeobia gen. nov. ............065 137 Key to Mesophloeobia ............... 138 M. vetusta Sp. NOV. ...... lees 139 M. australica (Usinger & Matsuda) ..... 140 M. kirrama sp. NOV. ....... sess eese 141 M, yeatest sp; TOV, c. oes recen 142 Granulaptera gen. nov. ......... STP 144 Key to Granulaptera ......... sese 145 G. tuberculata (Kormilev) ............ 145 G. verrucosa SP. NOV. 11... cece eee nee 147 G. ovata SP. nov... 149 G. remota SP. NOV. ....i isse nne 150 G. alticolasp. NOV. ............2 ee eee 150 G. cooki Sp. NOV, «6... cece ee eee 153 G. spinicepS Sp. NOV. ..... sss 154 Micromezira Kormilev .............+++. 156 Carventus Stal ......... cee eee eee 156 C. brachypterus Kormilev ............. 157 Phloeobia Montrouzier..............--. 157 Woodwardiessa Usinger & Matsuda ...... 158 DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE .......... 159 North-South Transition in Eastern Australia . 160 Cape York Peninsula Zone ............ 161 Wet Tropics Zone ............-...05. 162 Central Queensland Zone ............. 163 Southern Queensland Zone ........... 163 Northern New South Wales Zone ...... 164 Southern New South Wales Zone ...... 164 Viclotiimu i sesso, ode ook e wea se Be 164 Tasmalniá....1.2 2g. e sce bee asia tee be 164 Complementarity Values for Barriers ... 165 Transition in Faunal Components ...... 165 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ............ 165 LITERATURECITED ................ 166 The Aradidae is a large family of heteropterous sucking bugs which share the features of 2-seg- mented tarsi, 4 segmented antennae, stylets elon- gated and withdrawn into a coil inside the enlarged clypeus when not in use, and connexival areas of the abdomen broadly exposed around the perimeter of the small-sized hemelytra (when present). The stylets are used to tap juices of fungal hyphae in dead and dying wood. Typical species are flattened to live under loose bark of dead trees and logs. This leads to the common names of ‘flat bugs’ or ‘bark bugs’. A feature of the family is the propensity to wing loss, particularly in ground habitats in rainforest environments. This wing loss has occurred on separate occasions many times throughout the taxonomic and geographic components of the family. These wingless aradids become highly modified and include some of the most bizarre- shaped insects known. They are also extremely cryptic in nature and consequently rare in collec- tions. Monteith (1969, 1982) discussed the evo- lutionary and ecological significance of this wing loss. The higher classification of the family has re- mained relatively stable since the masterly world revision of Usinger & Matsuda (1959). They recognised 8 subfamilies which have remained unchanged despite study of new characters such as the labrum (Stys, 1969), the stylets (Lee & Pendergrast, 1976) and the pretarsus (Vásárhelyi, 1986). Australia and New Zealand are the only land masses on which all 8 subfamilies live. The Mezirinae is the largest subfamily by far, comprising more species worldwide than all the other subfamilies combined. It is also the most evolutionarily advanced as shown by the cladistic analysis of Vásárhelyi (1987) and Jacobs (1980). When Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) catalogued the world fauna they listed 124 genera and 1075 species which they pointed out was an increase of 277% in species in the 28 years since Usinger 4 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM & Matsuda’s monograph. This increase was al- most entirely due to the work of Nicholas A. Kormilev. The Mezirinae are easily recognisable using Usinger & Matsuda’s key to subfamilies. They share the open metathoracic scent gland orifice, usually enlarged genae, abdominal glabrous area pattern of 2:2:1 and lack surface incrustation on the body. HISTORY OF COLLECTION AND STUDY OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE The present study brings the known fauna of Australian Mezirinae to 91 species in 22 genera. This is based on comprehensive modern collec- tions and it is useful to speculate on how complete our knowledge of the total fauna now is (Fig. 1). The earliest known specimens are those un- dated ones of Neuroctenus proximus from ‘King George Sound’ and of Brachyrhynchus australis from ‘Australia’ which were in the British Mu- seum prior to their publication in Walker (1873) which is the earliest publication to mention Aus- tralian species. By the end of the nineteenth cen- tury only 8 species had been collected. In the first 15 years of the 20th century another 12 species were collected by A.M. Lea of the South Austra- lian Museum, H. Hacker from the Queensland Museum and Eric Mjóberg of the Rijksmuseum in Stockholm. These were some of the earliest collectors in the rainforests of north Queensland. Overthe next 40 years 10 more Australian species were collected until 1963 when I began to collect Aradidae as a specialist group. The very steep rise in the curve (Fig. 1) indicates that more than 50 additional species were revealed over the next 10 years as major rainforests were intensively sam- pled. Though collecting intensity has increased in more recent years the curve has flattened out to the extent that only 2 species have been discov- ered in the last decade, the most recent being Drakiessaarelimira 5 years ago. This rapid taper- ing off of the rate of species discovery, despite continuous collecting effort, indicates that most Australian Mezirinae are now known. The curve for publication of these records (Fig. 1) follows a very different pattern. Following Walker (1873) and Bergroth (1896) who re- corded just 3 species prior to the turn of the century no further species were published for 45 years until Usinger (1941) and Drake (1942) de- scribed two large apterous species Chelonoderus stylatus and Drakiessa hackeri, respectively, these being the first apterous species noted from AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE No. of species 1b qM 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000 n Accumulative totals ai 5-year intervals 1870-1996 FIG. 1. Diagram showing the progressive increase in knowledge of the Australian Mezirinae since first records about 1870. The top line is based on the earliest dates of collection of each Australian species. The lower line is based on the earliest dates of publi- cation of Australian records of each species. the continent. The modern era began with Usin- ger & Matsuda's (1959) monograph of the world fauna. At about the same time N.A. Kormilev, the leading specialist on the family, began a series of papers dealing with Australian museum collec- tions which led to another 22 species being re- ported. Following Kormilev's last paper dealing with Australian species in 1971 there have been no additions to the Australian mezirine fauna for 25 years until this present publication which adds 58 new taxa taking the published fauna from 33 to 91 species. This takes knowledge of the Aus- tralian fauna to the happy situation where virtu- ally all species have probably been collected and published. STUDY MATERIAL Aradidae, particularly the cryptic apterous spe- cies, are relatively poorly represented in museum collections and a large number of species have been described from unique specimens. The pres- ent study deals with 6424 specimens of Austra- lian Mezirinae; despite this, Brachyrhynchus elegans (Kormilev) and Arbanatus peninsularis sp. nov. are still known only from singletons. The great bulk of this material has come from special- ist field collecting by the writer and associates. COLLECTING METHODS. The traditional method of peeling loose bark from dead trees and logs yields normal macropterous genera such as Neuroctenus, Brachyrhynchus and Arictus which REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 5 are the principal mezirine components in open eucalypt forests. However, most Australian spe- cies live in the dim, damp interior of rainforests where bark peeling is of limited usefulness. Most of these rainforest species, and practically all the apterous species, live on undersides of dead wood (sticks, branches, large and small logs lying on the ground). These are collected by close inspec- tion of these undersides. Because of their extreme camouflage and immobility a head torch is useful, even in the day time. Carrying pieces of wood to sunny patches in the forest is also of help. Since most species are gregarious the finding of one specimen on a particular piece of wood means that careful inspection usually reveals more. Often nymphs, which are less camouflaged, are detected first. Larger nymphs for which no asso- ciated adults are located can usually be reared to adults by keeping them with moist bark and wood in a plastic vial. Extraction in a berlese funnel of leaf litter and bark frass is useful for some small species, such as Glochocoris and Arbanatus. The technique of 'stick brushing' is very effective for sampling the cryptic apterous species. Loose material adhering to the underside of wood lying on the ground is brushed with a stiff brush into a plastic bucket. This is continued until a couple of litres of mate- rial is obtained. This is then extracted in an ordi- nary berlese funnel. Very small species which live in crevices and beetle burrows on the outer surface of dead stand- ing trees and stumps (e.g., Chiastoplonia spp.) can be obtained by spraying the surface with household. aerosol pyrethrum and collecting specimens which fall onto fabric sheets on the ground. Occasional specimens are taken in flight intercept traps, including almost all known Ctenoneurus robertsi. AII field specimens are collected directly into ethanol and mounted under the microscope later. Before mounting compacted soil is cleaned under ethanol from dirty specimens by loosening with a mounted needle and brushing with a small artist's camel hair brush cut off short to form stiff bristles. This cleaning is absolutely essential for most apterous species and for certain macropter- ous species which habitually coat themselves with soil (e.g., Glochocoris spp.). A systematic attempt has been made to sample all significant rainforest tracts in Australia. Darlington's (1960) list of his rainforest collect- ing localities has been useful in this respect. Only the monsoon forest patches in the Kimberley region of WA have not been included in the survey. BORROWED MUSEUM COLLECTIONS, Australian Mezirinae were borrowed from the following institutions to which I am most grate- ful. They are listed with their abbreviation used in the text and the curators with whom I dealt: ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra (M.S. Upton, T.A. Weir); AM, Austra- lian Museum, Sydney (C.N. Smithers, G.A. Holloway, G. Cassis); BCRI, Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Sydney (C.E. Chad- wick, M.J. Fletcher); BPBM, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu (G. Nishida); BMNH, The Natural History Museum, London (W.R. Doll- ing); CAS, Californian Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (P.H. Arnaud); DJ, D. Jacobs col- lection, Pretoria; DSIR, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Auckland (L. Deitz); EH, Ernst Heiss collection, Innsbruck; HNHM, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest (T. Vásárhelyi); HUB, Humboldt University of Berlin, Berlin (U. Gollner-Scheiding); MCG, Museo Civico, Genoa (R, Poggi); MDPI, Depart- ment of Primary Industries, Mareeba (R.I. Sto- rey); MM, Macleay Museum, University of Sydney (H.S. Horning); MNHG, Natural History Museum, Geneva (D. Burckhardt); NMB, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basle (W. Wittmer); NMNH, National Museum of Natural History, Washington (R. Froeschner); NRS, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm (P.I. Persson); NTM, Northern Territory Museum (M.B. Malipatil, G. Brown); QDPI, Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane (J.F. Donaldson); QM, Queensland Museum, Bris- bane; SAM, South Australian Museum, Adelaide (G.F. Gross); TAD, Tasmanian Agriculture De- partment, Hobart (M. Williams); TMAG, Tasma- nian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart (A. Green); UQIC, University of Queensland Insect Collection (M. Schneider); UZMH, Uni- versitetets Zoologiska Museum, Helsinki (M. Meinander); WADA, Western Australia Depart- ment of Agriculture, Perth (K. Richards); WAM, Western Australian Museum, Perth (T.F. Hous- ton). LISTS OF MATERIAL EXAMINED. To give the maximum amount of information with econ- omy of space the following standard procedures are followed in each species account. A separate entry is given forthe TYPE in which full label data is given for the primary type spec- 6 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM imen/s, together with location, registration num- ber, whether examined and nomenclatural proce- dures such as lectotype selection. All other specimens are summarised under ‘Materials Examined’. An initial statement gives the total number of specimens. Generally with new species all specimens are made paratypes and this is indicated in that statement. In a few species variant specimens are excluded from paratyping and these are listed at the end as ‘the following specimens are not paratypes’. Speci- mens are listed by Australian state and since most are from coastal Queensland this state is divided into North Queensland (north of Bowen), Central Queensland (Gladstone to Bowen) and South Queensland (south of Gladstone). Within each region the localities are listed from north to south as far as practicable. Specimen data is listed in the sequence: locality, number of specimens, date, collectors name, museum deposition. The local- ity name is not repeated for separate collections at the same locality and the museum deposition is only entered when it changes from the last citation. Thus the entry: ‘Brisbane 2?l/, 1241.1984, BKC, 4/, 26.ix.1993, GBM (in QM), 5/1?, 13.vi.1994, DJC (in ANIC)’ indicates 3 sepa- rate collections from Brisbane of which the first two are in the Queensland Museum and the third is in the Australian National Insect Collection. Material of species being described as new is listed in this manner. For common (>100 specimens), wide- spread described species localities and museum locations only are given. QM registration numbers for paratypes being lodged there are given at the end of each ‘Material Examined’ list. The majority of original specimens studied are in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, often in long series with identical data. Duplicates from these series have been lodged in museum collec- tions around the world as recorded at the end of each ‘Material Examined’ list. An almost com- plete collection of Australian Mezirinae is now housed in the Natural History Museum, London. Common collectors' names, and other terms, are abbreviated as follows: AC, A. Calder; AN- ZSES, Australian and New Zealand Scientific Exploration Society; BKC, B.K. Cantrell; DJC, D.J. Cook; DKY, D.K. Yeates; EW, Earthwatch; GBM, G.B. Monteith; GIT, G.I. Thompson; HAH, H. & A. Howden; HJ, H. Janetzki; JFL, J.F. Lawrence; JH, J. Hasenpusch; JS, J. Seymour; LR, L. Roberts; NP, National Park; RIS, R.I. Storey; RS, R. Sheridan; SJP, S. & J. Peck; SH, S. Hamlet; SF, State Forest; SRM, S.R. Monteith; TAW, T.A. Weir. MEASUREMENTS. Aradidae are variable, and often asymmetrical, insects. Precise measure- ments are generally not useful in taxonomy though relative proportions of some body parts are. For these reasons the amount of measure- ments presented is moderate. For each species the primary type has been measured plus a large and small specimen of each sex where available. This is designed to give the size range, rather than any statistical mean which is not a useful concept. The standard series of measurements with the abbre- viations used in the text are: L, total length from apex of head to tip of abdomen; W, width across widest part of abdomen; HL, head length from anterior tip of head to front margin of prothorax; HW, head width across the eyes; PL, median length of pronotum; PW, maximum width of pronotum; AS (LIV), length of antennal seg- ments from the basal segment (I) to the apical (IV); SL, median length of scutellum; SW, max- imum width of scutellum; WL, wing length; CL, length ofthe corium. Wing, corium and scutellum measurements are not taken for apterous species. BIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE The biology of the Aradidae was reviewed by Usinger & Matsuda (1959). Their life style is a rather sedentary existence in association with fungal decay of dead wood. Long periods are spent feeding with the elongate stylets inserted into the wood. Camouflage is a necessary adjunct to this behaviour and protects them during this enforced immobility. Macropterous and apterous Mezirinae live in Australia (Fig. 2) and so far as is known all except termitophilous Aspisocoris live in association with dead wood. The basic division in biology is between those that live in the compressed space beneath loose bark (subcortical) and those that live on the out- side of the bark. The subcortical environment is atemporary one, existing only for the period after the bark becomes loose and before it is com- pletely shed (Monteith, 1969). It is also a spatially discontinuous habitat and there may be a consid- erable dispersal required from one log to another with suitable loose bark. The subcortical environ- ment is typical of open forest where direct sun- light and desiccation cause bark to shrink and loosen. In rainforest, bark on dead wood usually stays moist and persistent, decaying slowly as the wood decays. Higher humidity enables Aradidae to live on the outside of the bark in rainforest, particularly on the underside of logs and sticks REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE ~J ^ FIG, 2. Living examples of Australian Mezirinae. A, d. (right) and 9 of Drakiessa hackeri, Australia’s largest species, B, 9 (lower right) and2 d of Drakiessa confusa. C, Six adults (top) and 3 nymphs of Arictus monteithi. D, Adults of Neuroctenus woodwardi, A and B arè wingless species which live on undersides of dead wood on the ground. C and D are typical winged species which live under loose bark on dead logs and trees. lying on the ground. This habitat is abundant and semi-continuous on twigs, sticks and logs in and on the moist litter of rainforests. Thus long dis- persals to new food sources are nol necessary in this environment. The implications of these habitat differences to the biology of Mezirinae are: |) Open forest species are flattened, subcorti- cal, winged species with good dispersal powers and hence most are rather widespread. They lay large numbers of eggs and go through their life cycle rapidly, building up large colonies 1o ex- ploit their temporary habitat. Most open forest species of Brachyrhynchus, Neuroctenus (Fig. 2D) and Arictus (Fig. 2C) fall into this category. 2) Rainforest species tend to be less flattened (sometimes highly convex) and live on the outer surface of ihe bark. They occur in small colonies which may persist for a number of years on a single log. Eges produced are few, large and are not deposited in batches. Individuals are long lived and colonies usually consist of overlapping generations of all nymphal stages. Habitat lon- gevity and spatial continuity means that there is little or no need for dispersal flights. Thus many species have lost wings entirely (Neophloeobia, Drakiessa, etc.), others are macropterous but ce- ment their wings down with accumulated dehris early in adult life (Chinessa, Glochocoris, Chiastoplonia, etc.), while a very few compro- mise by maintaining wing dimorphism (Caecicoris, Usingerida). Lack of dispersal power means that many rainforest species have small geographic ranges. Naturally there are exceptions to these gencral- ized categories but they are relatively few in number, There are some normal subcortucal spe- cies in rainforest (same Neuroctenus, Arictus, Crenoneurus). There are a few litter-inhabiung species in open forest (Glochocoris brisbanicus, Brachyrhynchus wilsoni), and there are occa- sional apterous species in open forests (Drakir ssa 8 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 3. Brachyrhynchus australis, morphology. A, ? dorsal view; B, ventral: C, & ventral abdomen; D, 3 dorsal abdomen with wings removed. Abbreviations: H-VII2connexiva of abdominal segments 2-7; VIII-paratergites ol segment 8; acr=antennal crenulations; ant=antenniferous tubercle; ca=callus; cga=connexival glabrous areas; cl=clypeus; cla=clavus; co=corium; Cu-vein Cu; gp-genal process; iga=inner glabrous areas; j=jugum; =hemelytral membranes; mpsg=metapleural scent gland; mga=midlateral glabrous areas; ms=mesosternum; mt-metasternum; pc-pronotal collar; pf=pronotal furrow; pfl=pronotal fore lobe; phl=pronotal hind lobe; pot=postocular tubercle; pp=posterior parandria; ps=prostemum, py-py gophore; r=rostrum; ra-rostral atrium; rg-rostral. groove; R+M=veins R+M; sc=scutellum, sle=sublateral elevations; sme-submedian elevations; soc=supra-ocular carina; Id-tergal disk; y=vertex. hackeri). Wing condition, habitat preference and vegetation affilialion are recorded for all Austra- lian Mezirinae in Figs 69 & 70. Often a considerable number of species co- exist in the one rainforest tract. There does not seem lo be any species association with wood from particular host tree species. However there is a decided preference by aradid species for timber of different size and decay state, and this may reflect associations with specific fungal spe- cies. Rough categories of Australian rainforest Mezirinae in terms of their association with wood of different decay states are as follows: 1) Newly fallen timber. Includes fallen wood, less than about a year old, in which the bark has not begun to decay on the underside and many separate smaller branches and twigs on the forest floor. Associated aradids tend to be less sedentary species. (Neophloeobia, | Mesophloeobia, Granulaptera, Caecicoris, Usingerida). 2) Intermediate aged timber. Includes small and large logs with most bark intact but decayed on the underside to provide many small cracks and crevices. Associated aradids are the more seden- tary and often convex species which lead a cam- ouflaged life resting in cavities (Aegisocoris, Chelonoderus, Chinessa, Scironocoris). 3) Old rotted timber, Includes large old logs and remnants of old logs which have lost all bark and are decayed on underside into large crevices und cavities, Two distinct groups inhabiting this situ- ation are large apterous species heavily camou- flaged with detritus (Drakiessa spp.), and very REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 4 small winged species which form large colonies (Glochocoris, Cliasteplonia, Clavicornia). MORPHOLOGY Morphology of the Aradidae 1s treated hy Usin- ger & Matsuda (1959) while others with useful general discussions are Jacobs (1986), Picchi (1977) and Stys (1974). Other works with signif- icant components devoted to the Meztrinae in- elude Wygodzinsky (1948) on Neotropical species, Lee & Pendergrast (1976) on New Zea- land species and Kumar (19671 on internal anat- omy of Ausiralian species. The excellent illustrations in the publications of Ernst Heiss, e.g Heiss 1989h, contribute much to our knowl- edge of aradid morphology. The present treatment aims to describe charac- ters and terminology used in the subsequent keys and descriptions. Same sections have been ex- panded where potential exists for wider taxo- nomic application. As à basis for discussion comprehensive labelled diagrams of a typical macropterous species. Brachyrhynchusaustralis, are provided (Fig, 3). Head. The head is generally short and broad so (hat median length and width across the eyes are subequal. The head margin behind the eyes may be variously produced into post-ocular tubercles which are commonly flattened, angulate projec- lions (Fig. 3A), but may be cylindrical (Figs 34B, 60), backwardly-directed lobes. (Fig. 24A), te- duced to narrow strips (Fig, 37A), or entirely absent (Figs 47B, 27A, 20G). Sometimes à sec- ondary pair of tubercles is developed posterior to the true postocular tubercles (Fig. 42). The eyes are small, usually rather exserted (Fig. 3A) and may be mounted on stylate bases (Fig, 42). Irn- mediately anterior to the eyes are the antennifer- ous tubercles which may be Repeated from the eyes by deep clefts (Figs 42, 41), especially in apterous species. The antenniferous iubercies may be strongly divergent (Fig. 61D) or sub- parallel (Fig. 57). and may have acute (Fig. 61B) or blunt (Fig. 40H) apices; sometimes they are greatly reduced (Fig. 27A). A median anterior projection of the head consists of the enlarged clypeus, which houses the coiled stylets when retracted, On each side of the base of the clypeus are the juga (mandibular plates) (Fig. 34) which never approach the clypeal apex in Mezirinae: by contrast the genae are almost invariably enlarged and usually surpass the clypeal apex 1o form a bilobed (Fig. 341. or even strongly bifid (Figs 24H. 61 B), apex to the head, In a few cases both clypeus and genal processes are greatly reduced, bringing the antennal bases closely approximate (Figs 27A, 27E). The vertex is usually elevated w the same level as the clypeus and bears gran- ules or small tubercles (Fig. 34) which may be arranged in longitudinal rows (Fig. 34B). The antennae are 4-segmented, with, in Austra- lian species, all segments of the same order of length, Segments II, III and TV usually have pet- iolaie bases (Fig. 57) which may be absent on TI and IV (Fig. 3). In Brachyrhynchus (Fig. 37C) and Arictus (Fig. 34C) the apices of segments TT and III are crenulate, In the termitophilous As- pisocaris. segments IIl and IV are fused (Fig, 18) but with suture indistinctly visible. Antennal ves- utare is generally inconspicuous but may be long and dense (Fig, 42), The rostrum is 4-segmented and, in length, rarely exceeds the hind margin of the head (Fiz, 32B). It arises from a subapical rostral atriurn which is usually narrow and slit-like (closed) (Figs 3B, 121), but which may rarely be open, fully exposing the insertion point of the rostrum (Fig. 32B). The rostrum normally lies in a rostri] groove on the ventral side of the head, margined by rostral carinae; the ave may be closed posteriorly by joining of the rostral carinae (Fig. 121) or may be open (Fig, 12.1). Very infrequently the rostral groove and carinae may be obliterated (Fig, 12K). Thorax. The pronotum, in macropterous species, is divided into a fore lobe and a larger hind lobe by à transverse discontinuity which often forms a furrow (Fig. 3A), In its generalised form the fore lobe is divided into 4 low elevations: a pair in the middle of the pronotum, lying one on each side of the midline and here termed the submedian elevations, and a pair lying between them and the lateral margins and here termed the sublaferal elevations, Each submedian elevation is usually formed around a smooth disc. termed the pronotal callus, These elevations of the fore lobe are vari- ably developed. The submechan areas may be obliterated (Fig. 19), the sublateral ones may be lost (Fig. 20C), or all four may be abseni, as in Neurocrenus (Fig. 12B). The pronotal hind lohe is consptcüaus in macropterous species but coni- pletely lost in apterous genera. In brachypterous species (Fig, 19) and in the brachypterous morphs of dimorphic species (Figs 20G, 22A), the hind lobe is reduced to a narrow, transverse band smaller than the fore lobe, Thescntellum is triangular in macropterous and brachypterous species, usually with margins thickened and carinare. The basal angles often 10 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG, 4. Mezirinae dorsal surfaces. A-J, tergal discs of winged species with wings removed. A, Neuroctenus yorkensis; B, N. crassicornis; C, N. proximus; D, Ctenoneurus australis; E, Artabanus bilobiceps; F, Arbanatus frazieri; G, Chinessa bispiniceps; H, Usingerida roberti; 1, Arictus monteithi; J, Caecicoris microcerus. K-N, thorax and abdomen of wingless genera. K, Neophloeobia elongata; L, Aegisocoris kormilevi; M, Drakiessa wasselli; N, Chelonoderus minor. Abbreviations: I-VI=abdominal segments 1-6; mplII2median plate of segment 3; mst=mesothorax; mtt=metathorax; otl, ot2, ot3, ot4, ot5, ot6, ot7=opposable tubercles at positions noted in text; pt=prothorax. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 11 FIG. 5. A-R, dorsal views of pygophores. A, Neuroctenus woodwardi; B, N. occidentalis; C, N. grandis; D, N. par; E, N. crassicornis; F, N. yorkensis; G, N. eurycephalus; H, Ctenoneurus australis; 1, Artabanus bilobiceps; J, Scironocoris australis, K, Usingerida roberti; L, Chinessa bispiniceps; M, Arbanatus frazieri; N, Arictus monteithi; O, Brachyrhynchus sulcatus; P, B. australis; Q, Aegisocoris granulatus, R, Granulaptera ovata. S-X, expanded aedeagi, ventral and lateral views. S-T, Neuroctenus crassicornis, U-V, Mesophloeobia australica; W-X, Drakiessa consobrina. Abbreviations: ap=anterior parandria; c=conjunctiva; cp=conjunctival process; er=ejaculatory reservoir; dop=dorsal opening of pygophore; gp=gonopore; ph=phallotheca; py(e)=exposed portion of pygophore; py(i)=internal portion of pygophore; pm-paramere; pp(b)=basal part of posterior parandria; pp(d)=distal part of posterior parandria; sp=spinules; st-sclerotised teeth; X=abdominal segment 10. have small teeth overlapping | the hind pronotal margin (Fig. 12B), or the middle of the ante- rar margin may be broadly produced likewise (Figs 20A, 27E, 34A). The midline of the sculellar disc may have a single longitudinal ridge (Fig. 20C), a triradiate ridge (Fig, 27A), or a distinct cross (Fig. 32F), In ap- terous species the scutellum he- comes completely fused with surrounding sclerites but is nor- mally sull recognisable as an elevation in the centre of the mesonotum. The hemelytra of macropters rarely reach beyond the hind margin of abdomi- nal segment VI, and are usually a little longer in males than in females. Coria may be well devel- oped, reaching well beyond apex of scutellum, in which case two prominent longitudinal vets are present, R+ M and Cu (Figs 3A, 20A), In some genera the coria are very abbreviated, often with- out veins present (Figs 28A, 27C). The term "Brachypterous' is applied to species with normal scutellum and with hemelytra reduced to mov- able vestiges which may be the entire original conum (Figs £9, 22A), or only a üny vestige thereof (Fig. 20G). 'Apterous' species lack a de- fined scurellum and have wing vestiges either entirely absent, or as small rigid tubercles which become fixed as part of the thoracic ornamenta- ton. The mesonotum and metanotum become highly modified in the apterous species, with much of the original segmentation obscured by development of a complex secondary pattern of tubercles, ridges, pits and furrows. A recurring phenomenon of this secondary modification is the pairs of tubercles which project towards each other with their apices adjacent but not touching (Fig. 4K-N). These may occur on the dorsum of the head, thorax and abdomen and can be shown 10 be homologous within and between certain genera; consequently they are of considerable value in classification. Since they do not appear to have been noted per se previously I propose the term ‘opposable tubercles’ for them, Their func- tion and significance are unknown: they occur only in apterous species, always in pairs, and almost invariably on opposite sides of a suture. The last observation suggests that they may have some function as strengthening devices prevent- ing flexing of the body wall along the sutures, 2 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG, 6, Artabanus bilobiceps. A, SEM of stridulatory file on the hind tibia. B. Detail of teeth of same. This would aid in ‘crush proofing’ these insects which live on the underside of wood lying on the pround where they are vulnerable to being squashed as the wood is moved about on the forest floor hy animal foraging and rain run-off. Some of the species with best development of these tubercles are thase Which normally carry a thick soil layer (e.g., Drakiessa spp-); possibly the tubercles are also for enhancement of the capacity to hold a soil layer. Distribution of opposable tubercles in four Australian apterous genera is shown in Figs 4K-N. Legs, The femora bear conspicuous ventral spines in Scironacoris (Fig. 207) and Artabanus (Figs 16L, 16M), while the hind tibiae bear à stridula- tory raw of fine teeth in Artabanus (Figs 6A-B, (OL) The pretarsal structures of Aradidae have po- tential in taxonomy but have been little eñ- ployed, Basically there are two pairs of processes, in addition to the claws, an the aradid pretarsus: apair of fine bristles arising from the unguitractor plate between the bases of Ihe claws, and a pair of larger lobes arising one beneath each claw and attached to it. There has been confusion over rerminolagy of these strüctüres. Myers & China (1928) called them 'pseudaralia' and “arolia’ re- spectively; Usinger & Matsuda (1959) used *me- dian bristles’ for the appendages of the unguiiractor plate and Kormilev followed this in his many papers. Cobben (1968). Goel & Schac- fer (1970) and Shuh (1976) established the no- menclature *‘parempodia’ and 'pulvilli', respectively, for thé 2 types of structures and this has been applied across the aradid subfamilies (Vasdrhely, 1986; Fig. 7). The range of structures indicate future usefulness for higher classifica- uon within the subfamily, Abdomen. The abdomen has 6 segments fully developed in dorsal view (II- VID), all of which REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE i3 FIG. 7. SEMs of pretarsal structures of Australian Mezirinae. A, Usingerida roberti. B, Arictus monteithi. C, Artabanus bilobiceps. D, Ctenoneurus australis. E, Neuroctenus grandis. F, Neophloeabia montrouzieri. Abbreviations: cl=tarsal claw; p-pulvillus; pm=parempodia. have connexival plates cut off laterally by dorsal and ventral connexival sutures which run lon- gitudinally along the body. The margins of the connexiva, particularly of VI and VII, are fre- quently lobed (Fig. 47J) or angled (Fig. 47L) and their precise shape is of great value in identifica- lion aLthe specific level. The abdominal terga and sterna bear small, smooth discs which Usinger & Matsuda (1959) termed glabrous areas and which Stys (1974) showed are points of muscle inser- tions on the cuticle. The Mezirinae have 2 con- nexival glabrous areas on each connexivum, 2 midlateral glabrous areas placed immediately mesal of the connexival sutures, and a single inner glabrous area on each side of the midline of each of abdominal segments III- VI (Fig. 3A-D). While the segmentation of the connexiva is clearly marked. except for occasional fusion of II and III (Fig. 16A), the median regions of the abdominal terga preceding VII are invariably fused to a greater or lesser extent into a rigid tergal disc, Normally the wings, at rest, cover only the middle of the tergal disc (Fig. 3A), leaving the midlateral glabrous areas exposed. But in a group of very small genera (Clavicornia, Chiastoplonia, Glochocoris, Arbanatus, Carynophloeobia) the wings cover the whole ter- gal disc (Figs 27A, 27F). The portion of the tergal disc concealed beneath the wings is always flat, smooth and glabrous. But when the tergal disc is exposed, either partially as in most macropterous species or wholly as in apterous forms the ex- posed portion becomes rugose, pitted and often setose. In some apterous genera this becomes extreme, with secondary patterns of ridges formed, or even gross convexity of the whole tergal disc as in Aegisocoris (Fig. 51D) and Pseudoargocorts (Fig, 51A). In cleared preparations the central tergal disc of macropterous species shows a very distinct pat- tern of glabrous areas, segmental punctured discs, and sutures which varies enormously from spe- cies to species. Usinger & Matsuda (1959) drew attention to the potential usefulness of this feature in the Mezirinae and figured tergal discs in 15 representative genera, However, they admit that a general phylogenetic picture is not yet evident. Hsiao (1964) figured the tergal discs of a number of Chinese Mezira species. I figure here 8 genera and |] species from the Australian fauna to en- 14 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM large the available data on this useful character (Figs 3D, 4A-J). The most generalised pattern is seen in Caecicoris which has the inner discs of segments II-VI completely separate; variable amounts of fusion occur in other genera with virtually no sutures in Arictus and Arbanatus; partial fusion of III and IV seems characteristic of Neuroctenus, Ctenoneurus and Chinessa. Sep- aration of a median plate between the lateral discs of segment III occurs in Artabanus and Usingerida (Figs 4E, 4H) as well as in Odontonotus (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959). Per- haps the most basic dichotomy is between those genera with the suture between II and III contin- uous and forming the functional anterior margin to the fused tergal disc (e.g., Neuroctenus, Ctenoneurus and Chinessa), and those in which the I/II suture becomes the functional suture so that all or part of segment II is incorporated in the fused tergal disc (e.g., Brachyrhynchus, Arictus, Artabanus). In Australian apterous genera the condition of the tergal disc agrees with the latter group and this is taken as partial evidence of their evolution from a Brachyrhynchus-like ancestor. Spiracles in the Mezirinae are normally present on abdominal segments I-VIII and are usually situated on the ventral side, far from the margin as in Brachyrhynchus (Fig. 3B). Among Austra- lian genera, Glochocoris is the only one with reduction in spiracle number, those of segment II being absent (Fig. 29G). Among other genera, some spiracles may move to the body margin and be visible in dorsal view (Figs 13F, 27C, 32G), but none are truly dorsal. In some apterous spe- cies which cover themselves with a thick layer of dirt the spiracles may be mounted on low tuber- cles, e.g., Drakiessa glaebula and D. cantrelli. Ornamentation of the abdominal sterna is rare except in males of some genera where secondary sexual structures provide very useful characters which have been largely overlooked in the past. In Arictus, sternum VI bears species specific pat- terns of raised, smooth callosities which may incorporate the glabrous areas (Figs 34K-P). In other groups ornamentation is restricted to ster- num VII. In Glochocoris a prominent, flattened spine is present (Figs. 24F, 241); in the apterous Drakiessa (Fig 43), Neophloeobia (Fig. 53) and Mesophloeobia (Fig 58) median, unpaired, pol- ished calli, bosses or tubercles may occur. Male Genitalia. The male genitalia have been little used in conventional taxonomy of Aradidae. The aedeagus and parameres are contained inside the subspherical, externally visible pygophore (= *hypopygium' of Kormilev) which is morpholog- ically abdominal segment IX. On each side of the pygophore project the paratergites of the reduced segment VIIL These bear a spiracle and their shapeisoften useful intaxonomy. The pygophore is divided into a smooth, lightly sclerotised ante- rior portion which retracts inside segment VII at rest, and a rugose, heavily sclerotised posterior portion which remains exposed. Much of the dorsal region of the anterior portion is taken up with an opening through which the aedeagus protrudes during copulation. Visible in this open- ing are the vestigial tergum X bearing the anus, and the apices of the parameres. Posterior to the dorsal opening, the rim of the dorsal wall of the pygophore is divided into a pair of triangular plates which are variously modified. The nomen- clature and homology of these plates is a matter of considerable contention, One trend has been to call them styli, without necessarily accepting that they are true gonopods of segment IX (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; Lee & Pendergrast, 1977; Jacobs, 1986), though the homology of such structures with true gonopods in the Hemiptera has been argued by Matsuda (1976). The alternative is to accept Leston's (1955) proposal of parandria, a term which regards the structures as outgrowths of the pygophore wall without any primitive ho- mology, and this course has been adopted by Monteith (1966) and Schaefer (1977) and will be followed here. The best development of parandria in the Aradidae is in the chinamyersiines Kumaressa and Tretocoris, with 2 large pairs, called by Mon- teith (1966) the anterior parandria and the poste- rior parandria. The anterior parandria are equivalent to what Usinger & Matsuda (1959) call the subtriangular plates, and similar differen- tiated regions of the pygophore wall have been noted in Ctenoneurus and Woodwardiessa (Lee & Pendergrast, 1977). The only case noted in the present study where the anterior parandria are distinct, semi-mobile sclerites is in Artabanus (Fig. 5I). Only the posterior parandria are gener- ally developed in the Mezirinae. Lee & Pendergr- ast (1977) commented on their division into basal and distal portions in Woodwardiessa quadrata, although their figures of Crenoneurus species showed similar divisions. This subdivision of the posterior parandria is here shown to be a wide- spread phenomenon in the subfamily. To illustrate the range of variability and the potential taxonomic use of parandrial develop- ment the pygophores of 11 genera and 18 Austra- lian species are shown (Figs 5A-R). The generalized condition appears in Brachy- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAB 13 rhynchus (Figs SM-N) where the parandria are divided for their full length and have triangular membranous. distal appendices which fit under the margin of tergum VIT ài rest, This same pat- lern occurs in most Australian apterous genera (e.g., Granulaptera, Fig. 5R). In other groups various degrees of fusion take place. The basal portions may fuse but still retain a median suture (Figs 50, 5P); the parandria may be greatly re- duced (Figs 5B-C) or completely eliminated (Figs 56, 51, 5Q); the distal appendices may fuse into a single flap (Figs SE, 50. SK, 5L); separate mobile areas may be cut off bv secondary sulures (Figs 5A, SK). A distinctive development is seen in some species of the related group comprising Nenractenus, Ctenoneurus and Chinessa where the lateral walls of the pygophore grow inwards, eliminating the basal portions of the parandria (Figs 5H, 3I). Parameres in this subfamily are generally Nat- tened or conchoid and Jack the complex hooks and processes which make them so useful in many other groups of Hemiptera. A feature of potential taxonomic use is the band of shart ridges which occurs down the inner posterior margin of parameres of Brachyrhynchus (Figs 371-L). It has also been noted in the Neotropical Dysodius (Heiss, 1990). This structure has the appearance of a stridulatory mechanism but since no corre- sponding plectrum can be located this seems un- likely. The inner face of each paramere bears against the valves of the female ovipositor which are partially thrust into the pygophore during copulation; conceivably the band of ridges en- hances the grip between male and female. The same band of ridges occurs on parameres of all Members of the complex of fully apterous genera in Australia as well as on the New Zealand Woodwardiessa and the New Caledonian Phlaeobia, Artificial inflation of the aedeagus in the Aradidae is very difficult and opportunities lor studying the inflated organ rely largely on col- lecting copulating pairs. Aedeagi of Mezirinae have been figured by Usinger & Matsuda (1959) for Arictus, Mezira and Ctenoneurus, by Mon- teith (1969a), for Caecicoris, by Lee & Pendergr- ast (1977) for Crenoneurus and Woodwardiessa, and herein (Fig. 5S-X)for Mesophloeobia, Drakiessa and Neuroctenus. No patterns are yet discernible in the subfamily due to the paucity of material. Neurocrenus agrees with its relative Crtenoneuriis in having sclerotised teeth on some uf the conjunctival processes. Similarly, Woodwardiessa and Mesophlocobia each have patches of'spinules on the conjunctival processes, Female spermathecae in the Aradidae have been reviewed by Lee & Pendergrast (1983) though they saw only Crenoneurus, Wood- wardiessa and Mezira among the Mezirinac, Kumar (19657) examined the organ in Neu- roctenus, Drakiessa, Arictus, Neophloeobia, Mesaphlaeobia and Brachyrhynchus. A funher 40 species in 11 genera are figured herein. The spermatheca in rhis subfamily conforms to the conventional pentatomoid type in having à sub- spherical bulb and a pump region with both distal and proximal pump flanges. These conlirm the general uniformity of stracture of the bulb and pump region in the subfamily. The only major deviation is in Artabanus (Pig, 20E) where the proximal pump flange has prominent teeth. How- ever, the duct connecting the bulb to the vaginal wall shows a considerable range of modifica- tions, same of which have classiluctory value. The simplest situation is where the duct is short, membranous and noi dilated (Figs 47E, 58N}; this type is found in most apterous genera and in some macropterous genera such as Arierus (Fig, 34Q]. Frequently the duct becomes dilated into a large or small sac (Figs 44g. 580) which may become heavily sclerotised (Figs 24R, 54Q) or nre rarely have internal valve-like ridges (Fig. 44h). In Usingerida the duct is dilated, sclerotised, and bent inta a rigid U-shape (Fig. 24R). Often the point where the duct enters the vagina is strength- ened by a short sclerotised ring around the duet (Fig. 44e) and in Chinessa this scleratization extends a considerable distance along the duct (Figs 24K, 24L). A remarkable situation is seen in Granulaptera where the spermathecal duct is very long, thin, coiled and enters the vagina via a large hollow, sclerotised bursa, formed from the vaginal wall rather than the duct itself (Figs 63G-L): the oval bursa rests transversely across the vagina with the spermathecal duct entering it consistently [rom the right-hand side, In Neuroctenus woodwardi, Kumar (1967), using the name N. proximus, reconted a lateral, membranous, sac-like diverticulum to the sper- mathecal duct which he called an accessory gland. This is now seen to be charactenstc of Neuroctenus (Fig. 12L-N), Lee & Pendergrast (1977, 1983) noted a similar condition in all 3 New Zealand species of related Crenoneuras, however, the one Australian species studied here (Crenoneurus australis, Fig, 161) apparently lacks the diverticulum. The only other mevirine 16 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM where a diverticulum was noted is Caecicoris microcerus (Fig. 201) but in this case it is rigid and sclerotised. GENERIC CLASSIFICATION The genera of Mezirinae have increased from 83 to 125 since Usinger & Matsuda’s (1959) monograph. However there is no tribal classifi- cation to enable any subdivision of genera and the resolution of this problem is one of the outstand- ing needs among modern Hemiptera studies. The 22 genera recorded from Australia herein (Figs 8-10) are a small proportion of the world total comprising less than half the approximately 60 genera from the Oriental-Pacific region. Further- more, the Australian genera by no means form a monophyletic group, but clearly have several or- igins in time and space. For these reasons a con- sideration of interrelationships among Australian genera must perforce be superficial. One group of Australian genera, however, do appear to have evolved on the continent as a single endemic unit. These are the 7 fully apterous genera which in- clude almost half the Australian species. MACROPTEROUS AND BRACHYPTEROUS GENERA. This category includes the first 15 genera in the systematic accounts which follow. The classification adopted here for them is essen- tially that of Usinger & Matsuda (1959) but the names of 4 generic taxa used by them have changed. Three of these involve the synonymy of generic names erected by Usinger & Matsuda with those of previously described genera of which species were unavailable to them during their review. These are Dimorphacantha, Zeugocoris and Pic- tinellus which have gone to synonymy of Scir- onocoris, Caecicoris and Arbanatus, respectively. The fourth is Mezira which has been subdivided by Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) such that the Australian taxa attributed to it by Usinger & Matsuda are now placed in Brachyrhynchus. Two Australian genera have been described since Usinger & Matsuda, viz. Aspisocoris Kormilev and Corynophloeobia gen. nov., both monotypic en- demics. All recognised Australian genera, with the ex- ception of Aspisocoris and Corynophloeobia, are included in the generic keys of Usinger & Matsuda (1959). Kormilev (1971) gives a key to the Oriental-Pacific genera which also includes all the Australian winged taxa except Corynophloeo- bia although 5 (Caecicoris, Scironocoris, Usingerida, Chinessa and Arbanatus) were not known from Australia at that stage. Kormilev's is basically the same key as that developed by Usin- ger & Matsuda, and the generic key in the present work follows the same pattern with inclusion of all taxa and slight modification. The 15 genera in this section can be divided into the following groups for discussion: Group A: Neuroctenus, Ctenoneurus, Chinessa. The first two genera are closely related, with some non-Australian intermediate forms. They share transverse ridges on the abdominal sterna and almost invariably a large lateral diverticulum to the spermathecal duct. Chinessa lacks both these features but is placed with these 2 genera because all 3 have a very characteristic form of inner tergal disc in which terga II and III are separated by acontinuous suture. Non-Australian genera which belong here include Overlaetiella (Africa-S.E. Asia) and Hoberlandtiella (Africa). Group B: Aspisocoris. This unique, brachypter- ous genus is endemic to SW Australia. Its many modifications for termitophily obscure its rela- tionships but it may be allied to Ctenoneurus in Group A. Group C: Clavicornia, | Chiastoplonia, Corynophloeobia, | Glochocoris, | Arbanatus. These genera form the Australian component of a large Oriental-Pacific group which has very small body size coupled with large wings which cover the mid-lateral portion of the tergal disc. Non-Australian genera allied to them include Aphelocoris, Dolichothyreus and Acoryphocoris from the Indo-Pacific, and the African Usingeria. Group D: Brachyrhynchus, Arictus, unspecial- ized genera which share reduction of tarsal pulvilli. Daulocoris and Kema, both from S.E. Asia are related. The many species placed in Mezira are also allied though Mezira continues to be a taxonomic dumping ground. Group E: Artabanus, Caecicoris, Scironocoris and Usingerida. These genera are members of a loosely defined group of Indo-Pacific genera with strong tendencies to brachypterism and its asso- ciated modifications which obscure relation- ships. Most lack postocular tubercles and have teeth on fore margin of the scutellum. Related genera include Mastigocoris and Phanocoris. APTEROUS GENERA. The generic classifica- tion of the apterous species has required consid- erable modification in the present work which treats 40 Australian species. Prior to the present study only 13 of these apterous species were known in 6 genera, 3 of them monotypic, placed by 4 different authors in 7 publications stretching REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 17 over 26 years. This necessarily fragmentary ap- proach io the discovery and classification of Aus- iralian species, and particularly the fact that only 4 species were known to Usinger & Matsuda (1959) has meant that the generic classification has developed in an ad hoc manner with conse- quent lack of definition and stability. Classification of apterous species is fraught with many difficulties. The obviously polyphy- letic nature of the apterous condition has been stressed (Usinger, 1950; Usinger & Matsuda, 1959) but we are still unable to recognize mono- phyletic groups of genera with confidence in either geographic or taxonomic terms. Further- more, it is rare that macropterous, ancestral taxa can be recognized for groups of apterous species. The remarkable change m appearance which accompanies loss of wing function, even in dif- lerent morphs of the same species (Monteith, 1969) means that phenetic divergence from the winged ancestor is rapid once Obligate aptery is achieved. The Australian species form a close knit group which is entirely absent from New Guinea and other northern land masses, but which is repre- sented in New Caledonia hy monotypic Phloeo- bia (Fig. 10D), and in New Zealand by the more pninulve monotypic genus Woedwardiessa (Fig. 10D). Together, this group of 9 genera shares à number of characters which could delineate a tribal group. These features, with exceptions shown mostly by Woodwardiessa, are as follows: 1) Head broad, with well-developed antennifer- cus tubercles, genal processes and. except Chelonoderus, postacular tubercles, 2) Antennae inserted closer to base than ta apex of antenniferous tubercles. 3) First antennal segment short, rarely surpass- ing apex of clypeus (except Woodwardiessa). 4) Eyes small, globular, and usually exserted. 5) Rostrum short, not exceeding length of ros- 1ral groove. 6) Rostral atrium closed (open in Woodward- jesse), 7) Pronotum transverse, ils width more than 1.5 limes length. 8) Hind lobe of pronotum absent (narrow rem- nant present in Woodwardiessa and Mesophloea- hia kirrama). 9) Margins of scutellum fused with adjacent sclerites (incomplete in Woodwardiessa). 10) Pretarsal pulvilli spatulate, 11) Trochanters not fused with femora. 12) Connexiva II and IN separate. 13) Spiracles present on abdominal segment H, 14) Spiracles of II-V1I all ventral (those of VII lateral in Woodwardiessa and Mesophloeabia kirrama). 15) Fused abdominal tergal disc incorporating segments I-VI 16) Male pygophore with posterior parandria present as triangular lobes separated by a median suture. 17) Male parameres with a band of short ridges running along the posterior edge of the inner face. Apterous genera from other southern land masses may be allied to these wingless Australian genera. For example, Emydocoris Usinger irom Brazil is superficially similar to Drakiessa, and the Madagascan Robertiessa Hoberlandl, 1963, is remarkably like Granulaptera. But lack of specimens for comparison precludes a decision in is matter. 1f there are close relatives in these other southern continents then this group of gen- era joins the growing list of insect taxa showing disjunct trans-antarctic distributions. Thisis quite in accord with the belief that the Australian forms arose in the wet forests of the Ternary which predate dismemberment of Gondwanaland. The macropterous ancestor or ancestors of this complex of species appear to have been Mezia- like, Since this endemic apterous fauna clearly evolved in the mesie forests which were wide- spread in the Tertiary before the Australian plate made contact with the northern land masses il$ ancestor needs to be sought among those maerp- terous taxa with similarly old, autochthonous el- ements present. Of those genera present today only Brackyrhynchys. — Neurocienus and Crenoneuris are possible candidates; all other Australian genera appear to be recent northern immigrants. Of these 3 genera, both Neurocienas and Crenoneurus appear ineligible because of iheir tergal dises which do not include tergum Il. and their spermathecae with accessory glands, On the other hand, Brachyrhynchus, as exemplified by the southern endemics, Brachyrhynchus Gus- tralis and B. wilsoni, agrees with the apterous complex in most features listed above. In partic- ular the sharing of the band of ridges on the parameres, a distinctive character occurring rarely in the Mezirinae, provides a strony link. The only significant inconsistency 1s the lack of spatulate pretarsal pulvilli in Brachvrhyselius, and if Brachyrhynchusis indeed the progenitor of the apterous complex, then their absence in mod- ern species musl be a derived state The grouping of the 40 Australian species intu the 7 genera recognized in this sudy was carried aut by intuitive assessment of their characters in 18 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Bib g Bismarck i €» o Arch. c D New Guinea 2 Ne Solomon In. Ss Ns ] NEUROCTENUS Bismarck CTENONEURUS NK Vanuatu S4 Vanuatu & t Fiji & t Fiji Ss * * 5 e New Ss New NN Caledonia Caledonia * Norfolk Is. * Norfolk Is. * Lord Howe Is, New Zealand @ Lord Howe Is. Bi: yoy De d lomon Is. Bismarck arch, New 9 Guinea 2 ES Solomon Is. SN CHINESSA A ARTABANUS Vanuatu fq Vanuatu fq t TET- New W^ New Wc Caledonia Caledonia * Norfolk Is, * Norfolk Is. * Lord Howe Is. i M New i x, Zealand Borneo Bismarck Borneo Bismarck Arch. as Arch. o AES l i Seas Os. ovi Is. * Lord Howe Is. CLAVICORNIA ONE eh Vanuatu & Vanuatu f t Fiji S t Fiji & ` ` . * New NN New NN Caledonia Caledonia * Norfolk Is. * Norfolk Is. * Lord Howe Is. * Lord Howe Is. i p New i New - Zealand Zealand E F CORYNOPHLOEOBIA Core BORE Sande FIG. 8. Range of Australian mezirine genera in Australia and adjacent land masses. A, Neuroctenus. B, Ctenoneurus and Aspisocoris. C, Artabanus. D, Chinessa. E, Clavicornia and Corynophloeobia. F, Glochocoris. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Hsu ee Ts. Vanuatu si d rji C? PE TG Caledania * Norfolk Is, * Lor] Howe Is, New Zealand teo Bismarck. Bornes [f N Se = VL Arch. os fe h1 Guinea, «7 Sy rn ta, on NS à ARICTUS + Norfolk Iu. * Lord Howe Ia New ÀJ" Bigmarck e ES wu! d ( cnl Varuattt 4 Caledonia < Norfolk Tu, * Land Howe Is. eet Tilam. wi) New Zenland. E FIG. 9. Range of Australian mezirine genera in Australia and adjacent land masses. WAG es CHIASTOPLONIA ETT Bismarck - XU A ir ronan Is. ES ARBANATUS Vanuatu 34 ` » Nurfolle Is. * Lurd Howe Is, Tasmania Y ) Bismarck [5 B aa = a Arch, s hj e Va, Seinen 1- ` Q LY BRACH YRH YNCHUS Vanuatu t ni C? P . Naw S Caledonia e Norfolk Is. = Lord Howe Is. New Vesland ATAN, Bismarck, S $ os eh ^ f on 1s. EN + à ^ USINGERIDA Vanuatu i! to gu : e New EN Caledonia i NE * Nartnik Ls. * Lord Howe bh. New Zenland A, Chiastoplonia. Arbanatus. C, Arictus. D, Brachyrhynchus. E, Caecicoris. F, Usingerida. 20 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM * Lord Howe Is. Tema.) d Borneo Bismarck ^. an wo e Vag sation * Lord Howe Is. GQ Solomon Is. SS Vanuatu %4 New NN Caledonia * Lord Howe Is. d E NEOPHLOEOBIA. * Norfolk Is. New Zealand CHEL ondpenus laris ERR e PSEUDOARGOCORIS at » Norfolk Is. is ee v Bismarck re M" a NG o 2 Sg, Solomon Is. J Sg Solomon Is. ai Festes Q Si SCIRONOCORIS Vanuatu 84 e Vanuatu Er] ce rii g rii € t DRAKIESSA, Now X New Caledonia Caledonia e Norfolk Is. * Norfolk Ia. * Lord Howe Is, New Zealand | RS s E “Arch, > ES Ne olomon Is. uc md ap^ mn cs M ^ B x D PHLOEOBIA * Norfolk Is. * Lord Howe Is. WOODYARDIESSA; Nav Zealand J [S e wey t MEE Is. — à Vanuatu b^ nu. e MESOPHLOEOBIA + Norfolk Is. * Lord Howe Is. New Zealand Him m. of FIG. 10. Range of Australian and flightless New Zealand and New Caledonian genera of Mezirinae in Australia and adjacent land masses. A, Scironocoris and Granulaptera. B, Drakiessa. C, Chelonoderus and Pseudoargocoris. D, Aegisocoris, Phloeobia and Woodwardiessa. E, Neophloeobia. F, Mesophloeobia conjunction with study of Phloeobia sayi Woodwardiessa quadrata Usinger & Matsuda Montrouzier, from New Caledonia, and from New Zealand REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 2 Woodwardiessa, by virtue of its distinct scutel- lum and large wing vestiges, stands out as the most primitive member of the group and its pres- ence in New Zealand must be regarded as relictual, The remainder fall into two discrete groups, the more generalized ones without dorsal opposable tubercles (Mesophloeabia, Granu- laptera), and those with thoracic and/or abdomi- nal terga variously elaborated into pairs af tubercles (Drakiessa, Neophloeobia. Aegisocoris, Pseudoargocoris, Chelonoderus and Phloeobia). The 3 species placed in Mesophloeobia share the retention of a complete suture between terga Land If, and this, coupled with their simple pro- thorax and their widespread but relictual distribu- tion makes them closest to a winged ancestor of amy Australian species. Granulaptera is a well defined. group characterized largely by the dis- tinctive spermathecal bursa. The patterns of dorsal opposable tubercles are very constant. clearly homologous from species lo species, and have proved extremely useful in defining the remaining 5 genera. Three basic configurations of tubercles occur (Fig. 4K-N). 1) Neophloeobia-patiern (Fig. 4K), This is the simplest type with opposable tubercles on the pronotal collar (otS) and on each side of the abdominal terga T and H (ot4 and ot6). Tubercles homologous with the latter 2 pairs occur as part of the configuration of the remaining genera, 2)Chelonoderus/Aegisocoris/ Pseudoargocoris- pattern (Fig. 4L, 4N). This group imposes upon the basic Neophlogobia patlern an extra pair of tubercles on each side of the scutellar elevation (tl), Collar tubercles may (Fig, 4N) or may not (Fig. 4L) be present. In Chelonoderus a series of small tubercles occurs along the margin of the tergal disc (0t7), 3)Drakiessa-pattern (Fig. 4M). This type in- cludes. collar tubercles (ot5) and the basic Neaphloeobia tubercles (ot4 and 016), with the addition of an extra pair between the metanotal elevation and abdominal tergum I (003) and an extra pair between the meso- and metanotal ele- vations (0t2). Drakiessa species show the greatest development of tubercles and some may have additional pairs developed between the pronotum and mesonotum. New Caledonian Phloeobia has only 2 insignif- icant pairs of tubercles between terga 1 and TI present (06). However its extremely smooth, flat dorsal surface is atypical and may reflect differ- ent selective pressures which have caused virtual elimination of its onginal pattem. Phloeobia is difficult to place in the context of the Australian genera; it has the facies of Drakiesse but is more allied with the other genera with a sulcate midline to the pronotum. Phylogeny within the Australian genera is ob- scure, Iri this respect il needs to be stressed that even though they have the appearance of a mono- phyletic group they may not be so in the true sense of haying arisen from a single ancestor. There is growing evidence that apterous aradid faunas evalve by invasion of rainforests by numerous macroplerous species many of which lose their wings due to the strong selective pressures für aptery in the rainforest environment (Monteith, 1969h). Thus the Australian apterous fauna, às we see it today, is probably the product of several instances of wing loss in several 'Mezira-like' ancestors which invaded the wet Tertiary forests, However the genera with dorsal tubercles do seem to present a single line in which the wide- spread Neophloeobia-type with its simple tuber- cle configuration has given rise to 2 separate stocks with more omate tubercle patlerns, viz Drakiessa, based in southern Queensland. and Chelonoderus-Aegisocoris-Pseudoargocaris, based in north Queensland. KEY TO THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE (Including wingless genera from New Caledonia and New Zealand) |, Apterous or brachypterous; wing vestiges, when present, not extending posteriorly beyond hind barder of third (second visible) abdominal ter- gni, oy ee e r de re eO ur Me 2 der of fourth (third visible) abdominal tergum. 14 2(1). Scutellum distinct, triangular; separated from adjacent sclerites by complete sutures; posterior lobe of pronotum usually separated off by a iransverse depression; wing vestiges often pres ent as free lobes, sometimes with reduced me a ee t ee 9 d S 9 à on | 3(2). Third and fourth antennal segments fused and rigid; metathoraci¢ scent gland orifice obsolete, seutellum much longer than wide pe a tim MgA o A, Aspisecoris Kormllev Third and fourth antennal segments Iree; metathioracic scent gland orifice present; scubet- Inm about as long as wide ..... T.-94 T2 t3 (3). Rostral atrium widely open; prothorax with complex, forwardly-projecting, angular, antera- lateral lobes . Caecicoris Kormilev (part) Rostral alrium closed and slit-like; antero-lateral angles of prothorax rounded .......,.. 5 5(4). All femora each with a prominent sub-apical ventral spine; wing vestiges obliquely truncate pls ut Job ed me Scironocoris Kormilev (part) Never with such spines on all femora; wing ves- tiges apically rounded RII APPEL PURUS Usingerida Kormilev (part) 6(2). Rostral atrium widely open; scutellum present as a semi-circular plate separated off by a contin- uous posterior suture; small opposable tubercles projecting inwards from the inner end of each inter-connexival suture (New Zeuland) Ed. Woodwardiessa Usinger & Matsuda Rostral atrium closed and slit-Iike; scutellum fused, not present as a discrete sclerite; inter-connexival sutures without tubercles projecting inwards: . 7 7(6). Pronotum with à median, longitudinal groove ot furrow, sometimes indistinct and bordered by two rows of granules; never wilh opposable lubercles present hebween meso- and metanotal elevaitüns 2.2. 524 a err er Ae 8 Pronotum without a median, longitudinal groove or furrow; opposable tubercles present between mesonotal and metanotal elevations on each side of midline of thorax Drakiessa Usinger & Matsuda 8(7). Opposable tubercles present between lateral el- evations of mesonolum and the median scutellar ridge; submedian areas of pronotum inflated: legs never bicoloured |... 2. sss 5 Without opposable tubercles on mesonotum; pro- notum usually not inflated in submedian areas; legs usually bicoloured. . . ... . ... 11 9(8). Pronotum without sublateral elevations and with lobed antero-lateral angles; pronotal collar not distinct and without dorsal and ventral op- posable tubercles; abdominal tergal dise without pairs of opposable tubercles along its lateral mar- gins; body surface with many smooth, shining gmnules, oaa Aegisocoris Kormilev Pronotum with sublateral elevations and without lobed antero-lateral angles: pronotal collar distinct and bearing dorsal and ventral opposahle tuber- cles; three pairs of opposable tubercles present along lateral margins of abdominal tergal disc; body surface without shining granules... . 10 1019). Head withour postacular tubercles; abdominal tergal disc not greatly: inflated; body form more orlesselongate..... Chelonaderus Usinger Head with postocular tubercles; abdominal tergal disc dors ly inflated; body form ovate , Pseudoargocoris Kormilev 11(8), Postocular tubercles triangular and blunt; pro- notal collar with dorsal and ventral opposable tu- bercles; abdominal tergal dise with pattern of MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM glabrous areas largely obliterated (New Caledo- nia) Phloeobia Montrouzier Postocular tubercles cylindrical and pointed; if pronotal collar has. dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles then glabrous arcas of abdommal ter- gal disc are distinct 12(11). Pronotal collar not delimited by a distinct groove; surface of body with numerous smooth, shining granules; suture between abdominal terga I and H obliterated in middle; junction of Sue duct and vagina of female forming a large sclerotised bursa Granulaptera gen. nov. Pronotal collar distinct, delimited by à furrow; bo- dy surface without numerous smooth granules; su- ture between abdominal terga [ and [ distinct in middle; spermathecal duct of female without a sclerotised bursa ' 13(12), Suture between abdominal terga J and II complete for full width; pronotal collar without opposable tubercles; without oppasable tubercles between tergum | and anterior margin of tergal disc Mesophloeobia gen. nov. Suture between abdominal terga I and II obliterated laterally; pronotal collar with dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles; a pair of opposable tubers cles present between median plate of abdominal tergum 1 and anterior edge of tergal disc «cte be Neophloeabia Usinger & Matusda 14(1). Hind tibiae each with a stridulatory file on posterior surface which rubs against a longitudi- nal carina on each side of abdominal sternum 1V behind hind coxae... . . . . Arrabanus Stal Hind tibiae and abdomen without such stridula- gary structilep +, o. 1: RET eS 15 15(14). Sterna of segments IV, V and VI each with a transverse carina immediately posterior to the hind margin of the preceding segment and paral- GP UAE P ure a aei. 16 Abdominal stema without such ransverse cannae 17 MD LLLI MEL 16(15). -Body usually very flattened; lateral margins of abdomen more or less convex; rostrum very short, not reaching hind margin of head 4 Neuroctenus Fieber Body pot: very flattened; lateral margin of abdomen Straight; rostrum longer, reaching anterior mar- gin of prostemum . Ctenoneurus Bergroth 17015). Each femur with a prominent sub-apicul, ventral spme . Scironacoris Kormilev (part) Never with such spines on all femora... , . I8 18(17). Midlateral glabrous areas included within the smooth glabrous tergal disc and normally hidden by wings, carinae delimiting tergal disc situated along sutures separating connexival plates, size small(3-5pm) .-........ 19 Midlateral glabrous areas located outside the carinac delimiting the smooth tergal! disc and not covered hy wings; size larger, rarely less than 60mm . . 23 REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 23 19/18). Clypeus reduced, its apex not extending be- yond apices of antenniferous tubercles; first anten- nal segments sub-contiguous at front of head . 20 Clypeus well developed, its apex surpassing level of apices of antenniferous tubercles: first anten- nal segments not sub-contiguous. . . . . . . 22 20(19). Rostral atrium widely open; antennae slen det. 2 4-404 fau Chiastoplonia China Rostra] atrium closed and slit-like; antennae stout 21/20). Spiracles of abdominal segment II present, located on lateral body margin and visible in dor- sal view; spiracles of segments III-VII situated ventrally, well spaced from the body margin i pe AEE e bed riw Corynophloeobia gen, nov. Spiracles of abdominal segment II absent; spira- cles of segments IH-VH situated very close to body margin, those of at least segments V and VII visible in dorsal view , . . Clavicornia Kormilev 22419). Spiracles of abdominal segment [I (first visi- ble) present, situated near lateral margin and usu- ally visible from above . . Arbananes Kormilev Spiracles of abdominal segment II absent . . Glachocoris Usinger & Matsuda 23418). Rostral atrium widely open anteriorly, postocular processes absent ley at cn m a S Caecicoris Kormilev (part) Rostral atrium closed and slit-like; postocular pro» cesses in the form of lobes or tubercles . . . 24 24(23). Scutellum with a pair of broad lobes at mid- dle of base extending forward over hind margin of pronotum; postocular tubercles of head slen- der, cylindrical Arictus Stal Scutelium without such lobes on base; postacular tubercles usually not slender and cylindrical . . 25 25/24). Genae usually in form of long, cylindrical, divergent, usually pointed processes; postocular portion of head forming large backwardly-directed lobes; connexiva VII with prominent, angular projections . .. Chinessa Usinger & Matsuda Genae short, blunt, barely surpassing clypeal apex; postocular portions of head forming narrow, sometimes angular, lobes hehind eyes; con- nexiva VII at most with weak angulations . . 26 264/25). Apices of second and third antennal seg- ments nol crenulate; parameres of males without "stridulatory' ridge on inner face; wing mem- branes roughened and without venation Usingerida Kormilev (part) Apices of second and third antennal segments crenulate: inner face of parameres of males with a ‘stridulatory’ ridge on inner face, wing mem- branes usually smooth and with some veins evi- dent . . Brachyrhynchus Laporte Neuroctenus Fieber, 1860 Neurocienus Fieber, 1860: 34 (descr.); Mayr. 1866: 365; Bergroth, 1887 (review of genus); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; 198,274 (incl. in key; redescrip- tion); Matsuda & Usinger, 1957: 146 (brief deserip- tion); Kormilev, 1971: 26, 62 (incl. in key: relationships); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 163 (catalogue of spp.). TYPESPECIES. Neuroctenus brasiliensis Mayr, 1866 (7 Neuracienus punctulatus Burmeister, 1835). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8A). Cosmopolitan. REMARKS. This genus is second only to Aradus in number of described species. Usinger & Matsuda (1959) listed 62 species worldwide. Since Ihen there has been a trebling to around 130 species, due largely to the work of N.A, Kormilev. More than half occur in the Oriental- Australian-Pacific region. Neuroctenus has relationships with a group of genera which share the transverse abdominal ca- rinae, viz, Stelgidocoris Usinger & Matsuda, Hoberlandiiella Schouteden, | Overlaeniella Schouteden and Ctenoneurus Bergroth. The head-quarters for this group appears 10 be the African continent where all 5 genera are repre- sented: 2 Stelgidocoris and Hoberlandtiella are restricted to Africa. Overlaetiella also has 2 spe- cies occurzing in the Oriental-New Guinea area, while Crenoneurus has LI species in Africa-Mal- agasy and 2] in Oriental-Pacific. This sort of distribution pattern indicates an early origin for the group. At the global level, species of Neuroctenus are rather diverse but most, including all the Austre- Jian species, share the flat form, short rostrum, trisinuate sternum VII of female and ventral ub- dominal carinae characteristic of the genis. There are a number of intermediate species hc- tween Neuroctemus and its near relative Crenoneurus and these have caused some authors (e.g.. Kormilev, 1971) to consider synonymising the latter. However for the vast majority of spe- cies generic assignment is unambiguous and, for the sake of convenience, I retain Ctenoneurus for non-flattened species, With 13 Newroctenus is second only to Drakiessa among Australian Aradidae in number of species, Because several species are abundant in open forest and farmlands they are the cam- monest aradids in collections. They have a uni- formity of appearance which has led to many misidentifications in the past and consequently the nomenclature of the Australian species has i p been in considerable confusion. The most famil- iar species in eastern Australia, which has long been known as NW. proximus Walker, has proved to be an undescribed species since examination of Walker's types of proximus reveals it to be the Western Australian species which has tradition- ally been known as N. majusculus of Bergroth. Several names which have been applied to Aus- tralian species (rubrescens, niridulus, serrulatus and vicinus) by earlier writers are naw shown to belong to taxa not occurring in Australia. Eight of the 9 species endemic to Australia are open forest species without close relatives to the north. Together they comprise one of the few recognizable autochthonous elements in the Aus- tralian Aradidae which presumably evolved in parallel with the typical Eucalyptus-Acacia veg- etation type in Australia. The 4 non-endemic species are all shared with New Guinea, all are restricted to north Queensland and all are rainfor- est species. They represent a recent introgression of the wet-adapted New Guinea fauna into Cape York Peninsula. Newroctenus is the only aradid genus to have diversified in SW Australia where 3 endemic species occur, Descriptive taxonomy in the genus has concen- traed on size and configuration of body struc- tures in dorsal view. But this has limited usefulness because of the great uniformity of body form imposed on Neuroctenus species by the pressures of their extremely constant subcor- tical habitat. The present study has examined the condition of some more cryptic characters includ- ing the rostral groove (Fig. 121-K), the parameres (Fig. 120-W) and the pygophore (Fig. 5A-G). These all show a broad range of variability und offer valuable features for species recognition. The pygophore structure. in particular, varies from the generalized condition (N. eurycephalus. N. yorkensis) where the posterior parandria are triangular, to partial fusion (N. grandis), to com- plete fusion (N. crassicornis), and to the unusual condition (N. woodwardi, N. handschini and N. occidentalis) where secondary sutures cut off mobile, apical sclerites on the parandria. Puramere structure, often of limited usefulness in the Mezirinae, is very different in some closely related species pairs of Neurocrenus, Cga N. woodwardilN, handschini. There is a considerable degree of sexual dimor- phism in the surface texture of the connexival plates in most species of Neuroctenus. Females generally have the surface more strongly punctate and sublateral carinae more distinct, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF NEUROCTENUS 1, Rostral groove in form of a weak depression with- out lateral carinae; first antennal segment very short, its length abour 1.5 times width; margins of abdomen conspicuously double and grooved; fore femora very stout, with length about 1.7 times maximum width (North Queensland) MP N ee a crassicomis Kormiley Rostral groove with lateral carinae; first antennal segment with length at least twice width; mar- gins of abdomen not conspicuously double, fore femora with length at least twice width . 2 2(1), Hemelytral membranes transparent, paraterg- ites of segment VIII of female short, transverse and truncate (North Queensland) deua mio ida hyalinipennis Kormilev Hemelytral membranes dark and opaque; paratergites of segment VIH of female rounded or pointed, not truncate . . For tw be be be 3(2), Carinate lateral margins of rostral groove converg- ing strongly postenorly and coalescing or becom- ing subcontiguous behind apex of rostrum . . 4 Carinate lateral margins of rostral groove not con- verging strongly posteriorly, separate for their full length o 2... 45 Giat eert rel. g 4(3). Very small, less than 6.00mm: antenni ferous tu- bercles very acute; female with paratergiles of segment VIII triangular: male with suture hë- tween St V] and VJI straight in middle shan) oe steeped de à et eee A gracilis Kormiley Rarely less than 6.00mm; if so then without the above combination of charactérs .,..... 5 5(4). Postocular processes of head distinctly pointed: male with anterior border of St VII evenly rounded; female with paratergites of segment VIU projecting beyond apex of segment IX . 6 Postocular processes blunt, male with anterior border of St VII straight in middle and angled posteriorly at sides; female with parangi of VIT shorter than segment IX... . ate nl 6(5). Pronotal collar distinct; spiracles of segment VIII ventral; poslerior glabrous areas of Cx IV, V and VI circular; male without dorsal longitudi- nal carinae on Cx; length more than 7.0mm grandis Kormilev Pronotal collar mdistinct, spiracles of segment VII lateral; posterior glabrous areas of Cx elon- pee male with dorsal carinae present on Cx IV. V and VE length less than 7.0mm . hardschini Kormilev 7(5). Pronotal collar indistinct, not in Cape York Peninsula Pronotal collar distinct; Cape York Peninsula onl y "TAa , par Bergrolh Ce tom ot R08 ga o9 8 o9 on REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 25 S(T). Male with longitudinal carinae present on Cx IV, V and VE; male with apices of paratergites of VIII symmetrically rounded; postocular tuber- cles usually moderately developed; genae not reaching beyond apex of first antennal segment (Eastern Australia and Tasmania) woodwardi sp.nov. Male withont longitudinal carinae on Cx IV, V and V! and with apices of VHI paratergites asymnietrically expanded on mesal side; postocular tubercles very reduced; genae reach- ing beyond apex of first antennal segment (Northern Territory) ...... kapalga sp.nov. 93). Spiracies of segment VII ventral (Western Aus- tralia) . 10 Spiracles of segment VII lateral, visible front above (North Queensland) 10(9). Antennae longer, more than 1.5 times head length: male with posterolateral angles of Cx VI protruding and margin of Cx Vilsinuate .. 11 Antennae shorter, less than | 5 times head length; male with posterolateral angles of Cx VI not pro- truding and margin of Cx VII simply curved occidentalis sp. nov. 11(10). Fore femora slender, with length more than three times width; hind femora slender, curved, reaching almost to hind margin of St IV; pygophore of male with a u-shaped impression on dorsal surface proximus (Walker) Fore femora stout, with length less than three times width; hind femora stout, not curved, rcaching to only about half length of St IV; pygophore pf male without a U-shaped impres- sion Transitas sp.n. 12(9). Size larger, &6.00mm or more, 9 6.5mm or more; male with apical lobe of parameres long (Fig.121) ........ £urycephalus Kormilev Size smaller. 3less than 6.00mm, V less than 5.5mm; male with apical lobe of parameres short and broad (Fig. 128) yorkensis sp. nov. mo] oy pomo: ose ot ot t$ t9 00 n vb. "adea 9 pepe "Tre x e 9 9 e oc a P o $a $ o o9 i Neuroctenus gracilis Kormilev, 1965 (Figs 13E, Q) Neuroctenuy gracilis Kormilev, 1965a- 29 (descr., fig.); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev. 1971: 65 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 168 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d. Nanango, S.E. Qld., 4.v.1964, G. Monteith, OMT6322. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotrype and 8 speci- mens: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Emerald, ex euca- lypt, 1 9, &,vi.1976, G.K. Waite, in QDPI, ! 9, iii, 1914, E.Allen, in BMNH; SOUTH QUEENS- LAND: Carnarvon Range, 1 à, 6.1.1940, N.Geary, in AM; Nanango, Gallotype, 2 9 paratypes, 4.v. 1964, GBM; Brisbane, | 9 paratype 6.iii,1949, Haseler, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Warrumbungle NP, via Coonabarabran, 1 2, 21.xii.1973, I. Naumann, in (QM (Types: QMT26090-26093). DESCRIPTION. Very small. 4.4-5,7mm long, with very acute antenniferous tubercles, with paratergites of VIII angulite in female. Colour dark reddish brown. MALE. Head as wide as long; vertes finely gran- ulate; postocular tubercles narruw, pointed. cx- tending beyond outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles with apices attenuate and acute; genal processes reaching apical 3/4 of first antennal segment. Rostrum short, not reaching level of hind border of eyes; rostral groove deep, with lateral carinae which converge together he- hind apex of rostrum. Antennae 1.5 limes head length, segment III longest. Pronotum with width 2.3 times length; suriacc uniformly and finely granulate; lateral margins Straight with a narrow explanate edge to anterior two thirds: callar forming a narrow ndge set oll by a groove: a faint transverse depression divid- ing anterior and posterior labes; sublateral areas of fore lobe faintly inflated. remainder of surface flat. Scutellum with width 1.3 times length; pos- terior half with faint median ridge; surface irreg- ularly wrinkled on antenor half, iransversely wrinkled on pastenor half, Hemelytra with co- num reaching just beyond hind border af Cx I: membranes smoky, opaque, reaching just beyond hind border of segment VI. Abdomen with Cx punctate and bearing faint sublateral carinae on I-VI: posterior glabrous areas of IV, V and VI elongate; suture between Cx VI and VII curved; lateral margins of Cx dol double. Carinae delimiting margins of inner ler- gal disc continuous posteriorly to hind border ot segment Vl. Pygophore large, apically rounded, with width 1,6 times length and with a broad, median depression running full length; paralerg- ites of VIH slender, with apices symmetrically rounded. Thoracic and abdominal sterna finely punctate; spiracles of segment II-VIT ventral; suture he- tween St VI and VII straight in middle and angled postenorly at sides, Legs with femora slender, those of forelegs with length 2.8 times width. FEMALE. As for d except: sublateral Cx carinae extending weakly on to segment VII, paratergites of VIII with apices sub-angulate, level with apex of segment IX; carinae bordering inner tergal disc obsolete beyond apical two thirds of segment VI; ae e wings reaching just beyond hind border of Ig 26 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first. then range of 22 paratypes. L- 4.42, 5.67; W: 1.72, 2.44-3.52, HL: 0.76, 0.90-0.92; HW: 0.76, 0.86: PL: 0,58, 0.72-0.76; PW: 1,34, 1.72-1,76; AS: I, 0.30, 0.32-0.34; M. 0.24, 0.30-0.32; III. 0.34, 0.40-0.42; IV. 0.30, 0.32-0.38; SL: 0.68, 0.86- 1.90; SW: 0.90, 1.16-1,20; WL: 2.28, 2.96-3.08. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). This rare species has been taken in open forest at several localities from Emerald in central Queensland to Coonabarabran in New South Wales, The 9 from Brisbane re- quires confirmaijon as the species has not yet been verified there by the wriler despite years of collecting in the vicinity. REMARKS. This is the smallest Veuroctenus in Australia and one of the smallest in the world. Male genitalia have not been studied because of the rarity of male specimens. Neuroctenus dis Kormilev, 1965 (Figs 5C, 7E, 12H.N,P, I3H,W) Neuroctenus grandis Kormilev, 1965a: 28 (descr., fig.); Karmilev, 1971:64,71 (incl. in key; locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1087: 168 (listed). TYPE. Holotype ?. Blackhuti, S.E Qld., 4,v, 1964, G.B. Monteith, QMT6323. Examined. MATERIAL EX AMINED. Type and 169 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Forty Mile Scrub, 40 ml. SW of Mt Garnet, in QM, SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Eidsvold, in ANIC, QM, AM; Dan Dan Scrub, via Calliope: Eurimbula Creek, via Round Hill Head: 9km N, of Taroom; 30km E, of Taroom, in QM; Coongara, via Biggenden, in ANIC; Tungi Creek, Jimna SF; Bunya Mountains, 1 ? paratype (QMT26094), Upper Canungra Creek, via Canungra, in QM; Sawpit Ck, 23 km E.Woodenbong, in ANIC; Levers Plateau, via Rathdowney; Bald Mountain area, 3-4,000', via Emu Vale, in QM; Macpherson Range, in QDPI; National Park, Macpherson Ra., in AM. NEW SOUTH WALES: 63km W Wauchope, in QM; Ulong, E.Dorrigo, in AM; 5 km. SE of Dorigo, in ANIC; Carrai Plateau, via Kempsey: Barrington House, via Salisbury; Woko NP, N Gloucester, in QM; Ourimbah, in BMNH; Mt Kiera; Jamberoo Mtn, in BCRI; London Formation, Kiola, in wood of Acacia mearnsii, in ANIC. VICTORIA: Mt Drummer, via Cann River; Dandenong Ranges, in QM, (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, EH, SAM, UQIC, UZMH, NMB). DESCRIPTION. Large, broad, 7-8mm long, with carinae of rostral groove coalescing posteriorly. Dark reddish brown. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide; vertex with dense, upright granules; lateral ol vertex ovate glabrous areas are separated from eyes hy prominent supraocular ridges; postocular tuber- cles blunt, barely reaching outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles apically acute, curved laterally; genae long, almost reaching apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum reaching beyond level of hind border of eyes; rostral groove with lateral carinae which meet behind rostra] apex. Antennae 1.7-1.8 times head length, segment II longest. Pronotum with width 2.2-2.4 times median length, surface sparsely granular, lateral margins biconvex with wide explanate rims on anterior half; collar well-marked, separated off by a deep sulcus; transverse depression between fore and hind lobes distinct; submedian areas with promi- nent glabrous discs; sublateral areas obliquely inflated, Scutellum with width 1.24-].3 times length; surface coarsely granular with median ridge irregularly marked on posterior hall. Hemleytra extending to hind margin of segment VI; corium reaching just beyond hind margin of Cx Il; membranes black, opaque. Abdominal connexiva densely punctate; sub- lateral carinae obsolete; glabrous areas sub-circu- lar; mesal sutures of Cx IV and V sinuate; suture between Cx VT and VII weakly curved; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc low and continunus posteriorly to hind margin of segment VI. Pygophore with width 1.7 times length, with a deep, triangular, dorsal depression extending for almost full length; paratergites of VIII narrow. symmetrically rounded apically, and wilh spira- cles ventral. Thoracic sterna finely wrinkled; abdominal stema finely punctate; spiracles of segment I-VII ventral; anterior margin of St VI evenly rounded. Legs with femora not strongly incrassate, those nf forelegs with length 2.5 times width. Parameres as in Fig. 12P. FEMALE. As for male except: sublateral carinae prominent of Cx III- VL obsolete on VIE carinae delimiting inner tergal disc prominent hut becom- ing obsolete just anterior to hind margin of VII: wings reaching to apical 2/3 of Tg WI; paraterg- iles of VIII broad, apically rounded, exceeding length of segment IX; segment IX without pro- jections. Spermatheca (Fig. 12N). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype. 9 first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 8.00, 7.17- 7.50, 7.83-8.00; W- 4.00. 3.16-3.67, 3.92-4.75; HL: 1.24, 1.12-1.22, 1.18-1.20; HW: 1.22, 1.16 REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 56-0.60, 0.56-0.60; IV, 0.48, 0.44-0.46, 0.40- 0.46; SL: 1.44, 1.30; 1.34-1,44; SW: 1.90, 1.60- 1.68, 1,74- 1.80; WL: 4.58, 4.17-4,58, 4.50-4.67, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). This species occurs in wet sclero ophyll and poorer rainforests of mountains and lowlands over an extensive area of the eastern Australian seaboard from north Queensland to Victoria. REMARKS. Neuroctenus grandis is the largest species in eastern Australia. It is similar in gen- eral facies to N, proximus from SW Australia but ihe 2 species differ in rostral atrium, parameres, penal length, male sternum VIL etc. and are not closely related, On present collecting records there is a gap in the range of NV. grandis of 1000km between Round Hill Head and Mt Garnet. Neuroctenus proximus (Walker. 1873) (Figs 12G,LL,O, 13D,J,U, 160) Mezira proxima Walker, 1873: 28 (descr.) Neuroctenus majusculus Bergroth, 1887: 181 (descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896; 45 (listed); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 273 (listed); Kormilev, 1965a: 28 {locality records); Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (locality re- cords) Kormilev, 1967a; 532 (locality records); Kormilev, 1971; 63,71 (incl. in key; locality re- cords); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 171 (listed) syn, nov. Neuroctenus proximus Bergroth, 1887: 187 (cites Walker's descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896:45 (listed); Distant, 1902: 362 (generic assignment); Kormilev, 1953: 344 (locality record; probably misident. of handschini); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 273 (listed); Kormilev. 1965a: 28 (locality records: misident. of Neuroctenus woodwardi, sp. nov.) Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (locality records; probably misi- dent. for N, weodwardi and N. handschini); Kormilev, 19672; 532 (locality records; misident. of N. woodwardi); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy: misident. of N. woodwardi); Kormiley, 1971: 64 (incl, in key; misident. of N. woodwardi), Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 173 (listed). TYPES. Lectoiype Selection for Mezira proxima Walker. Walker( 1873) based his description ofproxima on a series of 8 specimens (*a-h') with the data "King George's Sound, Australia. Presented by ir G. Grey’. 1 have examined 7 specimens (3d 42) of this series in the British Museum. Six bear white printed labels with the words ‘Mezira prox- ima Walker's Catal.'; one bears a printed label, ta - ‘25. Mezira proxima', which is a piece cut from the title of Walker's description of the species from a copy of his original publication; the last specimen bears a printed label, 'Mezira leucorelus Walker's Catal’. This last label is cb- viously in error because /eucorelus was described immediately after proxima in Walker's catalogue and belongs to a quite different species now placed in Aradus. Each specimen also bears a circular. white label with à handwritten number referring to the Accession Register of the British Museum, The numbers are prefixed with *40/12.26' and end with specimen numbers; 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 277, 278, Obviously the miss- ing specimen bears the number 276. These Reg- 1ster entries refer to a batch of insects from ‘New Holland. King George's Sound, Presented hy Capt. Grey’ and of this batch nine “Aradus were numbered 271-279. These dala, apart trom Capt. Grey's transition to knighthood, are identical to those of the series cited by Walker, The speci- mens are conspecific and mounjed identically on short, headless pins. {have selected the male numbered 271 as ferto- type. V is in good condition and has all append- ages intact, the wings are slightly displaced hy growth of verdigns around the pin. The specimen now bears the following labels: (1) Circular, white, handwritten, '40 12.16 2715 (2) Rectan- gular, white. printed, "Mezira proxima Walker's Catal: (3) Rectangular, red, handwritten, ‘LECTOTYPE Mezira proxima Walker, 1873"; (4) Rectangular, while, printed, ‘Nearectenus proximas (Walker, 1873) Det, G.B. Monteith, 1978', The remaining six specimens have been labelled paralectotypes. Synonymy of majusculus Bergroth. Bergroth (1887) described majusculus in bis revision of Neuroctenus. At that ume he was not familiar with Walker's Mezira proxima in life although he noted that W.L Distant had drawn his attention to the fact that it belonged in Nenructenws. Bergroth merely listed proximus al the end of his paper with Walker's description reproduced ver- batim, Bergroth apparently did not realize that Walker's species also came trom Western Aus- tralia since he refered to his majusculus as "the only west-australian species”. The only original Bergroth specimen I have been able 10 trace and examine is à male in tne Humboldt University, Berlin. It bears a label *Neurocrenus majusculus Bergr' in the same handwriting as that on Bergroth’s type of Brachyrhynchus scrupulosus in the same collection. lts locality label reads 28 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM “Swan River, Thorey' and it is conspecific with Walker's Mezira proxima. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Types and 274 specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Albany. in BMNH; Mundaring, Greystones, ex Eucalypius. calophylla logs; Mundaring, ex Eucalyptus calophylla; Manjimup, ex Karri; Donnybrook, in WADA; 7 ml. S of Pemberton, in ANIC and QM: Manjimup, on newly fallen trees, in ANIC and QM; Nornalup, im ANIC, in UQIC; 50km SW Nannup; Beedelup NP; Molgnup Springs, Stirling Ranges; Boranup Drive, 4km NW Karridale; Yallingup; Pemberton, in ANIC; Boranup, in WAM & QM; Walpole Dist. in QM; Glenoram, IOmi. W. Manjimup; South of W, Aust, in SAM; Walpole, ‘The Knoil'; Boranup; Dingup, Manjimup: Sml N Augusta; in WAM; Wilga, m AM. DESCRIPTION, Large, broad, 7.6-9.00mm long, with cannae of rostral groove not coalescing pos- teriorly, posterolateral angles of male Cx VI pro- truding and legs very slender. Dark reddish brown. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide; vertex with dense granules; laterad of vertex large gla- brows areas are separated from eyes by raised supraocular ridges; postocular tubercles very nar- row, apically acute, extendmg beyond outer pro- file af eyes; antenniferous tubercles pointed, with apices slightly divergent; genal processes api- cally rounded and separate, distinctly longer than apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum extend- ing posteriorly beyond hind border of eyes; ros- iral groove with lateral carinae which are separate for full length. Antennae 1.5-1.6 times head length, segment III longest Pronotum with width 2,2-2,3 times median length; surface sparsely granular; lateral margins slightiy indented at anterior third, with an éxpla- nate margin on anterior half; collar distinct and separated by a groove; transverse depression ev- ident at sides but not medially; submedian areas. with large glabrous discs: sublateral areas faintly inflated. Scutellum with width 1.39-1.9 times length; surface longitudinally wrinkled on ante- rior half and transversely wrinkled on posterior half. Hemelvtra reaching hind border of segment VI; coria reaching to almost half length of Cx IIT; membranes black, opaque. Connexival surface finely punctate, without trace of sublateral carinae; glabrous areas of Cx I-VI circular, mesal sutures of Cx TV and V Sinuate; suture between Cx VI and VII curved; extemal Cx margins not double, posterolateral angles of Cx VI protruding: margins of segment VII sinuate and with a narrow, flattened margin differentiated by stnations fram remainder of punctate surface of VII; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc faint, becoming obsolete posterior to segment V. Pygophore with width 1.6-1.7 times length, uniformly rounded behind; dorsum with an impressed U-shaped area on anterior half, paratergites of VIII narrow, with apices symmet- rically rounded and spiracles ventral. Thoracic sterna faintly wrinkled, abdominal sterna finely punctate; suture between St VI and VII straight in middle and angled posteriorly at sides. Legs with femora very slender, those of forelegs with length 3.1-3.2 times width; hind femora With inner margin curved piving a curved appearance and apex reaching almost to hind margin of St IV. Parameres as in Fig. 120, FEMALE. As for d except: sublateral carinae well developed on Cx III-VIL; surface of Cx coarsely punctate; wing apices reaching to 1/2 length of segment V1: paratergites of VIII large, broad, apically rounded, reaching beyond apex of segment IX; segment IX with a pair of widely spaced projections, giving its apex a trilobed ap- pearance; ventral, sublateral, connexival carinae very prominent on segments Ill-VIl. Sperma- theca as in Fig. 12L. MEASUREMENTS, Lectotype d of proximus first, syntype d. of majusculus second, when ranges of additional 2d and 22. L: 8.17. 8.17, 7.67-8.00. 8.67-8,83: W: 3.75, 3.83, 3.75-3.58, 4,08-4.17; HL: 1.40. 1.32, 1.32-1.34, 140-144, HW: 1.34, 1.28, 1.26-1.32, 1.28-1.38; PL; 1.22, 1.24, 1.20, 1.30-1.40; PW: 2.84, 2.80, 2.68-2.72, 2,90-3 08, SL: 1.42. 140, 1.36, 1.46-1.52; SW: 1.92, 1.84, 1.82-1.90, 2.02-2.04: WL; 4,67, 4.75, 4,50-4,58, 4,92-5.33; corium length: 1.80, 1.72, 1.68-1.80, 1.72-2.00; pygophure length: 0.6%, 0.68, 0,68-0.70; pygophore width: 1.10, 1.14, 1.10-1.16; AS: 1, 0.46, 0.46, 0.48, 0.50-0.54. II, 0.50, 0.52, 0,50-0,52, 0,54-0.58, IIL, 0.64, 0.60, 0.60, 0.62-0.64, IV, 0.54 0.52, 0.50-0.52, 0.52- 0.54, DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 14). This is a common eucalypt forest species in the SW of Westem Australia from Perth to Albany, It overlaps broadly with the distribution of its very close relative M. transitus. REMARKS. Bergroth (1887) suggested close re- lationship between this and Madagascan species but this cannot be evaluated at present, REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 39 Neuroctenus transitus sp.nov. (Fig. 16P) TYPE. Hololype d. Floreat Park, W. Australia, 21,11.1966, R. Humphries, WAM78/637. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 87 paratypes: SW AUSTRALIA: Deep Dene, Karridale, 1 9, 19.xii.1962, LM. O'Halloran. in WAM;Kings Park, Perth. | d 5 9, 24.xi1.1959, Armstrong & Woodward, in QM; Floreat Park, 11 3 15 9, 21.11.1966, R.Humphries, 4 3 16 ?9, 4.i1.1967. R Humphries, Wanneroo, 3 d 2 9, 2.5.1971, S.M.Wade; West Midland, 4 ¢ 3 9, 28.4.1954, A.M.Douglas; Midland, 1 9, viii.1936, L.Glauert; Rottnest Island, 1 $, xi1.1934, L.Glauert, in WAM: Walpole, 2 9, 26.x.1984, J.& N.Lawrence; Prevelly Park, W Margaret R., L 8&7 9,3] x 1984, J,.& N.Law- rence; Crawley, 1 d 2 9, 16.111934, K. R. Norris, | c, 19.11.1935, K.R. Norris, 1 9, 30,xii. 1935, K.R. Norris; Pipehead Dam, 15 ml SSE of Armadale, 1 9, 264.1967, M.S. Upton, in ANIC; Brentwood, | 9. 11.11.1969, K. Richards; Busselton, | 9. 2.11971, Forests Dept.; Donnybrook, 3 g 1 2, April, L.J. New- man, in WADA, (Paratypes: QMT29688-29700). DESCRIPTION, Large, broad, 6.7-8.4rrn long, with carinae of rostral groove not coalescing pos- teriorly, posterolateral angles of male Cx VI pro- truding and legs short and stout. Dark, reddish brown. This species is very similar to N. proximus and is described only where different from that spe- cies: legs shorter, stouter and with surface of femora granulate; fore femora with length <3 times maximum width; hind femora straight, with inner margin not sinuate and with distal apex reaching to about half length of St IV. Pygophare of d without horseshoe-shaped impression. 9 with apex of segment IX not trilobed. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then range of 2d and 29 paratypes. L: 7.36, 6.88- 8,00, 6.72-8,37; W: 3.20, 3.1-3,60, 3.00-4.00; HL: 1.10, 1.10-1.15, 1.10-1.25; HW: 1.10, 1.10- 1.15, 1.00-1.20; PL: 1.00, 1.00-1.10, 1.00-1.15; PW: 2.30, 2.25-2.50, 2.20-2.60; AS; I, 0.38, 0.35- 0,38, 0.33-0.40: I1, 0.42, 0.40-0.48, 0.38-0.48: IH, 0.46, 0.42-0.48, 0.44-0.42; IV, 0.38, 0.33-0.38, 0,36-0.40; SL; 1.25, 1.15-1.35, 1.15-1.50; SW: 1.60, 1.70-1.85, 1.50-1.85; WL: 4,00, 4.00-4.50, = atlas corium length: 1.35, 1.35-1.50, 1.35- 1.60.. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). Neuracienus transi- fey is an open forest, subcortical species which occurs from suburban Perth south throughout the maist SW corner of Western Australia. REMARKS. This species is almost completely sympatric with its very close relative Weu- rocienus proximus. Both species occur in large colonies under bark but are never taken in mixed colonies. No apparent ecological difference be- tween these co-existing species is evident. Al- though practically identical in dorsal view they are readily separated by their very different legs. Neuroctenus occidentalis sp, nov. (Figs 5B, 12B,R, 13L) TYPE. Holotype 3, 33.51 5 123,00 E, Thomas River, 23 km NW hy W of Mr Arid, W.A., 4-7.xi.1977, J.F. Lawrence, under bark. In ANIC, MATERIAL. EXAMINED. Type plus 6 nymphs col- lected with it, in ANIC, DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7.00mm long, with rostral carinae not coalescing posteriorly and with genal processes surpassing apex of first antennal segment, MALE. Head with length 1.16 times width; ver- tex densely granular; supraocular carinae weak: postocular processes rather blunt, reaching à little beyond outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tuber- cles slightly divergent, apically sub-acute, reach- ing a little beyond one third length of first antennal segment, Genal processes long, parallel- sided, apically cleft, reaching well beyond apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum reaching slightly beyond hind margin of eyes: lateral cari- nae of rostral groove present and not contiguous behind rostral apex. Antennae stout, length 1.3 times head length; segments I, IT and IV subequal in length, segment M slightly longer. Pronotum with width 2.2 times median length. its surface granular; lateral margins straight; col- lar distinct. Scutellum with width 1.22 times length; surface rugose-granulate; median ridge weakly developed on posterior hall. Hemelytra reaching behind hind margin of segment VI; apex of corium reaching a little beyond hind margin of Cx H; membranes black, opaque, shining. Dorsal Cx surfaces punctate; sublateral carinae very weakly developed on Cx I-V, becoming obsolete on VI and absent on VIE, posterior gla- brous ares of Cx I-VI subcircular; mesal sutures of Cx IV and V sinuate; suture between Cx VI and VII curved; lateral Cx margins not double. Carinae delimiting inner tergal disc present, be- coming obsolete on segment VI. Pygophore with width 1.5 times length; its surface granular und with a median, longitudinal impression on poste- rior half; hind margin evenly rounded; paraterg- 30 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ites of segment VIIM short, slightly curved me- sally and with spiracles ventral. Thoracic sterna finely wrinkled; abdominal sterna finely punctate; suture between St V] and VII evenly rounded; spiracles of H-VIE ventral. Legs with femora moderately stout, those of fore legs with length 2.3 times width, Parameres as in Fig. 12R. FEMALE. Unknown, MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 3. L: 7.00; W: 3.08; HL: 1.16; HW: 1.00; PL- 1.00; PW: 222; AS: I. 0.36. H, 0.38, 10, 0.40, IV, 0,36; SL: 1.20; SW: 1.46; WL: 4,23; corium length; 1.50; pygophore length: 0.56: pygophore width: 0.86. DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 14), Known from a single series collected under bark in semi-arid country NE of Esperance in SW Western Australia. REMARKS, Although only a single adult is available it is sufficiently distinct to justify de- Senpton. It resembles the other two species in SW Australia, N. proximus and N. transitus, in 5ome respects but differs markedly in paramere shape and in lacking the characteristic protruding posterolateral angle of Cx V1 seen 1n the other species. N. occidentalis seems ecologically sepa- rated from the others in SW Australia in occurring far outside the 800mm rainfall isohyet which approximately defines the distribution of the lat- ler species in the wettest part of the southwest. Neuroctenus woodwardi sp, nav. (Figs 2D, 5A, 1 1, 12Q. 13K.T) Crimia rubrescens Walker, 1873; 14 (misident of Australian specimens). Neuroctenus proximus: Kormiley, 1965a: 28 (mmnsi- dent.); Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (musident.); Kormilev, 19674: 532 (misident.); Kumar, 1967 (misident.); Kormilev, 1971 (misident). TYPE. Holotype G, Forest Station, 600m, Bulburin State Forest, via Many Peaks, Qld. 12-15,1v.1974, I. Naumann, QMT11653. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 566 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Hann Tbld Radar Stn, 800-900m, 14, 811.1996, GBM; Mt Fox Crater, Seaview Range, 250 199, 15.xii. 1986, GBM, GIT & S.Hamlev. CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Shute Harbour, 53 72, 24,v,.1968, GBM, Springcliffe, via Mackay, Id 39, [2,.1965, J.E. Dunwoody, Cape Hillsborough, 33. 3%, 15-16.14.1979, GBM, in QM; Mackay, 13, in BCRI. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Kroombit Tops, Beauty Spot 98, 45km SSW Calliope, 9d 49, 29,jx.1985, GBM, in QM ; Kroombit Tops, Upper Kroumbil Ck, 2d. 39, Y-19 521.1983, GBM,GIT; Kroombit Tops, Upper TA47 Ck, 1 9, 9. 19.11.1983, GBM,GIT; Kroombit Tops, TA47 Ck Xing, 178 199, 30.1x.1985, GBM; Bundaberg, 1$, 5.4.1928, R.W, Mungomery, in OM, 74 53, in BMNH; Forest Station, 2000", Bulburin SF. 43 115, 12-15.iv.1974, GBM, 44. 59, 12-15.1v.1974, I. Naumann, in QM; Rosedale, 1d, 27.x.1974, H. Frauca; Hervey Bay, 28 29 , xii,1972, P. Turner; Bluff Range, Western Sect., via Biggenden, 28 39, 18,viii,1972, H.Frauca; Mt Walsh NP, 13 19. viit.1972, H.Fraaca; Boat Mtn, via Murgon, 580m, 33 19, 14. x.1994, GBM; Maroochydore, LA 159, 21.x11.1972, S Allen, in ANIC; Toorbul Point, 19, 4.yii.1971. G. Grant; Caboolture, 17.1971, L.Hill, in UQIC; Caloundra, 1%, 14,viii.1960, R,D. Cameron, in QM, 12, in QDPI; Highvale, 78 109,20.1x.1964, GBM, in ANIC; Miles, 53 29, 104.1939, N.Geary, in AM; Moss's Well, Spicer's Gap, 17d. 179, 13-14.x, 1984, R.de Keyzer, in UQIC; Bunya Mountains, 2¢ 12, 2-4.v.1964; GBM; Mt Glorious, 6¢ 62, Acacia bark, 10,1, 1982, A. Hiller, L2, 10.xi.1978, A.Hiller, 78 59, A. Hiller; Mt Nebo, 12, 15.xi,1979; Cedar Creek, Samford, | 9, 20.v.1964, R. Woolcock, in QM, 19, IO.x.1970. T.Lennon; Moggill, 1 9, 18,3. 1981, T.Johnson, ad, 21.x.1984, R.de Keyzer, in UQIC; Flinders Peak, 29, 14.111,1982, D.Sinelair & A.Rozefelds; Cabbage Tree Point, 63 12, 17.14.1979, A.Rozefelds; Brisbane, 18 2%, vii. 1986, R.Raven, 1d, 19.viil 1959, Kirkpatrick, | 9, 12,x.1957, Fortunado, 13 , 20.ix. 1959, J. Martin, 1d, 7ix.1964, BKC, 19, 1.ix.1975, RIS, Ld 19, 20.11.1963, B. Ross, 1d | 2, 16.vii 1956, G. Grant, 23 19, 14.xii.1979. FR Wylie, in QM, 12, 2jv.1959, P.Twine, in UQIC, 12, 14.xii.1907, in ANIC, 14, 6.xi.1973, 28. 39%, 541.1919, H. Jarvis, in QDPI, 13 19,30.vii.1914, H Hacker, in BMNH; Gold Creek, via Brookfield, | d 29 ,28,iv.1964, GBM; Mit Crosby, 1 9, 2.vii 1972, 1, Naumann; Mt Glorious, 18 19, 15.1.1963, GBM; Acacia Ridge, 9.vi.1963, R. Kumar. Ld, 10.71.1962, B.C, Dahms; Dunwich, 18 19, 27,iv.1953, GBM, 13 29, 9.v,1964, GBM, in QM: Stradbroke Island, 12, 9.i1i1.1974, P.Samson, 19, 9.001974, D.Smith; Brookfield, 1d, 15.iv.1982, R.Burrell, in UQIC; Mt Nerang, 28 19, 22.yiii, 1972, L Naumann; Bald Mountain area, 3-3000', via Emu Vale, 1 2, 17-22.v.1969, GBM, lã, 27-31..1972, GBM, 3d 19, 26-301,1975, I. Naumann, in QM; Blunder, 3d 52, 16,viii.1959, in ANIC; Hampton, 43, 24,11,1967, J.H. Barrett; Tamborine, 16, 3.v.1919, H. Tryon, in QDPI, 1d 12, Mjöberg, in NRS. NEW SOUTH WALES: Walgeu, 3d 1%, 13.91.1970, PJ. Walters, in QM Middle Brother SF, nr Kendall, 12, 16.41.1983, D.C.F.Rentz & M.S.Harvey, 48 37, Iviii. 1990, T. Gush; Prospect, 224 229 ,5.viii. 1990, T. Gush; Kioloa, in Acacia wood, 1 V, 19.x1.1980, J.Conran; Myall Lakes, 13 22, viii.1934, D.F. Water- house, 1 9 , viii.1934, M.F. Day, in ANIC, Barringron House, viu Salisbury, 18. 17-20.xi1.1963, A, Macqueen, in QM: Hornsby, 2d , C.Gibbons, in AM; Sydney, 7d 62, 1900-1903, J... Walker; Wedderburn, 33 39, [&x.1960, M.LNikilin, in BMNH, 93 92, REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 31 FIG. 11. Dorsal view of d. Neuroctenus woodwardi. 18.v.1959, C.E.Chadwick; Cowan, 126 159, 5.iti, 1961, C.E.Chadwick; Wogamia, nr Nowra, 12, 20,ix.1970, C.E.Chadwick; Mt Kembla, 38 32, 15.viii.1970, C.E.Chadwick, 12, 12.vi.1965, C. E.Chadwick; Grose Wold, W of Richmond, !¢ 1, 18.11.1967, C. E.Chadwick; Katoomba, Ld , 15.iv.1968, B White, in BCRI; Cabramatta, 13 49, 2.vii 1960, M.L.Nikitin, in BMNH; Blackheath, 19, 20 3j |936, D.F. Waterhouse; Tuross Head, 11 ml S of Moruya, 3d, 21.1x.1909, 8. Misko, in ANIC, Id 19, 21.13.1969, S, Misko, in QM; Marley, 1d 32, 23.xj.1949, R.Ellery, in AM; Unanderra, 2d 49, 3.3.1955, C\E,.Chadwick, in BMNH & BCRI. AUS- TRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Cotter River, | 49. 11,1964, D.F. Waterhouse, in ANIC, 1d 1%, 114.1964, D.F, Waterhouse, in QM. TASMANIA; West Tamar, 12, in SAM: Launceston, 38 37, 241.1928, V. V.Hickman, in AM; Hobart, 18g 19, K.vii.1987, G.Barnemissza, 7d 59, 2.vii. 1987, G.Bornemissza. 48 29, 18.vi 1987, G.Bomemissza, in QM, 1d, FL. Walker, in BMNH, 1 9,3-12.xi1. 1986, Burckhardt, in MNHG. NO STATE SPECIFIED: Australia, 1 9, 58.124, 68 49, 1958-59, M.LNikilin, in BMNH. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, EH, NMNH, HNHM, UZMH. NMB) (QM Paratypes: QMT14&86- 14929, QMT23524, QMT26095-26299, QMT29705. 29708). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized. 6-7.4mm long, with rostral carinae meeting posteriorly and with symmetrically rounded paratergites of VH! in male. Dark reddish brown. MALE, Head with length 1.1 times width: vertex transversely rugose; supraocular carinae weak; pestocular processes narrow, rather blunt. reach- ing outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles short, reaching basal third of first antennal seg. ment. Rostrum reaching level of hind margin of tyes; lateral carinae of rostral groove approxi- mated behind rostral apex. Antennal length 1-35- 1.55 times head length; segment If. III and IV subequal. Pronotum with width 2.2-2.4 times median length, its surface granular; lateral margins faintly sinuate and edged with a narrow carina on anterior half, pronotal surface largely flat with transverse impression separating fore and hind lobes marked at sides only; collar forming 3 nar- row ndge indistinctly separated from pronotal disc. Scutellum with width 1.2-1.25 times length; surface longitudinally rugose on anterior hall und transversely rugose on posterior half; median ridge weakly marked on posterior half, Hemelytra reaching hind margin of Tg VI: apex of conum reaching hind margin of Tg H: mem- branes black, opaque, shining. Dorsal connéxival surfaces punctate; sublateral carinae present on Cx III-V, becoming obsolete an VI. absent on VII; posterior glabrous areas ol Cx II-VI strongly elongate; mesal sutures of Cx IV and V sinuate: suture between Cx VI and VII weakly curved; lateral Cx margins not double; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc present, be- coming obsolete posterior to seement VI Pygophore with width 1.7 times length; its sur- face granular and with a broad, triangular impres- sion on midbne of basal three quarters; hind margin evenly rounded; paratergites of segment VII short, symmetrically rounded apically; spi- racles ventral. 32 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Thoracic sterna finely wnrmnkled; abdominal sterna finely punctaie; hind margin of St VI straight in middle and angled posteriorly at sides; St with a short, longitudinal sulcus on each side of midline behind anterior edge; spiracles of seg- ment II-VII ventral. Legs with femora rather stout, those of forelegs with length 2.1 times width. Parameres as in Fig. 12Q. FEMALE. As for d except: abdominal dorsum more coarsely punctate; wings reaching to basal third of Tg VI; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc obsolete on Tg VII; paratérgites of VIII short, rounded, reaching apex of segment IX, with spi- racles sub-lateral; segment IX without projec- tions. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype à ranges of additional 2¢ and 29 : 6.33, 6.00-6.50, 6.17-7.33; W: 2.80, 2.52-2.83, l ^ 0 bes] irst, then 2.58-3.25; HL: 1.02, 1.00-1.10, 1. 0.94, 0.94-1.00, 0.92-1.08; PL: 0. 0.80-0.90; PW; 1,90, 1.86-2.06, 1. A t 0.34, 0.32-0.36, 0.34-0.36; IL. 0.40, 0.36-0.38, 0.38-0.46; M, 0.42, 0.40, 0.38-0.48; TV, 0.40, 0.36-0.38, 0.38-0.44; SL: 1.06, 1. 1.20; SW: 1.28, 1.26-1.36, 1.2 3.67-4.00, 3.50-4 42. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). This species is known from open eucalypt forests of a narrow coastal belt of eastern. Australia from the Hann Tableland in north Queensland to southern New South Wales. It also occurs in Tasmania but has not yet been taken in Victoria. Kormilev (1965a; 105) recorded a single 9 from Atherton, in the wel tropical part of north Queensland. I have examined this specimen and it is woodwardi but I believe it is a mislabelled member of the series from Tamborine also mentioned by Kormiley, In the northern part of its range it is occasionally taken in dry rainforest. REMARKS. It is a great pleasure to give the name of the late Dr T.E. Woodward, hemipterist. formerly of the University of Queensland, to this species which is so common in eastern Australia. This species has been erroneously known in the literature and in most collections as N. proximus (Walker), a name which is correctly applied to an unrelated species from SW Australia. Also, when Walker (1873) described Crimia rubrescens, now placed in Overlaetiella (Kormilev, 1977), he listed 5 specimens from Australia as belonging to this species as Follows: */ Australia, presented by the Haslar Hospital; 4 Australia, from Mr Damel's Collection’, Ihave examined the Walker material of *Crimia rubrescens' in the British Museum and it now includes only one Australian specimen, This specimen is nol conspecific with the rest of the series of Overlaeriella rubrescens but belongs to N. woodwardi. It is 58.124 which refers to a Register entry as follows: ‘Australia. Sydney & Moreton Bay. Collected by Edward Damel & brought of Samuel Stevens. Localities are Maitland, Moreton Bay, Wollangong, Parramatta, Sydney’. All these localities lie within the known range of N. woodwardi. Walker's species, O. rubrescens, does not occur in Australia. Neuroctenus woodwardi is superficially sim- ilar to N, handschini but can be readily separated by its blunter postocular processes, symmetrical paratergites of the male, and the shorter paraterg- ites of the female. Both species are ahundant under bark of dead eucalypts and acacias. Al- though essentially allopatric their respective ranges overlap a little in north Queensland, Neuroctenus handschini Kormiley, 1953 (Figs 12D,LU, 13B,N,O) Neuractenus handschini Kormilev, 1953; 342 (descr, fig). Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 273 (listed); Karmilev, 1967; 532 (locality records); Kormilev, 1971: 65 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Proeschner. 1987- 168 (listed), Neuroctenus vicinas: Karrnilev, 1953: 342. (misident,) TYPE. Holotype 5 , Marrakai, N.T., May, 1934, Hand- échin, in NMB Examined, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 324 speci- mens: NORTHWEST AUSTRALIA: Montalivet Is, in BMNH. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Pulnrumpi, Melville Is, in NTM; Adelaide R; in BMNH; Marrakai, 19 allotype; Burnside, in NMB; Horn Islet, Pellew Group; West Alligator R. mouth; North Point, Kapalga; South Alligator Inn; Katherine Gorge. in QM; Fogg Dam, 53km SE Darwin; Darwin, ex nest at Masrotermes, 2ml ENE Victoria River Downs; Magela Creek, 12 km N of Mudginbarry, in ANIC; Darwin, Stapleton, in SAM & BMNH. NORTH. QUEENS- LAND: Moa Island, Torres Strait; Somerset, in SAM; Yorke Island, Torres Striat, in AM; Lockerbie; Mapoon; Weipa, in QM; 18km NE Mt Tozer; 13km ENE Mt Tozer, in ANIC; Rocky River, via Coen; Homestead, Silver Plains, via Coen; Musgrave, in QM; Mt Cook NP, via Cooktown, in ANIC; Station Ck., viu Mt Carbine; Cooper Creek, 18 ml N of Daintree; Hartley's Creek: Ellis Beach, in QM; Bungalow, 2ml S Cairns, in ANIC; Cape Pallarenda, Townsville; Mag- netic Island, in QM, CENTRAL QUEENSAND: Greta REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 33 Creek, 20ml N of Proserpine, in QM; Bluff (?), in SAM. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, EH, NRS, UQIC) DESCRIPTION. Small, 4.5-6.5mm long, with acute postocular tubercles and asymmetrical api- ces to male paratergites. Colour dark reddish brown. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide; vertex rugose; supraocular carinae not prominent; postocular tubercles long, apically acute, extend- ing beyond profile of eyes; antenniferous tuber- cles apically pointed, divergent, reaching basal third of first antennal segment; genal processes reaching apex of first antennal segment. Rostral apex level with hind margin of eyes; rostral groove with lateral carinae which coalesce be- hind rostral apex. Antennal length 1.4-1.5 times head length; all segments subequal. Pronotum with width 2.45-2.7 times median length; surface granular and lightly rugose; lat- eral margins slightly sinuate at anterior third, with a narrow marginal rim becoming somewhat ex- planate at anterolateral angles; collar very nar- row, indistinctly separated from pronotal disc; pronotal surface largely flat with transverse de- pression weakly marked at sides. Scutellum with width 1.25-1.35 times length; surface rugose, more or less transversely so on posterior half. Hemelytra reaching to just beyond half length of Tg VI; coria reaching posterior margin of Tg II; membranes opaque, with basal quarter pale and apical 3/4 dark. Abdominal connexiva punctate; sublateral ca- rinae on segments III- VI; posterior glabrous areas of Cx II-VI elongate; inner margins of Cx IV and V sinuate; suture between Cx VIand VII straight; lateral margins of Cx not double; carinae delim- iting inner tergal disc prominent, becoming obso- lete on segment VI. Pygophore with width 1.6 times length; its dorsum with a broad depression on basal half; its apex uniformly rounded; paratergites of VIII broad, with lateral margins straight and mesal side of apices produced; spira- cles sublateral. Thoracic sterna finely wrinkled; abdominal sterna finely punctate; suture between St VI and VII uniformly rounded; spiracles of II- VII ven- tral. Legs with femora rather slender, those of forelegs with length 2.35 times width. Parameres as in Fig. 12U. FEMALE. As for ó except: abdominal surface more coarsely punctate; sublateral connexival ca- rinae present on II-VI and sub-obsolete on VII; hemelytra reaching just beyond posterior margin of Tg VI; paratergites of VIII sub-rectangular, with sides parallel and apices truncate; spiracles of VIII lateral; segment IX with two blunt ventral projections. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ő first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 5.67, 4.67- 5.67, 6.00-6.50; W: 2.78, 2.12-2.75, 2.92-3.08; H: 0.94, 0.80-0.94, 0.94-0.98; HW: 0.88, 0.86- 0.90, 0.90-0.96; PL: 0.64, 0.61-0.70, 0.66-0.84; PW: 1.76, 1.50-1.80, 1.80-2.04; AS: I, 0.34, 0.30- 0.32, 0.32-0.36; II, 0.32, 0.26-0.30, 0.32-0.34; III, 0.34, 0.30-0.36, 0.42; IV, 0.36, 0.32-0.34, 0.36; SL: 0.96, 0.78-0.88, 0.96-1.02; SW: 1.20, 1.00- 1.20, 1.28-1.36; WL: 3.25, 2.72-3.33, 3.50-3.67. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). Neuroctenus hand- schiniis acommon, open forest species occurring in a coastal strip of north Australia from the northwestof Western Australia east across the top half of the Northern Territory, the Gulf of Car- pentaria, Cape York Peninsula, the Torres Strait islands and south on the Queensland coast to Prosperine. The only WA record is from the offshore Montalivet Island but it would be sur- prising if the species did not occur on the main- land in the adjacent, poorly-collected Kimberley region. The single old specimen in the South Australian Museum apparently labelled ‘Bluff may refer to the township of Bluff west of Rock- hampton somewhat further south than Proser- pine. REMARKS. I examined the NT specimens in the Naturhistorisches Museum, Basle, identified by Kormiley (1953) as N. vicinus and find that they are typical handschini. Neuroctenus handschini is similar to N. woodwardi in habits and appearance; it seems to be the ecological complement of N. woodwardi in north Australia. Like N. woodwardi, it some- times occurs in monsoon rainforest patches. The parameres of the two species are very different. N. kapalga sp. nov., described below, is taxonom- ically much closer to N. handschini and occurs sypatrically with it in the NT. Neuroctenus kapalga sp.nov. (Fig. 12A) TYPE. Holotype d, Channel Island, 12.33S 130.52E, 5 Jul 1982, M.B.Malipatil, under bark Melaleuca. In NTM. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 11 paratypes: NORTHERN TERRITORY: Channel Is- land, 12.338 X 130.52E, under Melaleuca bark, 3d 34 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 59, 5,vii.1982, M.B.Malipatil, in NTM; Wildman River Station, 3d. 59, 20.v.1980, L.Radunz, in NTMI and QM; North Point, Kapalga, 1 2, 19.v11.1979, GBM & DJC, QMT29700-29703. DESCRIPTION. Small, 5.4-6,9mm long, with rostral carinae converging posteriorly, with male VIII paratergites asymmetncal and with reduced postocular processes. Colour dark reddish brown. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide; vertex rugose; supraocular carinae weak; postocular tii- bercles short, narrow, blunt, barely reaching outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles pointed, divergent, reaching basal third of first antennal segment. Lateral carinae of rastral groove pres- ent, converging closely behind rostral apex. An- lennal length 1.4-1.5 times head length; first 3 segments subequal, last slightly longer. Pronotum with width 2.5-2.8 times median length, its surface granular; lateral margins al- most straight, not explanate; collar a narrow rim only. Scutellum with width 1,3- 1.45 times length; surface longitudinally rugose on anterior half and transversely rugose on posterior half, Hemelytra reaching hind margin of Tg VI; coria reaching hind margin of Tg If, membranes black, opaque, with basal quarter pale. Abdominal connexiva punctate, their sublate- ral carinae obsolete; posterior glabrous areas of Cx III-VI weakly elongate; inner margins of Cx IV and V weakly curved; lateral connexival mar- gins not double; carinae delimiting inner tergal disk distinct but low. Pygophore with width 1.62 times length, its surface granular, with a broad depression in middle of dorsum and with hind margin evenly rounded. Paratergiles of segemt VII broad, flattened, with inner margins as- symetrically, spiracles sublateral. Thoracic sterna finely wrinkled; abdominal sterna finely punctate. hind margin of St VI straight in middle and angled forward at sides. Spiracles of segments II-VII ventral. Legs with femora stout, those of forelegs with length 2.3 times maximum width. FEMALE. As for d except: abdominal dorsum more coarsely punctate; sublateral carinae on Cx III-VI present but faint; hemelytra reaching to two thirds iength of Tg VI; paratergites of VIII reaching to level with apex of segment IX, their apices subtruncate, their spiracles sublateral, seg- ment IX with two small blunt ventral projections. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then range of 2d and 29 paratypes. L: 6.00, 5.41- 6.00, 6.08-6.91; W: 2.81, 2.34-2.44, 2.56-2.96: HL: 1.00, 0.85-0.95, 1.00-1.06; HW: 1,00, 0.83- 0,84, 0.91-0.96; PL: 0.67, 0.58-0.65, 0.62-0.83; PW: L83, 1.54-1 72, 1.74-2.03; AS:1,0.31, 0.28- 0.31, 030-038, TI, 0.35, 0.28-0.31. 0.30-0,36; Ul. 0.38, 0.33-0.35, 0,35-0.40; IV, 0,38, 0.44-0.36, 135-149; SL: 0.86, 0.78-0.81, 0.87- 1.00; SW: 25, 1.00- 1,03, 1.16-1.37; WL: 3.50, 2.96-3.12, Trin. corium length: 1.10, 1.00-1,08, 1.00- DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). This species is known from only 3 collections in the northern portion of the NT, m REMARKS, Neuroctenus kapalga is very similar to the widespread tropical species N, handschini and its range cccupies a small area within the range of the latter. Neuroctenus hyalinipennis australicus Kormilev, 1965 (Fig. 13G,R) Neuroctenus serrulatus: Kormilev, 1965b:5 (misi- demt.|; Kormilev, 19674: 532 (misident.), Neuroctenus hyalinipennis australicus Kormilev, 1971: 77 (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 169 (listed) TYPE. Holotype 3, Australia, Queensland, Cairns, Mjöberg coll., in NMNH (Drake Collection). Not ex- amined but checked on my behalf by Dr R.C, Froesch- ner. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 3] specimens: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Murua River, 1%, 21.xii. 1964, J. Sedlacek, in Malaise trap, in QM; Misima Island, 2g 1 ?,H.R. Bartlett, ia SAM. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Somerset, 29, C.T. McNamara, in SAM, Lake Boronto, Newcastle Bay, 1d 19, 3034.17 1975, GBM; Claudie River, 26.v.1974, M. Walford-Hug gins, in QM; 14km NW Hopevale, ! 3, 8-10.8.1986 0, TAW; 3km NE Mt Webb, ld, 1-3.x.1980, TAW; Julatten, 3d 59, 18-22.vin.1982; Green Island, 2d 29,8-15.viii. 1982, in ANIC: Caims, 1 d 1 9 ; Kuranda, 18 19,5.xii.1920, F.P.Dodd, in QM; Caims, 23 22, Mjöberg, in NRS; Etty Bay, nr Innisfail, 1d, 24.x.1980, GBM, in QM. DESCRIPTION, Small, 5.1-5.5mm long, with transparent wing membranes and truncate parátergites. Colour pale to reddish brown. MALE. Head with length 1.05-1.15 times width; vertex transversely rugose; supra-ocular ridges low: postocular tubercles pointed, extending be- yond outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tuber- cles blunt, very short reaching basal 1/4 of first aniénnal segment; genal processes short, reach- ing 3/4 of first antennal segment. Rostrum short, not reaching level of hind border of eyes; rostral REVISION OF THE SUBPAMILY MEZIRINAE 35 groove with carinae which are well separated for whole length, Antennae with length 1.35-1.34 times head length; first 2 segments subequal, shorter than segments III and IV which are also subequal. Pronotum with width 2,5-2.75 times median length; surface rather finely rugose; lateral mar- gins straight; collar present as a faint rim not separated from pronotal disc by a groove; trans- verse depression separating fore and hind lobes present at sides, absent in middle; submedian sublateral areas flat. Scutellum with width 1.3-1.4 umes length; surface longitudinally rugose on anterior half, transversely so on posterior half: median carina obsolete. Hemelytra usually reach- ing or slightly surpassing hind margin of Tg VI; corium reaching a little beyond hind border of Tg Il, poorly sclerotised; membranes completely transparent and without visible venation. Connexival surfaces coarsely rugose-pünctate; sublateral carinae weakly present on Cx II-VI und obsolete on VII; posterior glabrous areas of Cx IV-VI elongate; inner margins of Cx IV and V straight: suture between Cx VI and VII curved; Cx margins not conspicuously double except on segment VIE carinae delimiting inner tergal disc cuntinuous to hind border of segment VII. Pygophore with width 1.5 times length: basal half impressed on each side of middle: paratereites of VUI broad. apically truncate, with spiracles sub- lateral. Thoracic stema very smooth, minutely wrin- kled: abdominal sterna finely punctate; suture between St VI and VII straight in middle then ungled sharply backwards at sides before running obliquely to margins. Legs with stout femur, those of forelegs with length twice width. FEMALE, As for ¢ except: sublaleral carinae prominent on Cx II-VI; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc complete and continuous posteriorly to immediately anterior to hind margin of seg- ment VL; hemelytra reaching to about 3/4 length ol segment VI, paratergites of segment VIII short, transverse, apically truncate and with several denticles along margin; segment IX without ven- tral projections. MEASUREMENTS. Ranges of 26 and 29. L; 5,17-5,50, 5.17-5.33; W: 2.20-2.32, 2.14-2.16; HL: 0.88-0.90, 0.86-0.94; HW: 0.80-0.84, 0.80; PL: 0.60-0.66, 0.60; PW: 1.60-1.70. 1.60-1.64; AS; L 0,28, 0.26-0.28, IT, 0.26-0.25, 0.28, HI, 0.34, 0.34-0.35, TV, 0.32-0.36, 0,36; SL: 0.80-0.86, 0.80- Q.86; SW: 1.10-1.14, 1.12-1.14, WL: 2.96-3.25, 2,92-3,08, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). From the tip of Cape York to Innisfail, north Queensland. Sri Lanka, the Philippines, Java and New Guinea. REMARKS. The transparent wing membranes make this species very distinctive among Austra- lian species. Karmilev (1971) recognized two subspecies: the nominotypical Ayalinipennis, from the Philippines (type locality) and Java, which has both coria and membranes transparent; and australicus, from Queensland, which has the coria partly sclerotised. He mentioned an inter- mediate specimen from Misima Island and 3 companion specimens to those are in BPBM now in addition to a New Guinea mainland specimen identified as subsp. australicus by Kormilev sub- sequent to his publication. These specimens show coria less scleronsed than those of typical Austra- lian specimens büt are otherwise identical. Neuroctenus crassicornis Kormilev, 1971 (Figs 4B, 5E,S T, 12F.K,W. 13C,LS, I6N) Neuroctenus crassicarnis Kormilev, 1971: 79 (descr., fig.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 166 (listed), Neuroctenus vicinus; Kormilev, 1971: 96 (misidemt. of Aust. specimen). TYPE. Holotype d, New Guinea, Papua, W. District, Oriomo Govt, Sta., 26-28.x.1960, J.L.Gressitt, IN BPBM Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 135 speci- mens; PAPUA NEW GUINEA; Oriomo Govt. Sta, W. Prov, ? allotype, 1d 19 paratypes, in BPBM. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Eet Hill, Moa (Bunks) Is- land, Torres Strait, in QM: Somerset, Cape York. in QM UZMH ami MCG; Lockerbie; Dividing Range, 15km W of Capt Billy Creek; Iron Range; West Claudie R., Iron Range, in QM. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, UQIC). DESCRIPTION (bused on type matenal). Me- dium-sized, 6-7mm long, without rostra] groove carinae, with truncate pamitergites and with black, opaque wing membrane. MALE. Head with length about 11 times width; vertex transversely rugose; supra-ocular carinae lów; postocular tubercles not acute, reaching outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles with outer margins sub-parallel and with apices drawn put into small points; genal processes not sepa- rated. reaching apex of first antennal segment, Rostrum extending to hind margin of eyes; rostral groove shallow and without lateral carinae. An- tennae with length. 1.4-1,5 times head length: all segments thick, equal to or a tittle less in diameter 36 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM than segment I; segment I with lenglh about twice width; segment IH longest, segment 1! and MI subequal. Pronotum with width 2.5-2,7 times median length; surface finely granular and rugose; lateral margins slightly sinuate at anterior third, with a narrow explanate margin giving anterolateral an- gles a somewhat angular appearance; collar very reduced, barely differentiated from disc; trans- verse depression weak at sides and absent medi- ally; pronotal surface virtually flat- Scuiellum with width 1.15-1.3 times length; its surface weakly rugose, longitudinally so on ante- nor half and transversely so on posterior half. Hemelytra reaching wing margin of Tg VII; co- rium reaching just beyond hind margin of Tz II; membranes black, opaque, rather shining. Connexival surfaces punctate; lateral margins conspicuously double, finely denticulate and lon- gitudinally grooved; sublateral carinae weakly present on Cx II-V, becoming obsolete on VI, absent on VII: posterior glabrous areas of Cx HI-VI strongly elongate: inner margins of Cx IV and V virtually straight; suture between Cx VI and VII weakly curved; carinae delimiting inner tergal continuous to hind border of segment VI, Pygophore with width 1.7 limes length; its sur- face granular and with a depression on each side of middle of base; paratergites of VIII broad, with apices sub-truncate and with outer margins straight and contiguous with margin of Cx VII; spiracles lateral. Thoracic sterna smooth, very finely wrinkled; abdominal stema very finely punctate; suture be- tween St VI and VII straight in middle then angled sharply posteriorly before extending db- liquely to margin; spiracles of segments II- VII ventral. Legs with femora very stout, those of forelegs with length less than twice width; tibiae with double row of small tubercles along dorsal surface. Parameres as in Fig. 12W. FEMALE. As for 3 except: sublateral carinae distinct an Cx III- VI, weak on VIT, carinae delim- iting inner tergal disc reaching to about 3/4 length of Tg VI; hemelytra extending to half length of Tg VI; paratergites of segment VIII short, trans- verse, truncate, with apices denticulate; spiracles lateral; segment IX without ventral projections. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then paratype ?, then ranges of additional 2 Austra- lian d d and 9 9. L:6.17, 7.00, 6.00-6.17, 6.17- 6.50; W: 2.80, 3.25, 2.75-2.83, 2.92-3.00: HL: 1.10, 1.20, 1.00-1.02, 1.10; HW: 1,02, 1.04, 0.96- 0.98, 0.94-1.00; PL: 0.72, 0,80, 0.68-0.72, 0.70- 0.72; PW: 1.80, 1.96, 1.82-1.96, 1.82- 1,86; AS; L 0.36, 0.40, 0.34, 0.32-0.38; IT, 0.40, . U.34- 0.36. 0.38-0.40: IIT, 0.50, 0.52, 0.44, - IV, 0.36. 0.36. 0.34, 0.38; SL: 1,00, 0.96, 1.00-1.10; SW: 1.24, 1.28, 1.20- 1.30; WL: 4.00, 4.17, 3.67-3.75, 3.92. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). Thrs rainforest spe- cies occurs in northern Cape York Peninsula and on Moa Island in Torres Strait. [1 is also known from New Guinea and the Philippines. REMARKS. This is the species’ lirstrecord from Australia although a series of specimens col- lected at Somerset in 1875 by L.M. D'Alberts have been sighted by several authors (Bergroth, 1887; Kormilev, 1971) and referred to as New- rocrenus vicinus. This series was collected on the same expedition as was the type material of N. vicinus (from New Guinea) and although it was presumably before Signoret when he described N, vicinus (Signoret, 1880) he, himself. did not in- clude it as N. vicinus. However, the Somerset specimens are similar superficially to N. vicinus and appear to have been distributed as that spe- cies. I have Incated 2 of these D'Albertis speci- mens. a G in ihe Genoa collection standing beside the Holotype of N. vicinus, and a 9 in the Helsinki collection. The latter is named Neis roctenus vicinus in Bergroth's hand and is pre- sumably the specimen on which he based his redescription of N. vicinus and his inclusion of * Australian borealem (Cape York)’ in its distri- bution (Bergroth, 1887); the same specimen is cited by Kormilev (1971) as N. vicinus. However these old Somerset specimens belong to the same species of which 1 have a long. modern series from the vicinity of Somerset and which ure identical with the type series of crassicornis from southern New Guinea. Heiss (1989b) selected and illustrated a lectotype for N, vicinus, thus stabilising its identity. Neuroctenus par Bergroth, 1887 (Figs SD, 12C,V, 13A,V) Neuroctenvs par Bergroth, 1887, 180 (descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896; 45 (listed); Kormilev, 1953: 342 (locality records); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 273 (listed); Blüte, 1965: 21 (locality re- cords); Kormiley, 1971; 70 (included in key; locality records); Kormiley & Froeschner, 1987; 172 (listed), TYPE. ‘Java, Mus. Berol., Coll. Signoret’. Not located, REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 37 MATERIAL EXAMINED. 48 specimens: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Bulolo-Watut, 18, 1-7.vi.1968, J. Sedlacek; Wau, Hospital Creek, 19, 27.1.1966, J, Sedlacek, in QM. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Lockerbie, Cape York, 48 69, 13-27.iv.1973, GBM, 12, 6-10.Vi. 1969; Iron Range, ] 9, 1-9.vi. 1971, GBM, 23 29,28/v.-4,v.1968, GBM, | d 19, 11-17.v.1968, GBM; West Claudie R., Iron Range, 93 52, 3- ]ü.xii.1986, GBM & DIC, in QM; 14km NW Hopevale, 10d 492, 8-10.x.1980, TAW, in ANIC & QM. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, UQIC). DESCRIPTION (based on Australian material). Medium sized, 6.1-7.2mm long, with rostral groove closed behind and a distinct pronotal col- lar. Dark yellowish brown. MALE. Head with length 1.1 times width: vertex coarsely rugose-granular; supra-ocular carinae pronounced; postocular tubercles shart. nol reaching outer profile of eyes, apically blunt. with several granules; antenniferous tubercles almost parallel sided, apically with a small point; ante- rior process of head long, reaching almost to apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum short, not reaching level of posterior border of eyes; rostral groove deep, with marginal carinae meeting be- hind rostral apex. Antennae with length 1.45-1,55 times head length; segments I and IM subequal. longer than segments II and IV which are also subequal. Pronotum with width 2.1-2,3 times median length; its surface sparsely granular, lateral mar- gins slightly sinuate, anterior 2/3 with a denticu- late, explanate rim; collar large, smooth, set off from disc by a distinct groove: pronotal surface flat with transverse depression present laterally; anterior lobe with a faint median sulcus. Scutel- lum with width 1.15-1.25 times length; surface with a tri-radiate. faint pattern of ridges on disc; surface with some longitudinal rugae in middle of anterior half and with faint transverse rugae on posterior half. Hemelytra reaching to hind margin of Tg VI; coria reaching to hind margin of Tg III: membranes opaque, black, shining. Connexival surfaces finely punctate; sublateral carinae obsolete on all connexiva; inner margins of Cx IV and V slightly sinuate; suture between Cx VI and VII straight; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc complete posteriorly to hind margin of VI; posterior glabrous areas of Cx somewhat elongate or subcircular; lateral margins not con- spicuously double and grooved, Pygophore with width 1.6 times length; dorsum with a triangular impression; paratergites of VIH flat, apically ex- anded on mesal side; spiracles sublateral. arameres (Fig. 12V. Thoracic sterma smooth, hnely wrinkled; ab- dominal sterna smooth; spiracles of II-VII ven- tral; suture between St VI and VII straight in middle then extending obliquely to margins. Legs with femora rather stout, those of forelegs wath length 2.1 times width. FEMALE, As for 3 except: sublateral carinae weak, on Cx III-VT, obsolete on VIT; hemelytra reaching apical 3/4 of Tg VI: carinae delimiting inner tergal disc reaching hind margin of VI; paratergites of VII apically rounded, not reaching apex of segment IX; segment IX long, with 2 short, subcontiguous, ventral projections, MEASUREMENTS. Ranges of 23 and 22. L: 6.17-6.33, 7.17-7.50; W: 2.75-3.00, 3.08-3.16; HL: 1.00-1.10, 1.14-1.16; HW: 0,90-0.98, 1.00- 1.02; PL: 0.88-0.92, 0.98-1.00; PW: 1.90-2.06, 2.10-2,16; AS: I, 0,42-0,44, 0.42-0.44; II, 0,36- 0.38, 0.40, TII, 0,42-0,46, 0,44-0.48, IV, 0.38- 0.40, 0.40-0.42; SL: 1.06-1.12, 1.20; SW: 1.22-1.34, 1.40-1.48; WL: 3.58-3.92, 4.00-4 17. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). The species is known from the rainforests of Iron Range and Lockerhie in the far north of Cape York Peninsula with one record from just N of Cooktown. The species also occurs in SE Asia, Java (type locality), Borneo, Philippines, New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomons, REMARKS. This widespread species is here re- corded for the first time from Australia. Austra- lian material runs directly to par in Kormilev's {1971} key and agrees with New Guinea material determined by Kormilev. Neurectenus par is Sitn- ilar in size and colour to N. crassicornis with which it cccurs at both Lockerbie and Iron Range. The two species are readily separated by the truncate paratergites and lack of rostral carinae in N. crassicornis. Neuroctenus eurycephalus Kormilev, 1971 (Figs 5G, 12E,T) MNepractenus eiurvcephalus Kormilev,1971: 86 (des¢r,, fig.), Konnilev & Frbesehner, 1987: 167 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d, New Guinea, Brown River, E of Port Moresby. 100m, June 8, 1955, J-L. Gressitl, in BPBM. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 50 speci- mens: NEW GUINEA: Brown River. E of Port Moresby. 100m, 9 allotype, 8.vi. 1955, J.L. Gressitt. m BPBM; Oriomo Govt. Sta., W. District, 19. 26- 28.x.1960, J.L. Gressitt, in ANIC. NORTH QUEENS- 38 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 12. Neuroctenus spp., A, N. kapalga 9; B, N. occidentalis à; C, N. par, D, N. handschini; E, N. eurycephalus; F, N. crassicornis, G, N. proximus; H, N. grandis; I-K, rostral region of head; I, N. handschini; J, N. proximus; K, N. crassicornis; L-N, spermathecae; L, N. proximus; M, N. yorkensis; N, N. grandis; O-W, left parameres, inner view; O, N. proximus; P, N. grandis; Q, N. woodwardi; R, N. occidentalis; S, N. yorkensis; T, N. eurycephalus; U, N. handschini; V, N. par, W, N. crassicornis REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 39 LAND: Moreton Telegraph Station, 58 28, 30.vi.1975, GBM; Iron Range, 11-17.v.1968, GBM, 19, 1.v.1975,M.S. Moulds, 19, 12-18.ii.1976, GBM; Shipton's Flat, 250m, 35km S Cooktawn, 11d 169, 22.iv.1982, GBM, DKY & DJC; Port Douglas, 1d 19, 23.x, 1987, G. Hughes, in QM; Station Creek, 11 ml N of Mt Malloy, 38 79 , 18.xi.1969, J.G. Brooks, in ANIC, DESCRIPTION (based on types and Australian material). Coarsely-textured, medium-sized, dark. 6.1-6.9mm long, with spiracles of segments VIL and VIII lateral. Body not strongly fattened- MALE. Head usually a little longer than wide: vertex coarsely granulate; supra-ocular ridge »rominent and denticulate; postocular tubercles ong, straight, apically pointed, extending beyond outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles granular, divergent, blunt; genal processes sub- contiguous, widened apically, surpassing apex of lirst antennal segment. Rostrum long, extending a little beyond hind margin of rostral groove; rostral groove with prominent lateral carinae which do fot meet posteriorly. Antennae 1.3-1.45 times head length; first two segments subequal, shorter than segments ITI and IV which are also subequal. Pronotum with width 2,2-2,35 times median length; surface granular; lateral margins dis- unctly sinuate at anterior third; angles produced into small, rounded, explanate lobes; collar dis- tinct and separated off by a sulcus; transverse depression separating fore and hind lobes morc or less complete; submedian areas of forelobe with crescentic glabrous calli present on each side of an indistinct median sulcus; sublateral areas slightly inflated. Scutellum with width 1.34-1.43 umes length; surlace granular; a median ridge preseni for whole length. Hemelytra extending to a little beyond hind border of Tg VI; coria reach- ing to almost half length of Tg IIl; membranes with basal fifth white and remainder opaque and black. Connexival surfaces Coarsely punctate; sub- lateral carinae obsolete on all connexiva; poste- rior glabrous areas of Cx II-VI subcircular; inner inargins of Cx IV and V straight; suture between Cx Vl and VII straight; lateral margins of abdom- inal Cx not conspicuously double; carinae delim- iting inner tergal disc continuous postenorly to hind margin of segment VI. Pygophore with width about 1.5 times length, its apex narrowed: basal half with a narrow, median, triangular im- pression: paratergites of VIII with spiracles clearly lateral and with mesal side of apices strongly produced into a rounded lobe. Prosternum cogrsely punctale; mesa- and Jhetaslernà rugose; abdominal siema coarsely punctate at sides and more finely so mediall y; suture between St VI and VII straight across middle and angled posteriorly at sides; spiracles of segments If-VI ventral, those of VIL lateral and visible from above. Legs with femora stout, those of fore legs with length a little over twice width. Parameres as in Fig. 12T. FEMALE. As for d except: sublateral carinac irregularly developed on Cx III- VI. usually only on posterior half of segment, absent on VII; hemelytra reaching just beyond half length of Tg VI; carinae delimiting inner tergal disc more or less complete around margin of wings; paraterg- ites of VIII with angulate apices and lateral spi- tacles: segment IX with a pair of short, widely-spaced ventral projections. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype & first, then allo- type 9 , then ranges of additional 2 Australian 3 and 9. L: 6.17, 6.83, 6.00-6.33, 6.67-6.83; W: 2.75, 3.25, 2.58-2.75, 2.83-2,92; HL: 1.16, 1.34, 1.12, 1.19-1.26; HW: 1.14, 1.26, 1.12-1.14, .24; PL; 1.06, 0.88-0.90, 0.90-0.94; PW: 2.10, 2,36, 1.96-2.06, 2, 18-2,36; AS: I, 0.38, 042, 0.3041.34, 0.36-0.38; IT. 0.38, 0-41, 0.34-0.36, 0,40-0,42; IH, 0.46, absent, 0.44-0.46, 0.46-0.50; IV, 0.44, absent, 0,38-0.42, 0.44-0.46; SL: 1.00, 1.16,0.92-1 00, 1.00- 1.04; SW: 1.34, 1,56, 1,321.34, 1.40- 1.42; WL: 3,50, 4.08, 3.33-3.58, 3.67-3.92 DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). Cape York Peninsula as far south as Mount Molloy and Port Douglas, New Guinea, the Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon Islands. REMARKS. This species has not been reported from Australia previously. It has been taken in rainforest with the exception of the series from Station Creek. It :5 closely related to N, yorkensis sp. nov, and the two are the only Australian representatives of the section of Neuroctenus with lareral spiracles on segment VII and body not strongly flattened. Neuroctenus vorkensis sp. nov. (Figs 4A, SF, 12M,S. 13F\M,P) TYPE. Holotype d, riorth Queensland, Cooper Creek, 18m! N of Daintree River. 21-22.vi.1969, G.B, Mon- teith, QMT11654, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 72 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: 1 ml NE Mt Lamond, fron Range, | 9. 26.xii,. 1971, McAlpine, Holloway & Sands, in AM; West Claudie R., [ron Range, 2 $ 32, 10.xli.1985. GBM, DKY & DIC; 40 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 13. Neuroctenus spp., abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v). A, N. par à d; B, N. handschini d. d, C, N. crassicornis d d; D, N. proximus 8 , d; E, N. gracilis d d; F, N. yorkensis, 3 d; G, N. hyalinipennis 3 d; H, N. grandis d d; I, N, crassicornis 3 v; J, N. proximusd v; K, N. woodwardi 3 v; L, N. occidentalis d v; M, N. yorkensis 3 v; N, N. handschini 9 v; O, N. handschini 9 d; P, N. yorkensis 9 d; Q, N. gracilis 9 d; N. hyalinipennis 9 d; S, N. crassicornis 9 d; T, N. woodwardi 9 d; U, N. proximus 9 d; V, N. par 9 d; W, N. grandis 9 d. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 4l iste 2 ^ NEUROCTENUS NEUROCTENUS * N. handschini aN, grandis * N. kapalga a N. yorkensis + N: gracilis * N. woodwardi NEUROCTENUS « N. proximus -- NEUROCTENUS || * N. crassicornis | » N. transitus *ís Wis - * N. occidentalis j = N. hyalinipennis I 2 A +a N. eurycephalus S. ASPISOCORIS f a à A. termitophilus : " VN LI H 1 e á a pe oe) | 3 Beams = - i n Vr : Nee Townsville Li & > c \ We. H Xn mM i FIG. 14. Records for species of Neuroctenus and Aspisocoris in Australia. Portland Roads, 98 99, 6.xii.1985, GBM & DJC Coen, Cape York Pen., 68 102, 10.xii.1964, GBM; Cooper Creek, 18 ml N of Daintree River, 16d 79, 21-22.vi.1969, GBM; Upper Daintree River, via Daintree, 4d, 27.xii.1964, GBM; Ellis Beach, via Cairns, 13 49, 28.xii.1964, GBM; Crystal Cascades, via Redlynch, 2d , 29.xi.|965, GBM; Gordonvale, I d; 1.vi.1967, A. Macqueen, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, SAM, NRS, UQIC) (QM paratypes: QMT14930-14963, 26308-26337). DESCRIPTION. Small, coarsely textured, dark, 5,1-6.2mm long, with spiracles of segments VIT and VIII lateral and body not strongly flattened. This species 1s very closely related to N. eu- rycephalus and the following description is re- stricted to differences from that species. MALE. Smaller, 5.1-5.8mm long; postocular tu- bercles narrower and slightly shorter; pronotum shorter and broader, width equalling 2.4-2.7 times median length; anterolateral pronotal an- gles less expanded; pygophore with dorsal im- pression shallow and broader; parameres (Fig. 12S) with apices much shorter and broader. FEMALE. As for d except: size smaller than N. eurycephalus, 5.7-6,2mm long, Spermatheca as in Fig, 12M. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2 paratype d and 2. L: 5.42, 5.17-5.83, 5.83-6.17; W: 2.33, 2.20-2.50, 2.67- 2.92; HL: 0.94, 0.90-1.06, 1.04-1.12; HW: 0.96, 0.92-1.14, 1.00-1,08; PL: 0,74, 0.70-0.86, 0,82- 0.90; PW: 1.96, 1.90-1.96, 1.96-2.16; AS: I, 0.30, 0.28-0.30, 0,30-0.34; II, 0.30, 0.30-0.36, 0.34- 0.36; III, 0.38, 0.36-0.42, 0.40-0.44; IV, 0.36,0.36,0.38-0.40; SL: 0.82, 0.82-1.00, 0.94- 1.00; SW: 1.14, 1.12-1.24, 1,34-1.40; WL: 3.00, 2.92-3,33, 3.42-3.67. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14). Cairns to Iron Range in the southern half of Cape York Peninsula in both rainforest and open forest. 42 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM REMARKS. The range of this species overlaps with that of its close relative, N. eurycephalus, in the southern portion of the range of the latter. The two are easily separable only by structural fea- tures of the male, especially the shape of the parameres. Overall size seems to be quite a reli- able differentiation as each species is known from quite long series with little size variation in each. Isolated females may be difficult to place and 3 in QM cannot be assigned at present (Lockerbie; 4km E of Lockerbie; Captain Billy Creek). Ctenoneurus Bergroth, 1387 Crenoneurus Bergroth, 1887; 188 (descr.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 198,266 (incl, in key; redescr.); Kormilev, 1971: 4,8,49 (relationships: incl. in key; key to spp.); Lee & Pendergrast, 1977: 167 (brief descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 130 (cata- logue of spp.). TYPE SPECIES, Neuroctenus hochstetteri Mayr, [866 (New Zealand), designated by Usinger & Matsuda, 1959. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8B). Ctenonéurus has two centres of diversity: the Africa/Malagasy region with a minor radiation of 11 species, and the Indo-Pacific region with à major radiation of 34 species, particularly in the eastern sector. REMARKS. Neuroctenus and Crenoneurus are closely related with some intermediate types oc- curring. The two genera show contrasting pat- terns of distribution. Whereas Newrocrenus is cosmopolitan with the principal proliferations of species occurring on the continental land masses, Ctenoneurus does not extend to either the Pal- aearcuc or the New World and has its species proliferations on the insular land masses of the Indo-Pacific where its overall distribution ex- ceeds greatly that of Neurocrenus, For example, some of these insular faunas are: Fiji, 5 spp.; New Caledonia, 5 spp: New Guinea. 6 spp.; New Zealand, 3 spp. Neuroctenus, by contrast, does not extend into the Pacific east of the Solomons except for an isolated occurrence on Samoa. The question arises as to whether Crenoneurus on these islands represents overseas colonization or relicts fram former more extensive land masses. The minor radiations on such ‘continental’ islands as Fiji, New Caledonia and New Zealand, with few or no species on many of the younger islands such as the Solomons and Vanuatu, indicates a relict sta- tus for the group in the Melanesian arc region. In Australia the genus has 3 rare species 2 of which occur in wet tropical Queensland and | in the wel subtropics of south Queensland/northern NSW. These are the regions where numerous other links with the Melanesian are fauna occur, KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CTENONEURUS 1. Head distinctly longer than width across the eyes; abdominal terga without a prominent ridge bor- dering the hemelytral membranes; pygophore of male with a narrow, elongate dorsal impression (North Queensland). ,........-..-. 2 Head about as long as width across eyes: ab- dominal terga raised into à prominent, rugose ridge bordering the hemelytral membranes; pygophore of male with a sub-circular dorsal impression (South Queensland, NSW) na caa MAE a -He meridionalis, sp.nov. 2(1). Body narrow and elongate, with total lengih four umes maximum body length; apex of scutcl- lum with three prominent teeth; margins of Cx V] tubercular robertsi, sp.aov Body broader, total length less than four times maximum width; apex of scutellum with two weak teeth; margins of Cx VI smooth avsrralis Kormilev faw- jf e428 E O EO E ERETT Ctenoneurus australis Karmilev, 1965 {Figs 4D, 5H, 7D, 16B, 16F-J) Crenoneurus australis Kormilev 1965b: 3 (Gescr., lig. y; Kormilev, 1971; 51 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 130 (listed). TYPE. Holotype $, Malanda, Queensl., Mjöberg, mn NRS. Examined. The type lacks the apical 2 segments of the right antenna and the tarsi of all legs except the left rear. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 36 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Gap Creek, Skm N of Bloomfield River, 100°, 1 9, 8-9.v.1970, GBM, in QM; 6km S Kuranda, intercept trap, 1d 19. LO, xii. L984~-[5,1.1985, RIS & K.Halfpapp. in MDPI; Tolga, 1d, 10.v.1970, GBM; Davies Creek Rd, 800m, 48, 25.xii. L988, H.& A.Howden, 12, pyreihrum. 17.xii.1989, GBM,GIT; 21 km 5S Atherton, 1040 1100m, 19, 5.xL1983, DKY & GIT; North Bell Peak, 10 km E Gordonvale, 9C0-1000m, 12, 13,x.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT, in QM; Bellenden Ker, 13 dto- types Mjöberg, in NRS; Upper Mulgrave River, 25 19, 30.1v.1970, GBM; Millaa Millaa Falls, 33, 11.vi1.1968, TAW; Baldy Mountain road, 8 km SW of Atherton, 4000', 1d. 19, 11.v.1970, GBM, 7&6 8$, 24.1v.1970, GBM; Kirrama Ra., Douglas Ck Rd, 800m, 1 9, 9-12.x11,1986, GBM, GIT & S.Hamlet, u OM, (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, SAM, EH, UQIC). REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 43 DESCRIPTION. Small. elongate, 5.2-6.2mm long, with head longer than wide, with à narrow dorsal impression on the ¢ pygophore. MALE. Head with length 1.15-1.25 times width across eyes; Vertex densely and finely granular, postocular processes broad, obtuse-angled and not reaching outer profile of eyes; supra-ocular cannae low and continuous: antenniferous tuber- cles slightly divergent, apically blunt and reach- ing basal 1/3 of first antennal segment; clypeus elongate with genae short, subcontiguous, barely exceeding clypeal apex and bent downwards samewhat. Rostrum reaching on to fore border af prosternum; rostral groove broad, with lateral carinae convex and not enclosing groove peste- riorty. Antennae 1.24-1,33 times length of head: segment I inflated basally on mesal side; seg- ments I-III subequal but progressively increasing slightly in length; segment IV longest, about 1.3 times length of ITI. Pronotum with maximum width twice median length; surface rugase-punctate on anterior lobe. granular al transverse depression and smooth on posterior lobe; anterior lobe usually with median, longitudinal groove and with 2 crescentic smooth calli on each side of middle; collar narrow and separated by a distinet furrow: lateral margins slightly carinate on anterior half; posterior mar- gin almost straight, Scutellum with width 1.23- 1.32 times length; surface raised and punctate on anterior half, depressed and irregularly, trans- versely rugose on posterior half; weak median ridge on posterior half: anterior angles each with a tooth projecting forward over hind margin of pronotum; lateral margins carinate; apex sub- truncate. Hemelytra with caria reaching to half length of Cx IH; membrane smooth, dark with pale basal strip, reaching to middle of Tg VIL Abdomen with sides subparallel; dorsal con- nexival plates sparsely punctured: Cx II and III fused; suture between Cx IIVTV angled posteri- arly, sutures between IV/V and V/VI angled an- leriorly; margin of segment VIT conspicuously split into two; inner tergal disc delimited by an indistinct ridge on segments IV and V becoming obsclete posterioriy. Pygophore with width 1.25- 1.50 times length, its dorsum with a narrow, deep depression on anterior half, Parameres as in Fig. 16. Paratergites of segment VIII short, cylindri- cal, obliquely truncate apically and with spiracles terminal, Thoracic sterna finely rugose with median, lon- gitudinal smooth bands on meso- and metasterna; abdominal St O1-VI coarsely punctate; St H-VI each with a smooth, median, longitudinal callus; suture between St VI and VII straight in middle and angled posteriorly al sides; spiracles of seg- ments I[-VIL all ventral and equidistant from lat- eral margin. FEMALE. As for d except: dorsal connexival plates more coarsely punctate and with faint sub- lateral ridges present on segments IV-VI; hemelytra reaching to hind margin of Te VI; paratergites of VIII broad and truncate wath spi- racles apical; hind margin of St VI not trisinuate, with lateral portions more or less straight. Sper- matheca (Fig. 161) with duct long, thin walled. enlarged over basal two thirds. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9. first, then ranges of additional 3¢ (including Allotype) aud 29.L: 6.00, 5.33-5.83, 6.00-6.17; W: 2.08, 1.72- 2.04, 2.06-2.15; HL; 1.14, 1.04-1.10, 1. 10-1.14; HW: 0,96, 0.84-0.94., 0,92-0,96; PL: 0.98, 0.80- 0,90, 0.92-0,98; PW; 1.96, 1.66-1.86. 1.86-1.96; AS: L 0.30, 0.26-0.28, 0.30; II, 0.32, 0.26-0.32, 0.30-0,32; HI. 0.36, 0.34, 0.34-0.36; TV, 0.48, 0.44-0.46, 0.44-0.46; SL; 0.94, 0.78-0.90, 0.90- 0.96; SW: 1.24, 0.96-1.12, 1.10-1.20; WL: 3,50, 3.00-3.50, 3.42-3.58. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 17). Under bark in low- land and highland rainforests of the wet tropics froma little south of Cooktown to the the Kirrama Range. REMARKS. Although of normal subcortical habits, C. australis is rarely encountered. More than 50 years elapsed between the collection of the types by Eric Mjöberg in 1910-1913 and subsequent collection by specialist aradid collec- tors in recent times. The species has been laken in numbers only at higher elevations. Ctenoneurus meridionalis sp. nov. (Figs 15, 16C-E,K) TYPE. Holotype d, Bunya Mountains, SE Qld., 17- 18.ix.1966. G. Monteith, QMT1 1655. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 19 paratypes; SOUTH ti Pace Forest Station, Bulburin SF, 2000", 12-15.iv.1974, LD. Naumann; Mt Fort Wüliam, 6kmE Kalpowar, 700m, 12, 18.ix.1989, GBM, in QM; Imbil, Id, A.R. Brimblecambe, in QDPI; Montville, 1G. 17.x.1966, GBM; Bunya Mts, 58 29, 17-18.1x.1966, GBM; Tomewin Range, Upper Currumbin, | 2. pyrethrum, 19.x.1989, GBM, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Wilson Park, 3km SE Lismore, 50m, 1 8 , 25.viti.|982, in QM; Bruxner Park, Coffs Harbour, 200 m, rainforest log litter, 3d 29, 9.vii. 1978, SJP. im ANIC & OM; Vic 44 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 15. Dorsal view of 9 paratype Crenoneurus meridionalis. Breakneck Lookout, Kiwarrak SF, S Taree, 19, ex Heritiera actinophyllum, 29.xi. 1989, G.A. Williams, in QM; Tweed River, 1 d, Lea; Otford. 1 9, 8.xii.1957, C.E.Chadwick, in BCRI; Mountain Lagoon, Blue Mts, 19, 22.iv.1984, R. de Keyzer, in UQIC. (QM dupli- cates lodged in BMNH, SAM, EH) (paratypes: QMT26475-26485). DESCRIPTION. Smali, elongate, 5.0-5.8mm long, with head about as long as wide, and witha broad dorsal impression on the 6 pygophore. MALE. Head width equal to, or slightly greater than length; vertex coarsely granulate; supraocu- lar carinae well-developed and crenulate; postocular processes bluntly pomted, usually reaching outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tu- bercles parallei-sided, blunt, extending io almost half length of first antennal segment; gense slightly expanded, blunt, reaching beyond apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum just reaching anterior margin of prosternum; rostral groove broad with lateral carinae convex, not meeting posteriorly, Antennae 1,15-1,25 times head length: segments T-I subequal, segment IV longest. Pronotum with maximum width 1.7-1.85 times median length, surface fairly uniformly granular; transverse depression between fore and hind lobes almost complete; fore lobe without median longitudinal graove and usually with 2 crescentic glabrous calli on each side of middle; collar very narrow but separated off by a distinct groove. Scutellum with width 1.15-1.25 times length; its surface coarsely granulate and with weak median ndge on posterior half; anterior angles each with an acute tooth projecting over pronotal margin; lateral margins carinate. apex subtruncate. Hemelytra with coria reaching to half length ol segment Lf; membranes dark with pale bases, reaching to middle of Tg VII. Abdomen with dorsal connexival plates punc- tured: Cx I] and II] fused; margin of Cx VII weakly split adjacent to paratergites of WII; boundary of inner tergal disc of segments IV-VI marked by a raised ridge which terminates poste- riorly at hind border of VI, Pygophore width 1.75 times length; its dorsum with a broad, circular impression on basal half, Parameres as in Fig. 16K. Paratergites of segment VIII short, cylindri- cal, with spiracles terminal and with mesal side of apices slightly produced. Thoracic sterna finely rugose with median smooth bands on meso- and metasterna; abdom- inal 11II-VI finely rugose; St I-VI with median, longitudinal smooth bands; suture between St VI and VH uniformly rounded; all spiracles ventral and equidistant from lateral margins. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 45 FEMALE. As for d except: dorsal connexival plates more coarsely rugose and with irregular sublateral carinae present on segments IV and V; hemelytra reaching to half length of segment VT; ridge surrounding inner tergal disc hypertrophied into a strongly raised, rugose carina surrounding hemelyiral membranes but interrupted in the mid- line of Tg VI; paratergites of VIII broad, angu- larly truncate with terminal spiracles; hind margin of St VI trisinuate, with lateral portions curved. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2¢ and 22. L: 5.00, 5.17, 5,33-5.83; W: 1,70, 1,74-1,76, 1.82-2.00; HL: 0,86, 0.86-0.90, 0.86-0.98; HW: 0.88, 0.88-0.90, 0.90-1.00; PL: 0.88, 0.88-0.94, 0.96-1.06; PW:1.60, 1.60-1.62, 1,70-1,86; AS: 1, 0.22, 0,22- 0.24. 0.24-0.26; II, 0.22, 0,22-0.24, 0,22-0.26;10, 0.22, 0.20-0.22, 0.22, 0.24: IV, 0.38, 0.36, 0.38- 0.40; SL: 0.80, 0.80, 0.84-0.88; SW: 0.90, 0.96- 1.00. 1.00-1.06; WL: 2.83. 2.92-3.00, 3.08-3.33. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 17). Subcortically in rainforest, principally on plateaus, from a little south of Gladstone, S Queensland to the Blue Mountains west of Sydney. It occurs almost down tà sea level in such places as Wilson Park and Hruxner Park. REMARKS. Although widespread in the most intensively collected part of Australia this species has been rarely encountered. It is superficially similar to C. australis but differs particularly in the development of the high tergal ridge sur- rounding the hemelytral membranes in the ? which is striking and not seen in any other mem- ber of the genus. Ctenoneurus robertsi sp.nov. (Fig. 16A) TYPE. Holotype d , Mossman Bluff Track, 5-1 0km W Mossman, N.Old, 20 Dee 1989 - 15 Jan 1990, Mon- leith, Thompson, ANZSES, Site 10, 1300m, flt inter- cept., QMT15655. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 7 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Misery Summit, via Shiptons Flat, 850m, 1 2,6..xij. 1990, GBM, GIT, DIC, RS, LR; 3kmS Mt Spurgeon, 1 100m, 1 2, fit. intercept, 21.xii.1988-4.1.1989, GBM, GIT, ANZSES; Westcott Road, Topaz, 680m, 19, flt.intercept, 6,xii. 1993- 25.11.1994, GBM,DJC,HJ; Mt Fisher (Kjellberg Rd), 1100m, 19, pyrethrum on logs. 17.v.1995, GBM; Maalan SFon HWY, 850m, 1 d, 25.xi.1994- 0.1.1995, GBM, JH; Maalan Rd, 2km S Palmerston Hwy, 750m, 1 9, pyrethrum on tree bases, 18.v.1995, GBM; Moss- man Bluff Track, Site 10, 1300m, holotype d I9, flt. intercept, 20.xii.1990-15.1.1991, GBM, GIT, AN- ZSES, in QM. (paratypes QMT15653-54, QMT15656, QMT22380-83). DESCRIPTION. Small, very narrow, 5.7-7.0mm long, with sutellum apex 3 toothed and external margins of Cx VI and VII tubercular. MALE, Head length 1,07-1,20 times width across eyes; vertex densely granular; postocular pru- cesses rounded, not reaching outer profile of eyes; supra-ocular carinae low and continuous; antenniferous tubercles small, blunt, not diver- gent, reaching basal quarter of first antennal seg- ment; clypeus just exceeding apex of first antennal segment in length; genal lobes small flat plates, not exceeding apex of clypeus. Rastrum reaching front border of prosternum; rostral groove broad, with lateral carinae distinct, paral- lel, not converging or contiguous posteriorly. An- tennae 1.25-1.30 times length of head; segment I to HI subequal in length, segment IV about 1,5 times length of others. Pronotum maximum width 1.6-1.8 iimes length; surface rugose-granular on anterior lobe and granular on remainder; anterior lobe with faint median groove sometimes evident and with two crescentic, smooth calli on each side of mid- dle; collar narrow and separated off by a distinct furrow; sides of pronotum straight and un- margined. Scutellum width 1.1-1.3 times length, flat, uniformly granulate; lateral margins cari- nate, each carina ending posteriorly in a promi- nent tooth: midline of scutellum with an incipient longitudinal carina on posterior third which alsn ends in a tooth; anterior angles of scutellum each with a tooth projecting over rear pronatal margin. Hemelytra reaching to rear of segment VI and coria reaching rear of segment II; membranes dark with basal sixth pale. Abdomen with lateral margins concave giving insect a ‘waisted’ appearance: dorsal connesival plates smooth; Cx TE and III fused: one or 1wo tooth-like sublateral projections at each inter- connexival suture; margins of Cx VI and VII strongly toothed: inner tergal disk not delimited by ridges. Pygophore length equal to width, with a circular impression on its basal half. Paraterg- ites of segment VITI short, cylindrical, obliquely truncate and with spiracle ternal. Thoracic stema and abdominal St I finely rugose; abdominal St II-V coarsely rugose- punctate and St V]-VII smooth; St TI with a con- cave impression medially; St HI- V] with smooth, elongate, median calli; suture between St VI and 46 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 16. A-K, Ctenoneurus spp.; A, C. robertsi d ; B, C. australis; C-H, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); C-E, C. meridionalis; C, à v; D, d d; E, 9 v; F-H, C. australis; F, 9 v; G, d d; H, 9 d; 1, C. australis, spermatheca; J, C. australis, paramere; K, C. meridionalis, paramere; L-M, Artabanus hind legs; L, A. sinuatus; M, A. bilobiceps; N-P, Neuroctenus; N, N. crassicomis fore leg; O, N. proximus hind leg; P, N. transitus hind leg. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 47 A * Townsville * Townsville CTENONEURUS A C, australis w C. meridionalis * C. robertsi FIG. 17. Records for species of Ctenoneurus in eastern Australia. VII evenly curved; Spiracles of segments I-VII all ventral, equidistant from body margin and mounted on tubercles. FEMALE. As for d. except: Cx IV and V with incipient sublateral carinae present; paratergites of segment VIII broad, truncate with spiracles terminal. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then para- type d and range of 2 paratype 9 , L: 5.82, 6.66, 5.76-6.97; W: 1.64, 1.83, 1.57-1.90 ; HL: 1.00, 1.01, 0.95-1.14; HW: 0.86, 0.92, 0.88-0.95; PL: 0.95, 1.00, 0.90-1.14; PW; 1,57, 1.81, 1.52-1.90; AS: I, 0.26, 0.28,0.24-0.33; II, 0.26, 0.28, 0.24- 0.31; III, 0.31, 0.28, 0.26-0,35; IV, 0.45, 0.47, 0.45-0.50; SL: 0.88, 0.95, 0.90-1.07; SW: 0,95, 1,09, 0,90-1,21; WL: 3.33,3.94, 3.33-3.94; co- rium length: 1,24, 1.43, 1.31-1.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 17). High altitude rainfor- est from Mt Misery, just north of the Bloomfield River to the southern margin of the Atherton Tableland in N Queensland. REMARKS. Named for Mr Lewis Roberts, skilled naturalist of Shiptons Flat, who has given great assistance to our field work, as his late father did for earlier biologists working in this remote région, Most specimens have been taken in flight intercept traps. Aspisocoris Kormilev, 1967 Aspisocoris Kormiley, 1967a:515 (deser.), Kormilev, 1971: 6 (incl, in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 110 (catalogue of spp.). TYPE-SPECIES. Aspisocoris termitophilus Kormilev, 1967a, by original designation. Monotypic. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8H). South west Aus- tralia. DESCRIPTION, Termitophilous. Brachypter- ous. Body form elongate, cylindrical, covered with setigerous granules. Head longer than wide; postocular tubercles absent; eyes very reduced; anlenniferous tuber- cles short, blunt. Rostrum reaching to fore margin of prosternum; rostral atrium open; rostral groove open posteriorly. Antennae with first segment strongly incrassate; segments HI and IV immova- bly fused and with suture between them becom- ing obsolete, Pronotum indistinctly separated into fore and hind lobes; collar not distinct; fore lobe broadly inflated in middle, depressed sublaterally, its an- terolateral angles produced forward as triangular lobes which fit closely against post-ocular por- tion of head. Scutellum very long and narrow, raised 1nto a high ridge for entire length. Hemelytra with corium heavily sclerotised but reaching only to half length of scutellum; mem- branes abbreviated, reaching a little beyond apex of scutellum. Abdomen with connexival margins straight tergal disc flat, covered with short, erect bristles; a longitudinal ridge runs for full length of tergal disc on each side just mesad of suture separating. off the connexiva. St II-V with hind margins membranous, overlapping segment posterior to them. All spiracles present and located ventrally. MALE. Pygophore very large, rounded apically; paratergites of VIII short, flat, adpressed against sides of pygophore; Tg YI bearing a pair of pointed processes which project posteriorly and engage with anterior margin of pygophore. 48 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FEMALE. Paratergites of VIII very short and broad; valves of St VII large. with their mesal margins carinate. Aspisocoris termitophilus Kormilev, 1967 (Figs 18, 32A-D) Aspisocoris termirophilus Kormilev, 1967a; 517 (descr.); Kormilev, 1982: 25 (termitophily); sian Froeschner, 1987; 4, | 10 (termitophily; isted). TYPE. Holotype d, Mundaring, WA, J. Clark, whiteants, in SAM 120,332. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and the follow- ing 14 specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mundaring, 9 allotype, 1d 59 paratypes, 7 nymphs, J. Clark, in SAM. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d 9. L: 4.17, 4.58: W: 1.50, 1.54: HL: 0.90, 0 HW: 0.84, 0.84; PL: 0.64, 0.70; PW: 1.24, 1. AS: 1 0,30, 0.30, U, 0.20, 0,18. HIT, 0.28, 0.22, 0.32, 0.26; SL: 1.00, 1.04; SW: 0 1.00: corium length: 0.64, 0.80. o Ld DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 14), Known only from the type senes collected in a termites’ nest a few kilometres east of Perth, Western Australia. REMARKS. Kormiley (1967a) described this unique genus virtually without comment on its extraordinary modifications for a termitophilous mode of life. Records of Aradidae in galleries of termites are rare and are summarized by Kormiley & Froeschner (1987). Usinger (1936) and Usinger & Matsuda (1959) mentioned Mezira reducta Van Duzee, 1927. as occurring tn galleries of Zootermopsis nevadensis Hagen and Reticulitermes hesperus beneath bark of pine logs in California. Although the period of residency with the termites may be long enough for the bugs to become covered with termite excreta the asso- ciation of M. reducta with termites does not seem ta be obligatory because the species is also found apart from termites and i1 shows no modifications for termitophily. Other possible termite associa- lions noted in the literature include those by Kormilev (1976) of Neuroctenus taiwanicus Kormilev, 1955 and Mezira rermitophila Kormiley, 1976a both with singletons from S Chma labelled ‘in the nest of Nasutitermes Once again the association may not be close because both species are normal members of their respec- tive genera and N, taiwanicus is widespread on Taiwan and Hainan in normal situations. The situation is similar for the records of unique spec- imens of Pseudomeziratermitophilus (Kormilev) from a nest of termites in Pakistan (Kormilev, 1982) and for Daulocoris sumatrensis from ter- mites in Sumatra (Kormiley, 1980). However, the association of Aspisocoris ter- mitophilus, on circumstantial evidence, is as- sumed to be of a more intimate nature. On the only occasion it has been collected, a long series of both sexes of adults plus immature forms of various ages were taken which indicates that breeding was taking place inside the termite col- ony. In addition the species shows a number of adaptations which clearly equip it for an inquiline life, Some of these are: 1) Cylindrical form. Aradidae are, almost by definition, flattened in form. The cylindrical body form of Aspisocorisis therefore quite striking and presumably enables 3t to traverse the termite gal- leries more easily. As there is also probably some mimicry involved the cylindrical form thus more closely resembles that of the termite hosts. 2) Mimetic nymphs. The nymphs preserved as carded specimens with the adults show a remark- able superficial resemblance to termite workers, They are short, stout, eyeless, depigmenied and have head withdrawn into fore margin of protha- rax. 3) Eve reduction, This accords with permanent life in a termite colony and is a common feature of inquiline insects. 4) Fusion of antennal segments. The fusion of the last 1wo antennal segments is unique in the Aradidae and resembles the condition seen in many other inquilines, ¢.g. the beetle genus, Tiracerus, 5) Prolongation of prothorax labes. The pro- tection of the neck region of the head by devel- opment of close-fitting prothorax lobes may be a protection from attack, Such protections of vul- nerable body regions are seen in other inquilines- 6) Wing reduction, The loss of powers of flight ìs à common symptom of inquiliny. 7) Reduction of scenr gland. The loss of this defensive mechanism may be associated with the protected environment of a termite colony. One can only speculate at the precise Lype of relationship which Aspisocoris enjoys with the termites. The type series is mounted with à num- ber of the original termites, including one nasute soldier. This was kindly identified lor me by Dr J.A.L. Watson as Occasitermes occasus (Silvestri), the only species of an endemic Aus- tralian genus which occurs in South Australia and Western Australia. Gay (1974) stated that it is a REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 49 ^ 1 o3 = ec LI " ' o k Pity, Be buSoouee cra y Po i of, o At COPS £o T Hem x Lu /'g9e.07 4 - «oc, Üo oge puo oU Ca 99L eo, Vag Goose s u'D 4 S00 €. 5 n - uo OP Spe Moe unus» UO Yule UU ead Ya? a Peer one, 2TOA € De tg Oe a ona a ae Da Moy UA ec © FIG. 18. Dorsal view of d holotype Aspisoceris ter- mitophilus, subterranean species which feeds on roiten or weathered wood. Usinger (1936), with respect to Mezira reducta, noted that both the termite spe- cies with which it associates are ones which ha- bitually have fungi in their colonies in old wood (Hendee, 1933) and suggests that this fungus may provide the food of the aradid. Since the host jermile of Aspisocoris termitophilus is associated also with decayed wood a similar relationship may pertain. The systematic position of Aspisocoris in the Mezirinae is difficult to determine, and especially sa because of the remarkable morphological modifications for termitophily. Its isolated distri- bution in SW Australia, far from all other Mezirinae except Neuroctenus, and its associa- tion with an endemic termite genus similarly confined to the SW, both indicate an early origin. There are certain similarities with Crenoneurus, including the long rostrum, the subcylindrical form and the sublateral ridges on the tergal plate. Although Ctenoneurus does not occur today in Western Australia it has an archaic distribution pattern including Africa, Madagascar and the Indo-Pacific which suggests that it may have had a representative in Western Australia at a more favourable climatic period in the past. Such an ancestral Crenoneurus may have been the pro- genitor of Aspisocoris. Artabanus Stål, 1865 Artabanus Stal, 1865:31 (deser.), Stal, 1873: 139, 141 (incl. in key): Matsuda & Usinger. 1957: 145 (descr.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 197, 261 (incl, in key; redescription); Kormilev, 1971: 7, 13 (incl, in key; key to spp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 106 (catalogue of spp.). TYPE SPECIES. Artabanus geniculatus Stål, 1870 (Philippines), by monotypy. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8C). From South China and Burma across the Indo-Pacific archipelago as far as the Philippines, Fiji, Micronesia, New Cal- edonia, and northern Australia. REMARKS. Arrabanus is charactenzed by à stridulatory mechanism unique in the Aradidae first noted by Bergroth (18925) and described by Usinger (1954), The structures are extremely uni- form throughout the many species and consist of a curved row of file-like teeth (stridulitrum) on the distal portion of the posterior surface of the hindtibiae (Figs 6A-B, 16L-M) which rub against knife-like, longitudinal carinae (plectrum) un each side of the 4th abdominal sternite (Fig. 20D). There is no record of audible sound being pro- duced, I have handled a number of species in the field but have never noted any leg movement of the type to be expected during stridulation. Scan- ning electron micrographs of the struciures show them to be stridulatory. 50 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Artabanus has been a successful group in colo- nizing the island groups within its range and of the 43 species about 25 occur east of Wallace's fine. Many of these eastern species are local en- demics confined to individual islands, and on some islands there has been a moderate prolifer- ation of species, e.g., New Guinea (9 spp), Solo- mons (8 spp), Fiji (2 spp), There is a tendency to wing loss with 7 species exhibiting brachyptery or microptery: 4 of these occur in New Guinea where Artabanus is contributing markedly to the rapid evolution of a flightless aradid fauna (Mon- teith, 1982). Two macropterous species are particularly widespread in the Indo-Pacific and have special dispersal abilities. These are the only 2 species that have reached Australia, both are confined to north Queensland. KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ARTABANUS . Prothorax with prominently projecting, laminate, anterolateral angles; dorsum with much curled vesliture; size larger, more than 9,00mm siniatus Stal Prothorax without laminate anterolateral angles, dorsum largely glabrous; size smaller, less than §.00mm.........2. bilabiceps Lethierry Foe roh on ee 9 on 9 oy dot o on Artabanus sinuatus Stàl, 1873 (Figs 16L. 20A-B) Artabanus sinuatus Stål, 1873: 141 (descr); Lethierry & Severin, 1896: 39 (listed); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 262 (listed); Kormilev, 1967¢: 296 (locality record); Kormilev, 1971: 14 (incl, in key; locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 109. (listed; discussion of synonymy), Crimia doreica Walker, 1873: 17 (descr.); Léthierry & Severin, 1896: 47 (listed). Cinyphus furcaris Signoret, 1880; 541 (deser.). Artabanus dereica: Disiant, 1902: 359 (generic irans- fer); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; 262 (listed); Kormilev, 19678: 530 (locality records), TYPES. Artabanus sinuatus. Holotype d, New Guinea, in NRS. Not examined Crimia doreica, Type series fram New Guinea, Aru, Ceram, Wagiou, in BMNH. Not examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 24 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Pen., |d 29, 30.vi-4.vii. 1977, GBM; East Claudie R., Iron Range, 1d 19,6.xi.1985. GBM & DIC; West Claudie R., iron Range, 44 52, 3-10.xii.1985, GBM & DIC, in QM: 11 km ENE Mt Tozer, Iran Range, Ig 22, 16.vii.1986, TAW, in ANIC. NEW GUINEA: Karimui, 1080 m, 12 11-12 vii.1963, J, Sedlacek; Kiunga, Fly R., 13, 15-21.vii.1957, W.W. Brandt; Popondetta, 28. 29, 27.11.1966, GBM: Brown River. 12. 241.1966, GBM, in QM. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, UQIC). DESCRIPTION. Large, macropterous. pilose, 10-11 mm long, with bilobed, laminate, antero- lateral angles of the pronotum. Colour brown with. pale connexiva V and VI and abdominal venter, MALE. Head length 1, 1- 1.2 times width, its dor- sum pilose on vertex, clypeus and antenniferous tubercles; postocular processes absent; an- tenniferous tubercles Jong, apically subacute, reaching to half length of first antennal segment: clypeus narrow, bearing cylindrical genal pro- cesses almost reaching apex of first antennal segment. Rostral groove open posteriorly. Anten- nae 1.35-1!.40 times head length; segment [II longest. Pronotum width 2.1-2.3 times median length; anterior lobe almost as wide as posterior lobe. with anterolateral angles laminately produced into hilobate extensions; a small tooth present on each side lateral of the indistinctly defined collar; disc of anterior lobe with a pair of setose submed- ian elevations and a pair of weak sublateral ridges. Scutellum with a pair of hlunt median lobes and a pair of smaller lateral lobes projecting forwards over hind pronotal margin; surface transversely wrinkled with a median setose ridge. Hemelytra fully developed, reaching to anterior edge of tergum VII; veins of corium setose. Abdomen widest across segments If and TH, then narrowing at segment V before [laring across segment VI which has protruding con- nexiva; margin of Cx VII with posteriorly-di- rected angulations; Tg VII inflated above pygophore. Pygophore short, wide, large, with a dorsal tubercle. Paratergites of VIII short, truncate, with apical spiracles, Spiracles of I-VI ventral, far from mar- gin, those of VII lateral, visible from above. Femoral spines present only on hind legs, FEMALE. As for d except: abdomen not nar- rowed at segment V; margins of Cx VI not no- ticeably protruding. MEASUREMENTS. One d and range of 29 from Australia. L: 10,83, 10,50-10,67; W: 4.75, 4.75-5.00; HL: 2.30, 2.25-2.32; HW: 1,92, 2.00; PL: 1.80, 1.60-1.72; PW: 3.75, 3,75-3.92; AS: 1, 0.84, 0.88-0.98; IT, 0.66, 0.60-0.64; TIL, 1.04, 1.00; IV, 0.58, 0.60-0.62; SL: 1.84, 1.72-1.76; REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 51 SW: 2.08, 2.20-2.33; WL: 6.00, 6.00; corium length: 3.00, 3,16-3,30. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 21). In Australia this spe- cies is known only from rainforest at Iron Range in Cape York Peninsula where it occurs under hark of large logs. Elsewhere it 1s widespread from the Moluccas through New Guinea to the Bismarcks, the Solomons and Vanuatu, REMARKS. Kormilev (1967c) noted the synon- ymy of Artabanus sinuatus Stal and Crimia doreica Walker but since both names were pub- lished in 1873 he was not able to establish which has priority. He has used both names on different occasions (Kormilev 1967a, 1971). Sherborn (1934) gives the date of issue of Walker's volume as May 10, 1873, Regarding Stal’s paper, Dr Per Inge Persson, of the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm informed me in 1978 that, according to their records, Stàl's manuscript was submitted to the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences on January 10, 1872 and was accepted for publica- tion on February 14 of the same year, Later it is recorded that on March 31, 1873 ‘the printing of the Proceedings of 1872 has not inconsiderably advanced’. However the actual date of issue is still unobtainable and therefore 1 use Stá]'s name, sinuatus, which has been most frequently used in the past and which was originally proposed in the currect genus. Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) came to the same conclusion, This large species is rather common in New Guinea but has been taken only occasionally m Australia despite many weeks of specialist col- lecting at Iron Range. Artabanus bilobiceps (Lethierry, 1888) Hrachyrhyachus bilobicens Lethierry, 1888- 464 idescr.), Artabanus atkinsoni Bergroth, 1889: 734 (descr.). Amabanus bilobiceps: Bergroth, 1892a: 715; Lethierry & Severin, 1896; 39 (listed); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 262 (listed); Blote, 1965: 16 (locality re- cords}; Kormiley, 1965b: 2 (locality record); Kormilev, 1967a: 522 (locality records); Kormile v, 1967c. 296 (locality records); Kormilev, 1971: 14,22 (incl. in key; locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 106 (listed). Arlabunus australis Kormilev, 19582; 91; Kormilev, 1971: 14 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 106 (listed). syn. nov.. TYPES. Brachyrhynchus bilobiceps Lethierry (Burma). Not located. Artabanus australis Kormilev, Holotype , Queens- land, in HNHM, Type not examined but specimens compared with it on my behalf by Dr Tamás Vásárhelyi. REMARKS. Artabanus bilobiceps 18 the most widespread member of its genus and occurs from Burma across the Indonesian islands to the Phil- ippines, New Guinea, the Bismarcks and north Queensland. It penetrates into the more remote islands of Micronesia in the form of A. lariventris Esaki & Matsuda, 1951, which seems to be only a poorly differentiated version of bilobiceps, The synonymy of A. australis Kormilev recorded here is straightforward. There is only one bilobiceps- like taxon in north Queensland and Kormilev sighted 2° specimens of it. The first he made the unique holotype af A. australis in 1958; the sec- ond he determined 7 years later as A. bilobireps (Kormilev, 1965b). I have examined the latter specimen and Dr Vásárhelyi has examined the former on my behalf. The 2 are conspecific and agree well with typical A. bilobiceps fram Borneo and New Guinea. In his later key to Artabanus species Kormilev (1971) omited reference to his pnor Australian record of A. bilobiceps and sep- arated A. australis from it by lack of the femoral spine on the hind leg. The spine is normally present in Australian material but is occasionally reduced and inconspicuous. Kormilev (19673) separated A. bilobiceps into 2 sub-species. us m! iceps papuasicus Komilev, 1967 (Figs AE, 51, 6A-B, 7C, 16M, 20C-F) Artabanus bilobiceps papdasicus Kormilev, 19675 522 (descr.); Kormilev, 1971: 14,22 (incl. in key: locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 107 (listed), TYPE. Holotype 3, Mt Lamington, 1,300-1,500", NE Papua, C.T. McNamara, in SAM I 20,357, Examined, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 42 speci- mens: NEW GUINEA: Popondetta, | ? , 27-28.ii. 1966. GBM; Wau, 1d, 3-4.11,1966, GBM, Lae, 19, 28,11, 1971, R. Parrott, in QM. BISMARCK ARCHI- PELAGO: Kerevat, New Britain, 29, 10.11.1966, GBM, in QM. NORTH QUEENSLAND: West Ciaudie R., Iron Range, 7¢ 29, 3-10.xi1.1985, GBM & DIC, in QM; Shiptons Flat, via Helenvale, | ?, 16-18.v.1981, L.D. Naumann, in ANIC: Cooktown. | F. in NRS; Cooper Ck., 12 ml N of Daintree R., 19, 26.iii,1976, 1,D. Galloway, 1n QDPI: 9 mI N of Daintree: R. Ferry, | 2, 2.1x.1969, J.G. & J.A. Brooks, in ANIC: Upper Daintree R, | 9, 27-xii 1964, GBM; Mossman Gorge, 12, 25-26.xii.1964, GBM; Upper Mulgrave 52 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM River, 13. 12, [S.viit.1966, GBM, 10d 89, 26- 27.xii.1967, GBM: Flying Fish Point. 29. 21.1.1965, E.C. Dahms, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH. MDPI, UQIC, DJ, SAM, EH). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized macropterous, glabrous, bicoloured, 6.3-7.2mm long, without lamellate anterolateral angles of pronotum and with pronounced sexual dimorphism in body shape. Colour black with connexiva checkered in black and white as follows: Cx Mand TV wholly black, Cx III, V. VI and VII with anterior half white and posterior half black. MALE. Body elongate, subrectangular, widest across hind lobe of pronotum; abdomen with sides straight, narrowing slightly towards poste- rior. Head usually slightly longer than wide; posteroventral angles each with a polished poste- rior projection; antenniferous tubercles short, blunt: genal processes widely separated, sub- cylindrical, reaching apical 2/3 of first antennal segment Rostral groove open postenorly, Anten- nae 1.73-1.83 times head length; segment Ilong- est, more than twice length of II, Pronotum with maximum width about 1.9 times median length; anterior lobe narrowed, about 3/4 width of hind lobes, its lateral margins forming 2 blunt teeth on each side; disc of anterior lobe with 2 conical submedian tubercles. Scutellum width 1.3-1.4 times length, its surface granulate and with an ill-defined median ridge; anterior margin with a pair of acute median teeth and a pair of blunt lateral teeth overlapping pronotum. Hemelytra with apices reaching to basal 1/3 of Tg VI. Hind femora each with a small ventral spine, Abdomen with dorsal connexival plates smooth; margins of Cx II- VI straight, those of VIT each produced into a prominent, acute, back- wardly-directed spine; Tg VII strongly convex above pygophore and bearing an acute, postero- laterally directed spine on each side near hind margin. Paratergites of VIIE short, blunt, with spiracles apical. Spiracles of segment II-IV ven- tral, far from margin; those of V and VI ventral, close io margin; those of VII situated on the margin and visible from above, St V, VI and VII with polished, median ornamentation; suture be- tween VI and VII arched forward so that median length of St VII exceeds that of V and VI com- bined. Parameres as in Fig. 20F. FEMALE. As for ó except; abdomen broad, with sides convex, widest across segment IV; dorsal connex1vàl plates rough, those of segments II-VI with weak submarginal ridges: Tg VII without spines; margins of Cx VII without acute spines; sterna without polished ornamentation. Sperma- theca as in Fig. 20E. MEASUREMENTS. Ranges of 2¢ then 29 . L: 6.33-6.67, 6.50-7.17; W: 2.28-2.46, 3.08-3.58; HL: 1.20-1.26, 1.26-1.36; HW- 1.16-1.22, 1.26- 1.34; PL: 1.20-1,30, 1.26-1.40; PW: 2.28-2.46, 2,48-2.68; AS: I, 0,52-0.54. 0.52-0.60; II, 0.36, 0.36-0.40; HI, 0.80-0.88, 0.80-0.88; IV, 0.50- 0.52, 0.48-D.50; SL: 0.96-1.00, 1.06-1.14; SW: 1.34-1.36, 1.40-1.50; WL: 3.58-3.75, 3.92-4.25. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 21). In Australia this sub- species is confined 1o low altitude rainforests from near Innisfail north to Cooktown and at Iron Range, Also known from New Guinea, New Brit- ain, New Ireland and Palau Island (Micronesia) (Kormilev, 1971). A. bilobiceps bilobiceps, ranges from SE Asia through the western islands of Indonesia o the Philippines (Kormilev, 19673, 1967c, 1971; Blóte, 1965). REMARKS, Kormilev (19672) separated this subspecies from the nominotypical form on the basis of reduced lateral spines of thé fore lobe of the prothorax; in his key to Artabanus species of 197! he utilised the lack of shining tubercles on head venter and metasterna in A, b. papuasicus to distinguish the 2 taxa, Australian material agrees with New Guinea material in both these leatures. The two subspecies also differ in the ornamenta- tion of sterna V, VI and VILin the d; in Sarawak specimens ihe smooth areas coalesce into á single circular disc whereas in A. b. papuasicus the segmental portions are more discrete. Caecicoris Kormilev, 1957 Caecicoris Kormilev, 1957a; 398 (descr.; l'ig.); Usin- ger.& Matsuda, 1959: 193 (listed only); Monteith, 1969: 87 (dimorphism); Kormilev, 1971: 2, 9, 12 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 120 (catalogued), Artabanellus Matsuda & Usinger, 1957; 141 (deser, fig.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 222 (descr.; incl. in key); Kormilev, 1971: 26 (incl. in key); Karmiley & Froeschner, 1987; 106 (catalogue of spp.). syn.nov. Zeugocoris Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 200, 310 (incl. in key; descr. Monteith, 1969: 87 (synonymy; dimorphism). Parartabanus Kormilev, 1972: 573 (descr.); Kormilev, 1974: 60 (synonymy). TYPE SPECIES. Caecicoris oviventris Kormilev, 1957, by original designalion (= Crimia microcera Walker, 1873). REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 53 DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 9E). New Guinea, Bis- marck Archipelago, Palau, Cape York Peninsula, REMARKS, This smali genus of 3 species was informally recorded from Australia by Monteith 1982, The synonymy of Zeugocoris Usinger & Matsuda with Caecicoris was established by Monteith (1969) on discovering that the respec- live type species of the two genera were, in fact, mucropterous and micropterous forms of the same species. This was the first documentation af true alary dimorphism in the Mezirinae, à phe- nomenon now also known in L'singerida (q.v) and Mastigocoris (Heiss & Hoberlandt, 1985), and which is believed to be even more wide- spread in the Indo-Pacific region. The type species of Artabanellus (A, in- fuscatus) is a junior synonym of the type species of Caecicoris (C. microcerus — see below) and hence Artabanellus is à synonym of Caecicoris. The only other valid species of the former genus Artabanellus is — Caecicoris menamarat (Kormilev, 1967) comb.nov. It is an obligately wingless species widespread on the New Guinea mainland and has been figured by Monteith (1982) who commented on its apparent close affiliation with Caecicaris. It is much more spe- ciulized for apterous life than other species of Caecicoris. Should further study determine that it warrants separate generic rank then the name Parartabanus, under which Kormilev (1972) mustakenly redescribed it would be available The third known member of Caecicoris is C. laris Monteith, 1969, from New Britain and is repre- sented ta date by macropters alone. This latter species was overlooked by Kormilev (1971) and is omitted from the world catalogue of Kormilev & Froeschner (1987), Caecicoris is related to Masrigocoris Matsuda & Usinger (widespread in the Indo-Pacific) and Phanocoris Usinger & Matsuda (endemic to Fiji), sharing with them its open rostral atrium and form af scutellum. The group has been very successful in colonizing the island masses of the region and this has been achieved by the dispersal ability of winged morphs currently present or in their re- cent evolutionary past. Caccicoris microcerus (Walker, 1873) (Figs 4J, 20G-H) Crimia microcera Walker, 1873; 21 (descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896: 47 (incerti generis). Pictines microcerus: Distant, 1902: 360 (listed). Artabanus inermis Kormilev, 19556; 201 (descr); Kormilev, 1971:12 (synonymy). Caecicoris oviventris Kormilev, 19573: 399 (descr); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 193 (listed); Monteith, 1969: 87 (synonymy). Artabanellus infuscatus Matsuda & Usinger, 1957: 141 (descr. fig.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; 222 (listed); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 106 (listed) Syn. nov. Zeugocoris microcerus: Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 312 (figured); Caecicoris microcerus. Monteith, 1969:8 7 (locality records), Kormilev, 1971. 12; Monteith, 1982: 655 (fig); Karmilev & Froeschner, 1987: 120 (listed); Heiss, 1988: 73 (fig.). TYPES. Holotype of Crimia #ilcrocera: Dorey, N coast of New Guinea, A.R. Wallace, in BMNH. Not examined; figured Usinger & Matsuda (1959). Holo- type v of Artabanellus infuscatus: Peleliu E, Palau Islands, E coast, 29 Jan 1948, Pacific Sci Board, Ent.Surv. of Micronesia, H.$.Dybas, leg.. in NMNH, Washington. Examined. AUSTRALIAN MATERIAL EXAMINED, 8 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: West Claudie River, Iron Range, rainforest, | micropt. 2, 29-30.ix. 1974, GBM, 3 macropt. d, 2 micropt. d, 2 micropt, ?, 3-10.xii. 1985, GBM & DIC, in OM. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 21). Widespread on the mainland of New Guinea, being recorded from bath Irian Jaya and PNG. All records to date are: from north of the central mountain cordillera. It has also been recorded from the Bismarck Archi- pelago (Deslacs Is), as Artabanus inermis, and from thé Palau islands, as Artabanellus in- fuscatus, The specimens noted here from Tron Range establish the species on Cape York Penin- sula in Australia, All have been taken aj the West Claudie River where the richest rasnforests of the Iron Range region occur. REMARKS. The unique holotype of Artahaneffus infuscarus Matsuda & Usinger proved it to be a micropterous 9 of C. microcerus. The specimen is slightly teratological with the right antenna hav- ing only 3 segments (shown as 4 in Matsuda & Usinger'sillustrauon) and with the lefi side of the pronotum lacking much of its angulate-explanate margin (explaining the curious asymmetry of their illustration), In other respects it falls well within the known range of variability for micropterous S. Usinger & Matsuda (1959) illustraie the mac- ropterous 2 holotype while Monteith (1969) de- scribed the micropterous ó and discussed implications of the striking alary dimorphism ob» served in the species in New Guinea. The micropteraus d was illustrated with further dis- cussion by Monteith (1982) and Heiss (1988). 54 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Australian material studied now includes 3 of the 4 morphs, with only mucropterous ? not present, They agree in all essential features with New Guinea material. One 9 differs in the sur- face of the abdominal tergal plate which is rela- tively flat, finely punctured and lacking the scattered setae of normal micropters. The térgal dorsum is one of the regions which show strong secondary modification associated with loss of wings in New Guinea micropterous morphs, being smooth and glabrous beneath the wings of macropters and coarsely punctate and setose when exposed in micropters. The tergal plate of the Iron Range specimen is intermediate between the normal macropterous and micropterous con- ditions, Since the mucropterous 2 morph of C. microcenis has not been fully described I give a briet descrip- tion of the Iron Range specimens below. DESCRIPTION (Micropterous 2). Small, 4.67mm lang, with broad abdomen (2.52mm) and narrow prothorax (146mm). Bicoloured with ground colour reddish brown and legs, antennae, parts of pronotum, and connexiva II and HI pale. Head à little longer (1,10) than wide (0.92); with long curled setae on vertex, clypeus and antenniferous tubercles; postocular processes ab- sent; eyes globular, exserted: antenniferous tu- bercles slightly divergent, apically sub-acute; genal processes narrow, cylindrical, separate, reaching to two thirds length of first antennal segment. Antennae twice length of head wilh lengths of segments (I-IV) 0.52, 0.32, 0,74, 0.46, Restral atrium broadly open anteriorly; rostral groove shallow, closed posteriorly; rostrum not exceeding length of its groove. Pronotum with maximum width 2.2 times me- dian length, its hind lobe reduced to a narrow strip half the length of anterior lobe; pronotal surface with erect curled setae; anierolateral angles pro- duced into flattened, complex lobes which proj- ect anteriorly on each side of neck; lateral margins with a median, laterally directed spine: posterolateral angles angulate: dorsum of anterior lobe with a pair of setose tubercles lateral of midline. Hemel ytra reduced to very small circular lobes lateral of base of scutellum; hind wings absent; scutellum large, distinct, triangular, with midline forming a convex, setose elevation. Abdomen flat, with lateral margins convex; long setàe present along posterior edge of each dorsal connexival plate; posterolateral angle of Cx VI slightly produced; margin of Cx VIE with an angulate projection bearing the Jaterally placed spiracle; paratergites of VIIL long with lateral spiracles, Spermatheca of New Guinea specimen (Fig. 201): with duct short, sclerotised, with a sclerotised lateral diverticulum at half its length. Scironocoris Kormilev, 1957 Scironocoris Kormilev, 1957a; 401 (descr.); Usinger & Matsuda 1959: 193 (listed only); Kormiley, 1971: 7, 8, 26 (incl. in key; key to spp); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 191 (catalogue of spp.). Dimorphacantha Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 255 (descr.); Kormilev, 1971; 7, 8, 26 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 135 (catalogue of Spp.) sv. nov. TYPE SPECIES. Scironocoris armigerus Kormiles, 1957, hy original designation. DISTRIBUTION (Fig 10A). From northern India through the Indonesian Archipelago and the Phil- ippines to New Guinea and to Cape York Penin- sula. REMARKS. The synonymy of Dimorphacantha with Scironocoris recorded here is one of several synonymies which have arisen because same au- thors described new genera while Usinger & Matsuda's (1959) world revision was in prepara- tion. Where Usinger & Matsuda could not get access to specimens of these genera for compar- ison it sometimes happened that they inudver- tently redescribed them. as in this instance, This particular synonymy has remained undetected because some errors have crept inta subsequent literature on the rwo nominal genera and because there has been some failure to appreciate the implications of alary dimorphism in the Mezirinae as noted by Monteith (1969, 1982). In his key to Oriental-Pacific genera Kormilev (1971) distinguished Dimorphacantha and Scironocoris on the basis of (1) laterally directed pronotal processes, and (ii) strong d metapleural spines in the former but not the latter. Although both these features occur 1n D. distincta. the type species of Dimorphacanrha, they are not present in all species (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 256). The loss of lateral processes on the pronotum ts concurrent with the great reduction of prunotal size associated with brachyptery in the Mezirinac. Karmilev (197 1: 26) in noting that no brachypleruus species were described in Dimorphacantha. was obviously unaware of bra- chypterous D. usingeri, which is illustrated às lacking pronotal processes (Blóte, 1965). Liu REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 55 (1980) described brachypterous D. brachyptera, from S China without pronotal processes. An- other undescribed brachypterous species before me from Sarawak (Kapit) also lacks these pro- cesses. Regarding the metapleural spines of the d, Kormilev’s key assumed that Scironocoris ó did not possess such spines. But since all 3 species then known had been described by Kormilev from unique 9 this could only have been an assumption. Since the d of brachypterous Scironocoris (sensu Kormilev) recorded below from Australia do have short metapleural spines homologous with those of Dimorphacantha dis- tincta it is obvious that this was a false assump- tion and there are no longer valid grounds for recognising 2 separate genera. Attention is drawn also to Rustem Kormilev, 1957b, which was de- scribed from a single 9 from Iran; this genus appears to be another generic synonym of Scironocoris but I have not the opportunity to pursue this at present. Pseudartabanus Esaki & Matsuda, 1952, with one brachypterous and one macropterous species from Taiwan also appears to belong to this group but authentic material needs to be examined. P. armatus from Assam (Heiss, 1982b) is a Scironocoris because of its spined femora and details of head and pronotal structure. Although Usinger & Matsuda's Dimorph- acantha is a junior synonym their description is more valid for the taxon now to be known as Scironocoristhan is Kormilev's since it embraces macropterous and brachypterous forms. How- ever a brief diagnosis is given here also: DIAGNOSIS. Small, 5-8mm long, related to Artabanus but lacking the stridulatory structures on the hind legs and on abdominal sternites of that genus, macropterous, brachypterous or micropterous. Head about as long as wide; postocular pro- cesses absent; antenniferous tubercles short, barely reaching 1/3 length of first antennal seg- ment, never apically pointed; clypeus short with genal processes small or absent. Antennae long, more than 1.5 times head length, with segments I and III longer than II and IV. Rostral atrium closed and slit-like; rostrum not reaching beyond hind margin of head; rostral groove open or closed behind. Pronotum variable depending on wing devel- opment, but always with fore lobe divided from hind lobe by a distinct transverse depression; fore lobe with anterolateral angles more or less pro- duced, and its disc with sublateral elevations, which are usually pronounced in brachypterous species, and sometimes also with submedian ele- vations; midline of fore lobe with a median groove; hind lobe large and overlapping meso- thorax in macropters, reduced to a narrow, trans- verse, non-overlapping band in brachypters; hind lobe of macropters sometimes with laterally di- rected processes which are variously reduced in brachypters and may become merely slight hu- meral elevations. Scutellum in macropters with a pair of basal teeth overlapping hind margin of pronotum and with a median longitudinal ridge; in brachypters scutellum has lost basal teeth, me- dian ridge is indistinct and centre is humped. Hemelytra fully developed (distinctus, luchti, sexspinosus, papuasicus, armatus, borneensis, obscurus), brachypterous and consisting only of corium (usingeri, baliensis, brachypterus, aus- tralis, malayensis) or micropterous (armigerus). Legs with all femora bearing subapical, ventral spines, sometimes reduced on fore and mid-legs. Metapleuron of d often bearing a long or short conical spine immediately anterior to hind coxa; 9 usually with a small polished knob in the same position. Spiracles of segments II-VII ventral, those of segment VIII apical. INCLUDED SPECIES. The following 13 species are here included in Scironocoris. The first spe- cies was omitted from the world catalogue of Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) and the last spe- cies is described herein. Scironocoris sexspinosus (Bergroth, 1892) comb. nov. Artabanus sexspinosus Bergroth, 1892a: 710. Dimorphacantha sexspinosa: Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 256. (Burma). Scironocoris armigerus Kormilev, 1957. Scironocoris armigerus Kormilev, 1957a: 402. (New Guinea). Scironocoris distinctus (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959) comb. nov. Dimorphacantha distincta Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 256. (Borneo, Sumatra, Philippines, Malay Penin- sula). Scironocoris luchti (Kiritshenko, 1959) comb. nov. Artabanus luchti Kiritshenko, 1959: 187. Dimorphacantha luchti: Kormilev, 1971: 26. (Java, Sumatra, Sulawesi, Malay Peninsula, China). Scironocoris usingeri (Blóte, 1965) comb. nov. Dimorphacantha usingeri Blóte 1965: 15. (Java). Scironocoris obscurus Kormilev, 1971. (New Guinea). 56 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Scironocoris papuasicus Kormilev, 1971. (New Guinea). Scironocoris baliensis Kormilev, 1972. (Bali). Scironocoris brachypterus (Liu, 1980) comb. nov. Dimorphacantha brachyptera Liu, 1980: 177, 183. (China). Scironocoris malayensis Kormilev, 1983. (Malay Peninsula). Scironocoris borneensis (Kormilev, 1986) comb. nov. Dimorphacantha borneensis Kormilev, 1986: 256. (Borneo). Scironocoris armatus (Heiss, 1982) comb. nov. Pseudartabanus armatus Heiss, 1982b: 194. (Northem India). Scironocoris australis sp.nov- (Figs 5J, 19, 20J-N) TYPE. Holotype d', West Claudie River, Iron Range, N Qld, 29-30,ix,1974, G.B. Monteith, Rainforest. QMT11656. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 20 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: West Claudie River, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 1 Lå paratypes, 4? paratypes, 29-30.ix.1974, GBM, in QM (QMT26487- 26496). (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH, UQIC). Non-paratypes. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Lae Botanic Gardens, 52, 6-7.ii.1966, GBM, in QM. DESCRIPTION. Small, brachypterous, 5.1- 6.2mm long, with hemelytral vestiges reaching apex of scutellum and with preapical spines on all femora, MALE. Body subrectangular. Head length 1.05- 1.12 times width across eyes; vertex elevated into 2 longitudinal, setose ridges; antenni ferous tuber- cles slightly divergent, clypeus reaching to half length of first antennal segment; genal processes small, separate, just exceeding clypeal apex. Ros- tral groove open posteriorly. Antennae 1.6-1.7 times head length; segments 1 and III longest, subequal, segment IV longer than IT, Pronotum with fore and hind lobes distinct, maximum width 1.9-2.0 times median length; hind lobe width 1.25 times width of fore lobe; fore lobe length 1.25 times length of hind lobe; fore lobe with anterolateral angles subrectangular, slightly protruding: hind lobe with its anterolat- eral angles also subrectangular; forelobe with a conical elevation suhlaterally on each side and witha flat, glabrous callus on each side of median groove. Scutellum triangular with sides some- what curved; its centre roundly inflated. Hemelytra reduced to fully developed coria as FIG. 19. Dorsal view of & Scironocoris australis. long as scutellum, each bearing an atlenuale ves- tige of membrane on outer apical angle. All femora bearing à prominent, subapical, ventral spine. A short, conical spine present on each metapleuron immediately anterior to hind coxae. Exposed abdominal tergal plate flat, coarsely punctate, with boundaries between segmental plates obscured; Cx HI- VI with faint submarginal ridges; margin of Cx VIL angulate, with small, rounded lobes projecting posteriorly; paratergites of VIII short, clavate, with spiracles apical; pygo- phore simply rounded; parameres as in Fig. 20M. FEMALE, As for d except sides of abdomen convex; margin of Cx VII weakly angulate; apex of segment [X exceeding length of paratergites of VIII; metapleural spines absent, their position replaced by a swelling; spermatheca as in Fig. 20N with short, simple duct. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 2 9. L: 5.17, 5.17- 5.33, 6.17; W: 2.02, 2.12-2.14, 3.08; HL: 1.14; 1.10-1.14, 1.24-1.26; HW: 1,06, 1.02-1.04, 1.06- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 37 o X Ü © o FIG. 20. A-B, Artabanus sinuatus, A, 9; B, d dorsal abdominal apex. C-F, A. bilobiceps; C, 6; D, 9 ventral abdomen; E, spermatheca; F, paramere. G-I, Caecicoris microcerus; G, 9 micropter; H, 9 micropter, ventral abdominal apex; I, spermatheca. J-N, Scironocoris australis; J, d hind leg; K, 9 dorsal abdominal apex; L, & ventral abdominal apex; M, paramere; N, spermatheca. 58 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 146°E 5, ARTABANUS F ^ + A. sinualus } i T: s A, bilobiceps L | a | i F 49 CAECICORIS 7 pU Ale © C. microcerus y Í SCIRONOCORIS ( l * S, australis r Veo USINGERIDA n "x ^. U. roberti w j : jon a à 18S [E x gams LI \ FIG. 21. Records for species of Artabanus, Caecicoris; Scironocoris and Usingeridain northern Queensland, 1.20; PL: 0,92, 0.96, 1,10-1,12; PW: 1.84, 1.84- 1.86, 2.20; AS: I, 0.56, 0.50-0.54, 0.58-0.62; II, 0,34, 0.32-0.34, 0.40; IM, 0.54, 0.54, 0,60-0,62; IV, 0.46, 0.42-0.44, 0.48; SL: 0.68, 0.70, 0.92; SW: 1.14, 1,10-1,16, 1.35-1.40. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 21). A single series taken in rainforest at Iron Range, N Queensland. Two specimens from northern New Guinea are tenta- tively ascribed fo this species, bul are not made part of the type series. REMARKS. Although none have been noted yet there is à very strong likelihood that some species of Serronocoris will prove to exhibit alary dimor- phism. The morphological relationships between macropterous and brachypterous species are vir- tually identical to those in the proven cases of dimorphism in Usingerida roberti and Caecicoris microcerus (Monteith, 1969), viz. re- duction of pronotal hind lohe, inflation of scutel- lum, and roughening of the abdominal tergal plate. The implications of this possibility are that some described brachypterous species may be conspecific with some macropterous species, Many of the nominal species have been described from unique specimens so there is also strong likelihood that furthersynonymy will be revealed when correlated ds and 9 are obtained of more species, For this reason itas with some trepidation that I describe another species based solely on brachypterous forms. However, the long series of 16 lessens the probability that a macropterous form exists, although the presence of the species on Cape York Peninsula suggests that a winged morph may be rather recent in its ancestry. Scironocoris australis differs from S. armigerus, its geographically nearest flightless relative, in the micropterous condition and the lack of fore and mid femoral spines in the latter. Of the 2 New Guinea macropterous species, S. obscurus and S. papuasicus, the first differs from australis in the shape of the pronotal fore lobe. and the second differs in its smaller size and shorter head. Scironoceris australis seems to have its closest affinity to S. baliensis. Usingerida Kormilev, 1955 Usingerida Kormilev, 1955a: 142 (deser.): Usinger & Matsuda, 1959:200,308,310 (incl. in key; redescr.; key to spp.); Kormilev, 1971: 9,132 (incl, in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 194 (catalogue of spp.). TYPE SPECIES. Usingerida walshi Kormilev, 1955 by original designation, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 9F), 18 species which range from Asia across the Indonesian Archipel- ago ta New Guinea and New Bntain. Cape York Peninsula, Australia, REMARKS. Usingerida is one of several genera based on species separated off from “Mezira’ in its old sense as a dumping ground for winged Mezinnae without any distinctive features. To date it has been accepted as a solely macropterous genus distinguished from Mezira (sensu Usinger & Matsuda, 1959) in the generic keys of Usinger & Matsuda (1959) and Kormilev (1971) by the veinless membranes and prominent anterolateral lobes on the pronotum. However, the observation that some Australian species of ‘Mezira’ (e.g. Brachyrhynchus australis and B. wilsoni) have virtually veinless membranes diminishes the use- fulness of the first key character. Inclusion of Mezira roberti, without prominent anterolateral pronotal lobes, m Usingerida invalidates the sec- ond key character. The discovery that roberti is a dimorphic species with both macropterous and brachypterous forms also means that Usingerida can no longer be regarded as purely macropterous, The integrity of Usingerida as a uniform group of species is not changed by the inclusion of roberti, All species share a distinctive scutellum structure, broadly elevated on anterior half and with an indistinct median, longitudinal ridge; all have the hemelytral coria long and apically sinu- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 59 ate; all have extremely slender antennae without the apical crenulation on segments II and III as in Pacific species of 'Mezira' (2Brachyrhynchus); all have the rostrum extending beyond the poste- rior margin of the rostral groove. Genitalic struc- tures have been studied in U. roberti ; the lack of the 'stridulatory' ridge on the inner face of the parameres and the heavily sclerotised and in- flated spermathecal duct set it apart from Austra- lian species of Brachyrhynchus examined. Parameres of U. tenericornis (Heiss, 1989b) are similar. Usingerida roberti (Kormilev, 1971) comb. nov. (Figs 4H, 5K, 7A, 22A-B, 24P-S) Mezira roberti Kormilev, 1971: 28 (descr.; fig.); Kormilev & Heiss, 1973: 62 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 157 (listed). Usingerida roberti: Monteith, 1982: 654, 655 (fig.). TYPE. Holotype, Ceram, Piroe, 11.1909, F. Muir. In BPBM 8981. Examined. Specimen somewhat abraded and lacking right foreleg and apical 3 segments of right antenna. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 29 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 3 brachypt. 9, 3 brachypt. d, 14 macropt. 9, 7 nymphs, 1-9.vi.1971, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH, NMNH, UQIC). NEW GUINEA: Popondetta, 1 brachypt. d, 27-28.1.1966, GBM, in QM. INDONESIA: Piroe, Comm, brachypt. allotype 9, ii.1909, F. Muir, in ALARY DIMORPHISM. Kormilev described this species from a brachypterous d and 9 which bore Usinger's determination label as being *Mezira brachyptera Usinger', a name that was never published. The specimens available to Kormilev run easily to Mezira in the brachypterous section of Usinger & Matsuda's (1959) key to Old World genera of Mezirinae and so it was natural for Kormilev to place it in that genus. In June 1971 I collected an aggregation of 20 adult aradids at Iron Range, 6 of them brachyp- terous (8 and 9) and 14 macropterous ( 9 only). Neither brachypters nor macropters agreed with any aradid previously recorded from Australia. The brachypterous forms were apparently con- specific with a single d brachypter collected by the writer at Popondetta, PNG, in 1966 and which had been assigned provisionally to Mezira, the genus to which itran in Usinger & Matsuda's key. In attempting to identify the insect, the types of Kormilev's M. roberti from the South Moluccan island of Ceram were examined and proved to be identical. This gave the unprecedented situation of having a flightless aradid species known in undifferentiated form from 3 well separated land masses, Ceram, New Guinea and Australia. The status of the macropterous 9 collected in associ- ation with the brachypters at Iron Range was problematical in that they ran to Usingerida, not Mezira, in keys to macropterous genera (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; Kormilev, 1971). But close study showed that these macropters, although quite different in general facies, only differed from the brachypterous M. roberti with which they were collected by characteristics similar to those shown by Monteith (1969) to separate the winged and micropterous morphs of the dimor- phic Caecicoris microcerus (q.v.). Similar mor- phological differences between wing morphs have also been described and figured in Mastigocoris (Heiss & Hoberlandt, 1985). The conclusion reached is that the macropters and brachypters collected together at Iron Range are morphs of single species which should be known as U. roberti (Kormilev) comb. nov. This new combination brings together patro- nymics based on both Christian name and sur- name of the late Robert L. Usinger, father of modern aradid systematics. This is the third species of Mezirinae in which pronounced alary dimorphism has been demon- strated. As with Caecicoris microcerus, the rec- ognition of dimorphism in U. roberti unites 2 aradid types which would have been referred to separate genera under the existing taxonomic framework. Undoubtedly more cases of dimor- phism will come to light especially on the dis- persed land masses of the Indo-Pacific region where the retention of winged morphs gives a great dispersal advantage to those species evolv- ing a wingless lifestyle (Monteith, 1982). In U. roberti, the winged dispersal morph gives a ready explanation for the constancy of form of its brachypters on separate land masses. Whereas Caecicoris microcerusis dimorphic in both sexes there is strong circumstantial evidence that U. roberti is dimorphic only in the 9. Of the random sample of 20 specimens taken at Iron Range six are brachypters and of these 3 are & and 3 are 9; by contrast all 14 macropters are 2. This apparent retention of a flighted form only in the 9 has evolutionary significance since dispersal can be achieved by a single mated 9. The brachypterous form of U. roberti has been adequately described by Kormilev, 1971. I give 60 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 22. Usingerida roberti from Iron Range. A, brachypterous d ; B, macropterous 9. below a description of the newly discovered mac- ropterous form with notes and comparative mea- surements for brachypters. Naturally there is a possibility that this macropterous form has been described in the past as a species of ‘Mezira’ but I have been unable to confirm this given the confused state of taxonomy of this group in the islands to the north of Australia. DESCRIPTION (Macropterous 9 ). Length 6.00- 6.17mm. Head slightly wider than long, its dor- sum with numerous short curled hairs; postocular tubercles minute, narrow projections behind eyes; antenniferous tubercles long, divergent, blunt, reaching to 2/3 length of first antennal segment; genal processes short, broad, blunt, sub- contiguous, reaching to 4/5 of first antennal seg- ment. Rostrum reaching beyond hind border of rostral groove almost to hind margin of head; rostral groove broad, shallow, open posteriorly. Antennae 1.45-1.50 times head length; all seg- ments slender, subequal in length. Pronotum with width of hind lobe 2.15-2.25 times median length; fore lobe 0.75 times width of hind lobe; anterolateral angles semicircularly rounded and projecting laterally; lateral margin of pronotum deeply incised between fore and hind lobes; collar narrow, poorly defined; fore lobe with median sulcus and with submedian areas elevated into broad, rounded tubercles; sub- lateral areas weakly inflated into ridges. Scutel- lum with width 1.3-1.4 times length, its surface punctate and setose; anterolateral angles thick- ened and raised; middle of basal margin slightly convex; disc with basal half swollen and apical half with a faint median ridge. Hemelytra reach- ing hind margin of Tg VI, coria reaching apex of Cx III and apically sinuate; membranes dark, veinless and wrinkled. Abdomen with margins of Cx II-VI straight; margins of VII straight, converging posteriorly; middle of Tg VII quadrately elevated; paraterg- ites of VIII short, rounded, with spiracles lateral; segment IX long, rounded; tergal disc normal, smooth and glabrous beneath wing membranes. Sterna of thorax broad, with median length of mesosternum 1.3 times length of prosternum; midlines of metasternum and abdominal St II-VI REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 61 each with a glabrous patch; midline of St VII long, with length slightly longer than V and VI combined. Spiracles of segments II-VI ventral, far removed from margin. Spermatheca as in Fig. 24R with duct inflated into a heavily sclerotised, U-shaped chamber. Brachypterous 9: differing from macropters as follows: slightly smaller, length 5.42-6.00; hind lobe of pronotum reduced in length, width and elevation so that width of fore lobe is 0.88 times width of hind lobe; apex of scutellum subtrunc- ate; hemelytral membranes lost; coria fused with terga and shorter, reaching only to half length of Cx II, their apices rounded, not sinuate; tergal disc coarsely punctate, sparsely setose and raised inasublateral band along each size and in vicinity of scent gland scar. Brachypterous d : as for brachypterous 9 except: pygophore extremely large, rounded apically, bearing a small, elongate tubercle on dorsal side; paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, with spira- cles apical. Parameres as in Fig. 24S. MEASUREMENTS. Macropters. Ranges of 3 Australian 9. L: 6.00-6.17; W: 2.60-2.76; HL: 1.10; HW: 1.14-1.18; AS: I, 0.40-0.42, II, 0.38- 0.40, III, 0.40, IV, 0.42-0.44; pronotal fore lobe length: 0.44-0.52; pronotal hind lobe length: 0.60-0.66; pronotal fore lobe width: 1.82-1.86; pronotal hind lobe width: 2.46-2.52; SL: 1.00- 1.02; SW: 1.30-1.40; WL: 3.33-3.50; corium length: 1.84-1.90. Brachypters. Holotype d followed by ranges of 3 additional Australian d, then allotype 9 fol- lowed by ranges of 3 additional Australian 9 . L: 4.92, 5.33, 5.42, 5.83-6.00; W: 2.16-2.33, 2.50, 2.72-2.15; HL: 0.98, 1.04-1.08, 1.06, 1.14-1.16; HW: 0.92, 1.00-1.02, 1.06, 1.08-1.12; AS: I, 0.36, 0.40, 0.38, 0.40-0.42, II, 0.30, 0.34-0.36, 0.36, 0.34-0.38, III, 0.32, 0.36, 0.38-0.40, IV, 0.36, 0.40, 0.38-0.42; pronotal fore lobe length; 0.50, 0.50-0.52, 0.54, 0.54-0.58; pronotal hind lobe length: 0.30, 0.36-0.46, 0.42, 0.42-0.46; pronotal fore lobe width: 1.64, 1.68-1.76, 1.76, 1.86-1.94; SL: 0.76, 0.76-0.80, 0.80, 0.86-0.94; SW: 1.10, 1.10-1.30, 1.14, 1.30-1.40; corium length: 1.22, 1.28-1.34, 1.40, 1.44-1.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 21). South Moluccan is- land of Ceram, NE New Guinea and Cape York Peninsula where it occurs in lowland rainforests. REMARKS. Usingerida roberti differs from other members of the genus by its small size, rounded anterolateral pronotal angles, non-angu- late margin of pronotal hind lobe, and 9 with straight margins to Cx VII. There is minor variation in brachypters from the different land masses. The Iron Range series differs from the types in being a little larger with body setae more conspicuous and submedian pro- notal elevations a little higher. The Popondetta & differs in its smoother body surface, less promi- nent anterolateral pronotal angles, median head process longer and dorsal tubercle on pygophore a little larger. The long series from Iron Range was taken on the outside of the underside of a small log lying on the ground. This is the habitat which Monteith (19692) suggests predisposes winged aradids to wing loss in the rainforest environment. Despite intensive collecting during many visits to Iron Range the species has not been recollected there. The presence of Usingerida in Australia and di- morphism of U. roberti were referred to in a summary discussion (Monteith, 1982). Chinessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Chinessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 200, 269 (incl. in key; descr.); Kormilev, 1971: 7, 10, 117 (incl. in key; key to spp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 124 (catalogue of spp.). TYPE-SPECIES. Crimia bispiniceps Walker, 1873, by original designation. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8D). Ceram, New Guinea, Bis- marck Archipelago, North Queensland. REMARKS. Chinessais the most extreme exam- ple in the Indo-Pacific region of prolific radiation of a genus of Aradidae on a single land mass. When Usinger & Matsuda (1959) erected the genus they included in it only bispiniceps, from New Guinea; Blóte (1965) described acutissima, also from New Guinea. Then Kormilev (1971) studied the extensive collections in the Bishop Museum and described 18 species all from the same island with the exception of lobuliventris, from New Britain, and a subspecies of a New Guinea species from the Moluccas. Since then 4 more New Guinea species have been erected by Kormilev (1972, 1983, 1984) and Vásárhelyi (1976). Chinessa has not been recorded from Australia but 4 species are noted below from north Queensland, bispiniceps, iniqua which Kormilev described from NG ànd Ceram, and 2 new species endemic to Australia. Thus Chinessa now has 26 species of which 23 occur on New Guinea; the only other occurrences 62 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM are on land masses to the immediate east (New Britain), south (Cape York Peninsula) and west (Ceram) of the New Guinea mainland. Of the species on the New Guinea mainland 11 are known only from altitudes above 1,000m. Addi- tionally, the fact that 14 New Guinea species are still known only from unique specimens indicates that many more species may be discovered in future. Chinessa evolved on New Guinea and is radiating rapidly there at medium to high alti- tudes with some dispersal to adjacent landmasses. An interesting feature is the coexistence of numbers of species at single localities. For in- stance in New Guinea 7 species are recorded from the vicinity of Enarotadi in Irian Jaya and 4 occur at Wau in the east; this same phenomenon extends to Australian where all 4 recorded species occupy similar habitats at Iron Range. The great number of apparently sympatric species, many of them described from single specimens, might indicate that Chinessa species exhibit polymorphism or individual intraspecific variation which authors have falsely interpreted as specific variation. However modern collections from Iron Range have produced long series of all 4 species which occur there. Often more than 1 species occur in mixed aggregations. Each species is uniform morphologically with no indication of inter- grades, variability or polymorphism. This indi- cates that the phenomenon of minor species ‘swarms’ is real in Chinessa. The typical habitat for Chinessa is on the outer bark surface of the underside of fallen logs. This is the habitat typical of wingless species but it is curious that the tendency to wing loss has been suppressed in Chinessa. Only a single brachyp- terous species is known, namely the New Guinea C. brachyptera Kormilev. An intriguing feature of Chinessa in Australia is that although colonies are often quite large in number of individuals and they occur in the typ- ical much-searched habitat on log undersides, they are encountered very sporadically. I have collected aradids intensively at Iron Range on 7 visits of 1-3 weeks each, over 20 years. In that period C. iniqua and C. spiniceps have each been collected only once (14 and 3 specimens, respec- tively), C. claudiae has been collected twice (103 specimens) and C. pusilla has been taken 4 times (13 specimens). Morphologically the genus is notable for its prominent, divergent genal processes, its back- wardly-directed, postocular head lobes, its in- curved anterolateral projections of the pronotum and the acute extensions of connexiva of abdom- inal segment VII. All these features occur in the type species but one or more are absent in many of the subsequently described species; however the uniform overall facies indicates that we are dealing with a monophyletic group, albeit one undergoing rapid evolution. KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CHINESSA 1. Pronotum with anterolateral angles produced for- ward as tapering processes which curve inwards towards the head; spiracles of abdominal seg- ment VII not visible in dorsal view; St VII of d with a small, circular, polished callus on each side of middle at about half its length .... 2 Pronotum with anterolateral angles rounded, not produced forward; spiracles of abdominal seg- ment VII situated on lateral edge and visible in dorsal view; St VIL of d with a swollen polished area on each side adjacent to anterior margin of segment 2(1). Genal processes long, strongly divergent and apically sharply pointed; posterolateral angles of Cx VI strongly projecting and sharply angulate; posterior projections of Cx VII sharply pointed, much longer than paratergites of VIII Eelse p ANNA Mn bispiniceps (Walker) Genal processes short, blunt, not strongly diver- gent; posterolateral angles of Cx VI slightly pro- jecting, rounded; projections of Cx VII blunter as long as, or barely longer than, paratergites of VPA 1752365. eid aom i claudiae sp. nov. 3(1). Submedian areas of fore lobe of pronotum raised into conical tubercles; posterolateral an- gles of Cx VI projecting as blunt lobes; glabrous swellings of St VII of ó not differentiated into short, oblique ridges iniqua Kormilev Submedian areas of pronotum weakly convex, not conically raised; posterolateral angles of Cx VI not projecting; glabrous swellings of d St VII forming short oblique ridges abutting the an- terior margin pusilla sp.nov. Chinessa bispiniceps (Walker, 1873) (Figs 4G, 24C,F,L,O) Crimia bispiniceps Walker, 1873: 20 (descr.). Artabanus bispiniceps: Distant, 1902: 359 (generic transfer); Kormilev, 1955b: 201 (descr. of female; figs; misident.). Chinessa bispiniceps. Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 270, 271 (generic transfer; fig.) Kormilev, 1971:118, 122 (incl. inkey); Vásárhelyi, 1985: 174 (fig.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 124 (listed). LECTOTYPE. Walker (1873) described this spe- cies from 5 specimens stated as 'a-d. New Guinea. Presented by W.W. Saunders, Esq. e. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 63 New Guinea. From Mr Wallace’s collection’. I have examined all 5 specimens (2 d and 3 9) in the British Museum. The Wallace specimen (a @ ) bears a circular green edged label stating ‘Type’, and is illustrated by Arthur Smith (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: fig. 78); the caption refers to it as the "Type Female'. However, as advised by Mr W. Dolling, the green 'Type' labels on Walker's syntypes do not have any status and there has never been any formal selection of a lectotype. Since Walker's original description only referred to the d ,sincethisis the type species of Chinessa, and since the syntypic series is composite it is appropriate that this opportunity is taken to fix a lectotype. The labels currently on the five speci- mens are as follows: Specimen A (female): Type / 17. Crimia bispiniceps / Saunders 65,13 / Dor. / Dorey Wallace / Spec figured/ Acanthogenys bispiniceps (Walk.) det R.L.Usinger '49, Specimen B (female): S / Saunders 85.13 / Crimia bispiniceps Walkers Catal. (right wing card-mounted beneath). Specimen C (male): Bac. / Saunders 65.13 Specimen D (male): S / Saunders 65.13 / Crimia bispiniceps Walker's Catal / Chinessa bispiniceps (Walker) (in Usinger's hand). Specimen E (male): N / Saunders 65.13 / Crimia bispiniceps Walkers Catal. Usinger & Matsuda (1959) commented on what they perceived to be ‘an astonishing degree of sexual dimorphism' in the type series because the d lacked the projecting pronotal lobes of the 9, Kormilev (1971) suggested there were ‘actu- ally 2 species' because of the pronotal variation mentioned by Usinger & Matsuda. Having exam- ined the type series, and given the species diver- sity now known in Chinessa, I believe that the 5 pri: represent 5 different species. The two belong in the section of the genus with project- ing, inturned pronotal lobes. Specimen A was obviously considered to be the type by Usinger & Matsuda (1959) and is so labelled in their illustra- tion. In Usinger's handwriting it bears an unpub- lished generic name, which was obviously changed to Chinessa before publication. It runs directly to bispiniceps in Kormilev's (1971) key and its illustration has been taken as the definitive representation by all authors. Specimen B lacks the prominent angulations of Cx VI seen in A and runs to forfex/armata in Kormilev's key. This specimen has its tergal plate exposed and seems to be the origin of Fig. 58A in Usinger & Matsuda (1959). Specimens C, D and E, belong in the section of the genus with unmodified anterior angles of the pronotum and run to iniqua/modesta in Kormilev's key. However they differ from each other in shape of CX VI and VII and in submedian tubercles on the pronotum. Specimen Dislabelled C. bispiniceps by Usinger but cannot be conspecific with the figured 9 (Specimen A). Since the present study does not deal with the complex New Guinea fauna it is not appropriate to attempt to deal with the identity of all speci- mens. It should be noted that the specimen in the HNHM used for Kormilev's (1955b) description and figure of the 9 of bispiniceps is also not that species because it lacks projecting, incurved pro- notal lobes. I hereby select and label Specimen A as the lectotype thus preserving Usinger's inten- tion and conforming with usage since 1959. The other syntypes are not conspecific. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Type series and 36 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: West Claudie River, Iron Range, 28 1 9, 29-30.ix.1974, GBM, in QM; Mt Finnigan slopes, 30km S Cooktown, 400m, 19, 3.vii.1982, SJP, in ANIC; Upper Mulgrave River, via Gordonvale, 15d 109, 1-3.xii.1965, GBM, 3d 19, 15. viii.1966, GBM, 1 9, 26-27.xii.1967, GBM; Palm- erston NP, 350-400m, 1 8 19,2.1.1990, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, UQIC). MEASUREMENTS. Lectotype 9, first, then range of 28 and 29 from Australia. L: 7.28, 6.66-7.00, 7.66-7.91; W: 3.35, 2.69-2.81, 3.35- 3.60; HL: 1.55, 1.45-1.56, 1.50; HW: 1.25, 1.16- 1.15, 1.25; PL: 1.16, 1.00-1.09, 1.10; PW: 2.62, 2.34-2.35, 2.56-2.75; AS: I, 0.53, 0.47-0.41, 0.47- 0.48; II, 0.47, 0.37-0.41, 0.47-0.46; III, 0.59, 0.53-0.50, 0.59-0.58; IV, 0.56, 0.53-0.50, 0.56- 0.52; SL: 1.28, 1.15-1.12, 1.30-1.35; SW: 1.60, 1.41-1.62, 1.56-1.70; WL: 4.00, 3.50, 3.85-4.15; corium length: 1.50, 1.44-1.50, 1.50-1.60. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 25). New Guinea and northern Queensland as far S as the Cairns dis- trict. In New Guinea, C. bispiniceps seems to be principally a lowland species and is widespread. These features of its distribution pattern undoubt- edly predisposed it to be the species which has penetrated furthest into Australia. In Australia it occurs both at Iron Range (one collection) and in the Cairns rainforest system. In the latter region it appears very localized and has been taken prin- cipally in the lowland rainforests of the Upper Mulgrave River Valley where it is common. The singleton from the lower slopes (400m) of Mt Finnigan is the only record above lowlands. REMARKS. Australian specimens are uniform from all localities. Females agree with the New Guinea lectotype 9. Since I have positive corre- 64 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM lation of d' and 9 in long series from Australia it is now possible to be sure of the characteristics of the d (Figs 24C,24F), Vásárhelyi (1985) illustrated the apex of the abdomen of an Austra- lian (Mulgrave River) d specimen. Parameres (Fig. 240) and spermathecae (Fig. 24L) of Aus- tralian specimens are illustrated here. Chinessa claudiae sp. nov. (Figs 23, 24G-LK,N) TYPE. Holotype č , fron Range, Cape York Peninsula. 16-23.xi.1965, G. Monteith, QMT11657 MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 102 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, 15d 92, 16-23.xi,1965, GBM; West Claudie R., Iron Range, rainforest, 50m, 558 249, 3-10.xii.1985, GBM & DJC, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, UQIC, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM). (paratypes: QMT26386-26468), DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 6.1-7.2mm long, with narrow anterior pronotal processes and blunt genal processes. MALE. Head length 1.1-1.2 times width; postocular margins of head parallel behind eyes then deeply excised into the neck leaving back- wardly directed lobes; antenniferous tubercles divergent, apically acute, reaching to 1/2 length of first antennal segment, genal processes short, blunt, not strongly divergent, reaching a little beyond apex of first antennal segment. Rostrum slightly longer than the broad, shallow rostral groove which is parallel-sided and semi-closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.32-1.43 times head length, segment II shortest, segment III longest. Pronotum width 2,1-2,3 times median length; anterolateral angles produced forward as narrow lobes which curve mesally at their apices; collar distinct but narrow; fore lobe grooved along mid- line; submedian areas each with a glabrous callus posterior to a high conical tubercle: sublateral areas each with a small tubercle lower than sub- median tubercles; posterior pronotal lobe coarsely granulate and depressed on each side of midline. Scutellum width 1.25-1.40 times length; anterolateral angles each with a tooth projecting over pronotal border; lateral margins bordered except apically; disc rugose-punctate with an ir- regular median carina. Hemelytra reaching 1o half length of Tg VII; coria apically straight reaching to half length of Cx III; membranes black with disunct veins. Abdominal Cx punctate on mesal 2/3 and smooth on outer 1/3; Cx II and III fused; margins FIG. 23. Dorsal view of ¢ Chinessa elaudiae. of Cx Hand III fused; margins of Cx I-V straight; margin of Cx VI slightly protuberant; margin of Cx VIL each with an angulate projection reaching to, or a little beyond, apex of paratergites of VIII. Spiracles of segments I-VI ventral, those of VII sublateral and just visible from above. Suture between St VI and VII straight, m middle and angled backwards at sides; St VIT with a smooth, oval callus on each side at half its length. Parameres as in Fig. 24N. FEMALE. As for d except: abdomen much broader; St VII without calli; hemelytra reaching almost to hind margin of Tg VI; spermatheca (Fig. 24K) with apical half of duct sclerotised. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 6.17, 6.33- 6.50, 7.17; W: 2.75, 2.92-3.00, 3.58-3.67; HL: 1.32, 1.40, 1.44-1.50; HW: 1.10, 1.16-1.20, 1.30; PL: 1,00. 1.10-1.16, 1.14-1, 16; PW: 2.28, 2.34- 2,40, 2.60-2.75: AS: L 0.40, 0.46-0.48, 0.48-0.50; REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 65 II, 0.36, 0.40-0.42, 0.44; III, 0.50, 0.54-0.56, 0.60; IV, 0.48, 0.52, 0.52; SL: 0.96, 1.04-1.10, 1.20; WL: 3.33, 3.50, 3.75; corium length: 1.38, 1.40-1.50, 1.60-1.64. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 25). Lowland rainforest at Iron Range, northern Cape York Peninsula. REMARKS. This species is related to C. bispiniceps and shares with that species all the typical features of the genus except for the short, blunt genal prongs of claudiae. In November 1965 it was taken in mixed colonies with C. pusilla. In December 1985 a very large colony was located on the underside of a small log but this time it shared the situation with a small proportion of C. iniqua. The species is named for the Claudie River along which the rich rainforests grow at Iron Range, and which in turn was named for his daughter by noted early Peninsula gold prospec- tor Billy Lakeland about 1890. Chinessa pusilla sp. nov. (Figs 24B,D,E,M) TYPE. Holotype d, Iron Range, Cape York Pen., N. Qld., 16-23.xi.1965, G. Monteith, QMT11658. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 12 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 78 19, 16-23.xi.1965, GBM, 28 1, 28.iv.-1.v.1968, GBM, 19, 1-9.vi.1971, GBM, 18, 27-30.iv.1973, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, UQIC) (paratypes, QMT26376-26384). DESCRIPTION. Small, 5.5-6.2mm long, lack- ing both anterior projections and submedian ele- vations on the pronotum. MALE. Head length 1.7-2.8 times width; postocular margins produced strongly backwards and deeply incised between projection and neck; antenniferous tubercles divergent, rather blunt, reaching basal third of second antennal segment. Rostrum slightly longer than rostral groove. An- tennae 1.35-1.45 times head length; segments I and II subequal, shortest; segment III longest. Pronotum width 2.3-2.4 times median length; anterolateral angles rounded, projecting slightly forward; collar distinct but narrow; submedian area of fore lobe consisting of a slightly raised glabrous callus on each side of median groove; sublateral areas swollen but not forming tuber- cles; posterior lobe of pronotum granulate, de- pressed on each side of midline. Scutellum with width 1.3-1.4 times length; basal angles with a small tooth on each side projecting over base of pronotum; lateral margins bordered except at apex; disc rugose-punctate, with median ridge obsolete. Hemelytra reaching to a little beyond hind margin of Tg VI, coria with apices straight, reaching just beyond hind margin of Cx II; mem- branes dark, veined. Abdomen with margins of Cx II-V straight; margin of Cx VI slightly protuberant at hind angles; margin of segment VII with apices of angulations blunt and shorter than apex of paratergites of VIII; surface of dorsal Cx plates uniformly punctate; Cx II and III fused. Spiracles of segments II- VI ventral, those of VII sublateral. Suture between St VI and VII curved posteriorly in middle and angled backwards at sides; St VII with a raised, smooth callus defined by a short ridge on each side of middle immediately behind fore margin. Parameres as in Fig. 24M. FEMALE. As for ó except: abdomen much broader; hemelytra reaching to hind margin of Tg VE St VII without calli. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ¢ first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 5.50, 5.50- 5.67, 6.17; W: 2.36, 2.40-2.42, 2.88-2.90; HL: 1.22, 1.20-1.22, 1.32-1.36; HW: 0.98, 1.00-1.04, 1.06- 1.08; PL: 0.84, 0.86-0.88, 0.96-0.98; PW: 1.96, 2.08, 2.24-2.26; AS: I, 0.40, 0.40-0.42, 0.44-0.46; II, 0.38, 0.40, 0.42; IM, 0.48, 0.50, 0.52-0.56; IV, 0.42, 0.42-0.44, 0.46-0.48; SL: 0.92, 0.92-0.94, 1.06-1.10; SW: 1.24, 1.30-1.32, 1.40; WL: 2.84, 2.90-2.92, 3.32-3.33; corium length: 1.20, 1.30- 1.40, 1.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 25). Lowland rainforest at Iron Range, northern Cape York Peninsula. REMARKS. This is one of the smallest species in the genus and is related to the New Guinea species, C. modesta Kormilev (1971), which was described from a unique 9 from Maprik on the northern side of the island. Chinessa pusilla dif- fers from modesta by its flat pronotal tubercles and its longer genal processes. I have before me a series of an undescribed species, also related to modesta, from Kerevat on New Britain so this element of Chinessa is one which has crossed sea barriers from New Guinea on at least 2 occasions. 66 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 2.0mm 0.5mm FIG. 24, Chinessa and Usingerida spp.; A, C. iniqua 9 ; B, C. pusilla d ; C, C. bispiniceps 3; D-J, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); D, C. pusilla d v; E, C. pusilla 9 d; F, C. bispiniceps d v; G-l, C. claudiae; G, G d;H, 9 d; I, d v; J, C. iniqua d d; K-L, spermathecae; K, C. claudiae; L, C. bispiniceps; M-O, parameres; M, C. pusilla; N, C. claudiae; O, C. bispiniceps; P-S, Usingerida roberti; P, ventral apex; Q, 9 ventral apex; R, spermatheca; S, paramere. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 67 Chinessa iniqua Kormilev, 1971 (Fig 24A,J) Chinessa iniqua Kormilev, 1971: 129 (descr.; figs; incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 125 (listed). TYPE, Holotype £, W New Guinea, Bodem, 100m, L1km SE Oerberfaren, 7-17.v11.1959, T.C.Maa. BPBM 9081. Not examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 14 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND; West Claudie R., Iron Range, rainforest, 50m, 68. 79, 3-10.xii. 1985, GBM & DIC. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Busu R, 50m, 1 2, 14.1.1965, LSedlacek, det. by Kormilev in 1972 as Chinessa edi In QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, IC). MEASUREMENTS OF AUSTRALIAN SPEC- IMENS. Range of 26 and 29 paratypes. L: 6.92- 7.08, 7.08-7.91; W: 3.00, 3.25-3.70; HL: 1.35-1.41, 1.50-1,56; HW: 1.20-1.25, 1.22-1.30; PL: 1.09-1.15, 1.09-1.19; PW: 2.50-2.66, 2.50- 2.75; AS: I, 0.48-0.52, 0,48-0,56; II, 0.42-0.44, 0.44-0.50; HT, 0.54, 0.56-0.60; TV, 0.50-0.52, 0,52-0,56; SL; 1.19-1,25, 1.12-1,41; SW: 1.60- 1.66, 1.56-1.75; WL: 3.65-3.75, 3.70-4.25; co- rium length: 1.65-1.75, 1.60-1.75. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 25). Iron Range in Cape York Peninsula, on underside of fallen, dead wood on the ground in rainforest, REMARKS. This species fits Kormilev's descrip- non well and agrees with the New Guinea 9 cited above. Kormilev erected two subspecies, one from Irian Jaya (C. iniqua iniqua) and one from Ceram in the Moluccas (C. iniqua ceramensis) based on a single 2 which differed in slight details. Until the complex New Guinea faunais reviewed there is little point in attempting to assign the Austra- lian population to à subspecific category. In New Guinea this is a lowland species and its presence on Ceram shows its propensity for wider dispersal, as with C. bispiniceps (see above). Thus it is not surprising that it is also one of the species which has established in Cape York Pen- insula. It hàs been taken there on only one occa- sion, mixed with a large aggregation of C. claudiae. Clavicornia Kormilev, 1960 Clavicornia Kormilev, 1960: 167 (descr.); Kormilev, 1971; 9 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 128 (catalogue of spp.) 4 C. bispiniceps pu EU a — ÀÀ— ]oÓÀÁ — I€—Á— pm 448"E li E CHINESSA “le * © C. claudiae + C. pusilla * C. iniqua CLAVICORNIA * C. usingeri 16s ^w. Townsville 4. n m iL 4d FIG. 25. Records for species of Chinessa and Clavicornia in northem Queensland. TYPE SPECIES. Clavicornia usingeri Kormilev, 1960, by original designation. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8E). The two described species occur in New Guinea, New Britain, north Queensland and India but unidentified specimens are known from Sarawak (Borneo) and the Malay Peninsula (QM). DIAGNOSIS. Very small, macropterous; head wider than long; postocular margins of head not angulate or tuberculate; eyes large, sessile; an- tenniferous tubercles absent, clypeus short, with- out genal processes. Rostral atrium closed and slit-hke. Antennae thick with basal segments al- most approximated: segment IV without petiolate base, swollen and apically subtruncate. Pronotum with anterior lobe much narrower than hind lobe; anterolateral angles of fore labe truncately angulate; submedian areas of dise of fore lobe flat and depressed; sublateral areas each with a rugose longitudinal ridge which runs pos- teriorly on to the hind lobe and terminates at an irregular transverse ridge which crosses the mid- dle of the hind lobe. Scutellum with a lateral tooth on each side projecting forward over hind lobe of pronotum; its centre elevated into a triradiate ridge. Hemelytra with coria long, reaching well beyond apex of scutellum; membranes larger, veinless, covering all of tergal disc inside the connexiva, Connexiva II and IH fused. 65 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Meso-and metasterna wide, fused with abdom- inal sternum Il into à large smooth plate; stema TIL, TV and V each with a broad, transverse de- pression across antenor half. Spiracles of H ab- sent, spiracles of I-VI close to ventral margin and sometimes visible from above, Fore tibial combs long and upright. REMARKS. This genus of very small mezirines is related 10 Chiastoplenia, Acoryphocoris and Aphelocoris, all of which share its small size and reduction of clypeal region of head so that the bases of the antennae become approximated, Clavicornia differs from all of them in loss of spiracles of the secand abdominal segment and in the distinctive pattern of two longitudinal ridges on the pronotum. There is little variation in the specimens before me from SE Asia through to Australia and the genus may be represented by a single ‘stock’ which has invaded the Indo-Pacific archipelago from mainland Asia. Kiritshenkiessa Kormilev, 1971 from a unique d from south India, seems to be an apterous derivative of Clavicorma. 1 have collected 2 further probable species of Kiritshenkigssa from the Malay Peninsula. Ap- lerous Smetanacons Heiss, 1989 from Sabah, also appears to be a derivative of the Clavicornia line. All these tiny species agree with Claviconna in head and pronutal structure and share its dis- tinctive thoracic sterna. These various flightless relatives in SE Asia but not in New Guinea can be interpreted as evidence of recent migration into rhe eastern part of its range. The only species recorded from Australia is the type. Clavicornia usingeri Kormilev. 1960 Clavicornia usingeri Kormilev, 1960: 169 (descr.); Kormilev, 19673: 75 (descr. of suhspp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 128 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 3, Erima, Astrolabe Bay, New Guinea, 1856, Biro, in HNHM. Not examined. REMARKS. This species has riot been reported in the literature from New Guinea since it was described but I have new material from Pop- ondetta on the mainland and from Kerevat, New Britain, the latter being the first record from the Bismarck Archipelago. Kormilev (1967d), in re- cording the species from two localities in Aus- iralia, erected 4 new subspecies to contain those populations as follows. Clavicornia usingeri lata Kormilev, 1967 (Fig. 27A-B) Clavicornia usingeri granulata Kormilev, 1967d; 73 (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 129 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 3, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 16-23 xi.1965, G. Monteith, OM T6566. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 57 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, allotype d, paratype d, 16- 23.xi. 1965, GBM, 4d 9, 28iv-4.y. 968, GBM, in QM, Lå, ANIC Berlesate No. 313, 14. vi. 197], Taylor & Feehan; Claudie R., Iron Range, l d , 19-25.vii.1978. J.F.Lawrence. in ANIC; West Claudie R., Iron Range, 28 |9,3-[0,xii. 1985, GBM & DIC; Shiptons Flat, via Helenvale, 3d 22, 20-27.vi.1974, GBM & DIC, in QM, Moses Ck, 4km NE Mt Finnigan, 1 d, 14- 16.x.1980, TAW, in ANIC; Big Tableland, 740m, 13, Night intercept trap, 20.xii.1990-8.1,199], ANZSES: Crystal Cascades, 1 3 2 9 paratypes, 29 xi. 19655, GBM, 24 29,8.vii.1968, GBM; Upper Mulgrave River, 1 2 paratype 1-3.xii.]965, GBM, 4d, 26-27.x1i.1967, GBM; Wailaman Falls, via Ingham, 28 49, 1.x, 1980, GBM; Broadwater Park, 35 km NW Ingham, 50m, 5d 79, 16.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in QM. (QM du- plicates lodged in BMNH, MDPI, UQIC, SAM, EH). (QM paratypes: QMT15118-15120, QMT29603-604). DESCRIPTION. Very small, macroplerous, 2.73-3, 23mm long, with closed rostral atrium, 2 longitudinal ridges on pronotum. Pale reddish brown, MALE. Head width 1.2-1.35 times length; eye large, not exserted; rostral groove partly closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.8-2.0 times head length; all segments very stout, particularly the first and fourth; segments I, HI and IV with length sub- equal, longer than that of segment H. Pronotum width about 1.6 times median length; anterior lobe with collar wide and separated from disc by furrows which coalesce to give à median furrow; anterolateral angles produced as short obliquely truncate flanges. Scutellum with width 1.3-1.5 times length; basal half with a transverse elevation; distal half with a median ridge. Hemelytra reaching to apical half of tergum VH: coria with 2 prominent longitudinal veins meet- ing distally, Margins of connexiva I-V straight, posterior an- gles of connexiva VI protruding; margins of con- nexiva VII angulate. Paratergites of VII clavate. longer than apex of small pygophore. Spiracles of segments I-VI situated close to lateral mar- gin, those of V clearly visible from above, Ster- num VII strongly convex beneath the pygophore. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 69 FEMALE. As for d except: divided halves of sternum VII strongly convex; paratergites of VIII long, cylindrical. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 3.16, 2.75- 3.16, 3.00-3.25; W: 1.22, 1.04-1.20, 1.14-1.26; HL; 0.40, 0.42-0.44, 0.40-0.44; HW: 0.50, 0.48- 0.52, 0.52-0.54; PL: 0.70, 0.64-0.68, 0.68-0.72; PW: 1.14, 1.02-1.12, 1.08-1.14; AS: I, 0.22, 0.20- 0.22, 0.22; IL, 0.14, 0.14, 0.14-0.16; III, 0.24, 0.22, 0.22; IV, 0.22, 0.22, 0.22; SL: 0.44, 0.36- 0.46, 0.40; SW: 0.64, 0.52-0.60, 0.60-0.64; WL: 2.10, 1.76-2.00, 2.00-2.10. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 25). On the underside of old logs in rainforest at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula and in the main north Queensland rainforest system between Cooktown and the Herbert River valley. REMARKS. Kormilev separated the Australian forms as a separate subspecies on the basis of several minor features including granulation of the hind lobe of pronotum, colour and absence of a small metapleural tubercle. These features vary among the Australian and New Guinea represen- tatives I have seen and it will probably prove difficult to sustain a viable subspecific nomencla- ture. I retain Kormilev’s name intact. The only other described species C. subparallela Heiss, 1982a, from India. Chiastoplonia China, 1930 Chiastoplonia China, 1930: 104 (descr.); Matsuda & Usinger, 1957: 167-8 (descr.; incl. in key; key to spp.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 198,293 (descr.; incl. in key); Kormilev, 1971: 9, 137 (incl. in key); Kormilev, 1978: 245 (key to spp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 123 (list of spp.) TYPE SPECIES. Chiastoplonia pygmaea China, 1930 by original designation. DISTRIBUTION (Fig 9A). 18 species range from Ceylon and south China across the Indo-Pa- cific Archipelago to Micronesia, Samoa and E Australia. REMARKS. This genus comprises a group of macropterous species among which are some of the smallest Aradidae known. It is very closely related to Acoryphocoris Usinger & Matsuda, and, as more species are described in each genus, the distinction between the two is becoming so ill-defined that it will probably become necessary to eventually sink Acoryphocoris under Chiastoplonia. When Usinger & Matsuda pro- posed Acoryphocoris they separated it from Chiastoplonia principally by its closed rostral atrium. Some Acoryphocoris species described by Kormilev (1971) have the atrium partly open and he pointed to the elongate coria as being the principal difference shown by Acoryphocoris. But even this feature varies within otherwise homogeneous groups of species. The single species previously recorded from Australia, C. minuta Kormilev, was only known to occur in southern Queensland and was appar- ently geographically remote from its nearest con- geners in New Guinea. The 4 additional species recorded here from intervening areas and the extension of the range of C. minuta to north Queensland show that the genus is distributed along almost the whole of the eastern Australian seaboard. Four of the five known Australian spe- cies are sympatric at Iron Range in Cape York Peninsula. While it is possible that some of these species may prove to be shared with New Guinea when that fauna is better collected, at present there is no evidence that this is so. Chiastoplonia species are very difficult to hand collect in the field because of their small size and the fact that they often coat themselves with debris. However they occur in large colonies in crevices of rough bark on large dead trees and logs and may be obtained by spraying with pyre- thrum. KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CHIASTOPLONIA 1. Coria with a prominent longitudinal vein con- vexly raised above the corial surface; head and prothorax with many erect hairs, often forming linear patterns; hind lobe of pronotum usually with a prominent transverse crest of erect hairs; antero-lateral angles of pronotum with flattened flanges projecting vertically Coria without a prominent convex vein; head and prothorax virtually glabrous; pronotal hind lobe without a transverse crest of hairs; antero-lateral angles of pronotum without vertically projecting Flanges... i a he A Aa mh AF ond 3 2(1). Anterior declivity of pronotal hind lobe with a median tubercle about as high as transverse crest; margins of connexiva VII in female form- ing anacuteangle....... bamaga sp. nov. Anterior declivity of pronotal hind lobe without a conspicuous median tubercle; margins of con- nexiva VII in female forming an obtuse angle minuta Kormilev 70 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 3(1). Third antennal segment more than twice length of second; connexiva bicoloured; antero-lateral angles of pronotum with prominent, horizontal, flattened lobes ........ thoracica sp.nov. Third antennal segment less than twice length of second; connexiva concolorous; antero-lateral angles of pronotum without flattened lobes . . 4 4(3). Antennal segments 2, 3 and 4 subequal in length; pronotum with lateral margins of both fore and hind lobes rounded . . pygmaea China Antennal segment 3 much longer than 2 or 4; pro- notum with lateral margins of both fore and hind lobes angulate granulata sp.nov. Chiastoplonia minuta Kormilev, 1965 (Figs 27E,G,I) Chiastoplonia minuta Kormilev,1965a: 30 (descr.); Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (misident. of Chiastplonia granulata sp. n.); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev, 1978: 246 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 123 (listed). TYPE. Holotype ¢ QMT6330, Bunya Mts,Qld., 2- 4.v.1964, G. Monteith, in QM. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 128 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Halcyon; Wind- sor Tbld, 1050m; Black Mtn, 4.5km N Mt Spurgeon; Mt Lewis Rd, 950m; Black Mtn, via Julatten, 800- 1000m; Mt Formartine Sth, 700m; Douglas Ck, Lamb Range, 900m; Curtain Fig CSIRO Tower; Lake Barr- ine, 750m; Lake Eacham, 750m; Danbulla SF, in QM; Gadgarra Road, 700m; Peeramon Scrub, 750m; 3km W Bones Knob, 1 100m; Crater NP, 950m; Bartle Frere, west side, 700m; PEI Road, Topaz, 580m; Wongabel SF, 800m; Mt Father Clancy, 950m; 1.5km N Upper Tully R Xing, 750m; Kirrama Range; Mt Hosie, 930m; CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Eungella NP; Upper East Funnel Ck, in QM. SOUTHERN QUEENS- LAND: Conondale Range; Mary Cairncross Park, Maleny; Mt Glorious; Bunya Mts; Lamington NP, in OM; Joalah NP, Tamborine Mt., in ANIC. NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom Scrub, via Urbenville, in OM; Minnamurra Falls, via Kiama; Mt Keira Scout Camp, 320m, in ANIC. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, UQIC). (paratypes: QMT29619-29623). DESCRIPTION. Small, 2.8-3.25mm long with erect setae on head, prothorax and scutellum, with connexiva VII of 2 obtusely angled. Red- dish brown; connexiva pale with a dark blotch at each intersegmental suture from III to VII. MALE. Head width 1.15-1.25 times length; its dorsum with rows of setae as follows: V-shaped row on centre of vertex, longitudinal row on each side running from inner margin of eyes to poste- rior margin of head; postocular margins slightly convex and bearing setal tufts; antenniferous tu- bercles flattened, angular, reaching basal two fifths of antennal segment I. Rostral atrium broadly open; rostral groove open posteriorly. Antennae 2.5-2.7 times head length; segment III longest, a little more than twice length of II; segments I and IV subequal; segment I bent. Pronotum with width 2.1-2.4 times median length; anterior lobe narrowed, lateral margins each raised into a vertical, longitudinal ridge which runs posteriorly on to posterior lobe to become obsolete; anterior lobe with a median sulcus flanked by two low submedian elevations; hind lobe with a transverse row of of erect setae running across full width. Scutellum with raised, setose, median ridge; lateral margins carinate but carinae terminating before apex giving apex a notched appearance; basal angles each with a laterally projecting tooth; midline of base project- ing over pronotal margin. Hemelytra extending to middle of tergum VII; coria reduced but with a prominent convex vein near outer margin ex- tending beyond apex of scutellum; membranes veinless. Abdomen with connexival margins straight on II-VI, weakly angulate on VII. Paratergites of VII short, clavate, with spiracles laterad of apices. Prosternum with median groove; meso- and metasterna broadly depressed; abdominal sterna II-VI each with anterior half depressed and punc- tate; sternum VII convex below pygophore, the convexity bearing two minute shining tubercles. Spiracles of II-III lateral, those of IV sublateral, those of V-VII ventral. FEMALE. As for d except: paratergites of VIII divergent, connexiva VII obtusely angulate; ster- num VII without convexity and tubercles. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 3.16, 2.80- 3.00, 3.08-3.25; W: 1.20, 1.18-1.20, 1.42-1.50; HL: 0.38,0.38-0.42,0.42-0.44; HW: 0.42, 0.48- 0.50, 0.52-0.54; PL: 0.54, 0.50-0.56, 0.54-0.56; PW: 1.14, 1.16,1.28-1.30; AS: I, 0.24, 0.22-0.24, 0.24-0.26; II, 0.18, 0,.178-0.18, 0.18-0.20; III, 0.38, 0.38-0.40,0.38-0.40; IV, 0.24, 0.24-0.26, 0.26; SL: 0.52, 0.44-0.46, 0.54-0.56; SW: 0.64, 0.68-0.70, 0.72; WL: 1.80, 1.80-1.86, 2.00-2.10; CL: 0.60, 0.60, 0.64-0.70. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 28). Mostly in mountain rainforests from S New South Wales to the Wet Tropics around Cairns. Kormilev (1965b) re- corded a 9 in NRS (Stockholm) from *Jarrabah' (misspelling for the label locality of Yarrabah in REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 71 north Queensland) as this species. This is an unrelated species described below as C. granulata sp. nov. REMARKS. Chiastoplonia minuta belongs to the group of species which approach the defini- tion of Acoryphocoris in some respects, espe- cially the produced outer vein of the corium. It is most closely related to the following species, C. bamaga sp. nov. Chiastoplonia bamaga sp. nov. (Fig. 27D) TYPE. Holotype ? QMT11659, Bamaga, Cape York, N. Qld., 3-6.vi.1969, G.B. Monteith, in QM. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 76 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: 3km E of Lockerbie, Cape York, 1 9 , 30.i-4.ii,1975, GBM; West Claudie R, Iron Range, 328 289, 3-10.xii.1985, GBM,DJC; Packers Ck, nr Portland Roads, 2d 19, 6.xii.1985, GBM,DJC, in QM; 9km ENE Mt Tozer, 8 d 49, 5-10.vii.1986, TAW, AC, in ANIC. (QM dupli- cates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, UR MNHG, UQIC). (paratypes: QMT29624- 676). DESCRIPTION (Fig. 28). Small, 3.5-3.9mm long, with setae on head, thorax and scutellum, with Cx VII of 9 acutely angled. Colour reddish brown; connexiva with slightly contrasting dark blotches on intersegmental sutures. This species is closely related to C. minuta and the following description is confined to differ- ences from that species. Pronotum with lateral carinae of fore lobe higher; anterior declivity of hind lobe with a median, somewhat transverse, tubercle as high as crest of hind lobe; pronotum a little longer with width only 2.0-2.1 times median length. Posterolateral angles of connexiva II-VI protrud- ing; margin of connexiva VII projecting and acutely angled. Hemelytra with several veins ev- ident on the membrane. Connexiva less strongly patterned. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then paratype 9. L: 3.50, 3.92; W: 1.58, 1.40; HL: 0.42, 0.44; HW: 0.56, 0.54; PL: 0.64, 0.60; PW: 1.30, 1.26; AS: I, 0.26, 0.28, II, 0.20, 0.22, III, 0.44, 0.48, IV, 0.24; SL: 0.48, 0.52; SW: 0.76, 0.72; WL: 2.20, 2.10; CL: 0.76, 0.66. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 28). Isolated rainforests of Cape York Peninsula. Chiastoplonia granulata sp. nov. (Figs 26, 27F) Chiastoplonia minuta: Kormilev, 1965b (misident.) TYPE. Holotype d QMT11660, Cooper Creek, 18 mi. N of Daintree River, N.Qld., 21-22.v.1969, GBM. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 20 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: 9km ENE Mt Tozer, 28 19, ANIC Berl.1058, 5-10.vii.1986, TAW, AC, in ANIC; Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 1 9, 1-9.vi.1971, GBM; West Claudie R., 1 9, pyrethrum, 3-10.xii.1985, GBM, DJC; Shiptons Flat, 280m, 1d, flight intercept trap, 6.xii.1990-19.1.1991, Qld Mus & ANZSES; Cooper Creek, 18 mi. N Daintee River, 1G 39, 21-22.vi.1969, GBM, in QM; Yarrabah, 19, Mjöberg, in NRS; Wallaman Falls, via Ingham, 6¢ 32, 7.viii.1968, GBM, in QM. (paratypes: QMT 14134-14147, QMT29609-29610). DESCRIPTION. Small, glabrous, 2.9-3.2mm long, with granular hind pronotal lobe and re- duced lateral rims of fore pronotal lobe. Colour uniformly reddish brown. MALE. Head width across eyes usually a little greater than median length, its surface granular and glabrous; postocular tubercles slightly devel- oped, reaching almost to outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles short, angulate but bluntly so; clypeus short and narrowly pointed. Rostral atrium broadly open; rostral groove par- tially closed behind. Antennae with length 2.35- 2.65 times head length; segment III longest, about 1.5 times length of II; segment I and IV subequal. Pronotum width 2.0-2.1 times median length; surface glabrous, with anterior declivity of hind lobe coarsely granular and swollen in the middle; anterior lobe with a median sulcus flanked by low submedian elevations; lateral margins of fore lobe carinate and developed into a projection at half length. Scutellum glabrous, its centre with a distinct cross-shaped pattern of ridges; lateral margins carinate, with carinae terminating before apex; basal margin with sublateral teeth project- ing over base of pronotum. Hemelytra reaching hind margin of tergum VII; coria very reduced, shorter than scutellum and without veins; mem- branes without veins. Abdominal connexiva concolorous; postero- lateral angles of connexiva III-VI slightly pro- truding; margins of connexiva VII strongly angulate; paratergites of VIII cylindrical, longer than pygophore and with spiracles apical. Prosternum longitudinally grooved; meso- and metasterna depressed medially; sterna II-VI with basal portion coarsely punctate and with an apical 72 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM strip raised and smooth, smooth areas becoming progressively smaller towards posterior; sternum VII entirely punctate, swollen below pygophore but without tubercles. Spiracles of II and III lat- eral, those of IV sublateral, those of V-VII ventral, FEMALE. As for d. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 2.92, 3.00, 3.08-3.16; W: 1.20. 1.20-1.22, 1.34-1,40; HL: 0.44, 0.40-0.42, 0.42-0.48; HW: 0.44, 0.46, 0.48-0.50; PL: 0.52, 0.54, 0.56-0.58; PW: 1.12, 1.10-1.12, 1.16-1.22; AS: I, 0.26, 0.24,0.28-0.30; II, 0.20, 0.20, 0.22-0.24; III, 0.34, 0.34, 0.36-0.40; IV 0.24, 0.24- 0.26, 0.24-0.26;. SL: 0.40, 0.40-0.42, 0.42-0.44; SW: 0.62, 0.62-0.64, 0.64-0.66; WL: 1.80, 1.86- 1.88, 1.90-2.08; CL: 0.34, 0.32-0.34, 0.30-0.32. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 28). Rainforest princi- pally from lowlands from Iron Range in Cape York Peninsula south to near Ingham in N Queensland. REMARKS. The specimen recorded from Yarrabah by Kormilev (1965b) under the name C. minuta belongs here. Chiastoplonia thoracica sp. nov. (Fig. 27C,H) TYPE. Holotype d QMT11661, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, N Qld, 5-10.v.1968, G. Monteith. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 8 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 1d 29, 28.iv-4.v.1968, GBM, 18, 5- 10.v.1968, GBM; West Claudie R, Iron Range, 2d 39, 3-10.xii.1985, GBM, DJC, in QM. (QM duplicate lodged in EH). (paratypes: QMT29611-29617). DESCRIPTION. Small, glabrous, 3.0-3.4mm long, with bicoloured connexiva and prominent, forwardly directed pronotal lobes. MALE. Head width about 1.1 times length, its dorsum with a few adpressed setae; postocular processes developed as narrow lobes reaching to outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles flat- tened, with sharply angulate outer margins; clyp- eus short narrow. Rostral atrium closed; rostral groove partially closed behind. Antennae long, 2.5-2.8 times head length; segment III very long, 2.4-2.8 times length of segmet II; segments I and IV subequal. Pronotum width slightly greater than twice me- dian length; anterior lobe with prominently flat- tened anterolateral angles which extend forward as rounded lobes beyond level of collar and have an angulate lateral projection at half length of anterior lobe; posterior pronotal lobe with ves- tiges of a transverse ridge present on each side of middle; anterior declivity finely granulate, with a convexity at middle. Scutellum with a median ridge for full length, its disc coarsely wrinkled on each side of ridge; lateral margins carinate except at apex; basal margin with a pair of indistinct sublateral teeth projecting forward over pronotal margin. Hemelytra reaching to hind margin of tergum VII; coria extending slightly beyond apex of scutellum, lacking distinct veins; membranes with a few veins evident. Abdominal connexiva pale with dark blotches along intersegmental sutures between segments II-VI; margins of Cx II-IV straight, posterolate- ral angles of V and VI projecting, margin of VII strongly and acutely angled; paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, with spiracles terminal. Presternum longitudinally grooved; meso- and metasterna depressed in middle; sterna III-VI punctate except for a posterior transverse smooth band on each segment; sternum VII punctate, slightly convex below pygophore. Spiracles of segment II-IV lateral, those of V-VII sublateral. FEMALE. As for d except: apices of hemelytra reaching to half length of tergum VII. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ő first, then ranges of additional 2d and 19. L: 3.42, 3.08- 3.33, 3.42; W: 1.44, 1.28-1.30, 1.40; HL: 0.48, 0.44-0.48, 0.50; HW: 0.54, 0.50-0.52, 0.52; PL: 0.60, 0.56-0.58, 0.62; PW: 1.28, 1.14-1.20, 1.26; AS: I, 0,30,0.26-0,30, 0.30; II, 0.20, 0.18-0.20, 0.18; III, 0.56, 0.48-0.50, 0.50; IV, 0.28, 0.26- 0.28, 0.26;. SL: 0,50, 0.44-0.48, 0.46; SW: 0.76, 0.66, 0.68; WL: 2.20, 2.00-2.10, 2.20; CW: 0.60, 0.56-0.60, 0.62. DISTRIBUTION. Iron Range in lowland rainforest. REMARKS. A series of 3d and 39 in QM from New Guinea (Wau, Morobe District, 3-4.11.1966, GBM) runs to C. thoracica in the key presented here but differs in smaller size, more prominent connexival angles and smaller projections on CxVIIL. The only described species from New Guinea is C, lobata Kormilev, 1971, but this species differs markedly from C. thoracica in shape of the pronotal margins. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 73 FIG. 26. Dorsal view of 3 Chiasroplonia granulata. Chiastoplonia pygmaea China, 1930 Chiastoplonia pygmaea China, 1930: 2 (descr., l'ig.); Esaki & Matsuda, 1957: 80 (Micronesia record); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; 294 (listed); Kormilev, 1978: 245 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 123 (listed). MATERIAL EXAMINED, NORTH QUEENS- LAND: West Claudie R., Iron Range, 1 2, pyrethrum knockdown, 3-10.x11.1985, GBM,DJC, in QM. ME CRONESIA: Pelelieu L, Palau Islands, 1d 185. 25.1.1948, H.S, Dybas, in QM, MEASUREMENTS. Iron Range d: L: 2.42 W: 0.98 HL: 0.31 HW: 0.40 PL: 0.43 PW: 0.88 AS: I. 0,21 TI, 0.16 III, 0.24 IV, 0.21 SL: 0.36 SW: 0.43 WL; 1,62 CL: 0.45. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 28). Described [rom Samoa and recorded from the Marshall Islands (Esaki & Matsuda, 1957). Also from Palau. Iron Range in central Cape York Peninsula. REMARKS. This minute species is recorded from Australia on the basis of a single specimen taken by pyrethrum knockdown of dead logs in lowland rainforest at Iron Range. Its presence in Australia, so far from the type locality in Samoa, would be more surprising except for the fact that other records on remote island groups in the Pa- cilic indicate that the species has high dispersal ability, The Iron Range specimen runs to C pygmaea in Kormilev's (1978) key and agrees well with specimens determined as C. pygmaea from Palau by Kormilev. Itis à plain, unicoloured, minute, glabrous spe- cies which differs from others in Australia by its unflanged thorax and its short, stout antennae. Corynophloeobia gen. nov. DESCRIPTION. Small, macropterous. Head about as long as wide; clypeus and genae greatly reduced, reaching ta about 1/3 length of first antennal segment; antenniferous tubercles barely differentiated as rounded lobes; postocular tuber- cles absent: vertex inflated on each side of de- pressed midline of rear half of head. Eyes very small, not exserted, deflected towards the ventral side of the head. Rostral groove deep. bounded by raised carinae, open posteriorly; rostrum aris- ing from a slit-like aperture anteriorly, reaching posteriorly beyond the rostral groove on to the fore margin of the prostemum. Antennae long, twice head length, thick; last segment clavate; basal segments swollen, curved, subcontiguous in front of clypeus. Pronotum with fore lobe narrowed and with a distinct transverse furrow separating fore and hind lobes; collar not differentiated; fore lobe without sublateral or submedian elevations, its midline depressed, A weakly carinate ridge runs from fore lobe to hind lobe on each side just mesal or lateral margins, Pronotum may be subject to sexual dimorphism with these ndges interrupted and the hind Jobe reduced in d . Margins of pro- notum without tubercles or explanate projections. Wings fully developed, slightly shorter in ¢ than ?; corium short, reaching to apex of scutel- lum, without raised veins and with its apex squarely truncate; membranes large, smooth, veinless. Scutellum triangular. with an incipient median carina; its fore margin with 2 large lateral teeth and | small median tooth projecting forward and overlapping the hind pronotal margin. Metathoracic scent glands openings enlarged, elongate, running dorsoventrally, with enlarged evaporative area outside aperture. 74 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM H FIG. 27. A-B, Clavicornia usingeri granulata, A, 3; B, 9 dorsal abdominal apex. C-I, Chiastoplonia spp; C, C. thoracica 3; D, C. bamaga 9; E, C. minuta ó ; F-I, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); F, C. granulata 9 , d; G, C. minuta 3, v; H, C. thoracica 9 , d; 1, C. minuta 9 , d. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 75 CHIASTOPLONIA o C. minuta 4 C. bamaga e C. granulata 4 C. thoracica * C. pygmaea XT 3 pum ys Sydney a o FIG. 28. Records for species of Chiastoplonia in eastern Australia. Brisbane Abdomen with whole of tergal disc smooth, glabrous and concealed beneath the wings. Cx II and III separated by an evident suture; sides of abdomen smooth without projecting connexival margins. Spiracles of segment II on small tuber- cles at lateral body margin and visible in dorsal view; spiracles of segments III-VII ventral, dis- placed from lateral margin. Paratergites of VIII short, rounded, the spiracle situated just external to the apex. Abdominal sterna smooth, with nar- row transverse, depressed band running across anterior margin of St IV, V and VI; midlines of sterna not impressed; St VIL of ó not specialized. Legs very long, both femora and tibiae slender; tarsal claws with small pulvilli. TYPESPECIES. Corynophloeobia dimorpha, sp. nov. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8E). Monotypic, Austra- lian endemic, Sydney area of New South Wales. REMARKS. This genus is allied to a group of very small macropterous genera with tergal disc entirely concealed under the hemelytra and with the spiracles of segment II present and lateral. This group comprises Dolichothyreus Usinger & Matsuda, Chiastoplonia China, Arbanatus Kormilev, Aphelocoris Usinger & Matsuda and Acoryphocoris Usinger & Matsuda from the Indo-Pacific as well as Usingeria Schouteden from the Africa-Malagasy region. The integrity of some of these genera has been eroded by the assignment of various problematic species to them since they were initially defined in Usinger & Matsuda (1959). Within this group Corynophloeobia differs from Chiastoplonia by its closed rostral atrium, from Arbanatus by its reduced clypeus, and from Dolichothyreus, Acoryphocoris and Usingeria by its truncate, ab- breviated coria. It runs to Aphelocoris in the keys of both Kormilev (1971) and Usinger & Matsuda (1959) and I believe its nearest relationships do lie with that genus. However it differs from Aphelocoris by: its very different pronotum which lacks angular projections and has longitu- dinal ridges connecting fore and hind lobes; its simple connexival margins; its stouter antennae; and its lack of antenniferous tubercles. No species of true Aphelocoris occurs in tropical Australia adjacent to the known range of the genus in New Guinea and Indonesia, so this Australian form is considerably isolated geographically. The phe- nomenon of sexual dimorphism of thoracic struc- ture as described for the type species of Corynophloeobia is not known elsewhere in the Mezirinae. Corynophloeobia dimorpha sp. nov. (Fig. 29A-B) TYPE. Holotype d: Australia:NSW. Blue Mts, 7- 900m, Megalong V., 25.xii.1986, Burckhardt, QMT29605. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 11 paratypes: NEW SOUTH WALES: Megalong Valley, Blue Mts, 58 49, 25.xii.1986, Burckhardt, in QM & MNHG; Roseville, 1 2, 6.xii.1950, C.E. Chadwick, in BCRI; Greystanes, 1 2, 2.xii.1972, R. Whitehouse, in QM. (paratypes: QMT29606-29608). DESCRIPTION (Fig. 33). Small, 2.9-3.5mm long, pale, brown, with long, thick antennae and sexually dimorphic thorax. MALE. Head almost circular in dorsal view, roundly inflated on each side of depressed mid- line of hind half of head; depressed midline with a narrow, elongate, polished, longitudinal callus. Antennae long, stout; segment II shortest; seg- ment Ia little longer, thickened and curved down- 76 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM wards; segments III and IV longest, subequal in length. Rostrum arising from a greatly swollen atrium area. Pronotum maximum width 1.7 times median length; fore lobe narrowed, its width about 0.75 times hind lobe width. Fore lobe with anterolat- eral angles roundly inflated; midline, depressed and with a median groove. Hind lobe of pronotum transverse, narrowed, its median half smooth and depressed, its sublate- ral areas slightly elevated, and its humeral angles not prominent. Scutellum triangular, its width about 1.3 times median length, its sides straight, its apex acute; foremargin with two prominent, dark, polished teeth which project forward over hind margin of pronotum; mid point of fore margin also roundly produced forward; disc of scutellum flat, irregu- larly and coarsely reticulate. Wings with apex of membranes reaching hind margin of Tg VI; sur- face of coria flat, undifferentiated into veins and slightly granular. Abdomen with external margins of connexiva straight, smooth and unspecialised. Spiracle of segment II inserted on a tubercle and prominently visible in dorsal view. Hind margin of segment VII excavated on midline to receive the recessed pygophore. Paratergites of segment VIII short, rounded, with spiracle situated on external edge of apex. Pygophore almost completely withdrawn into segment VIL, its posterior apex flat, truncate. FEMALE. As for ó except: pronotum signifi- cantly better developed; forelobe with lateral margins each raised into a narrow, blunt ridge which runs posteriorly across the transverse furrow on to the hind lobe; hind lobe proportionately longer than in d, its central area not depressed, uniformly raised across full width. Scutellum with central disc slightly raised into an incipient median ridge. Wings reaching to almost hind margin of Tg VII. Paratergites of segment VIII bluntly tri- angular. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype first, then range of 2d and 29 paratypes. L: 3.00, 2.97-3.00, 3.40-3.50; W: 1.10, 1.08-1.11, 1.25-1.31; HL: 0.56, 0.50-0.54, 0.59; HW: 0.54, 0.50-0.52, 0.52- 0.56; PL: 0.62, 0.57-0.58, 0.61-0.72; pronotal forelobe length: 0.31, 0.29, 0.29; pronotal hindlobe length: 0.31, 0.29, 0.32-0.38; PW: 1.10, 1.08-1.11, 1.25-1.31; pronotal forelobe width: 0.83, 0.81, 0.81-0.86; AS: I, 0.23, 0.23-0.25, 0.25-0.27; II, 0.21, 0.19-0.21,0.21-0.23; III, 0.29, 0.27-0.29, 0.31; IV, 0.29, 0.29, 0.31-0.32; SL: 0.38, 0.38, 0.46; SW: 0.50, 0.48, 0.630.67; WL: 1.71, 1.58-1.60, 2.19-2.25; corium length: 0.58, 0.54-0.56, 0.56-0.65. DISTRIBUTION. Three collections, 2 from the Sydney metropolitan area and the 3rd from the Blue Mountains, W of Sydney. REMARKS. Corynophloeobia dimorpha is a sclerophyll forest species associated with the Hawkesbury Sandstone which has numerous other plants and animals restricted to its habitats. The collector of the long series from the Mega- long Valley, Dr D. Burckhardt, of the Geneva Museum, informs me that they were taken from a litter sample. The curious sexual dimorphism of the prono- tum is constant in all specimens of both sexes. The reduction, in the d, of the hind lobe of the pronotum and of the scutellum are both features often associated with alary dimorphism in tropi- cal species. The wings are a little shorter in the d than in the 9 but it is not known if the male's flight ability is lost. Glochocoris Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Glochocoris Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 199, 302 (descr., incl. in key); Kormilev, 1967d: 76 (key to spp); Kormilev, 1971: 9, 142 (inc. in key; n.sp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 139 (catalogue of Spp.; discussion of synonymy). Mezirella Kiritshenko, 1959: 166 (descr. as subgenus of Mezira); Kormilev, 1967a: 533 (synonymy with Glochocoris). TYPE SPECIES. Pictinus crassicornis Matsuda & Usinger, 1957, by original designation. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 8F). The 27 known spe- cies range from the Seychelles, SE Asia and Japan through to Micronesia, New Guinea and Australia. Nine species have been described from New Guinea. REMARKS. The earliest described group of spe- cies now attributed to Glochocoris were origi- nally placed in Pictinus which was used by early authors for small, plain, winged mezirines. The artificial nature of Pictinus in this old sense was highlighted by the discovery of a femoro-sternal stridulatory mechanism in a small group of Neotropical species by Usinger (1954). The type species, P. cinctipes Stal, 1873, was one of these stridulating forms so this provided the corner stone for a fragmentation of ‘Pictinus’ by Usinger & Matsuda (1959). They divided the Indo-Pacific REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 77 FIG. 29. A-B, Corynophloeobia dimorpha; A, 9; B, & head and prothorax. C-I, Glochocoris. C, G. monteithi G ; D, G. gippslandicus; E-G, lateral views; E, G. gippslandicus; F, G. monteithi, G, G. brisbanicus d ; H-L G. gippslandicus dorsal abdominal apices; H, 8; I 9. species into Glochocoris and Pictinellus, which differed in the absence of spiracles on the second abdominal segment in Glochocoris. Pictinellus has now fallen in favour of Arbanatus Kormilev, 1955c, which was not available to Usinger & Matsuda. The two genera are widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific region but show a marked dissimi- larity in the distance to which they have pene- trated into the Pacific, Whereas Arbanatus ranges from Asia to the most remote islands of southern Polynesia, Glochocoris, although it extends into Micronesia, does not penetrate past the Bismarck Archipelago in the S Pacific. The reason for this may be in differential vagility of the two genera. Glochocoris species, though small, have heavy cuticle and their litter dwelling habits give them a tendency to coat themselves with soil which adds weight and impairs wing function. By con- trast Arbanatus species are sub-cortical in habits with light cuticle which does not gather-a soil deposit. Both genera have several species in Aus- tralia though Arbanatus is recorded there for the first time in this work. The species of Glochocoris are very uniform and specific characters are few. The 4 Australian 78 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM species can be separated into 2 allopalric pairs, the open forest brisbanicus-gippslandicus group and the rainforest rnonreithi-abdominalis group. The brisbanicus-gippslandicus pair are distin- guished by a remarkable evaporative area sur- rounding and occluding the opening to the metapleural scent gland (Fig. 29E-G), Such struc- tures have been overlooked and are unknown in Overseas species. KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF GLOCHOCORIS 1. Metapleural sceni gland visible as an open, trian- gular aperture on the upper margin of the meta- pleuron; eyes well exposed in dorsal view. . . 2 Metapleural scent gland with distinct aperture not visible but occluded by an extensive develap- ment of vermiculate evaporative surface on the upper half of meso- and metapleura: eyes almost concealed in dorsal view . -, . | ^ ea 2(1). Posterior pair of the 4 tubercles on the fore lobe of the pronotum much larger than the ante- nor pair and distinctly separately from them; connexival margins of abdomen straight A TERMED RA. DLE monteithi Kormilev Posterior pair of pronotal tubercles about same size as anterior pair and semi-fused with them: connexival margins of the abdomen slightly con- cave giving abdomen a sinuate profile (north Queensland) abdominalis Kormiley 3(1), Evaporative area of scent gland divided into many small portions; pronotum with all four tu- bercles of about same size -o2 Weed. Ph. a gippstandieux, sp. nov. Evaporalive arca of scent gland incompletely di- vided into a few large portions; pronotum wills anterior pair of tubercles almost obsolete i ais Is Meath Oe E brixbanicus Kormilev Glochocoris monteithi Kormilev, 1967 (Fig. 29C,F) Glochecerts monteithi Kormilev, 1967d: 76,77 (incl. in key; descr.); Kormilev, 1967a:541 (locality re- cord), Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 140 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d , Mt Glorious, SE Qld., 23.iv.1963, G. Monteith, QMT6568. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 262 speci- inens; CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Eungella NP; SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Fraser Is, 3km N Luke Bowarrady; Amamoor SF; Cooran Tableland, 300m; Bunya Mountains; Mt Mee SF; Mt Glorious, in QM; Boombana NP: Manorina NP, in ANIC; Bald Mtn, 3-4,000", via Emu Vale; Mt Superbus; *The Head’, via Killarney; Lever's Plateau, via Rathdowney: Lamington NP; Joalah NP, Tamborine, in ANIC; Mt Tamborine, m SAM; Springbrook, in QM, NEW SOUTH WALES: Brindle Creek, Wiangaree SF, in ANIC; Tooloom Scrub, via Urbenville; Dorrigo NP. in QM; Point Lookout, via Ebor; Brixner Park, via Coffs Harbour, in ANIC; Carrai Plateau, via Kempsey, in QM; O'Sullivan Gap Reserve, 1 lkm NE Buladelah, 50m, in ANIC, Barrington House, via Salisbury, in QM; Lagoon Pinch, Barrington Tops; Mt Allyn, in ANIC; Megalong Valley, Blue Mts, 7-900m, in MNHG; Minnamurra Falls; Kiola Forest Park, 15km N Bateman's Bay: Batemans Bay; Cambewarra Min, AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Untarra-Picadilly Circus, 800r Picadilly Circus, 800m, in ANIC. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, EH, HNHM, UQIC). (paratypes: QMTZ9500-28521). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 30). Abundant in moist forests of high and low altitudes of eastern Aus- tralia from Mackay in centra! Queensland ro the southern coast of N.S.W. and the A.C.T.. REMARKS. This species is generally confined to true rainforests but is occasionally taken in moist tree fern gullies and wet sclerophyll in the vicinity of rainforests. An exception is the isolated popu- lation in the Brindabella Ranges of the A.C.T. where no rainforest occurs, This population dif- fers fram typical forms in having the scent gland opening with some vestiges of external evapora- tive area, It is regarded as arelict from times when wet forests were more widespread and which has persisted in the moister gullies of this inland range, Glochocoris abdominalis Kormilev, 1967 Glachoceris abdominalis Karmiley, 19674: 76,78 (inel. In key; deser.); &ormllev & Froeschner, 1987: 199 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d, Lake Eucham, N Qld., 13.xii.- 1964, G. Monteith, QMT6569, Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 53 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Boolbun South, 950m, 26 ,5.x1.1995, pyrethrum, GBM, DJC; Windsor Tableland, 1050m, 4d 19, 25-26.iv.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; 2km SE Mt Spurgeon, 1 100m, 2d. 19, 20. xii. 1988, GBM & GIT, in QM; Mt Lewis, 10010 m, ANIC Berl. 320, 1i, 20.iv. 1971, Taylor & Feehan, in ANIC; Mt Lewis Rd, 39, 12.x.1980, GEM; Mi Edith Rd, Lamb Ra., 900m, 22, 12.3.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT, in QM; Tolga Scrub, 1 2, 18.111984, LDO Gallo- way, QDPI, Crater NP, 950m, 28 29, pyrethrum, 28.xii.1989; Gadgarra Road, 700m, 1d, pyrethrum, 9.xii.1989, GBM, GIT, HJ; Upper Plath Rd, 1100m, QM Berl, 908, 12, 8.11.1996, GBM; Wongabel SF, 5 km S Atherton, 19, 5.xii,1988, GBM & GIT; Lake Barrine, 1d, 31.vii. 1982, S&IP: Lake Eacham, © al- lolype,4d 42 paratypes, 23.xii. L964, GBM; Mt Bartle REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 79 Frere, W side, 700m, 13, 30. vii.82, S&JP; Bellenden Ker, 13, 7.viii.1966, GBM; Bellenden Ker, Cable Base Stn, 100m, 13, 25-31.x.1981, Earthwatch/QM; Millaa Millaa Falls, 1d, 23.iv.1968, GBM, Id 12 paratypes, 4.xii. 1965, GBM; Mi Father Clancy, 9km S Millaa Millaa, 950m, 1d , 6.xii. 1988; Graham Range. 550m, 12, pyrethrum, 1.xii.1995, GBM; Kirrama Range, 700m, 1d 79, 2-3.x.1980, GBM; [9.4km E Blencoe Falls turnoff, Kirrama Range, Id 12, R.ix.1988, J. Stanisic & D. Potter; Wallaman Falls, 500m, L9, 1.x.1980, GBM. 19, 14.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in OM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH). (paratypes: QMT15068-15(078). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 30). Rainforests at high ünd low elevations in wet tropical Queensland between the Bloomfield and Herbert Rivers. REMARKS. This species is closely related to G. monreithi and replaces that widespread species in north Queensland, Glochocoris is not known from the rainforests at Mt Elliot and the Paluma Range in the intervening region between the ranges of G. monteithi and G. abdominalis. If intermediate forms are discovered there in future it may he necessary to review the specific status af G abdominalis. Glochocoris brisbanicus Kormilev, 1967 (Fig. 296) Glochocoris brisbanicus Kormilev, 1967d: 76 (incl, in key; deser.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 139 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d; Brisbane, Qld.. 31.x.1963, G. Monteith, QM T6567. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 100 speci- mens: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: 5km N Mt Macartney, Calhu SF, 18, 21.1v.1979, GBM; Panda- nus Ck, Cathu SF, 80m, 5¢ 42, 20.iv.1979, GBM; Bell's Gap, Sarina Range, 2d 1 2, 26.iv.1979, GBM; Yeppoon, Dry RF, 1d, 27.iv.1979, GBM, Nob Ck, Byfield, 83 59, 27.1v.1979, GBM, in QM; Byfield, ANIC Berl, 538, 3¢ 29. 26.x,1976, Taylor & TAW, in ANIC, Yeppoon, 18 19 paratypes, 6.x1. 1964, GBM. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Fraser Island. Yidney Scrub, 13 2%, 3-4.xii.1975. GIT & A. Slater, in QM; Camp Milo, Cooloola, 5d 72, 17-18.iv, 1982, AAC, in ANIC; Booloumba Ck, Conondale ta., | 9, 30.x.1988, GBM; Somerset Dam, 98 79 ,24.ii. 1971, GBM; Brookfield, | 9, 8.iv.1976, A. Postle; Mt. Coot- tha, 58, 11-20.81.1971, GBM, 19, 3.41.1971, A.D. Moore: Brisbane, holotype, 18 paratype. 31.x.1963. ? allotype, id 19 paratypes, 30.3.1963, GBM, 1d paratype, 21.1.1964, GBM, 1d 19 paratypes, 2.xii. 1963, GBM, | 3, 28,x.1976, P. Samson, 2d 19, 22-24.1.1975, GIT, 14, 5.iv.1976, A. Postle; Figtree Pocket, Brisbane, 2: 69, 5.xi. 1976, V. Davies; Gold Creek, Brookfield, 1d, 20.x,1980, V. Davies; Cun- ninghams Gap, 1d, 19.11.1976, GIT; 10 ml. § of Nerang, 1d 19, 20.iv.1975, A. Poste, 18 19, 24.1v.1976, A. Postle, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Richmond Range SF, nr Kyogle, 12, 13-14.ii. 1983, TAW & AC; Allyn R., Chichester SE, 13 12, 10- LLxi.1981, TAW, AC & Hill, in ANIC. (QM dupli- cates lodged in BMNH, EH, NMNH, UQIC). (paratypes: QMT29522-2953(). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 30), From a little north of rpm to the Barrington Tops region in northern N.S.W, REMARKS, In contrast to G, monteithi, with which its range overlaps. G. brisbanicus lives in litter and bark debris around the base of trees in open eucalypt forests. In this habitat it is the only species of Aradidae to persist in the suburban environments of Brisbane. Exceptions toits usual open forest habital are its occurrences in rainforests on Fraser Island. These rainforests are recent developments on a substrate of pure sand and have a very dry litter layer due to rapid drainage of surface moisture. They have heen colonized by a number of other open forest in- sects such às the carabid beetle, Pamborus viridis Gory (Monteith, pers, abs.) to the exclusion of the normal rainforest species, e.g, Pamborus al- rernans Latreille, and the presence of G. brishani- cus there fits this pattern. G. brisbanicus occasionally occurs in dry rainforests in the northern and southern extremities of its range. Glochocoris gippslandicus sp. nov. (Fig. 29D-E,H,I) TYPE. Holotype 9, Alfred Nat. Park, 200m Victoria, 2].v.1978, S. & J. Peck, rotted logs in rainforest. in ANIC, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 3 paratypes. VICTORIA: Maliacoota NP, 1 2, 26.v.1978, S&JP, in ANIC; Lind NP, 1d 19 25.v.1978, S&JP, in QM. (paratypes: QMT29531-29532). DESCRIPTION, Small. 3.3-4.0mm long, with metapleural scent gland occluded by evaporative surface divided into many small segments. MALE. Head length 1.2-1.3 times width; postocular portions slightly protruding, rounded; eyes very narrowly exposed to dorsal view: an- tenniferous tubercles abbreviated, rounded; clyp- eus narrow, reaching to two thirds length of first antennal segment; genal processes evident as minute tubercles on each side of clypeus. hefore apex. Rosual groove narrow, open posienorly. 80 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Antennae 1.42-1.54 times head length; segments NI and IV longest, subequal; segment I 1.4-1.7 times length of II. Pronotum width 1.75-2.00 times length; for lobe with anterior pair of tubercles slightly closed placed than posterior pair and smaller than them; transverse depression between fore and hind lobes well marked and complete; posterolateral angles of hind lobe thickened and raised. Scutel- lum width 1.35-1.45 times length, its midline strongly raised into a ridge which tapers posteri- orly. Hemelytra reaching to hind margin of Tg VI; coria reaching to half length of Cx III. Abdomen with posterolateral angles of con- nexiva slightly protruding; margins of Cx VII weakly and roundly angulate; metapleural scent gland with evaporative area present as raised, callus-like structure surrounding the occluded ap- erture and divided into a number of discrete seg- ments. Spiracles of II absent, those of I-VI ventral. St VII with a prominent ventral, median spine. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype 9 first, then para- type d and range of 29 paratypes. L: 3.67, 3.33, 3.75-3,96; W: 1,58, 1.34, 1.54-1.66; HL: 0.70, 0.66, 0.68-0.72; HW: 0.58, 0,50, 0.54-0.60; PL; 0.64, 0.60, 0.70-0.72; PW: 1.28, 1.14, 1.22-1.32; AS: I, 0,28, 0.26, 0.24-0.26; II, 0.16, 0.16, 0.16- 0.18; HI, 0,28, 0,30, 0.30; IV, 0,30, 0,30, 0.28- 0.30; SL: 0.44, 0.42, 0.44-0.50; SW: 0.64, 0.60, 0.60-0.68; WL: 2.00, 1.90, 2.10-2.20; corium length: 0.96, 0,84, 0.80-0.94, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 30). Known from 3 local- ities in the eastern corner of Gippsland, Victoria. REMARKS. This species is related to G brisbanicus with which it shares the highly mod- ified evaporative region of the scent gland, Like G. brisbanicus, G. gippslandicus mày be princi- pally an open forest species. The holotype is from rainforest but the 3 paratypes are all from open forest, The species is one of only 4 Mezirinae occurring in Victoria and is the only species confined to that State. Arbanatus Kormiley, 1955 Arbünatus Kormilev, 1955¢: 180 (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, |987: 99 (catalogue of spp.). Pictinellus Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 288 (descr.); Kormilev. 1971: 144 (synonymy) TYPE-SPECIES. Arbanatus inermis Kormilev, 1955, by original designalion, r M. © 4 Cams ! - LJ ote Towensailie aa B IA ZX, . Y GLOCHOCORIS ` 4 G. monteithi » G. abdominalis * G. brisbanicus * G. gippslandicus FIG. 30. Records for species of Glochocoris in eastern Australia. DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 9B). From SE Asia to the outer Polynesian islands and eastem Australia. REMARKS, Arbanatus extends further into the remote islands of the southern Pacific than any other Aradidae and there are species described from the Marquesas and Austral Islands in Outer Polynesia. There are about 54 currently recog- nized species. Their vagile form together with their presence in Asia and absence from New Zealand suggest that they have invaded the Pacific from the west. In certain island groups there seems to have been considerable radiation of species but this may be a reflection of collecting effort. The taxonomy of the genus has been made difficult by the great number of species described from single sexes or unique specimens, There is some indication [hat the genus may be composite; the Asian species with broad, heavy body form and short paraterg- ites (including the type species) contrast rather strongly with the light, elongate species with foliate paratergites found principally in the Pa- cific region. Heiss (1989) gave excellent REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 81 illustrations of A. loriai (Bergroth, 1894), an Asian form species from New Guinea. The genus has not been noted previously from Australia but 3 new species are described from the eastern seaboard below. Arbanatus peninsularis sp. nov. belongs to the group of species of Asian facies while the other two are of Pacific form. KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ARBANATUS 1, Pronotum with anterolateral angles produced for- ward anterior to the collar on each side; margins of Cx VTI strongly lobed on each side of Pygophore; paratergiles of segment VIIM elon- gate andexpandedinmale. ..,-..,., Pronotum with anterolateral angles not extending anterior to collar; margins af Cx VII not labed; paratergites of segment VIII short and inconspic- uous ir male (North Queensland) peninsularis sp. nov. 2(1). Spiracles of segment II situated on lateral mar- gin and visible in dorsal view: size smaller, 4.00 mm or smaller (North Queensland) rropicus sp. nov. Spiracles of segment II ventral and not visible in dorsal view; size greater, 4,50 mm or larger (South Queensland and northern N.S.W.) pradhigagnz BA Aana frazieri sp. nov. Arbanatus peninsularis sp, nov. (Figs 31, 32F,K) MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype &, Iron Range. Cape Ynrk Pen., N Old., 26 May-2 June, 1971, B.K Cantrell. QMT11662. DESCRIPTION. Small, 4.4mm long, with short paratergites and a large, tnangular pyzophore. MALE, Head length width, its dorsum granular and convex; postocular margins rounded, not pro- duced; eyes large, not exserted; antenniferous tubercles short, parallei-sided apically pointed; clypeus short, reaching to less than half length of first antennal segment, genae present as small vonvexilies on each side of clypeal apex. Rostnum short; rostral groove wider open posteriorly. An- rennae slightly more than twice head length; seg- ments I, HI and [V subequal in length, about 1.5 times length of IH. Pronotum width slightly less than twice median length; surface uniformly granular; fore and hind lobes poorly differentiated; fore lobe without me- dian sulcus, slightly elevated behind the narrow collar; hind lobe weakly depressed in centre with a median swelling; lateral margins of pronotum converging and straighr, anterolateral angles not produced anterior to collar. Scutellum with width 1.3 times length; its margins bordered; basal mar- gin with a tooth on each side overlapping hind pronotal margin: central disc with an obscure median ridge intersected by a faint cross-bar. Hemelytra reaching almost to hind margin of Tg VII: coria apically straight, reaching to Cx IM; membranes black, wrinkled. Abdomen with margins of Cx II-VI straight; margins of VII rounded angles, not projecting; paratergites of VIII shart, truncate, with spiracles apical. Pygophore large, strongly exserted, trian- gular in dorsal view with apex produced when seen in side view. Prosternum granular on mid- line; meso- and metasterna broad, granular, weakly impressed. Spiracles of segment II lat- eral, those of III-VI ventral and well-removed from margin, those of VII ventral but close to margin; St VII enlarged, ils anterior margin con- vexly extending into St VI. MEASUREMENTS. L: 4.42: W: 1.64; HL: 0.62; HW: 0.64; PL: 0.76; PW: 1.46; SL: 0.56; SW: 0.75, WL: 2.50; corium length: 1.00; AS: 1, 0,34; TI, 0.22; HI, 0.36; IV, 0,36. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 33). Rainforest at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula. REMARKS. A. peninsularis 1$ related to Asian species which share the dorsally produced pygophore of the & and the relatively undifferen- tiated form of the pronotal dorsum. A, malayensis (Kormilev, 196723) conforms to this patlern and I have a number of similar unidenrified species from Java, Borneo and the Malay Peninsula. However, none of this group are known from New Guinea. A. peninsularis differs in its small size and straight pronotal margins. Arbanatus tropieus sp. nov. (Fig, 32G,1,J) TYPE. Holotype d, 6m N of Babinda. N Qld., 7.viii, 1966, G, Montenh, QMT 11663. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 71 paratypes! NORTH QUEENSLAND; Llkm NW Bald Hill, Mcilwraith Range, 520m, 15d 16%, ANIC Berl.1109, open forest, 27.vi-12, viii, 1989, TAW; 15km WNW Bald Hill, Mcliwaraith Range, 420m, l4g 149. ANIC Berl.1120, open forest, 27.¥1.12,v11,) 989, TAW, in ANIC & QM; Mt Finnigan summit. 1050m, 12, 3-5, xii, 1990, GBM,DIC,GIT,RS,LR: Mt Halcyon: 870m. 18, pyre- thrim, 23.xj.1993, GBM,HJ; Emerald Ck, Lamb Range, 950m, 23 1 9.11.x.1982, GBM, DK Y & GIT: 82 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Graham Range, via Babinda, 1d , 9- 10.iv.1979, GBM; 6 ml. N of Babinda, 4g 1 2, 7.viii.1966, GBM; Kaban, via Rayenshoe, 2d , 25,y,1966, P, Kerridge, in QM. {QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH, UQIC). (paratypes: OMT 14032-14040, QMT29567-29597). DESCRIPTION. Small, 3,.50-4.00mm long, elongate, reddish, with pronotal angles produced and spiracles of segment fT visible dorsally. MALE. Head length 1.1-1.2 times width across eyes; vertex with 2 rows of large granules, re- mainder of dorsum finely granulate; postocular margins of head somewhat expanded and irregu- lar with notches immediately posterior to eyes: eyes moderately exserted: antenniferous tuber- cles short, slightly divergent, apically angulate. reaching basal fifth of first antennal segment, clypeus narrow, apically flanked by two small, blunt genal processes, reaching to half length of first antonnal segment. Rostral groove narrow, not closed posteriorly. Antennae 1,66-1.71 times head length; segment III almost twice length of IL; segment I and IV subequal. Pronotum with width 1.95-2.15 times median length; fore and hind lobes separated by a contin- uous transverse furrow; fore lobe with a median longitudinal sulcus, a pair of low submedian ele- vations and a pair of low sublateral ndges; hind lobe granular; lateral margins of pronotum sinu- ale at level of transverse furrow; anterolateral angles produced forward as blunt lobes on each side of the narrow collar. Scuiellum with width 1,00-1.20 times length: basal and lateral margins cannate: basal teeth absent; disc depressed with a median longitudinal ridge and an indistinct cross-bar on anterior half. Hemelytra reaching to apical two thirds of Tg VII, coria apically sinuate, reaching to half length of fused Cx H and Ill; membranes wrinkled, Abdomen with margins of Cx I-VI straight; margins of Cx VIT with portion posterior to the sublateral spiracles produced into rounded lobes; paratergites of VITI long and apically expanded into llattened lobes bearing the spiracles on the lateral margins of apices. Pygophore long, with a median, dorsal ridge. Thoracic sternà broad and flat; abdominal stema with faint median impressions; spiracles of Il laterally placed, those of I-VI ventral but clase to margin, those of VI sublateral. FEMALE. As for ¢ except: hemelytra shorter, not reaching apex of Tg VI: Tg VII broadly exposed; margins of Cx VII with posterior lobes smaller; paratergites of VIII shorter and broader, MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ó first, then ranges of additional 2d and | 9. L: 3.75, 3.50- 3.67, 4,00; W: 1.26, 1.21-1.30. 1,40; HL; f1.62, 0.60-0.62, 0.62; HW: 0.52, 0.50-0.52. 0,56; PL: 0.50, 0.50-0.54, 0.54; PW: 1.08, 1.06-1.10, |, 16: AS; L 0.26, 0.26, 0.28; IT, 0.18, 0.16, 0.18; UL 0,30, 0,30-0.32, 0.32; IV, 0.32, 0.28-0,30, 0,28; SL: 0.54, 0.50-0.56, 0,58: SW: 0.54, 0.60-0.62, 0.64; WL: 2.20, 2.00-2.10, 2.24. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 33). Rainforest and apen forest in lowlands and plateaus from the Mellwraith Range to the southern rim of the Atherton Tableland, N Queensland. REMARKS. Arbanatus tropicus is closely allied io A frazieri from further south in Australia and both species belong in a section of the genus which includes longicornis Kormilev, 1971, abdominalis Kormilev. 1971, longulus Kormilev, 1971, simplex Kormilev, 1971 and other species which have radiated in the New Guinea-Solomons-New Caledonia region. The systematics of the groupis in some confusion and it may eventuale that fropicus is synonymous with one of those extra-Australian species. How- ever the Australian species are distinct in their greater development of lobes of Cx VIL Arbanatus frazieri sp. nov. (Figs 4F, 5M, 32bE.H,L) TYPE. Holotype 3, University, Armidale, NSW, 22.v15,1967, C.W. Frazier, QMT] 1664. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 32 paratypes! SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Fletcher, 12. I4.iv.1963, P. Kerridge, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: New England University Armidale, 34 79, 22 viii.1967, C.W. Frazier, Swan Vale, 30km W Armidale, | d 29, vi/vii.1978,R. Noske, 29, v.1978, R, Noske, 1 d. 1 9, ix/x,1978, R. Noske; Armidale urea, 18 29,1978/79, R. Noske; Wollomombi Falls, 40km E Armidale, 28 29, 29.iv.1978, R.Noske, 58 19, 30. vi. 1978, R. Noske, in QM, (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH, UQIC). (paratypes: QMT29533-295463). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 4.50-5,00mm long, elongate, with spiracles of segment II con- cealed in dorsal view. This species is related ta A. tropicus and the following description is confined to differences from that species. Size larger; pronotum with transverse furrow shallower and submedian ele- vations of fore-lobe barely evident; lateral prono tal margins almost straight with anterolateral REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 83 FIG. 31. Dorsal view of d holotype of Arbanarus peninsularis, angles less developed, extending only slightly anterior to level of collar. Scutellum wider. Paratergites of VIII in d longer and narrower Spiracles of segment II situated ventrally. Parameres as in Fig. 32L. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 1d and 2°. L: 4.50, 4,75, 4.50-5.00; W: 1.64, 1.72, 1.46-1.76; HL: 0.70, 0.70, 0.66-0.78; HW: 0.64, 0.62, 0.58-0.68; PL: 0.62, 0.66, 0,58-0,64; PW: 1.38, 1.40, 1,24-1,50; AS; I, (0,30, 0.30, 0.30-0,32; T, 0.18, 0,20, 0.18; III, 0.36, 0,38, 0.32-0.38; IV, 0.32, 0.32, 0.30- 0.32; SL: 0.70, 0.72, 0,60-0.78; SW: 0.84, 0.74, 0.72-0.88; WL: 2.60, 2.68, 2.40-2.88; corium length: 1,08, 1.04, 0.94-1.18. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 33). Open forest on the granite plateaus of the Great Dividing Range in southern Queensland and northern N.S.W, REMARKS. This species, although similar to A. tropicus, is geographically and ecologically well separated from that species. It differs from all other members of the genus in the ventral place- ment of the spiracles of the second abdominal segment, This character is generally accepted as of generic importance but A. frazieri is in other respects à typical member of Arbanatus. It is a pleasure to name this species for one of its collectors, the late Toss Frazier, who spent many years as Curator of the insect collection al the University of New England, Armidale. Many of the other specimens were collected under bark of living eucalypts by Richard Noske during his survey of food resources of treecreeper birds in the Armidale area Arictus Stál. 1865 Arictus Stal, 1865: 31 (descr.); Stål, 1870: 672 (descr. of type species); Stål, 1873: 144 (subgenus of Brachyrhynchus): Bergrath, 1886: 39 (syn- onymised with Mezira); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 200, 312 (reinstated as genus; incl. in key); Kormilev, 1971: 9, 106 (inel. in key; key to spp.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 103 (catalogue of spp.) TYPE-SPECIES. Arictus tagalicus Stål, 1870, first included species. GENERIC DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 9C). Aricins contains 28 species which are distributed from South East Asia across the islands of the Indo-Pa- cific to Samoa, New Caledonia and Northern and Eastern Australia. The maximum species diver- sity occurs in New Guinea where 11 species are recorded, REMARKS, Arictus, though proposed in 1865, failed to receive general recognition until 1959 when Usinger & Matsuda separated it from Mezira s. 1. It contains a close-knit group of generalized macropterous species which are linked together by the distincti ve, opaque, usually bicoloured, integument beset by numerous small, setigerous tubercles, These tubercles form rows, 84 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1.0mm Eod FIG. 32. A-D, Aspisocoris termitophilus; A, 3 lateral view; B, d head underside; C-D, 9 abdominal apices; C, dorsal; D, ventral. E-L, Arbanatus spp.; B, A. frazieri d ; F, A. peninsularis 8 ; G, A. tropicus 3; H-K, abdominal apices; H, A. frazieri 9 dorsal; I, A. tropicus 9 dorsal; J, A. tropicus d. ventral; K, A. peninsularis & lateral; L, A. frazieri, left paramere, inner view. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 85 patches and patterns on most of the body surface. The broad, median basal lobe of the scutellum and the thin, rod-like postocular tubercles also set it apart from Mezira s. l.. Arictus lacks the strid- ulatory ridge of fine teeth on the inner face of the d parameres of Brachyrhynchus of the Austra- lian region but further study is required to estab- lish if this is a feature of Mezira s. 1, in the cosmopolitan sense. Arictus shares with Brachyrhynchusthe reduction of tarsal pulvilli to minute rods. The taxonomy of Arictus is difficult and com- pounded by the greasy discolouration which de- velops on most specimens obscuring the colour patterns. In this study the previously unnoticed patterns of glabrous regions on sternum VI of the ĝ have proved highly specific. Of the 6 species known from Australia 4 are open forest endemics (monteithi, tasmani, dimidiatus and obscurus) and 2 (thoracoceras and lobuliventris) occur in rainforest on Cape York Peninsula and in New Guinea. A. chinai (Kormilev), previously recorded as Australian, is believed to be based on a type specimen not from Australia. KEY TO THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ARICTUS 1, Antennal segment III equal in length to segment 1; postocular tubercles reduced and barely discern- ible from other surface tubercles of the head. . . 2 Antennal segment III distinctly longer than I; postocular tubercles present as distinct, rod-like projections behind eyes 2(1). Margins of Cx II-VI straight, without protrud- ing postero-lateral angles; two longitudinal veins of corium raised and carinate; St VI of male with a small circular glabrous region on each side of middle dimidiatus, sp. nov. Postero-lateral angles of Cx II-VI slightly protrud- ing; inner longitudinal vein of corium obsolete; St Vl of male with a large, rectangular glabrous region on each side of middle . . . tasmani (Kormilev) 3(1). Setigerous tubercles of hind lobe of pronotum elongate, much higher than wide; first antennal segment with numerous, long tubercles; spira- cles of VIII almost apical; angles of Cx VII of 3 longer than paratergites of VIII lobuliventris (Kormilev) Setigerous tubercles of pronotal hind lobe shorter, not as high as wide; first antennal seg- ment without numerous long tubercles; spiracles of VIII inserted well before apex; paratergites of VIII longer than angles of VII 4 4(3). Postero-lateral angles of Cx II-VI not protrud- ing; postocular tubercles not surpassing outer CORYNOPHLOEOBIA A C. dimorpha ARBANATUS + A. peninsularis * A. tropicus m A. frazieri Brisbane FIG. 33. Records of species of Corynophloeobia and Arbanatus in eastern Australia. margins of eyes; antero-lateral angles of prono- tum not projecting forwards ee ea ee monteithi (Kormilev) Postero-lateral angles of Cx II-VI protruding; postocular tubercles extending beyond outer margins of eyes; antero-lateral angles of prono- tum projecting forwards 5(4). Spiracles of VII much closer to margin than those of VI; margins of scutellum constricted be- fore apex; segment IV of antenna thinner than II, notclavate........ obscurus, sp. nov. Spiracles of VI and VII about equidistant from margin; margins of scutellum straight; segment IV of antenna clavate, thicker than III thoracoceras (Montrouzier) Arictus monteithi Kormilev, 1965 (Figs 2C, 4I, 5N, 34B,1,L,Q,T) Arictus monteithi Kormilev, 1965a: 32 (descr.); Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (locality records); Kormilev, 1967c: 299 (mentioned); Kormilev, 1967a: 542 (lo- cality records); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy); 86 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Monteith, 1968: 46 (locality record); Kormilev, 1971; 107 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 105 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 3 , Dunwich, Stradbroke 1s., SE Qld., 27.1v.1963, G. Monteith, QM T6324. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 330 speci- mens; NORTHERN TERRITORY: Darwin; Port Dar- win; 30ml E Darwin; Adelaide R., in BMNH; Fogg Dam, 53km S Darwin, in ANIC; 22km ESE Humpty Doo, in MDPI; Howard River; Bathurst Is.; Groote Island, in SAM: Bathurst Is., Cape Fourcray: Melville i$., Pularumpi, in NTM; Swim Creek Point, Stuart Stn; Horn Islet, Pellew Group; Keo River, Victoria Hwy, in QM. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Eet Hill, Moa Island, Torres Strait; Prince of Wales Island, Torres Strat, in QM: Badu Island, Torres Strait, in AM; Lockerbie, Cape York; Cowal Creek, via Bamaga; Iron Range: Scrubby Ck, Iron Ra., in QM; 13 km ENE Mt Tozer; 18km ENE Mt Tozer; 2km NE Mt Tozer; Andoom, via Weipa; Kerr Point, Weipa; Upper Lankelly Creek, via Coen; Rocky R., Silver Plains; Massy Creek, Silver Plains; Homestead, Silver Plains, in QM; 3km NE Mt Webb N; 14 km NW Hopevale; 7 km N Hopevale; Mi Cook NP: Ikm SE Mt Cook, in ANIC; 15 ml. SW Normanton; Ellis Beach, in QM; Emerald Ck, via Mareeba, in MDPI; Redlynch; 3.5km on Kuranda Mareeba Rd, in BMNH; Kuranda, in UQIC; Hann ‘Tableland Radar Stn, 800-900; Upper Stanon Creek, 6 ml. W Kuranda: Wallaman Falls; '40-mile Serub’, via Mt Gamet; 2.4km E Blencoe Falls turnoff, Karama SF; Cape Pallarenda, Townsville, in QM; Townsville; Inkerman, nr Townsville, in BMNH; Magnetic Island. CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Greta Creek, 20 ml. N of Proserpine; Cannonvale; Springcliffe, Finch Hatton Gorge; Stockyard Ck,, 120ml. S Mackay; Blackdown Tableland, in QM: Moura; Awoonga Dam, Boyne River, in QDPI. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Fraser Is- land; 5km N Ocean Lake, Fraser Is., Gayndah; Car- narvon Gorge; Camp Milo, Cooloola. in ANIC; Yarraman Sb; Maryborough, 1d 1 9 paratypes; Bal- four Range, Benarkin; Beerwah, in QM: Bundaberg; Coulston Lakes, Ban Ban Ra., in ANIC, Kingaroy, | paralype; Pelrie; Brookfield I8 paratype, in QM; Maroochy River; Dalby, in AM; Braemar SF, via Kogan, GBM; Gatton, in OM, in BCRA, Marlin; Broad- water; Toowong; Sunnybank, in QDPI, Brisbane, in ANIC; 28 22 paratypes, 1 9 paratype; Acacia Ridge, id paratype: Hollywell, Iå paratype; Mt Gravatt; Greenbank; North Pine River; Stradbroke Island, ? allotype, Id 19 paratypes; Emu Vale; Mt French; Lamington NP; Numinbah Valley; Levers Plateau, via Rathdowney; Stanthorpe; Mt Tully, via Stanthorpe; Nundubbermere Falls, 25km SW Stanthorpe; Wallangarra, 12 paratype, in QM; "Queensland" in BMNH. NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom Plateau, via Urbenville, in QM; Brewarrina, in ANIC; Boggabn-Tamworth; Brooklana, East Dorigo: Ray- mond Terrace nr, Tottenham; bkm SE Mt Harris, in AM; 3km N Lansdowne, via Taree, m QM; Williams: town, in BCRI; 10km ESE Moruya, Doyen & Law- rence, in ANIC. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, EH) (paratypes; QMT26339-26357). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35). One of the common- est and most widespread aradids in Ausiralia oc- curs from the Northern Territory across Cape York Peninsula (including the Torres Strait Is- lands) and along the coast to Moruya in 8 N.S.W. REMARKS, This is a subcortical species of open forests found in aggregations under bark of 4 wide range of log types. Itis the only species of Arictus in the Northem Territory and reaches further south than any other species along the east coast- Although it extends far out into the islands of Torres Strait (to Badu und Moa islands) it has not yet been recorded from the New Guinea main- land, However it will probably eventually turn up on the southern coast of that island. It is rather isolated taxonomically among the other Australian species of Arictus by virtue of lbe broad, little-projecting, anterolateral angles of its pronotum. Arictus tasmani (Kormilev, 1955) (Fig. 34D,H.O.V) Mezra tasmani Kormilev, 1955d: 492 (deser.); Usin- ger & Matsuda, 1959: 381 (listed). Arictux. tasmani: Kormilev, 1965a. 32 (locality re- cords); Kormilev, 1965b: 5 (locality record); Kuinar, 1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev, 1971: 107 (incl. in key); Kormilev & broesehner, 1987: 105 (listed). TYPE, Holotype £ , Australia, N.S.W., in HNHM. Nat examined. Recently collected specimen compared with lype on my behalf by Dr T. Vásárliel yi. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 17 specimens, SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Bulburin SF, 2.0007, via Many Peaks, 15, 12-15.iv.1974, 1. Naumann; Yarraman, 13, 21.v.1970, N. Heather: Monsildale, 18, 173v 1963, GBM; Maleny, Id, 3.vii. 1966, B.F. Ingram; Stradbroke Island, 18, 27.iv.1962, GBM, |<, 9.v.1964, GBM, 15, 2.v.1972, GBM, 34. 29- 30.1v.1972, 2d, 27.1v.1966. J-E: Dunwoody, Iĝ, 17.1x.1915, H. Hacker; Mt French, via Boonah, 13, 15,x,1983, GBM, in QM; Highvale, 12, 18.00.1969, M. Schneider, in UQIC; Gatton, | 9, 11.11.1937, A, May, in QDPI; Dunwich, 1g, 64v.1984, R, de Keyzer, in AM NEW SOUTH WALES: Tweed River, Id, 1904, W.W.F.. in BCRI. (duplicate lodged in BMNH). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35). Open farests of coastal S Queensland. The Lype is lubelled as being from New South Wales but the only record available to authenticate this is one specimen REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 87 taken in 1904 at the Tweed River in the extreme NE of that State. REMARKS. This is a rare species over most of its range but is common on Stradbroke Island where it coexists with A. monteithi under loose bark of Casuarina logs. Arictus tasmani is closely related to A. dimidiatus and both species are separable from all other Australian Arictus by their short third an- tennal segment. Arictus dimidiatus sp. nov. (Fig. 34A,N,U) TYPE. Holotype d, Stockyard Creek, 120 ml. S of Mackay, 4.1.1965, G.B. Monteith, QMT11665. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 1 paratype d: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Stockyard Creek, 120 ml. S of Mackay, 16,4.1.1965, GBM, QMT26375. DESCRIPTION. MALE. Small, obscurely bicoloured, 7.3-7.5mm long. Head length equal to width; postocular tuber- cles reduced, barely evident; vertex with 4 longi- tudinal rows of high tubercles; a single row of tubercles above each eye; antenniferous tubercles reaching to about 2/5 length of first antennal segment; clypeus with coarse tubercles dorsally and apically, its apex slightly surpassing half length of first antennal segment. Antennal length 1.4-1.5 times head length; segment III subequal in length to I; segment IV not thicker than III and barely clavate. Pronotum with maximum width 2.43-2.46 times median length; fore lobe with antero-lateral angles projecting laterally but not anteriorly; col- lar distinct; submedian glabrous discs surrounded by a single ring of tubercles; sublateral ridges each consisting of about 12 tubercles in 2-3 rows; hind lobe not much wider than fore lobe, its surface uniformly covered with squat, setigerous tubercles. Scutellum with width 1.25-1.18 times length; median carina not prominent, its position marked by a double row of tubercles which be- come dispersed on posterior half; lateral margins tuberculate and moderately pinched in before apex. Hemelytra reaching to hind margin of Tg VI; coria extending to about half length of Cx III; both longitudinal veins of coria carinate, the outer tuberculate, the inner virtually bare. Abdominal Cx II-VI with margins straight and posterior angles not protruding; Cx VII with pos- terior lobes subquadrate, reaching almost to apex of pygophore; paratergites of VIII broad, blunt, longer than pygophore, and with spiracles lateral, subapical. Pygophore with a glabrous, dorsal, triangular depression flanked by a raised flange of tubercles on each side posteriorly. Parameres as in Fig. 34U. Midline of meso-and metasterna and abdominal St II- VII all with a smooth, shal- low sulcus; St VI with a raised, circular, opaque callus on each side of middle between inner and sublateral glabrous areas. Spiracles of segments II-VII ventral, far from margin. FEMALE. Unknown. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then para- type d. L: 7.50, 7.33; W: 3.25, 3.08; HL: 1.28, 1.26; HW: 1.26, 1.30; PL: 1.14, 1.10; PW: 2.80, 2.67; SL: 1.46, 1.36; SW: 1.72, 1.56; WL: 4.17, 4.00; corium length: 1.74, 1.60; AS: I, 0.62, 0.58; IT, 0.30, 0.32, III, 0.62, 0.60; IV, 0.36, 0.36. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35). Only the type locality in central coastal Queensland. REMARKS. The two known specimens were collected in association with A. monteithi but the species is actually related to A. tasmani which occurs a little further south. A. dimidiatus is the only open forest aradid confined to central Queensland. Arictus thoracoceras (Montrouzier, 1865) (Fig. 34E,G,P,W) Aradus lugubris Boisduval, 1835: 642 (preoccupied). Aradus thoracoceras Montrouzier, 1865: 107 (descr.). Arictus thoracoceras Stal, 1870: 672; Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 314 (listed); Blóte, 1965: 26 (local- ity records); Kormilev, 1967a: 542 (locality re- cords); Kormilev, 1967c: 299 (locality records); Kormilev, 1971: 106, 107, 112 (redescr.; locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 105 (listed). Crimia thoracocera Walker, 1873: 21 (locality record). Brachyrhynchus thoracoceras Bergroth, 1886: 59; Lethierry & Severin, 1896: 43 (listed). Mezira thoracocera Kormilev 1953: 340 (locality re- cord); Kormilev, 1955d: 501 (redescr.; locality re- cords), TYPE. Montrouzier described this species from New Caledonia. The type material is presumed to have been in his collection which was dispersed among different collections in Europe. However, Kormilev (1971) could not locate Montrouzier material of Aradus thoracoceras and the type is regarded as being lost. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 34 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Pen.,5d 69, 1-9.vi.1971, GBM, 19, 26-31.v.1971, 19, 5- 88 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 34. Arictus spp.; A, A. dimidiatus 3; B, A. monteithi, C, A, obscurus; D, A, tasmani; E, A. theracoceras, F, A. lobuliventris; G-I, 2 dorsal abdominal apices; G, A. thoracoceras, H, A. tasmani; I, A. monteithi; J, A. lobuliventris; K-P, 3 ventral abdominal sterna VI and VII; K, A. lobuliventris; L, A. monteithi; M, A. obscurus; N, A. dimidiatus; O, A. tasmani; P, A. thoracoceras; Q, A. monteithi, spermatheca; R-W, left parameres, inner view; R, A. lobuliventris; S, A. obscurus; T, A. monteithi; U, A. dimidiatus; V, A. tasmani; W. A, thoracoceras. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE ay 10.v.1968, GBM, 2d 3°, 30.v1,-4,vii.1977, GBM, 1 29, 16-23.xi.1965, GBM; West Claudie R., Iron Range, 4d 19, 3-10.xii.1986. GBM & DIC; East Claudie R., Iron Range, 12, 6,.x11,1986, GBM & DIC: Cooper Creek, 10 ml. N of Daintree R., 39,2. v.1970, GBM; Upper Daintree River, 28 29, 27.xii.1964. GEM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, UQIC) DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35), New Caledonia, Sol- omon Islands. Bismarck Archipelago, New Guinea. Philippines and Cape York Peninsula; in rainforests, REMARKS. Arictus thoracoceras has been a problematic name in the Australian aradid fauna, firstly because the lack of type material has made fixation of the species’ identity difficult, and sec- ondly because it is not known on what material early literature records from Australia are based, Although it was described from New Caledonia there has been little subsequent material seen from that island. Kormilev (1955d) redescribed it from New Guinea and Woodlark Island speci- mens and then redescribed it again in 1971 from a New Caledonian d in the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. This latter specimen 15 the first recorded from the type locality since Montrouzier's 1865 description and since itis the only species of Arictus known from New Caledo- nia this description is regarded here as definitive. The species was first listed for Australia by Lethierry & Severin (1896) but they do not indi- cate the basis for their so doing. It is apparently on this listing that subsequent authors (e.g,, Usin- ger & Matsuda, 1959) also include Australia in ihe species range but Kormilev (1967c) ques- toned its authenticity and suggested that it may be based on specimens of the widespread A. monteithi, which was not named at the time of Lethierry & Severin. This may well be true be- cause although genuine A. thoracoceras 1s TS- corded from Australia in the present work its distribution is limited to remote regions from which itis doubtful that material would have been available Last century, The specimens here listed from rainforests of Cape York Peninsula agree both with Kormilev’s (1971) redescription of the New Caledonian specimen and with New Guinea material identified by Kormilev as rlioracoceras. Arictus obscurus sp. nov. (Fig. 34C,M,S) TYPE. Holotype 3, Homestead, Silver Plains, via Coen, N. Qld., 11.xii1964, G. Monteith, QMTI 1666. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 18 paratypes. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Cape York, | ¢ 29,in ANIC; Terry Beach, Bamfield Head, Prince of Wales Island, Torres Strait, 7d 29, 2.vii.1976, E Cameron, | 2, 20.vi.1976, I. Loch; Iron Range, 1g 1 9. 26.v.1974, M. Walford-Huggins; Rocky River, Silver Plains, 1 2, 14-16.xi7.1964, GBM; Homestead, Silver Plains, 5d 1 9, 11.xii, 1964, GBM, in QM, (QM dupli- cate lodged in ANIC) (paratypes: QMT26358-26374), DESCRIPTION. Medium sized, 7,8-9,5mm long, with indistinct bicoloured pattem and with spiracles of VII displaced towards margin. MALE. Head length 1.07-1.10 rimes widthacross eyes; vertex with 2 median, longitudinal rows of large tubercles flanked on each side hy a row of smaller tubercles; a single row of small tubercles above each eye; postocular tubercles straight, exceeding outer margin of eyes; antenniferuus tubercles reaching basal third of first antennal segment; clypeus with tubercles on dorsal surface smaller than those an its apex; clypeus reaching almost 2/3 length of first antennal segment. An- tennal length 1.65-1.77 times head length; seg- ment II longest: segment IV a little longer than Il; segment TV barely clavate, not thicker than segment IIL. Pronotum width of hind lobe 2.41-2.50 times median length; fore lobe with anterolateral angles projecting anteriorly and laterally: lateral mar- gins deeply notched between fore and hind lobes: submedian glabrous discs separated by a mechan, double row of tubercles and with a cluster of tubercles anteriorly and posteriorly; sublateral elevations each bearing about | 8 small, crowded tubercles; hind pronotal lobe surface with short squat tubercles which are sparse in centre, Scu- tellum width |.07-1,15 times length; median ca- rina obscure on posterior halt; scutellar surface with tubercles sparse and confined to posterior half; lateral margins constricted subapicallv. Hemelytra reaching to a little beyond hind margin of Tg VI; coria with veins weakly carinate and both tuberculate. Abdominal Cx N-VI with posterolateral angles slightly protruding; Cx VII with angulate paste- rior margins reaching to level of apex of pygophore; paratergites of VII with apices just longer than pygophore, with spiracles lateral, subapical. Pygophore with an obscure dorsal, tri- angular depression. Parameres as in Fig. 348. Midline of thoracic and abdominal sterna ull with a very fine sulcus; St VI with an extensive glabrous region on each side of middle (Fig. 34C). Spiracles af segments I-VI veniral far 90 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM from margin; those of VII displaced close to lateral margin but not visible from above. FEMALE. As for d except: hemelytra not quite reaching hind margin of Tg VI; apex of segment IX longer than paratergites of VIII, MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 8.33, 7.83- 8.33, 8.83-9.50; W: 4.00, 3.50-3.92, 3.92-4.25; HL: 1.46, 1.40-1.50, 1.54-1.56; HW: 1.34, 1.28- 1.36, 1.42-1.44; PL; 1.28, 1.20-1.28, 1.26-1.34; PW: 3.08, 2.80-3.16, 3.16-3.33; AS: I, 0.70, 0.70- 0.80.0.72-0.74 IL, 0.38, 0.34-0.40, 0.40-0.42; III, 0.96, 0.90-1.00, 1.04; IV, 0.42, 0.40-0.46, 0.42- 0.46; SL: 1.68, 1.48-1.68, 1.68-1.80; SW; 1.80, 1.72-1.88, 1.94-2.00; WL; 5,00, 4.50-5.00, 5,00- 5.25; conum length: 2.00, 1.80-2.00, 1.96-2.20. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35). Open forest from the southern islands of Torres Strait south to the Coen district of Cape York Peninsula. REMARKS. This species is similar to A. thoracoceras in its long postocular tubercles and in the form of the pronotum. However, the dis- placed spiracles of segment VII and the glabrous area of St VI of the d set it clearly apart. It is unusual in being an open forest species confined to the northern part of Cape York Peninsula and in this respect it resembles Neurocrenus yorken- sis. Both are closely related to rainforest species shared with New Guinea (Neuroctenus eu- rycephalus and Arictus thoracoceras). Arictus lobuliventris (Kormilev, 1953) (Fig. 34F,J, KR) Mezira lobuliventris Kormiley. 1953: 340 (descr.); Kormilev, 1955d: 499 (descr. of ?; locality re- cords). Arictus lobuliventris; Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 314 (generic transfer); Kormilev, 1967c; 298 (locality record); Kormilev, 1971: 107, 111 (incl. in key; locality records); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 104 (listed), TYPE. Holotype d, Buin, Bougainville, 1930, H. Hediger, in NMB. Not exammed. Kormilev (1955d) designated a 2 from New Guinea in HNHM as an allotype but since this was after the original description it is invalid. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 11 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, AG 79,16-23.xi.1965, GBM, 1G, 21.iv.1975, M.S. Moulds, in QM. (QM duplicate lodged in BMNH). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 35). Rainforest at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula; widespread in New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, the Bismarck Ar- chipelago and the Philippines. REMARKS. This is the first record for this spe- cies from Australia, It brings to 4 the Aricrus species known from Iron Range which is the only Australian rainforest tract with more than | spe- cies (thoracoceras and lobuliventris). The other two (monteithi and obscurus) occur there in open forest. Arictus chinai (Kormilev, 1955) Mezira chinai Kormilev, 1955d: 550 (descr.; fig.). Arictus chinai Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 314: Blóte, 1965: 25 (record from Sumbawa); Kormilev, 1971. 107 tinel. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 104 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 2, Dammer Is, Australia, in HNHM (not examined). REMARKS. There is no Dammer Island in Aus- tralia and it is presumed that this record refers to Damar Island (spelt variously Damma, Dammer) to the east of Timor in eastern Indonesia. The recording of a specimen of A. chinai from nearby Sumbawa by Blóte (1965) supports this conten- tion. A 9 Aricrus labelled ‘Damma I, 92-44" is in the British Museum and register information in- dicates it was collected by J.J. Walker who visited the island in 1891 (Walker, 1894). However this specimen does not accord with certain aspects of Kormilev's description of A. chinai. Until evi- dence to the contrary is received A. chinai will be deleted from the Australian faunal list. Brachyrhynchus Laporte, 1832 Brachyrhynchus Laporte, 1832: 54 (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner. 1987: 113 (reinstatement, catalogue of spp). Dusius Bergroth, 1894; 104. Hammatoneurum Blóte, 1965: 27. Daulacorisella Blóte, 1965: 28. Mezira (Zemira) Kormilev, 1971: 31, 34 (descr, of subgenus; key to spp.). Mezira (Zimera) Kormilev, [980:328 (replacement name for preoccupied Zemira). TYPE SPECIES. Brachyrhynchux orientalis Laporte, 1832 (2 Acanthia miembranacea Fabricius) by monotypy, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 9D). Africa, Madagascar and the Indo-Pacific region, south to eastern Aus- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 91 ARICTUS e A. monteithi 4 A, tasmani © A. dimidiatus o A. thoracoceras = A. obscurus * A. lobuliventris FIG. 35. Records of species of Arictus in Australia. tralia and Tasmania, and east to the Society Is- lands but not New Zealand. REMARKS. Mezira has been the largest and most difficult genus in the Aradidae. It has been a dumping ground for a great number of largish, winged Mezirinae which lacked distinguishing characters of other genera. The fact that ‘Mezira’, in this sense, was undoubtedly composite has been recognized by many authors and despite the efforts of Usinger & Matsuda (1959) to split off several generic entities (e.g., Oroessa, Daulocoris, Arictus, Chinessa), ‘Mezira’ has re- mained one of the outstanding taxonomic prob- lems in the family. Usinger & Matsuda (1959) ascribed 106 species to ‘Mezira’ and by 1987 this number had risen to more than 230 from every part of the globe (Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987). The formidable task of reviewing the status of this group of species could only be undertaken on a world basis (Kormilev, 1971). Kormilev (1971) erected Mezira (Zemira) for the membranacea- group of species from the Oriental-Pacific region and later (Kormilev, 1974) included a group of African species with them. Later, Kormilev (1980) discovered that the subgeneric name was preoccupied and he replaced it with Zimera. Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) made the radical step of raising all subgenera to generic rank. In doing so they discovered that the long-rejected name, Brachyrhynchus, was available. Since both Brachyrhynchus and Zimera were based on the same type species, Acanthia membranaceus Fabricius, Brachyrhynchus is an objective senior synonym of Zemira. Kormilev (1971) had de- fined Zemira by its large tarsal claws without pulvilli and a deep sinuation in the hind pronotal border. These criteria had not been applied across all the existing species of 'Mezira', so many of the species still remaining in Mezira s. s. were there by default only, pending examination of authentic specimens. This definition was not elaborated upon by Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) when they raised Brachyrhynchus and Mezira to generic rank, and hence many species were rather abitrarily allocated to the genera when it came time for cataloguing them. 92 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Five Australian species belong to "Mezira' in the sense of Usinger & Matsuda, Kormilev in- cluded only sulcatus and subtriangulusin his key ta Zemira Kormilev, 1971: 31), implying that he considered australis, wilsoni and elegans to be members of Mezira s, s.. Kormiley & Froeschner (1987) listed australis, elegans, sulcatus and sub- triangulus under Brachyrhynchus, while wilsoni. a very close relative of australis, is alone placed in Mezira. However, all 5 Australian species lack tarsal pulvilli and have the pronotal border mod- erately excavated, according with Kormilev's original definition of Zemira (=Zimera. =Brachyrhynchus). Since this present work deals with only a minor component of the vast Mezira- Brachyrhynchus complex it is not appropriate here to consider the problem of the respective status of these taxa. 1 deal with them all under Brachrhynchus. Of the 5 Australian species 2 are widespread apen forest endemics (australis, wilsoni), 2 are rainforest species shared with New Guinea (sul catus, subrriangulus), and the fifth (elegans) 15 known from a unique specimen of uncertain veg- etational affinities. Australian species for which ¢ are available have parameres with a distinctive ridge of fine teeth on the inner face (Figs 37]-L). This is not seen in any other winged genus in Australia but is present throughout the complex of fully apter- ous genera n Australia, New Caledonia and New Zealand. As discussed elsewhere this is believed tu support the contention that the macropterous ancestors of this large apterous complex lie in the Brachyrhynchus-Mezira complex. KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF BRACHYRHYNCHUS |. Wing membranes with branching venation clearly evident; sides of pronotum indented on each side al junction between fore and hind lobes . , . . 2 Wing membranes without branching venation evi- dent; sides of pronotum straight or uniformly curved, not indented oro doe m oo si bpt gom à a (1), Veins of wing membranes glabrous; transverse sulcus betWeen fore and hind lobes of pronotum very deep; hind pronotal lobe with an iregular tubercle on each side of anterior declivity: d with margins of Cx VI biconvex cus of pronotum shallow. anterior declivity of hind pronotal lobe without large tubercles; d with margins of Cx Vil simply rounded win eh aui» 4 Tua dmi EF subtriangulus (Kormilev) 3(1). Submedian areas of pronotal fore lobe with a glabrous disc set on an elevation on each side of midline; female paratergites of VIH shorter than length of midline of VIII; broad species with head- body length 2.25 or less times body width . . 4 Submedian areas of pronotal fore lobe barely dif- ferentiated; female with paratergites of VIII large, longer than median length of Tg VIL; small, slender species with length 2,5 times width re . . elegans (Kormilev) 4(3). Pronotal fore lobe with submedian elevations much higher than sublateral elevations and with anterolateral angles produced, usually beyond level of collar; lateral margins of pronotum con- vex; male paramere with tooth at base of poste- rior margin bent outwards . wilsoni (Kormilev) Pronotai fore lobe with submedian and sublateral areas of equal height and with anterolateral an- gles reduced, not surpassing collar, lateral mar- gins of pronotum straight; d paramere with tooth at base straight, in line with posterior mar- 1 australis (Walker) Brachyrhynchus sulcatus (Kormilev, 1958) (Figs SO, 37 A.E.H,J) Mezira swicata Kormilev, 1958: 91 (deser.); Konnilev, 19652; 33 (locality records): Kormilev, 19672: 546 (locality records), Kormilev, 1968: 231 [locality records). Mezira(Zemira) sulcaru: Kormilev, 1971: 32, 40 (incl. in key; locality records), Brachyrhynchus suleatus: Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 119 (listed). TYPE. Holotype Z, Australia N.S.Wales, in HNHM, Not examined but specimens compared with holotype on my behalf by Dr T. Vásárhelyi, MATERIAL EXAMINED, 261 specimens: NEW GUINEA: Popondetta; Brown River, via Port Moresby, in QM. NORTH QUEENSLAND; Lockerbie, Cape York, in ANIC; 3km E of Lockerbie, Bamaga; Andoom, via Weipa; Iron Range; West Claudie R., in QM; Rocky River, via Cuen, in AM; Shipton's Flat, via Helenvale, in ANIC and QM; Coo- per Ck, Cape Tribulation, in ANIC; Upper Daintree River, Mossman Gorge, in QM; Redlynch, in BMNH; Cairns; Gordonvale; Upper Mulgrave River, Maalan, in QM; Yarrabah; Gadgarra, Bailey's Creek; Kolbo, in ODP; Innisfail; Eubenangee; Kuranda, in AM. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Brooloa SF, S. of Gympie, in AM; Bulburin SF; Mount Bauple; North Pine River, in QM; Pine River. in QDPI; Queensland (un- localized), in BMNH. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, SAM, EH, UQIC). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 38}, Common, subcorti- cal, rainforest species in New Guinea and along the castern seaboard of Australia Irom the tip of REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 93 Cape York to S Queensland. The type series is labelled *N.S.Wales' but no modern material is available to authenticate its occurrence south of the Queensland border. There is a large gap in collecting records between Innisfail and Bulburin. REMARKS. This species is recognizable by its strong elevations on the pronotal fore lobe and the deep sulcus between forelobe and hind lobe. It is common in north Queensland but rare in the south. Old and modern records from the southern limit of its range are from the Pine River, north of Brisbane, and the great destruction of the fring- ing gallery rainforest there in recent years places its present status in doubt. Brachyrhynchus subtriangulus (Kormilev, 1953) (Fig. 37C,F,G,I) Mezira membranacea triangula: Kormilev, 1953: 339 (misidentification). Mezira subtriangula Kormilev, 1957c: 269 (descr.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 379 (listed); Kormilev, 1967a: 546 (locality records); Kormilev, 1967c: 300 (locality records). Mezira (Zemira) subtriangula: Kormilev, 1971:34, 46 (incl. in key; locality records). Brachyrhynchus subtriangulus: Kormilev & Froesch- ner, 1987: 119 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d, New Guinea, Huon Gulf, Simbang, 1898, Biro, in HNHM. Not examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 40 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Lockerbie, Cape York, 2d 29, 6- 10.vi.1969, GBM, 28 19, 10-15,vi.1969, GBM, 26, 13-27.iv.1973, GBM; 3km E of Lockerbie, 18, 16- 20.ix.1974, GBM; Iron Range, 5d 39, 30.iv.- 4.vii.1977, GBM, 3d 12, 1-9.vi.1971, GBM, 28 19, 5-10.v.1968, GBM, 28 29, 28.iv.-4.v.1968, GBM, 19, 11-17.v.1968, 19, 27-30.iv.1973, GBM; Leo Creek road, 500 m, McIlwraith Range, 5d 3 9, 29.vi.- 4.vii.1976, GBM & SRM, in OM; Mcllwraith Range, NE of Coen, 18, 29.vi.-5.vii.1976, J. Donaldson, in QDPI. (QM duplicate lodged in EH, UQIC). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 38). Confined to rainforests of the northern half of Cape York Peninsula. Widespread and common in New Guinea, the Bismarck Archipelago, the Solomon Islands, Vanuatu and Micronesia. REMARKS. Brachyrhynchus subtriangulus is a member of a difficult complex of large species related to B. membranaceus (Fabricius, 1803) and which occur from Asia through the islands of the Indo-Pacific. Kormilev (1957c) first began to split the group into discrete species and he con- tinued in 1971 when he erected B. (Zemira) to contain them and provided a key to species. In the eastern part of its range this group is represented by B. subtriangulus, B. solomonensis (Kormilev, 1971), B. micronesicus (Esaki & Matsuda, 1951) and B. funebrus (Kormilev, 1971) but sub- triangulus is the only member to reach Australia. This is the first record of the species from the continent. Brachyrhynchus elegans (Kormilev, 1967) (Figs 36, 37D) Mezira elegans Kormilev, 1967: 543 (descr.). Brachyrhynchus elegans: Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 125 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 9, Dorrigo, N.S.Wales, W. Heron, in SAM 120,393. Examined. MATERIAL AND DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 38). Holo- type only known. REMARKS. The status of this species remains doubtful in the absence of additional material to confirm the authenticity of the label locality of the unique holotype. Kormilev, when describing the species expressed some doubts when he wrote *this new species looks more like a Neotropical Mezira than an Australian species, however the hind border of pronotum is more deeply sinuate than in the Neotropical species’ . Nevertheless the failure of more material of this apparently sub- cortical species to be recollected from the well known locality of Dorrigo, together with its non- Australian facies, favours the suspicion that the holotype is a mislabelled exotic. Brachyrhynchus australis (Walker, 1873) (Figs 3A-D, 5P, 37K) Crimia australis Walker, 1873: 22 (descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896: 47 (listed). Brachyrhynchus scrupulosus Bergroth, 1886: 56 (descr.); Lethierry & Severin, 1896: 43 (listed); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 119 (listed) syn. nov. Brachyrhynchus australis: Distant, 1902: 362 (listed); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 114 (listed). Mezira australis: Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 379 (listed); Kormilev, 1965a: 33 (locality records); Kormilev, 1965b: 6 (locality records); Blóte, 1965: 34 (locality records); Kormilev, 19672: 542 (locality records); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy). TYPES. Crimia australis: Lectotype 9, N. Holl., Ent. Club. 44-12, in BMNH. Examined. 94 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM oe b T Ju B put Dog Həz tn Dog "65v WAV VO 342 20 b ug wt Cb sv tu Dp ye a v - 1 353 2$: ort Uh a c: Er de, or r FIG. 35. Dorsal view of holotype of Brachy rhynchuy vlevans. Brachyrhynchus serupulosus: Holotype 9 , Nov, Holl., Schultz, 7269, in HUB. Examined. LECTOTYPE. Walker (1873) listed 3 specimens as follows: ‘a, Australia. Presented by the Ento- mological Club. b. South Australia, Presented by R. Bakewell, Esq. c. Queensland’. All 3 speci- mens are preserved in the British Museum and they represent 3 different species. Specimen ‘a’ is a 2 of the species which has been widely known as australis in modern times (Kormilev, 1965a, 1965b, 1967a; Kumar, 1967) and is here designated the lectorype. The specimen is stage mounted and is in good condition except for the loss of the right middle leg, the tibia of the belt middle leg, the apical segment of the left antenna and the two apical segments of the right antenna. It now bears 5 labels as follows: (1) handwritten, pencil, white ‘N. Holl.', (2) printed, white "Ent. Club. 44-12", (3) printed, white ' Crimia australis Walker's Catal.', (4) red, handwritten ‘LECTO- TYPR, Crimtaaustralis Walker, 1873", (5) white, printed ‘Mezira australis (Walker, 1873) Det. G.B. Monteith, 1978". Specimen 'b' isa ? of B. wilsoni Kormilev, It bears a circular, green-edged label reading "Type' but, according to advice from Mr W. Dolling of the British Museum, such labels on Walker material have no nomenclatural status. Accordingly this specimen has been lú- belled as a Syntype of Crimia australis Walker but now hears my determination label as Meziru wilsoni. Specimen ‘c’ is a 9 of Neuroctenus grandis Kormilev and now bears a Syntype label as Crimia australis and my determination Jubel as Neurocteuus grandis. SYNONYMY OF Brachyrhynchus scrupulosus, Bergroth's description of serupulosus refers only to the 9 and gives the following details. on maw- rial studied: "Patria: Australia (D. Schultz). Mus. Berol. Var. b. Minor, totus niger Lon. ? 715 - 8 mm. Patria: Nova Caledonia - Coll. Sign.’ have taken the single specimen in the collection of the Humboldt University of Berlin as the holotype and it agrees well with the Lectotype of Walker's species selected above. I have nol located the New Caledonian specimen mentioned by Bergroth but since it is referred to as "Var b' it cannot qualify as of syntypic status under Article 72b of the ICZN. Kormilev & Froeschner (1987) erroneously listed "New Guinea' instead of New Caledonia for type material of this species. MATERIAL EXAMINED. The types and 296 speci- mens: NORTHERN TERRITORY: Stapleton, n SAM & BMNH; Black Point. Cobourg Pen.: 9km NE of REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 95 Mudginberri HS; Gove; Horn Islet, Pellew Group, in QM; 12km NNE Borroloola, in ANIC; W. Alligator R. mouth, in QM. NORTH QUEENSLAND; Hann River Xing, in ANIC; Mt Isa; Karumba; 26km W Mareeba; 6 ml. W. of Kuranda; 50 ml. S. of Hughenden; ‘40-Mile Scrub', via Mt Garnet; Walkamin; 7.7km W Greenvale, in QM. CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Greta Ck., 20 ml N of Proserpine; Mt Etna, Rockhamp- ton in QM; Clermont, in AM. SOUTH QUEENS- LAND: Coringa Scrub, Central Burnett; Rosedale; Pomona; Taroom; Inglewood; Broadwater, in QDPI; Fletcher in ANIC; Mt Moffatt NP, The Tombs: Mt Moffatt NP, Consuelo Tbld; Womblebank, via Injune, in QM; Morven; Cunnamulla; Condamine; Carnarvon Gorge; Blackall; St. George, in AM; Millmerran; Con- damine; Cunnamulla; Bybera Road, Inglewood; Chin- chilla; Glenmorgan; 16km N Boonah; Mt Crosby, in QM and in UQIC; Braemar SF, via Kogan; Lake Broadwater (SW Track); Lake Broadwater (Site 9); Warwick; Dunwich, Stradbroke Island; Meandarra; Brisbane, in QM; Ravensbourne; Bunya Mts; Mt Tamborine; Nundubbemere Falls, 25km SW Stanthorpe, in QM; 16 km S Texas, in ANIC; Fletcher, in BCRI. NEW SOUTH WALES: 10 ml W of Glen Innes; 30 ml. W of Junee, in QM; Nyngan dist.; Wel- lington; Coolabah, in ANIC; Bogan River; Wheogo, nr. Dunedoo; Nyngan; Howlong; Barrington Tops; nr. Tottenham; Burning Mt., Wingen; Tenterfield; Nandewar Range, nr. Narrabri, 6km SE of Mt Harris; Weetaliba; 38km N. of Bourke, in AM; Ponto Falls, nr Wellington, in QM; Branxton; Wellington; Howlong; Sandy Hollow, 30km W Muswellbrook, in BCRI; Syd- ney; N.S.Wales, in BMNH. AUSTRALIAN CAPI- TAL TERRITORY: Canberra, in ANIC. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Parachilna, Flinders Ranges, in QM; Mt Remarkable, in SAM. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, EH, NMNH, HNHM). DESCRIPTION (based on Lectotype and addi- tional modern material). Medium sized, oval, 7.50-9.00mm long, with elevations of pronotal fore lobe low. MALE. Head length subequal to width across eyes; vertex with crowded, low granules not in rOWS; supra-ocular carinae well developed, cren- ulate; postocular tubercles broad, with hind mar- gins curved, reaching, or slightly surpassing outer profile of eyes; antenniferous tubercles with outer margins subparallel, their apices blunt, reaching to basal 1/3 of first antennal segment; genal pro- cesses reaching to 4/5 length of first antennal segment, with their apices blunt, notched and sometimes slightly divergent. Rostrum shorter than rostral groove which is open posteriorly. Antennal length 1.5-1.75 times head length; seg- ment III longest; segments II and III apically crenulate. Pronotum width 1.87-1.96 times median length; collar clearly separated off; lateral mar- gins subparallel on posterior half and convergent, straight, on anterior half; anterolateral angles rounded, narrow, not produced anteriorly beyond level of collar; fore lobe with submedian areas each consisting of a low crescentic, obliquely placed glabrous callus surrounded by a single row of granules on inner margin and by 2-3 rows of granules on outer margin; sublateral areas form- ing a weakly inflated patch of granules; hind pronotal lobe bearing rather sparse surface gran- ules; hind pronotal margin moderately concave in centre. Scutellum with width 1.18-1.32 times length; margins carinate, thickened at anterolat- eral angles; apex notched; disc granulate, wrin- kled, with midline weakly elevated. Hemelytra reaching hind margin of Tg VI, coria reaching half length of Tg III, their surface granular; mem- branes black with surface opaque and roughened, venation not distinct. Abdomen with margins gently curved, without any Cx angles protruding; outer half of dorsal Cx plates longitudinally striate, inner half punctate; Tg VII roundly elevated above pygophore; paratergites of VIII short, broad, apically rounded and with spiracle ventral, far from apex. Pygophore with base of dorsum impressed on each side of midline. Parameres as in Fig. 37K. Spiracles of segments II-VII present, situated ventrally, far from margin. FEMALE. As for ó except: Tg VII with a quad- rate elevation which is depressed in middle; paratergites of VIII short, broad, shorter than length of midline of Tg VII; apex of segment IX surpassing apex of paratergites of VIII. MEASUREMENTS. Lectotype of australis first, holotype of scrupulosus second, then ranges of 2d and 2.L:8.50, 9.00, 7.50-8.00, 7.83-9.00; W: 3.92, 4.17, 3.33-3.75, 3.67-4.08; HL: 1.30, 1.40, 1.26-1.32, 1. 16-1.34; HW: 1.36, 1.40; 1.16-1.30, 1,26-1.28; PL: 1.54, 1.66, 1.30-1.40, 1.42-1.60; PW: 2.88, 3.16, 2.50-2.75, 2.75-3.08; SL: 1.30, 1.42, 1. t -1.36, 1.30-1.40; SW: 1.72, 1.86, 1.40- 1.60, 1.54-1.80; WL: 4.58, 4.67, 3.83-4.42, 4.17- 4.75; corium length: 2.40, 2.40, 2.06-2.20, 1.90-2.30; AS:1,0.50, 0.54, 0.42-0.48, 0.44-0.50; II, 0.58, 0.58, 0.44-0.50, 0.50-0.56; III, 0.68-0.76, 0.58-0.60, 0.64-0.70; IV, absent, 0.50, 0.44-0.48, 0.46-0.48. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 38). Endemic, subcorti- cal, open forest species with the widest distribu- tion and the greatest tolerance of aridity of any Australian mezirine. Northern Territory to north Queensland and down eastern Australia to the 96 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM EVA FIG. 37. Brachyrhynchus spp.; A, B. sulcatus 3; B, B. wilsoni; C, B. subtriangulus 3; D-F, 9 abdominal apices; D, B. elegans ventral; E, B. sulcatus dorsal; F, B. subtriangulus dorsal; G-H, spermathecae; G, B. subtriangulus; H, B. sulcatus; I-L, left parameres, inner view; I, B. subtriangulus; J, B. sulcatus; K, B. australis; L, B. wilsoni. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 97 A.C.T. and E South Australia, It has not been recorded from Victoria or from northern Cape York Peninsula, REMARKS. This species is closely related to B. wilsoni and is broadly sympatric with it over much of eastern Australia. Brachyrhynchus wilsoni ( Kormilev, 1967) comb.nov. (Fig, 37B,L) Mezira wilsoni Kormilev, 1967a: 542. (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 160 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d Lome,,,,,,.,, V. 27.x.19 1 SF, EWilson, SAM 120,390. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 7] speci- mens: CENTRAL QUEENLAND: Springcliffe, via Mackay, 28. 39, 12.1.1965, EJ. Dunwoody, in QM; Rockhampton, 12, 15.x.1924, A. Musgrave, in AM. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: 20km E Kroonibit Tops, 22, 28.41.1989, JS, D. Potter, J, Chaseling; Samford, 19, 23,vi.1966, F.R. Wylie: Ravensbourne, 12, 15.ix.1971, BKC; North Pine River, 5d 19, 5.ix.1965, GBM; St Lucia, Brisbane, 2d, 3.11.1975, GIT, in QM; 29, 3.vii.1911, H. Hacker, m QM & BMNH; South Emu Creek, via Emu Vale, | 9, 22.v.1969, BKC; Braemar SP, via Kogan, 1d 1 9, QM Ber 215, R. Raven, 1 ? , QM Berl. 218, 18.x,1979, GBM, 2d 49, 15-19.x.1979, GBM; Lake Broadwater, 58. 19, QM Berl 722 (Site 1), 22411986, V.E. Davies & GIT, 12, QM Ber 719 (Site 2), 24.1.1986, V.E. Davies & GIT, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Toorooka, Macleay R, 1 9, 10.1.1992, JS & J, Chaseling; 30 ml W of Junee, 4d 22, 5,iv.1969, GBM; South Ita Sand Hills, 70 ml. S of Broken Hill, 19. 8.xii. 1966, J.B. Williams, in QM: Mt Jerrabombera, via Queanbeyan, 1d, 14.xii.1969, LC. Taplin, in ANIC, Jindabyne, allotype 9 paratype 2, 26.1.1951, F.E. Wil- son, in SAM; Island Bend, 4,100°, Kosciusko, 29, 24.x1.1952, J,W.T. Armstrong, in AM. VICTORIA: 14km W of Murrayville, Berlesate 244, Roadside mallee, 29, 9.11970, C. Brooks; Ikm N of Nowingi, Berlesale 233, Roadside Mallee, 2.8 , 8.11.1970, C, Brooks; 1 Ikm E of Viutah Lakes, Berlesate 239, roadside mallee, 28, 6.11, 1970, C. Brooks; Chiltem Forest, Berlesate 14, leaf liter, 13, 1.1967, R.S. Melnnes; 27km S of Ouyen, 1 ?, 8.ii.1970, C. Brooks, in ANIC; Mt Cobberas, 1700 m, | 2, 5.iv.1969, J. Sedlacek, in QM. TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, 13 19, JAW. Evàns, in QM; Glen Dhu, Id 19, 3.víii 1929, V.V. Hkkman, in AM; Launceston, | 9, in BMNH; Hobart, 32 , AM.Lea,in TAD; 12 ml S Campbelltown, 1d 29 ,3.v.1973, H D.Baker & A. Darnell, n TMAG. WESTERN AUS- TRALIA: Walsh Point, Adrniralty Gulf, ANIC Berl.871, Id, 16,v,1968, J. Balderson, in ANIC, (QM duplicates lodged in EH, U'QIC). DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 38). Open forest in Tas- mania and on the mainland fram Victoria lo Mackay in Queensland, Most occurrences arc from along the Great Dividing Range but there are records from the western plains of New South Wales and Victoria. One specimen is recorded from NW Australia. REMARKS. B. wilsoni is easily recognized by the great enlargement of the submedian elevations af the pronotal forelobe, but in other respects it is very similar to B, australis, The two species overlap in range but wilsoni extends to higher elevations and is the only member of the Mezirinae to occur in the higher parts of the Australian Alps. Many of the records of B. wilsoni are from leaf litter and debris at bases of eucalypt trees and in this situation it extends into semi-desert mallee regions. Drakiessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Drakiessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 230 (descr.}; Kormilev, 19653: 25 (key to spp); Kormilev, 1971: 5 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 136, TYPE SPECIES, Chelonoderus hackeri Drake, 1942, by original designation. DESCRIPTION. Moderate to large, heavily sclerotised, apterous. Head broad and flattened, postocular tubercles usually well developed as triangular lobes; eyes small. exseried, separated from antenniferous tu- bercles by a deep cleft extending beyond inner margin of eye; antenniferous tubercles usually blunt; genal processes usually blunt and not fused basally beyond the apex of the clypeus; rostral groove almost always closed behind; rostral atrium closed. Antennae usually with all seg- ments of similar diameter, two apical segments of subequal length. Pronotum without median Jongitudinal groove; submedian areas not elevated and usually with distinct glabrous plates; sublateral elevations present; pronotal collar separated off by a dorsal groove and bearing both dorsal and ventral op- posable tubercles; hind margin of pronotum with discrete border present in median region, Mesonotum and metanotum both with elevations, Thoracic opposable tubercles always present as follows; a pair nt between mesonotal and metanotal elevations one each side of thorax; two pairs (anterior and posterior) present between metanotal elevations and median plate of abdom- inal Tg I, A deeply inflected cavity present be- tween mesonotum and metanotum on each side of midline. Legs not bicoloured, Tarsal pulvilhi present, spatulate. 98 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BRACHYRHYNCHUS * B. sulcatus 4 B, subtriangulus * B, elegans * B. australis = B, wilsoni FIG. 38. Records of species of Brachyrhynchus in Australia. Abdominal tergal disc usually not greatly ele- vated; its pattern of glabrous areas generally distinct and demarcated by raised ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg II and III subdivided by ridges; suture between Tg I and II distinct in middle and obliterated laterally; small oppos- able tubercles present between posterior angles of central plate of Tg I and anterior margin of Tg II; lateral margins of Cx VII usually angled in c . Meso- and metasterna with median im- pressions; pattern of glabrous areas deeply im- pressed on abdominal sterna. Spermatheca and its duct without modifica- tions, or with a dilation in the duct. Parameres with a row of fine teeth on inner face. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10B). Australian endemic confined to the eastern seaboard between central Cape York Peninsula and northern N.S.W. REMARKS. Drakiessa has 13 named and 1 un- named species making it the largest genus of Aradidae in Australia. It comprises a group of large robust species separable from all other ap- terous Australian Mezirinae by the non-sulcate midline of the pronotum and the pattern of tho- racic opposable tubercles. All species, except the rather anomalous type, D. hackeri, coat them- selves with a heavy incrustation of soil and debris which must be cleaned off before identification. This is difficult to do with dried specimens because the body hairs are embedded in the dried soil layer. Itis best done with a mounted needle and fine brush with the specimen in alcohol before mounting. The genus has its centre of diversity in south Queensland where 7 species occur in a complex interwoven distribution pattern with up to 4 spe- cies being sympatric. The remaining species occur REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE o9 singly in rainforest tracts further north in Queens- land with the exception of the major Cairns — Atherton Tableland system where D, glaebula and D. planula coexist and at Eungella where D. xybilae and D. minor coexist. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF DRAKIESSA 1. Second and third antennal segments with erect setae as long as diameter of shafl of segment; genal processes apically pointed (except in D. arelimira) and with a lateral angulation . . . . 2 Second and third antennal segments with decum- bent setae shorter than diameter of shaft of seg- ment; genal processes opically rounded (except sometimes D. wasselli) and without a lateral an- 4 puliti oe a: are oe a rm 2(1). Scutellar area convex and granular; sides of ab- domen convex laterally: . . . . virago, sp. nov. Scutellar area flat and smooth; sides of abdomen siraight 312). Genal processes attenuate and apically pointed; margin of Cx VII straight on each side of pygophore Sybilae sp.nov. Genal processes apically blunt; margin of Cx VII angulate on each side of pygophore eas ae en oe we arelimira sp.nov. A(1). Metathoraic scent gland orifice widely open, with prominent evaporative area visible in cleft; dor- sal body surface with some sparse patches of erect setae, particularly on sublateral elevations af pronotum; abdominal spiracles raised on low tubercles; d without polished boss on St VH. , , 5 Metatboracic scent gland orifice narrow and slit- like; dorsal body surface without erect setae; abdominal spiracles not usually on low tuber- cles; d with a polished boss on St VII (except DX Racbep) osiraqi-itireÓeeea3 7 5(4). Pronotum with a lateral explanate margin lat- erad of sublateral pronotal elevations g*i2o5.3233230 31.1 parva Kormilev Pronotum without lateral explanate margins lar- erad of sublateral pronotal elevations (5). Third and fourth antennal segments subequal in length and diameter: posterolateral margin of Cx VI not angled in male, . . caritre/li, sp. nov. Third antennal segment longer and thinner than fourth; postero-lateral margin of Cx VI angled in *og 9 do? * » 9 Hee male. ee lu glaebula, sp. nov. 7(4). Most of head and body surface with dense, waxy, decumbent setae; postocular tubercles re- duced to narrow bands behind eyes; male with- out median, polished boss on St (VIT; size large, | Imm or more in length . - . . kackeri (Drake) Head and body surface with sparse, inconspicu- ous setae; postocular tubercles forming angular processes behind eyes; male with a median, pol- ished boss on St VIE: size smaller, less than Dimer A length «osse uter rm. & 8(7), Antenniferous tubercles and genal processes apically pointed; male with postero-lateral mar- gin of Cx VEangulate (Cape York Peninsula) taps buikaA-: ade wasselli, sp. nov. Antenniferous tubercles and genal processes apically blunt; male with margins of Cx Vi straight . 9 9(8). Genal processes separate at base but with their apices bent towards each other and contiguous, thus enclosing a foramen between their bases; explanate lateral margin of pronotum terminat- ing anterior to hind angles; female with median length of St VII longer than combined lengths of St V and VI confusa Kormilev Genal processes parallel, their apices not bent Lor wards each other; explanate lateral margin of pronotum continuous to hind angles; female with median length of St VII shorter than com- bined lengths of St V and VI 10(9). Polished boss on St VIE on male in form of a small capitate rubercle with height equalling width (ca. 0. I 5mm); genal processes usually barely reaching apex of first antennal segment, head margin deeply incised behind posterior tu» Befclps 51 8.50 8.5528 38.5 te L Polished boss on St VIT of male forming a broad, low dise about 0.5mm wide; genal processes slightly surpassing apex of first antennal seg- ment; head margin sinuate, but not deeply in- cised, behind postoculartubercles ..... - 12 11(10). Genal processes contiguous in front of clyp- eus; narrower, body with length/width ratio of thorax and abdomen combined equalling 1.52- 1,61 (South Queensland) . , . minor Kormlev Genal processes slightly separated in front of clypeus; broader, body wider, with lengrh/widtli ratio of thorax and abdomen combined equalling 1.41-1.46 (North Queensland) planula, sp. nov. {2(10). Polished boss on St VII of male bearing two small superimposed tubercles; female with hist margin of Tg VII straight for full width, making abdominal apex truncate . . . , Jertia Kormilev Polished boss on St VII of male flat, without su- perimposed tubercles; female with hind margin of Tg VII curved laterally so that abdominal apex is more rounded . . . consobrina, sp. tiov. Drakiessa hackeri (Drake, 1942) (Figs 2A, 40H, 43P,R.S, 44O,d) Chelonoderus hackeri Drake, 1942: 190 (descr.). Drakiessa hackeri. Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 231; Kormilev, 1963; 446 (locality records); Kormilev, 1964: 47 (locality records); Kormilev, 19652: 23 [locality records); Kormilev, 1967a: 523 (Iocality récards); Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 136 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 9, Montville, Australia, Jan., 1913. In NMNH. Type not examined but good condition verified for me by Dr R.C. Froeschner. The holotype, plus a paratype 9 labelled ‘Buderim Mountains, Aus- tralia, 6.iv.12, H. Hacker’, are housed in the Drake Collection of Hemiptera, NMNH. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 91 specimens: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Gayndah, 29, Masters, in AM; Harry's Hut, Cooloola, 19, 4.v.1994, R.Sheridan; Cooran Tableland, via Gympie, 78, 49, 19- 21.iii.1976, GBM; Jimna Range, via Kilcoy, 19, 9.xii.1966, GBM, 2d 29, 4.iv.1969, BKC; Yarra- man, 1d, 21.iv.1957; Imbil, 2 9, 6.xii. 1966, GBM; Mt Beerwah, 18, 12.viii.1966; Buderim Mountain, 3d 19,8.iv.1912, H. Hacker, in QM; Blackall Ranges, 3d 39, A.M. Lea, in SAM; Mt Glorious, 1d, 24.11.1987, A Hiller; Highvale, 19, 15.ix.1964; Mt Nebo, 19, 9.ix.1986, S. Wilson, 1 9,3.ix.1966, H. Burton; Brook- field, 28, 10.iv.1964, 7¢ 59, 19.x.1964, GBM, in QM, 19, 19.x.1964, GBM, in ANIC; Ugly Gully, via Mt Crosby, 28 29, 31.x.1964, GBM; Brisbane, 18, 18.11.1984, G.Sarnes, 1°, 3,vii.1911, H. Hacker, 1N, 7 1i, 1925, H. Hacker, 1 9 , viii.1963, B.A. Mooney, 1d, 22-24.1.1975, GIT, 1 9, 3.11.1975, GIT, 1 8, 1961, J.H. Bryan, in QM, 29, 2N, 8.viii.1959, R. Kleinschmidt, in QDPI; Tamborine Mtn., 28 39 1 N, 28.x.1912, H. Hacker, in QM, 19 IN, A.M. Lea, in SAM, 12, 26.xi.1982, J. &. E. Doyen, in ANIC; National Park, 19, H. Hacker; Canungra, 192, 10.xii.1967, GBM, in QM; Tallebudgera Creek, 2 9 , 11.x.1980, DJC, in UQIC. NEW SOUTH WALES: Rivertree, 1 9, E.Sutton, in BMNH; Whian Whian SF, via Dunoon, 700’, 39, 25-26.xi.1972, GBM, in QM. NO LOCALITY: 1d, 29,6N, in QDPI; 19, in QM; 1d, in SAM, 4d 39, in AM. (QM duplicates lodged in DJ, NMNH, MNMG). DESCRIPTION. Very large, 11-15mm long, with dense vestiture of waxy, adpressed setae covering most of dorsal and ventral surfaces of head and body. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide, its dor- sum completely covered with waxy setae except for narrow glabrous strip on each side of vertex; postocular tubercles reduced to a narrow, angular strip behind each eye; eyes rather large, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a narrow cleft; antenniferous tubercles short, broad, apically blunt, extending beyond eyes by a little less than 2 eye diameters; genal processes with bases sep- arate and apices contiguous enclosing a small foramen usually filled with detritus; lateral mar- gins of genal processes each with a sub-apical angulation. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae shorter than head, with total length 0.8-0.9 head length; segment I longest, segment II shortest; segments III and IV subequal; setae on segments II and III short, adpressed. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Pronotum with anterolateral angles produced into rounded, semi-erect lobes terminating poste- riorly before hind angles; sublateral elevations small, lower than upturned edges of lateral lobes; submedian areas with prominent glabrous discs laterad of median ridge terminating posteriorly as a slightly projecting median tubercle on hind pronotal margin; anterior to submedian areas pro- notum slopes sharply forward to collar. Meso- notum with wing vestiges projecting laterally beyond body margin; scutellar area not raised; sublateral elevations of mesonotum larger than those of metanotum; metanotum largely glabrous laterad of median setose ridge. Metathoracic scent gland groove very narrow and semi-occluded. Abdominal Tg I with central area raised and bearing two opposable tubercles on each side bearing against metanotal elevations; abdominal tergal disc raised along midline and with pattern of glabrous areas bolding marked by setose ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg II-VI each subdivided into two by strongly elevated longitu- dinal ridges; sides of abdomen straight with mar- gins of Cx I-VI a little sinuate; margin of Cx VII with a small projecting angulation; paratergites of VII very short, truncate, with spiracles apical. Mesosternum with a median sulcus. Pygophore deeply withdrawn inside segment VII, with a dorsal projection formed from apices of posterior parandria. Parameres as in Fig. 440. FEMALE. As for d except: Tg VII with a pair of transverse posterior tubercles; St VII with median length shorter than that of V and VI combined. Spermatheca with a secondary chamber devel- oped in its short duct (Fig. 44D). MEASUREMENTS. Ranges of 2d and 29. L: 10.83-12.13, 13.67-14.50; W: 5.00-5.83, 7.33-7.50; HL: 3.00-3.58, 3.83-3.92; HW: 2.83-3.42, 3.50-3.67; PL: 1.25-1.32, 1.42; PW: 3.42-4.25, 4.50-4.83; AS: I, 1.05-1.06, 1.10-1.22; I1, 0.50-0.60, 0.60-0.64; III, 0.66-0.78, 0.76-0.86; IV, 0.64, 0.74, 0.78. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Common in open eucalypt forests of lowlands and tablelands from near Gayndah in SE Queensland to near Lismore in N N.S.W. REMARKS. This well known species was the second apterous aradid to be described from Aus- tralia and although it is the type species of the largest Australian genus, it shows a number of features unique in the Australian fauna. It is the largest member of the Aradidae on the continent and is the only apterous mezirine to have fully REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE adapted to the non-rainforest environment in Aus- tralia. Ithas a fairly close association with ‘ironbark’ eucalypts and may be found in large colonies on the underside of logs and under loose bark of dead stumps of this group of Eucalyptus species. The deep surface crevices and non-shedding charac- teristics of their bark provides a continuous cor- tical environment for a number of years after tree death and this enables several seasons of colony buildup of the aradid to occur after initial colony founding by this flightless species. D. hackeri has a surprisingly small geographic range consider- ing the apparent lack of habitat constraints such as are seen in its rainforest relatives. Within Drakiessa this species is strikingly dis- tinct with its characteristic dense surface vesti- ture, its reduced postocular tubercles and its apparently functionless scent gland openings. Newly emerged specimens also show a surface bloom of waxy material not seen in other species. However, its basic thoracic structure is quite in accord with the generic pattern. Drakiessa cantrelli sp. nov. (Figs. 40B, 431, 44e) Drakiessa parva: Kormilev, 1967a: 523 (misident.). TYPE. Holotype d, Whian Whian State Forest, 700’, via Dunoon, New South Wales, 5.v.1973, I. Naumann, QMT11667. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 5 paratypes: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Joalah NP, Mt Tamborine, 19, 18.vii.1969, BKC, 19, 12.iii.1990, J. Stanisic & D. Potter; Lamington NP, 19, 15.ix.1969, BKC, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Warning, in pitfall trap, 1 2, vi-xi.1976,GBM & SRM, in QM. (paratypes: QMT29709-29713). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7.5-9.8mm long with tubercular thorax, reduced postocular tubercles and sparse, erect setae on dorsum. MALE. Head slightly wider than long, its dorsum smooth, with tufts of erect setae at apices of antenniferous tubercles, postocular tubercles and genal processes; eyes small, strongly stylate, with small bluntly angulate postocular tubercles borne on stylate bases of eyes; cleft between eyes and antenniferous tubercles wide, the latter small, short, curving laterally, barely longer than stylate eyes, with blunt apices; 2 pairs of prominent opposable tubercles between antenniferous tu- bercles and median head process; genal processes narrow, slightly divergent, apically blunt. Anten- nae 1.15 times head length with adpressed setae on all segments; segment I longest, segment II 101 shortest, segments III and IV subequal; all anten- nal segments subequal in diameter. Rostral groove closed behind. Pronotum with long, erect setae with hooked apices on lateral and sublateral lobes; explanate lateral lobes reduced to flattened projections at anterolateral pronotal angles; sublateral eleva- tions very large and overhanging posterior prono- tal margin; anterior portion of sublateral elevations drawn out into hypertrophied oppos- able tubercles of collar. Mesonotum with scutel- lar area smooth and continuous with metanotum; lateral elevations of mesonotum large, smooth; wing vestiges forming small setose, lateral lobes; a very deep pit present between meso- and metanota on each side of middle; metanotal ele- vations large, smooth, with large opposable tuber- cles directed anterolaterally and posteromesally. Metathoracic scent gland openings widely open, curving above mid coxae, with extensive evapo- rative surface visible inside cleft. Legs with semi-erect setae on femora and tibiae. Midline of abdominal Tg I prominently raised into a bilobed elevation; fused tergal disc with smooth, raised ridges separating glabrous areas; inner glabrous areas of Tg III, IV and V each subdivided into two by a ridge. Cx II very long and narrow; lateral margins of Cx II-VI straight, those of VII weakly angulate; Tg VII strongly inflated above pygophore. Paratergites of VIII short, truncate, with spiracles apical. Meso-, meta- and abdominal St with deep margin im- pression; pattern of glabrous areas deeply im- pressed on St and outlined by raised ridges; abdominal spiracles raised on low tubercles; St VII without polished boss. FEMALE. As for ó except: abdominal tergal disc broadly inflated; Tg VII with a pair of tuber- cles Cx II shorter and broader; median length of St VII slightly longer than combined lengths of V and VI. Spermatheca with simple, short duct (Fig. 44e). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then range of two 9. L: 7.50, 9.00-9.83; W: 3.42, 4.58-5.00; HL: 2.00, 2.28-2.44; HW: 2.16, 2.40-2.60; PL: 0.88, 1.08 - 1.20; PW: 2.44, 2.90-3.42; AS: 1, 0.76, 0.84- 0.86; II, 0.36, 0.44-0.46; III, 0.62, 0.70-0.72; IV, 0.56, 0.68-0.70. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Rare in mountain rainforests on the plateau remnants of the Mt Warning shield volcano straddling the Queens- land-N.S.W. border. The type locality is the only low elevation locality from which the species has been taken. REMARKS. It is a pleasure to name this species for Bryan Cantrell, the collector of the first known specimens. D, canirelli forms, with the north Queensland Drakiessa glaebula, à clasely related, disjunct species pair which have the most highly modified thoracic nota in the genus. Were it not for the intermediate species, D. parva, they could conve- niently have been separated at generic level. The deep cavities, high tubercles and erect setae with hooked apices all seem to be modifications for holding the very thick laver nf soil and debris with which they characteristically coat themselves. Drakiessa glaebula sp. nov. (Figs 39. 40L, 43M, 44K, V,h) TYPE. Holotype d, Millaa Millaa Falls, N. Qld, 4.x11.1965, G.B. Monteith, QMT11668. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 14 aratypes; NORTH QUEENSLAND; Bellenden Ker a, I 19, 1.5km S, Cable Tower No 7, 500m, 17-24.x.1981, Earthwatch/QM, 1d, ikm S. Cable Tower No. 6, 500m, 17-24.x.1981, Earthwatch/QM, ld, Cable Tower No. 3, 1054 m, 17.x - 5.xi.1981, Earthwatch/OM; Millaa Millaa Falls, 33. 49, 4.xi1.1965, GBM, 29, 23.iv.1968, GBM; Palmerston NP, 1d, 23.iv.1968, GBM; Vine Créek Rd, 1100m, L8, 24:xii. 1994, GBM, in QM, (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH) (paratypes: QMT14149-14151, OMT 14153-14164, OMT22360). DESCRIPTION. This species is very closely al- lied to D. cantrelli, and the description will be limited to a comparison with that species. MALE. Antennae with segments I1 and III of slightly lesser diameter than that of segments | and IV; lateral margin of pronotum reduced to a narrow anterolateral projection; sublateral prono- tal elevations smaller, less smooth; midline of hind pronotal margin with an opposahle tubercle projecting backwards; mesonotal elevations smaller and more rugose than metanotal lobes; median elevation of abdominal Tg I higher and more strongly bilobate; abdominal tergal disc with à median, rounded scent gland scar tubercle: lateral margins of abdomen rather convex, not straight as in cantrelli; posterolateral angles of both Cx VI and VI angulate, Parameres as in Fig. 44V. FEMALE. Differs from 9 of cantrelli as follows: abdominal tergal disc more convex; sides of ab- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 39. Dorsal view of holorype 3 of Drakiessa glaebüla, domen wider; size smaller. Spermatheca with short, simple duct (Fig. 44h). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 7.50, 7.17-7.50, 8.17-8.33; W: 3.83, 3.75, 4.67-4.92; HL; 2.12,2.00- 220, 2.20-224; HW: 2.20, 2.20-2.28, 2.40-2.44; PL: 0.84, 0.84-0.88. 0.88-0.92; PW: 2.42, 232, 2.56; AS: L 0.90, 0.88-0.96, 0.98-1.00; TI, 046, 0,46-0,50, 0.50-0,52; OT, 0.64, 0.56-0.62, 0.68-0.70; IV, 0,54, 0,50-0,54, 0.60, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45), Wet mountain rain- forests at the southern end of the Atherton Tahle- land and adjacent Bellenden Ker Range, N Queensland. REMARKS. D. elaebula is litle differentiated from D. cantrelli, despite their separation by about 1500km. Both species have been taken only in wet rainforests mostly on basaltic soils (except Bellenden Ker) which suggests that their disjunct distribution is probably real as there are few tracts of similar rainforest in the intervening region. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Drakiessa parva Kormilev, 1965 (Figs 40G, 43N-O, 44C,Q,j) Drakiessa parva Kormilev, 1965a: 24 (descr.); Kormilev, 1967a; 523 (misident. of Drakiessa can- trelli), Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 136 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 9, Lamington Nat. Park, S.E. Qld., 22.v.1964, G. Monteith, QMT6327. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 26 speci- mens: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Cunningham's Gap, 790m, 1d, 1.iii- 1 1.iv. 1994, DJC; Binna Burra, 18 39, 19.iv.1986, J.Stanisic; Lamington NP, 19 holotype, 1d allotype, 2d 19 paratypes, 17.viii.1965, GBM, 1d 19, 20.11.1966, S. Hamlyn, 1 8, 17-24.v.1965, GBM, 1d 19, 17.viii.1965, GBM; Numinbah Arch, 25.iv.1974, GBM; Levers Plateau, via Rathdowney, 1d, 3.iv.1965, GBM; Mt Clunie, 2000’, 28 19, 27.xi.1972, GBM; Mt Gipps, 750m, 18, l.iv.1991, GBM; Upper Tallebudgera Ck., 600m, 18 19, GBM & DJC, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Wiangaree SF, 28, 14.v.1973, D. Crossman; Mt Glennie, via Woodenbong, 2d 1N, 3.xi.1983, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT29714-29717). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7-8.3mm long, with enlarged scent gland openings and continu- ous, explanate, pronotal margins. MALE. Head with median length equalling width across eyes, its dorsum with sparse, semi-erect, curled setae on apices of ocular and genal pro- cesses and along midline; postocular tubercles wide, angular, reaching laterally to outer profile of eyes; eyes exserted, antenniferous tubercles broad, parallel-sided, apically subtruncate, reach- ing beyond eyes by about one eye diameter; op- posable tubercles between antenniferous tubercles and median head processes small; genal processes long, widened apically, blunt, reaching just beyond apex of first antennal segment. Ros- tral groove closed behind. Antennal length 1.15- 1.3 times head length, with all segments subequal in thickness; segment I longest, almost twice length of segment II; segments III and IV sub- equal; segments II and III with adpressed setae. Pronotum width 2.7-3.0 times median length; lateral margins with explanate edges continuous almost to posterior angles; sublateral elevations large, their surfaces rugose, overhanging pronotal boarder posteriorly; each elevation curving me- sally at front and subtending an opposable tuber- cle against the collar; posterior pronotal margin with a median, posteriorly directed opposable tubercle; mesonotum with metanotum with sub- lateral elevations smaller than those of pronotum and usually roughened and somewhat irregular in 103 shape; scutellar area smooth and continuous pos- teriorly to raised central region of abdominal Tg I. Metathoracic scent gland orifice widely open with evaporative surface extending out of interior on to lips of cleft. Abdominal tergal disc slightly inflated, with pattern of glabrous areas distinctly marked by raised, smooth ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg III and IV each subdivided into two by a carina; sides of abdomen parallel, with edges of Cx II-VI straight; margin of Cx VII bluntly angulate; paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, truncate with spiracles apical. Meso-, meta-, and abdomi- nal St II-VI with deep median impressions; ab- dominal spiracles of segments II-VI raised on low tubercles; St VII without a raised, polished boss. Parameres as in Fig. 44Q. FEMALE. As for d except: sides of abdomen slightly convex; margin of Cx VII not angulate; Tg VII with quadrate elevation; median length of St VII longer than combined lengths of V and VI. Spermatheca with short, simple duct (Fig. 44). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional two ¢ and two 9. L: 8.00, 7.00-7.17, 8.00-8.33; W: 4.00, 3.16-3.25, 3.92- 4.25; HL: 2.12, 1.80-1.92, 1.96-2.16; HW: 2.04, 1.96-2.00, 2.00-2.20; PL: 0.80, 0.80-0.88, 0.92; PW: 2.40, 2.48-2.80, 2.32-2.40; AS: I, 0.70, 0.74- 0.76, 0.76; II, 0.36, 0.40, 0.42-0.44; III, 0.60, 0.60, 0.64; IV, 0.58, 0.60-0.62, 0.62-0.66. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Wet mountain rainforests centred on the Lamington Plateau, SE Queensland with extensions along the Macpher- son Range as far west as Cunningham's Gap and over the NSW border into the Tweed Ranges. REMARKS. This species has the same pattern of thoracic tubercles as the cantrelli-glaebula spe- cies pair but lacks their specialisations of the head (extremely stylate eyes, reduced postocular tu- bercles). This places it as an intermediate form between the more generalized tertia-group and the divergent cantrelli-glaebula pair. D. parva is sympatric with both cantrelli and tertia on the Lamington Plateau. Drakiessa consobrina sp. nov. (Figs 5W,X, 40A, 43G, 44E,P,f) Drakiessa tertia: Kormilev, 1965a: 24 (misident.). TYPE. Holotype 3, Bald Mountain area, 3-4,000', via Emu Vale, SE Qld., 17-22.v.1969, G.B. Monteith, QMT11669, MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 77 paratypes: SOUTH QUEENSLAND; Ravensbourne, 39, I5.ix.1971, BKC: Toowoomba, pitfall trap, 1 9. GBM & SRM; Mt Mistake Plateau, via Goomburra, 19, 22.xi.1987, GBM; Bare Rock, 2km W Mt Cordéaux, 1100m, 2d 29 , 20.11.1994, GBM; Mt Hunt- ley, 1250m, 28 , 18-20.xi. 1992, GBM; Bald Mountain area, 3-4000, 108 72, 17-22. v.1969, GBM, 1d, 17- 22,v.1969, BKC, 13 19, 16-20.v.1970, GBM, 19, 29 1,1973, I. Naumann, | 9, 22-27.1.1971, GBM, 19, 22-27.1.1971, D. Murray, 3d 22, 27-31.1.1972, GBM, 28 29 27-31.i.1972, BKC, 1 pitfall trap, GBM & SRM; Mt Superbus summit, 1300m, 133. 29, 8- 931.1990, GBM, GIT & HJ, Id 19, pitfalls, 18.11- 12.iv,1990, GBM, GIT & HJ; Mt Clunie, 2,000", 26 19, 27.xi.1972, GBM; "The Head’, via Boonah, 23 19, 18.1.1973, GBM, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Glennie, 16 km E. Woodenbong, 900m, 28 29, 24.xi.1982, GBM, DKY & DIC; Acacia Plateau, via Legume, | 9. 7.y.1973, 1. Naumann; Tooloom Scrub, via Urbenville, 2¢ 1 9, 26-27.xii.1968, BKC, 12, 25.1.1973, GBM; Bellbrook, via Kempsey, 12, 2.4.1967. GBM; Wilson River Reserve, via Wauchope, 1d, 13.1.1986, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH. DJ. SAM, EH, NMNH, HUB, HNHM, MNHG, UQIC) (parutypes: QMT29718-29781). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7.7-9.5mm long, rugose, dark species with prominent prono- tal margins and a smooth sternal boss in d. MALE. Head width equal to ora little more than length, its dorsum with scattered. curled setae; about 6 large granules in 2 rows on vertex; postocular tubercles large, angular, extending be- yond outer profile of eyes; eyes moderately ex- serted, with a deep. narrow cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles; the latter broad, blunt, short. surpassing eyes by about 1? eye diameters; genal processes long, often not conti g- uous, with apices swollen and rounded. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae with length 1.1-1.2 times head length; segment [ longest, segment II shortest, segment If slightly longer than TY, segments II and III with adpressed setae. Pronotum about 3 times as wide as long. ils surface rough, with scattered setae; margins ex- planate, produced anteriorly as llattened, rounded lobes; sublateral elevations small, irregular, situ- ated posteriorly and separated from the tubercle opposable against the collar; middle of postenor pronotal margin developed as an oppasable tu- bercle subtended against à tubercle of the scutel- lar region of the mesonotum. Mesonotal elevations low, coarsely granular; scutellar re- gion setose; metanotal elevations small, each with pruminent anterior and posterior opposable tubercles, Metathoracic scent gland orifice form- ing a curved, narrowly open slit. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Abdominal Tg I with a quadrate elevation me- dially; abdominal tergal disc flat, with pattern of glabrous areas delineated by low, rugose, setose ndges; inner glabrous area of Tg IH each subdi- vided into 3 by two longitudinal ridges; inner glabrous areas of IV divided by one ridge; mesial margins of Cx II carinate on posterior half, Cx I with a short, median, longitudinal carina; sides of abdomen straight, widening somewhat posteri- orly; Cx VII with margins bluntly angulate; paratergites of VIII short. rounded apically, with spiracles subapically ventral. St VIT with a raised, smooth boss about 0.5mm in diameter on midline immediately behind antecior margin. Parameres as in Fig. 44P, FEMALE, As for 3 except: raised carinae along full length of inner margin of Cx IL and medially on Cx III-VT, Tg VII median length less than that of V and VI combined. S eca (Fig. P with a small dilation and a long sclerotised region in the duct. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype ó first, then ranges of additional 2¢ and 29. L: 8.17. 7.67- 8.00, 9.00-9.50; W: 4.00, 3.75, 4.67-5.08; HL: 2.00, 1.96-2.00, 2.12-2.36; HW: 2.16, 1.96-2.00, 2.20-2.44; PL: 0,92, 0.92, 1.00-1.12; PW: 2.80, 2.60, 3.00-3.58; AS: I, 0.76, 0.70, 0.70-0.80; TI, 0.40, 0.36-0.40, 0.40-0.44; IIT. 0.64, 0. 56-0. 60. 0.60; IV, 0,60, 0.54-0,56, 0.50-0.58. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 43). Mountain rainforests of the Great Dividing Range from west of Kempsey, N.S.W. to a litle north of Toowoomba in Queensland. Strictly allopatric with respect to D. tertia, which occurs nearer the coast. The specimen from Cunningham's Gap referred to as D. tertia by Kormilev (1965a) is actually D. cur- sobrina, REMARKS. D. consobrina belongs to a group of 5 closely allied species (viz. consobrina, tertia, minor. planula and confusa). With the exception of plan«la all occur in SE Queensland where they shaw à complex pattern of distribution with zer- tia, minor and confusa mutually sympatne over part of their range, D. consobrina, however, is isolated from al! the others. It ocevptes a fatitudi- nal range of over 400km but is relatively uniform throughout. Drakiessa tertia Kormilev, 1964 (Figs 40F, 43A.F, 44G,N.R,c) Drakiessa terria Kormilev, 1964: 47 (descr. fig.) Kormtlev, 1965a-24 (descr. of d ; localily records); REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Kumar, 1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 169 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 2, Lamington National Park, Qld., 14-20.11,.1958, LC, Yeo, QMT6211. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 58 speci- mens: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Cooran Tableland, 400m, 1%, 12iv. 1995, GIT; Kenilworth SF, 12. 1.1v.1969, BKC; Mt Mee SF, 19, 7,iv.1974, GBM; Highvale, 1 9, 15.ix,1964, GBM; Mt Glorious, 113 69. 91.1972, GBM, 4d, 31.x.1971, GBM, 1d. liii 1968, 1 9, 23.11.1968; Lamington NP, 13d 49, 17-24.v.1965, GBM, id 19, 12.iv.1964, GBM, 1 9, 5.1.1965, BKC, 1d, 6.iii.1965, TAW, 19, 2.1.1973, 1. Naumann; Mt Gipps, 750m, | 9, 1.1v.1991, GBM, in QM, 19, 20.v.1965, GBM, in ANIC, Id 19, 17- 24.v.1965, GBM, in ODPI; Springbrook, ANIC Berl. No. 155, 18, 6.xi.1969, S. Misko, in ANIC. NEW SOUTH WALES: Wiangaree SP, via Kyogle, 19, 28.x1,1970, GBM; Whian Whian SF, via Dunoon, 700", 26 19 2N, 25-26.xi.1972, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, NRS, UQIC). DESCRIPTION. Large, 8-i0.2mm long, flar- tened, with truncate abdominal apex and 2 tuber- cles on sternal boss of ĝ . MALE. Head about as wide as long, most of its dorsum with short curled setae; a large granule on each side of occiput, postocular tubercles broad and angular, reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes exserted; anlenniferous tubercles short, broad, blunt, reaching beyond eyes by a little less than 2 eye diameters; genal processes usually separated, with swollen, rounded apices slightly surpassing apex of first antennal segment. Rostra] groove closed posteriorly, Antennae short, about 1! limes head length; first segment longest, about twice length of II: segment M a little longer than IV: segments II and HI with adpressed setae. Pronotum width about 3,3-3.3 times median length; explanate lateral margins well developed, rounded, reaching beyond collar anteriorly and back 16 posterior angles; sublateral elevations small, consisting of a cluster of irregular tubercles on each side and separated from opposable tuber- cles subtended against collar; hind pronotal mar- gin straight, with a small median, posteriorly directed tubercle opposahle against a tubercle of the mesonotal scutellar area; sublateral elevations of mesonotum low, irregularly rugose. Metathoracic scent gland orifice long. narrowly open, Abdominal tergal disc flat except for slightly raised, median, longitudinal scent gland scar: pat- tern of glabrous areas marked by setose ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg III subdivided by two 103 longitudinal ridges, those of Tg IV and V subdi- vided by one ridge; mesal margin of Cx lI vari- nate; Cx I-VI each with a low median carina: outer margin of Cx I-V slightly concave, those of VII weakly angulate; paratergites of VIN short, cylindrical, truncate, with spiracles apical, S1 YT with a median, polished boss bearing two tuber- cles situated immediately behind anterior margin. Parameres as in Fig, 44R, 44N. FEMALE, As for d except margin of VII straight, continuous for full width making apex of body truncate; Tg VII with quadrate elevation obsolescent and without pair of tubercles. St VI much shorter than combined length of V and VI. Spermatheca as in Fig. 44C, with short, slightly swollen duct. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional 2¢ and 29. L: 9.83, 8.00- 8.33, 9,50- I0. L7; W: 5.17, 3.92-4.33, 5.25-5 42; HL: 2.48, 2.08-2.20, 2.56-2.68; HW: 2.48, 2.24, 2,52; PL: 1.08, 0.92, 1.04-1.08; PW: 3.42, 3.00- 3.08, 3.42-3,58; AS: 1,0,86, 0.74-0.84,0.84-0.90); I, 0.44, 0.38-0.40, 0,42-0.48; IM, 0.66, 0.60, 0.60-0.68; IV. 0.64, 0.50-0.58, 0.58-0.62. DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 45). Rainforests of the mountain ranges centred on the Lamington Pla- teau on the Queensland-N.S.W. border, and in the region from Mt Glorious to the Blackall Ranges and Cooran Tableland further north. Principally a highland species but has been taken occasion- ally at low altitudes, e.g., Highvale, Kenilworth. Whian Whian. The record for Cunningham's Gap (Kormilev, 1965a) refers to a specimen of D, consobrina, REMARKS. This species shows a disjunct distri bution with northern and southern populations separated by the lowlands of the lower Brisbane River valley. In the south its range extends near to the range of its close sister species, D. con- sobrina, along the Macpherson Range. There D. tertia extends west as far as Mt Gipps, while D. consobrina reaches as far east as Mt Glennic. IL will be significant to establish which, if any, species occupies Lever's Plateau which lies be- tween these two mountains. Drakiessa planula sp. nov. (Figs 40C, 43K, 44F,J,S) TYPE, Holotype 3, Upper Mulgrave River, N. Qld, 30.iv.1970, G.B. Monteith, OMT11670. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM nymph (Mt Lewis). F-K, heads; F, D. tertia; G, D. parva; H, D. hackeri; 1, D. minor; J, D. confusa; K, D. virago. FIG. 40. Drakiessa spp. A, D. consobrina d . B, D. cantrelli 9 , C, D. planula 3, D, D. arelimira 3, E, Unknown L, D. glaebula, side view of 3. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 9 paratypes. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Crystal Cascades, via Redlynch, 12, 9.xii.1964, GBM, in QM; Danbulla, 13km NE Yungaburra, 750m, intercept trap, 1 9 , 23.iii- 27.1v.1987, RIS & DeFaveri, in MDPI; Upper Mul- grave River, ld 19, 30.iv.1970, GBM, 36, 25.iv.1968, BKC, in QM, 28, 2.iv.1984, A.Calder & TAW, in ANIC; Graham Range, via Babinda, 19, 9-10.iv.1979, GBM, in OM. (paratypes: QMT14166- 14172). DESCRIPTION. Medium sized, 7.5-9.0mm long, broad, with explanate pronotal margins and an erect, polished sternal tubercle in the d . MALE. Head about as wide as long, its dorsum with scattered curled setae; vertex with a double row of irregular granules, flanked by one large granule on each side in occipital region; postocu- lar tubercles narrow, apically pointed and with curved posterior margins; mesad of postocular tubercles head margin angularly incised; eyes exserted, with a deep, wide cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles; antenniferous tuber- cles bent forwards, with blunt apices, surpassing eyes by about 14 eye diameters; genal processes long, usually not contiguous, apically swollen, reaching just beyond apex of first antennal seg- ment. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Anten- nae with segment I longest, II shortest, and III a little longer than IV; segments II and III with adpressed setae. Pronotum with explanate lateral margins rounded, reaching beyond collar anteriorly, and to hind angles posteriorly; sublateral elevations large, irregular, almost connected to tubercles which oppose against collar; median line of pro- notum with a row of large granules leading pos- teriorly to a large, usually bifid, tubercle on posterior pronotal margin which is opposed against a tubercle on the mesonotal scutellar re- gion. Mesonotal and metanotal sublateral eleva- tions subequal in size, rugose; scutellar area usually rugose; metathoracic scent gland orifice long, curved, narrowly open. Abdominal Tg I with a bilobed, median eleva- tion subtending opposable tubercles against the metathoraic elevations and posteriorly against Tg II; fused tergal disc rather flat with an irregular, rugose, longitudinal ridge on each side of anterior half; pattern of glabrous areas marked by setose ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg III subdivided by 2 ridges, those of IV subdivided by one ridge, those of V and VI undivided. Sides of abdomen subparallel, with posterolateral angles of V and VI roundly protruding; inner margin of Cx II carinate and Cx III with a short median carina; 107 margins of Cx VII angulate. Paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, with dorsal side of apex slightly produced, St VII with a polished, capitate tuber- cle about 0.15mm in diameter at midline im- mediately posterior to anterior border. Parameres as in Fig. 448. FEMALE. As for d except: Cx IV-VI also with dorsal carinae; Tg VII with a low quadrate eleva- tion and 2 transverse tubercles near hind margin; St VII shorter than combined lengths of V and VI. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 8.00, 7.50- 7.83, 8.33-9.00; W: 4.17, 3.83-4.00, 4.33-4.75; HL: 2.08, 1.88, 2.08-2.16; HW: 2.08, 2.00, 2.04- 2.24; PL: 0.96, 0.84, 0.88-0.92; PW: 2.88, 2.72- 2.80, 2.80-3.08; AS: I, 0.72, 0.68-0.70, 0.70; II, 0.42, 0.42-0.44, 0.42; III, 0.62, 0.60-0.62, 0.60- 0.62; IV, 0.56, 0.52-0.54, 0.54-0.62. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Uncommon, in rainforests in the Cairns region, N Queensland. All are from lowlands except Danbulla at 750m on the N Atherton Tableland. REMARKS. D. planula is closely related to D. minor from the range of which it is separated by about 500km. The new species differs in its broader, flatter form and by the fact that it inhabits wet rainforests instead of the open forests and dry rainforests inhabited by D. minor. Drakiessa minor Kormilev, 1963 (Figs. 40I, 43C,H, 44T,H,b) Drakiessa minor Kormilev, 1963: 446 (descr., fig.); Kormilev, 1965a: 26 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 169 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d, 'Rkhpton', in NRS. Examined. Kormilev (1963) referred the locality of the type spe- cies to New Guinea but later (Kormilev, 19652) cor- rectly referred it to Rockhampton in Queensland. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 35 speci- mens: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Eungella Nat. Pk., Broken River, 1 9, 18-19.iv.1979, GBM; Conway Beach, SW Proserpine, 1 9, 16.v.1990, J. Stanisic & D. Potter, in QM; Rockhampton, 1 9 paratype, in Drake Collection (NMNH), 9 allotype, in NRS. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Forest Station, 2,000', Bulburin SF, via Many Peaks, 5d 39, 2-5.iv.1972, GBM; Cobb's Hill, via Cloyna, 1 9, 1 N, 24.x.1992, S. Hamlet; Upper Yarraman SF, 28 29, 2.x.1979, GBM & SRM; Gold Creek, via Brookfield, 1 9, 28.iv.1964, GBM; Brook- field, 12, 2N, 19.x.1964, GBM; Bahrs Scrub, via Beenleigh, 18 39 9N, 9.x.1987, M. DeBaar, in QM. 108 (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH, NMNH, UQIC), DESCRIPTION. Small, 7.3-8.2mm long, narrow with explanate pronotal margins and a small, capitate, polished sternal tubercle in the d. This species is very close to D, planula and the de- scription is confined to differences from that spe- cies, Head with genal processes usually contiguous in front of clypeus and with incision behind postocular processes deeper: explanate lobes of pronotum narrower, projecting anteriorly only a little; median row of granules of pronotum smaller; median, posterior, marginal tubercle of pronotum smaller, not bifid; mesonotal sublateral elevations smaller, less rugose; postero-lateral angles of Cx V and VI not protruding; angulations of Cx VII blunier in d ; parameres as in Fig. 44T; spermatheca (Fig, 44b) with a large, thick-walled chamber developed in its short duct. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 3 first, allotype second. then ranges of additional 23 and 29. L: 7,67, 8.67, 7.33-7,50, 7,50-8,17, Wy 3.83, 4.58, 3.58-3.75, 3.75-3.92; HL: 1.80, 1.88, 1.76-1.80, 1.80-1.84: HW: 1.96, 2.20, 1.88-1.96, 1.92-2.00; PL: 0,94, 1,00, 084-0, 88, 0.84-0, 88; PW; 2.52, 3.08, 2.40-2,44, 2.60-2.67; AS: 1, 0.60, 0.64, 0.60-0.64, 0.65-0.70; TL, 0.36, 0.40, 0.38-0.40, 0.36-0.40; M., 0.52, 0.56, 0.54-0.58, 0.56; IV, 0.48, 0.46, 0.48-0,54, 0.48-0,50, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Eungella to Brisbane in central and southern Queensland, in open eu- calypt forest and in dry rainforest. REMARKS. D. minor is sympatric with D. con- fusa and D. tertia in the southern part of its range but does not seem to enter the weiter rainforests inhabited by thase species. If intermediate popu- lations are discovered between the ranges of D. miner and its disjunct sister species, D. planula, from N Queensland then their separate specific Slatus May require assessment, Drakiessa confusa Kormilew, 1965 (Figs 2B, 40J, 433,L, 44X,B,L,a) Drakiessa confusa Kormilev, 19653; 25 (descr. Kumar,1967 (internal anatomy); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 169 (listed). TYPE. Holorype P, Mt Mee Forestry Reserve, S.E. Qld., 11.x.1964, G.B. Monteith, QMT6328. Exam- ined MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 51 speci- mens: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Cooran Tableland, 23, 12.iv.1995, GBM, in OM; Jimna SF, Derrier L.A.. 3d 19, Lviii. 1984, J. Tierney, in QFS: Jimna Range, via Kilcoy, 1 d. 19,9,xii.1966, GBM; Mt Mee Forestry Reserve, allotype d. 1d 39 paratypes, !1.x.1964, GBM, in QM, 19, 11.x.1964, GBM, in ANIC, 1 3 492, 11.x.1964, GBM, 7d 49, 7.iv.1974, GBM, 11d 99, 16.iv.1972, GBM; Mi Glorious, 1G , 28.ii.1965, GBM, in QM, (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, SAM, EH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT29801-29805). DESCRIPTION. Small, 7-8.7mm long, non-flat- tened, with opaque body surface and pronotum not depressed in middle. MALE. Head about as wide as long; vertex with 2 rows of granules converging posteriorly; postocular tubercles broad. angular, extending laterally beyond outer profile of eyes; eyes sepa- rated from antenniferous tubercles by a wide cleft; antenniferous tubercles shori, broad, blunt, with lateral margins parallel; genal processes blunt, with lateral margins angulate, and with apices bent mesally, contiguous, enclosing à fo- ramen between their bases anterior to clypcal apex. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Anten- nae short, not or barely longer than head; all segments of equal diameter; segment I longest, segment II shorest, segments HI and IV sub- equal; segments II and IH with adpressed setae, Pronotum about 3 times as wide as long; antero- lateral angles with narrow explanate margins which terminate posteriorly slightly before hind angles; sublateral elevations low, each forming à granular ridge terminating anteriorly in tubercles oppasable against the collar; middle of pronotum not depressed, slightly inflated. with a median row of granules; hind pronotal margin bordered, with a median tubercle subtended pastenurly against the scutellar region, Mesonoral and metanotal sublateral elevations low and granular; scutellar area moderately inflated and rugose. Metathoracic scent gland orifice straight, rather widely open. Abdominal tergal disc slightly inflated in ante- rior half and with a weak longitudinal ridge on each side laterad of inner glabrous areas of Ty UI; pattern of glabrous areas delineated by weak, setase ridges; inner glabrous areas of MI subdi- vided by 2 ridges, thase of TV subdivided hy one ridge, those of V and VI undivided: median scent gland scar contrastingly pale; posterolateral an- gles of Cx Ii-VI not protruding; margins of Cx VILstrongly anguiate; Te VH usually with 4small tubercle along hind margin; paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, with dorsal side of apex slightly REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE produced. St with pattern of glabrous area rela- tively weakly impressed; St VII with a capitate, polished tubercle about 0.2mm in diameter near anterior margin. Parameres as in Fig. 44X. FEMALE. As for d except: Tg VII with a high quadrate elevation and a pair of transverse tuber- cles; margin of Cx VII with weak angulations; median length of St VII longer than that of V and VI combined, Spermatheca with short. simple duct (Fig. 44a). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 ne t, then ranges of additional 2d and 2 H L: 8.33, 7.17- 7.67, 7.00-8.67; W: 4.17, 3.16-3.50, 3.16433; HL: 2.04, 1.88-1.96, 1.80-2.12: HW: 2.16, 1.84- 2.00, 1.76-2.32; PL: 0.88, 0.76-0 .88, 0.72-0,96; PW: 2.80; 2.24-2.72, 2.24-3.00; AS: I, (0.66, 0.60, 0.62-0.70; 11, 0.36, 0.36-0.38, 0.36-0.38; I1, 0.46, 0.50, 0.52; IV, 0.50, 0.50, 0,50, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Mountain rainforests of the subcoastal ranges from Mt Glorious to the Jimna Range and Cooran Tableland, S Queens- land. [Lis very common at the type locality, Mt Mee, but rare elsewhere. REMARKS. Although part of the species com- plex including D. tertia, D. consobrina and D. planula, D. confusa is isolated from the others in the form of the genae, which resemble those of D. hackeri, and in the long St VII of the 9, The foramen between the base of the genae is usually obscured by debris in freshly collected speci- mens, Drakiessa wasselli sp. nov. (Figs 4M, 41, 43D, 44D,U,g) TYPE, Holotype d , Rocky River, via Coen, Cape York Peninsula, N Qld., 14-16.xi1.1964. G.B. Momteith- QMT11671. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 35 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: West Claudie R., Iron Range, 2d , 3-10.xii. 1985, GBM & DIC, in QM, 19, 2,vii.1986, TAW, in ANIC; Iron Range, Cape York Pen., ld. 19, 5-10.v,1968, GBM, 33. 19, 1l- 17.v.1968 GBM, 1d 19, 28.iv.-4.v.1968, GBM, 4d 19, 12-18.1.1976, GBM, 28 19, 26-31.v.1971; Mt. Tozer, Iron Range, 1,500', 1d, 30.1v.1973, GBM, in QM; Mt. Lamond, south slope, Iron Range, ANIC Berl. 314, 12, 13.vi. 1971, Taylor & Fechan, in ANIC; Leu Creek, 500 m, Mellwraith Range, 29. 2-3.xi.1969, BRC, 3d, 29.vi-4.vii,1976, GBM & SRM; Upper Lankelly Creek, via Coen, 9¢ 39, I0-11.vi. 1971, GBM; Rocky River, via Coen, 1d, 14-16,xii.1964, 3BM, in QM. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, 109 FIG 4|. Dorsal view of holotype 3 of Drakiessa wasselli. SAM. EH, HUB. HNHM,UQIC) (paratypes: QMT29835-29863). DESCRIPTION. Moderate-sized, 8,3-9.0mm long, with pointed antenniferous tubercles and capitate sternal tubercle in g. MALE. Head slightly wider than long, its dorsum with pale, curled setae: vertex with two irregular rows of granules; postocular tubercles apically acute, directed postero-laterally, surpassing outer profile of eyes: head margin excised mesally of postocular tubercles: eyes with a wide, deep cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles; àn- tenniferous tubercles lang, tapering, apically acute, extending beyond eyes by almost 2 eye diameters; genal processes ‘long. subeylindrical, not or almost contiguous, apically sub-acute. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae about 1.15- 1.17 times head length, with segments II and III slender and with adpressed setae; seg- ment III 1.3 times length of segment IV. Pronotum with projecting, explanale antero- lateral lobes which terminate 1/2 the distance to 110 hind angles; sublateral elevations low, in form of granular ridges running anteriorly to oppose against collar; midline of pronotum with 2 short, longitudinal ridges; posterior margin straight, bordered. Mesonotum with scutellar area raised, rugose, with a median longitudinal groove; sub- lateral elevations of meso- and metanota low, rugose. Metathoracic scent gland orifice nar- rowly open. Abdominal tergal disc flat, with pattern of gla- brous areas marked by weak ridges obsolescent along lateral regions; inner glabrous areas of Tg III subdivided by two ridges, those of IV, V and VIsubdivided by one ridge; lateral margins of Cx II-V straight; postero-lateral angles of Cx VI strongly protruding; margins of Cx VII with prominent angulations; paratergites of VIII nar- row, cylindrical, truncate. St VII with a small, capitate tubercle 0.1 mm in diameter situated on midline at anterior third of sternal length. Parameres as in Fig. 44U. FEMALE. As for ó except: posterolateral angles of Cx VI not protruding; margins of Cx VI with small, acute angulations; Tg VII with a quadrate elevation depressed in middle; St VII shorter than combined lengths of V and VI. Spermatheca with a small dilation in its short duct (Fig. 44g). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 8.33, 8.33, 9.00-9.17; W: 4.17, 4.00-4.25, 4.58-4.83; HL: 2.12, 2.20-2.24, 2.32-2.48; HW: 2.32, 2.28, 2.44- 2.60; PL: 0.76, 0.84-0.88, 0.88; PW: 2.76, 2.68- 2.80, 3.00-3.25; AS: I, 0.84, 0.90-0.92, 0.90-1.00; II, 0.46, 0.44-0.48, 0.46-0.50; III, 0.64, 0.66-0.68, 0.70; IV, 0.52, 0.50-0.54, 0.52-0.60. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Rainforests of low- lands and mountains of Cape York Peninsula from the Mellwraith Range north to Iron Range. REMARKS. This species is named after the late Lea Wassell, bushman, naturalist and gentleman, who led the author on his first visit to the rainforests of Cape York Peninsula in 1964 when the species was first encountered. Drakiessa wasselli is the only apterous mezir- ine of the endemic Australian group of genera to be found in Cape York Peninsula north of the major biogeographic discontinuity at Princess Charlotte Bay. This barrier is one of considerable antiquity (Kikkawa et al., 1981) and hence this species can be considered a relict. It is isolated in the genus but may have some affinities with the MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM sybilae-virago species-pair from further south in Queensland. Drakiessa virago sp. nov. (Figs 40K, 43E,Q,T, 44W) TYPE. Holotype c , St Margaret's Creek, 2-3,000', Mt Elliot, via Townsville, Qld, 8-9.vi.1972, G.B. & S.R. Monteith, QMT11672. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 45 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: St Margaret’s Creek, Mt Elliot, 2-3,000’, via Townsville, 26, 19, 8-9.vi.1972, GBM & SRM; Mt Elliot NP (Upper North Ck, 1000m), 68 12, 2-5.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & S.Hamlet, 118, 169,25-27.iii.1991, GBM & DJC; Mt Elliot (summit area, 1000-1200m), 2d 39,3.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & S.H, 26,29, 26.iii.1991, GBM & DJC, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM, MNHG, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT14176-14183, QMT14185-14199, QMT14204, QMT 14208-14209, QMT14211-14212, QMT14214- 14217, QMT22361-22362). DESCRIPTION. Large, 9-11.2mm long, flat- tened, with convex scutellum and erect setae on antennae. MALE. Head broad and flattened, a little wider than long, its dorsum with scattered erect setae; vertex with obsolescent granules; eyes small, strongly stylate, with postocular tubercles nar- row, apically acute, projecting posterolaterally from stylate bases of eyes; cleft between eyes and antenniferous tubercles wide and deep; an- tenniferous tubercles long, divergent, apically subacute, extending beyond eyes by 21^ eye di- ameters; genal processes very long, separate, slightly divergent, apically acute and each with a lateral tubercle at mid length. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.1-1.2 times head length, all segments with erect, straight setae; segments II and III slender; segment I longest, twice length of segment II; segment III longer than segment IV. Pronotum transverse, with width more than 3 times median length; anterolateral angles with rounded explanate lobes extending posteriorly almost to hind angles; sublateral elevations high, rugose, extending obliquely forward to oppose against collar; midline of pronotum with a row of crowded granules; hind pronotal margin sinuate in middle, bordered. Mesonotum with scutellar area inflated above level of lateral elevations, its surface rugose; sublateral elevations low, rugose; metanotal elevations smooth. Metathoracic scent gland orifice short, rather widely open. Legs with erect setae on femora and tibiae. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Abdominal tergal disc with pattern of glabrous areas marked by smooth ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg III subdivided by 2 ridges, those of IV, V and VI subdivided by 2 ridges, those of IV, V and VI subdivided by 1 ridge; side of abdomen a little rounded; posterolateral angles of Cx VI slightly protruding; margin of Cx VII with acute angulations; paratergites of VIII moderately prominent, cylindrical, with mesal side of apices produced. Meso-, meta- and abdominal sterna with median impressions weak; St VII without median polished boss. Parameres as in Fig. 44W. FEMALE. As in ó except: body broader, with sides rounded; posterolateral angles of VI not protruding; margins of Cx VII not angulate; me- dian length of St VII longer than combined lengths of V and VI. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ad- ditional 1d and 1 9 paratypes.L:9.17,8.83, 11.17; W: 4.75, 4.58, 6.00; HL: 2.68, 2.60, 3.08; HW: 2.72, 2.68, 3.16; PL: 0.96, 0.92, 1.08; PW: 3.08, 3.08, 3.75; AS: L 1.18, 1.16, 1.30; II, 0.56, 0.56, 0.60; III, 0.76, 0.74, 0.84; IV, 0.60, 0.64, 0.64. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Mountain rainforests on Mt Eliott, an isolated mountain peak a little S of Townsville in N Queensland. REMARKS. This striking species is related to the even more modified D. sybilae, and shares with it the broad, deeply incised head which gives the 2 species their bizarre appearance. The type lo- cality has been little collected but is known to have a number of other endemic flightless rainforest species. Drakiessa sybilae sp. nov. (Figs 42, 43B, 44A,M,Li) TYPE. Holotype d, Eungella National Park, Qld., 10.xii.1965, G.B. Monteith, QMT11673. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 33 paratypes: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Mt Macartney, Cathu SF, 1d 39,700-850m, QM Berl.54, 21.iv.1979, GBM, 19, 600-850m, 20-21.iv.1979, GBM, 2d 19, 750m, OM Berl.54, 22.iv.1979, GBM, 1d 29, 750m, QM Berl. 43, 20.iv.1979, GBM; Eu- ngella NP, Upper Cattle Ck, 900m, 1d, 19, 17.xi.1992, GBM, GIT, DJC, & HJ; Eungella NP, Mt William, 1200m, QM Berl.37, 38, 19.iv.1979, GBM; Eungella NP, Dalrymple Heights, 29, 19.iv.1979, GBM; Eungella NP, 3d 29, 10.xii.1965, GBM, 3d 39,2..1965, GBM, 18 19, 18.iv.1968, GBM; Finch Hatton Gorge, via Finch Hatton, 300m, | 2, 19.iv.68, GBM, 24,18.xi.1992, GBM, GIT, DJC & HJ, in QM. 111 FIG. 42. Dorsal view of holotype ¢ of Drakiessa sybilae. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, SAM, EH, NMNH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT29806-29827). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 8.2-10.2mm long, flattened species with depressed scutellum and erect setae on antennae and body. MALE. Head very broad and flattened, with width a little more then length; vertex smooth; hind margin of head with a prominent, rounded lobe on each side of neck; eye small, extremely stylate, with postocular tubercles present as posterolaterally directed, acute processes on the stylate bases of eyes; cleft between eyes and antenniferous tubercles very wide and deep; an- tenniferous tubercles broad, flattened, sub- rectangular, with apices obliquely truncate; genal processes long, separate, apically sub-acute and with angulate lateral margins. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.15-1.3 times head length, all segments with long, erect, straight setae; segment I longest, a little less than twice length of II; segment III 1.3 times length of IV. Pronotum a little narrower than head, with erect setae on elevations, collar and margins; lateral margins straight, with explanate edges which project forward as rounded lobes and continue posteriorly to hind angles; sublateral elevations present as high ridges which project freely over hind pronotal border to oppose against the mesonotal elevations; middle of pronotum de- pressed and flat: hind pronotal margin with a pair of median projections opposing weak tubercles on the scutellar area. Mesonotal elevations with 2 anterior tubercles and 1 posterior; scutellar area flat, with a median longitudinal dépression: metanotal elevations each with a prominent ante- rior tubercle and 2 smaller posterior ones. Metathoracic scent gland orifice short. straight, rather widely open. Legs with dense, erect setae on femora and tibiae. Abdominal tergal disc flat, with scent gland scar forming a large, smooth, median longitudi- nal region; pattern of glabrous areas poorly de- fined by low ridges; ridges subdividing inner glabrous areas of tergal disc obsolete. Sides of abdomen straight, with apex truncate at right angles; Cx of II short, broad, slightly projecting; margins of Cx VII straight; paratergites of VIH long, cylindrical, truncate. St VII with a median, raised, flat boss; all abdominal spiracles raised on low tubercles. Parameres as in Fig. 44M. FEMALE. As for d except: Tg VII with a low quadrate elevation depressed in middle; St VII with median length greater than that of V and VI combined. Spermathecal duct slightly dilated and sclerotised (Fig. 443), MEASUREMENTS, Holotype d first. ranges of additional 2d and 29, L; 8.17, 8,33- 8.83, 9,5(-10.17; W: 4,17, 4.33-4.58, 5.U0-5.42; HL: 2.24, 2.32-2.40, 2.68; HW: 2.48, 2,52-2.60, .80-3.00; PL: 0.80, 0.80-0.88, 0,96; PW: 2.48, -2.64, 2.80-3.00; AS: 1, 0.90, 0.90- 1.00, 0.96- ; II, 0.54, 0,50-0.56, 0,58-0,60; TIT, 0,78, . 0. 80-0, 84; IV, 0.62, 0.58-0.60, 0.64-0.66. D m a S585 DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45). Mountain rainforests in the Clarke Range region west of Mackay, central Queensland. REMARKS. This is one of Australia's most un- usual aradids and Tam pleased to name it for my wile, Sybil, who has joined me in many à wet forest 10 Collect these curious creatures, and whose illustrative skill lightens my task in de- scribing them. D. sybilae exhibits the most ex- treme case of depressed form in a genus of olherwise mostly stout, robust species. Its stylate eyes and attenualed head processes give it à bi- zarre appearance. D. sybilae and its relative D. virago are found on small, littie-decaved logs and sticks. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Drakiessa arelimira sp. növ. (Fig. 40D) MATERIAL. Holotype d, QLD, 21°34’S, |49*| 2" E. Upper E. Funnel Ck, 200-450m, 15-16.x1.1992, Mon- with. Thompson, Cook & Janetzki, QMT26089, DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, d 8.78mm long, flattened, with depressed scutellum, erect setae on body and appendages, and toothed outer margins to the genal processes. MALE, Head broad and flattened, width slightly prealer than length; vertex with several large surface granules; hind margin of head with a prominent, back wardly directed lobe on each side of neck; eyes small, extremely stylate, with postocular processes as flattened, triangular pro- jections from the stylate bases of the eyes; cleft between eyes and antenniferous tubercles wide and deep; antenniferous tubercles reaching about 1/3 length of antennal segment 1, their apices rounded; genal processes broad, contiguous in front of clypeus, then with apices broad and di- vergent, their lateral margins irregularly toothed. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.2 times head length, all segments with long. straight. erect setae; segment I longest, alittle less than twice length of IT: segment DI 1.2 times length of TV, Pronotum a little wider than head, with erect setae on elevations and margins; anterolateral angles in form of large, Battened, rounded lobes which terminate before the hind angles; sublate- ral elevations raised, linear, running obliquely the whole length of prothorax and projecting forward to oppose the tubercles on the collar: middle of pronotum depressed and flat; hind pronotal mar- gin almost straight. Mesonotal elevations with only a posterior opposable tubercle; scutellar area depressed and smooth, Metanotal elevations each with an anterior tubercle and two posteriorly di- rected ones. Metathoracic scent gland orifice short. straight, narrow, Legs with erect setae on femora and tibiae. Abdominal tergal disc flal, with pattern of gla- brous areas well marked. Margin of CXVII strongly angled; paratergites of VIIT cylindrical, slightly pointed with spiracle subterminal. St VII smooth and polished in centre. Abdominal spira- cles nol raised on tubercles. FEMALE. Unknown. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d, Ly 8.78; W: 4.06; HL: 2.18; HW: 2.54; PL; 0,85; PW: 2.96; AS: L 0.83; IL, 0.48: II. 0.71; TV, (1.60 REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 113 FIG. 43. Drakiessa spp., abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); A, D. tertia d v; B, D. sybilae 3 v; C, D. minor d d; D, D. wasselli 3 v; E, D. virago 3 v; F, D. tertia G d; G, D. consobrina 3 v; H, D. minor d v; l, D. cantrelli 3 d; J, D. confusa 3 v; K, D. planula 3 v; L, D. confusa 3 d; M, D. glaebula d v; N, D. parva d v; O, D. parva 3 d; P, D. hackeri 3 v, Q, D. virago d d; R, D. hackeri 3 d; S, D. hackeri 9 v; T, D. virago 9 d. 114 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM M 3 N 3 FIG. 44. Drakiessa spp.; A-L, 2 abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); A, D. sybilae d; B, D. confusa d; C, D. parva d; D, D. wasselli d; E, D. consobrina d; F, D. planula v; G, D. tertia d; H, D. minor d; I, D. sybilae v; J, D. planula d; K, D. glaebula d; L, D. confusa v; M-X, left parameres, inner view; M, D. sybilae; N, D. tertia; O, D. hackeri; P, D. consobrina; Q, D. parva; R, D. tertia; S, D. planula; T, D. minor; U, D. wasselli; V, D. glaebula; W, D. virago; X, D. confusa; a-j, spermathecae; a, D. confusa; b, D. minor; c, D. tertia; d, D. hackeri; e, D. cantrelli; f, D. consobrina; g, D. wasselli; h, D. glaebula; i, D. sybilae; j, D. parva. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE i / 3 virago dn Sp: pa Ca, Townsville C glaebula paims qi Ima DRAKIESSA sybilae 1 M. A. be Brishane planula x Townsville arelimira i 1 NES NN FIG. 45. Records of Drakiessa species in eastern Australia. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 45), Rainforest on the western fall of the coast range, known there as Black Mountain, a little S of Sarina, Central Queensland. REMARKS, This rare species is named for Areli Mira, entomologist, formerly of El Salvador, who has mounted untold numbers of insects as part of our rainforest surveys at the Queensland Mu- seum. It forms a clear link geographically and morphologically between the more normal Drakiessa of S Queensland and the bizarre, spe- cialized D. sybilae of the Clarke Range. Drakiessa unnamed species (Fig. 40E) MATERIAL EXAMINED. NORTH QUEENS- LAND: 2.5km N Mt Lewis, via Julatten, 1040m, | nymph, 3.xi.1983, DKY & GIT, QMT29293, REMARKS. This nymph belongs to Drakiessa but no adult has yet been collected, It has short antennae, large angular postocular tubercles, and prominent, backwardly curved, pointed pro- cesses projecting laterally from the margin of each thoracic and abdominal segment. Nymphs are available for most of the described species in the genus but none bear pointed lateral body processes. It appears most similar to nymphs of the Drakiessa canrrelli/glaebula pair which show disjunct distributions S of the locality of this problematic nymph, There are no other species of Drakiessa known from the whole complex of mountains forming the Mount Carbine, Cape Tribulation and Mt Finnigan mountain massifs north of Cairns, This species fills that niche. The striking appearance of the nymph indicates that the adult will prove to be a bizarre species. Chelonoderus Usinger, 1941 Chelonoderus Usinger, 1941: 179 (descr.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; 197, 228 (redescr; incl. in key); Kormilev, 1971: 6 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 122 (catalogue of spp.). TYPE SPECIES. Chelonoderus stylatus Usinger, 1941, by original designation. DESCRIPTION. Moderate to large, dark col- oured, apterous, with sparse surface vestiture. Head elongate with posterior half tapering rap- idly behind eyes to a long cylindrical neck; postocular tubercles absent; eyes small, slightly exserted, without prominent cleft separating them from antenniferous tubercles; antenniferous tubercles long, blunt, strongly divergent with straight outer margins; genal processes long, par- allel, and fused for most of length beyond clypeal 116 apex; rostral groove closed behind; rostral atrium closed. Antennae with segments I] and III of less diameter than f and FY; segment HT longer than TI or IV. Pronotum with median, longitudinal sulcus; el- evations at both submedian and sublateral re- gions; pronoral collar disunct and bearing dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles; hind margin of pronotum bordered except at sides, Scutellar re- gion of mesonotum forming a median longitudi- nal ridge extending across metanotum to abdominal Tg I; mesonotum with discrete eleva- Bons each side of midline which each subtend opposable tubercles against scutellar ridge; metanotal elevations each side of midline and subtending opposable tubercles to raised median plate of abdominal Tg 1; inflected cavities be- tween mesonotum and metanolum each side of midline. Legs not bicoloured. Tarsal pul villi pres- ent, spatulate. Fused abdominal tergal disc not prominently elevated: its pattern of glabrous areas distinct and demarcated by ridges with inner glabrous areas of Tg [land IV subdivided; prominentopposable tubercles bétween posterior angles of median plate of abdominal tergum I and anterior margin of Tg ll; 3 pairs of intersegmental opposable tubercles at junctions between Tg III, IV. V and VI along lateral margins of abdominal tergal disc. Lateral margins of Cx VI and VII lobe in £. Median impressions on meso- and metasternaz patterns of glabrous areas deeply impressed on abdominal sterna, Spermatheca and its ducts withoul modifications. Parameres with a row of fine teeth on inner face. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10c). An Australian en- demic confined to the region between Cooktown and Ingham, N Queensland. REMARKS. Chelonoderus, Pseudoargocoris and Aegisacaris form a compact group of small genera from N Queensland which share several features of the pattern of thoracic opposable t- bercles, Chelonoderus, was one of ihe earliest apterous genera described (1941) and its name suggests, erroneously, some relationship with the S.E. Asian Chelonocoris whose description by Miller (1938) a few years earlier first set hemipterists thinking seriously about apterous Aradidae, Chelonoderus became a repository for the unre- lated Chelonederus hackeri Drake and Ch. basilewskyi Hoberlandt, but these have now been made type-species respectively of Drakiessa MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 and Neechelonoderus Hoberlandt, 1967. The 4 species now known ta belong to Chelonoderus have an inter-related pattern of distribution in N Queensland. They are readily separable from other Australian Mezirinae by the lack of postoculartubercles and the long, rapering posterior portion of the head. Curiously, the nymphs of Chelonderus have well-developed postocular tubercles so the striking adult condi- tion is presumably secondary, This supports the view that Chelonaderus is more closely related to Pseudoargocoris and Aegisocoris than first ap- pearances suggest. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CHELONODERUS 1, Genal processes wider at apex than sub-apically, with apex of each process obliquely truncate and notched stvlatus Usinger Genal processes paralle|-sided in apical hall and With apices not notched or truncate. - , +, - 2 2(1). Lateral margin of Cx VII of both sexes pro- duced into a prominent, rounded lobe much larger than the lobe on Cx VI; posterolateral an- gles of Cx V not produced 3 Lateral margin of Cx VII forming a small angu- late lobe subequal in size to lobe of Cx VI; posterolateral angles of Cx V strongly angulate in d and weakly so in female Sedda, adopt ^T ara PI ae minor, 8p. nov. 3(2), Labate margin of Cx VII in male strongly in- clined laterally so it projects laterally beyond the profile of the much smaller lobe of Cx VI; lat» eral elevations of pronotum with outer margin slightly higher than mesal portion Ov et wey Lux 1744 i tla age forfex, sp. nov, Lobate margin of Cx VII in male directed ob- liquely backwards, not projecting laterally be- yond the profile of the slightly smaller lobe of Cx VI, lateral elevations of pronotum with outer margins lower than mesal portion wee DE nie ee ee fh thompsani, sp. nov.. Chelonoderus stylatus Usinger, 1941 (Fig. 47B-C,H,1,P) Chelonoderus stylatus Usinger, 1941: 179 (descr.; fig.); Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 229,230 (Fig); Kormilev, 1963: 446 (locality records); Kormilev, 19672: 519 (locality records); Kormilev & Froesch- ner, 1987: 122 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 4, N. Queensland, Australia. October 4, 1920, J.A. Kusche, CAS, 5225. Not examiner, but good condition ascertained by Dr P.H. Amaud. Figured by Usinger (1941). REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE MATERIAL EXAMINED. 208 specimens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Shipton’s Flat, via Helenvale, in QM and ANIC; Moses Ck, 4km NE Mt Finnigan; Mt Finnigan, 350-400m, in ANIC; Mt Finnigan summit, 1100m; Mt Hartley, 35km S Cooktown; Mt Boolbun South; Gap Ck., 8km N. Bloomfield River; Windsor Tbld, 1050m, in QM; Cape Tribulation, in UQIC; Cooper Creek, 16km N. Daintree River; Roaring Meg Valley, 720m; Mt Pieter Botte, 950m; Mt Sorrow, 300-800m; Cape Tribulation; 3km W Cape Tribula- tion, 500m; 3.5km W Cape Tribulation, 680m, in QM; Table Mtn, 10km, S Cape Tribulation, 320m, in QM; Noah Creek; Thornton Range; Mt Lewis, 10km above Bushy Creek, in ANIC; Mt Lewis; 10km N of Mt Lewis; 2.5km N Mt Lewis, 1040m; Mossman Bluff track; Mossman Gorge; Devil’s Thumb, 10km NW Mossman, 1000-1180m; 2km SE Mt Spurgeon; 7km N Mt Spurgeon, | 200m; Pauls Luck, Carbine Tableland; Roots Ck-Francis Ck Divide, 1250m; Kuranda, in QM; 6km SW Kuranda, in MDPI; Cairns district; Cairns vicinity; Mulgrave River, in SAM; Davies Ck, 20km SE Mareeba, in ANIC; 22km SE Mareeba, 900m; Upper Isley Creek, 750m; Mt Williams, 900-1000m, in QM; Danbulla SF, 13km NE Yungaburra, in MDPI; Upper Mulgrave River; Murray Prior Range, via Yarrabah; The Boulders, via Babinda; Bellenden Ker township; Bellenden Ker Range, Cable Tower 7, 500m; Graham Range, via Babinda, in QM: Gordonvale, in QDPI. NORTHERN TERRITORY (?): Port Darwin, in SAM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, MDPI, DJ, EH). DESCRIPTION. Large, 11-12.5mm long, uniformly black, with short, sparse, adpressed vestiture. MALE. Head length 1.1-1.2 times width, its sur- face smooth; antenniferous tubercles strongly di- vergent, with outer margins continuous with profile of postocular portion of head, and with length beyond exserted eyes about twice eye di- ameter; apices of antenniferous tubercles weakly notched; cleft between antenniferous tubercles and median process of head wide and deep, with 2 pairs of prominent opposable tubercles in cleft; genal processes long, with apices flared, ob- liquely truncate, and usually notched. Antennae a little longer than head, segment I longest. Prothorax with sublateral elevations larger, high and more rugose than submedian elevations which partly occlude median sulcus; pronotal collar smooth dorsally, with dorsal opposable tubercles reduced. Median ridge of meso- and metanota smooth, depressed. Legs slender, un- armed. Abdomen with tergal disc elevated slightly at middle of Tg II, at position of scent gland scar and sublaterally on Tg III. Lateral margins of Cx VI and VII produced into subequal, rounded lobes; paratergites of VIII 117 short, cylindrical, truncate with spiracles apical; parameres as in Fig. 47H. FEMALE. As for d except: Outer connexival margin of VIslightly angled posterolaterally, and that of VII angled in middle; Tg VII with a pair of quadrate elevations near posterior margin; spermatheca as in Fig. 47C. MEASUREMENTS. Ranges of 2d and 29. L: 11.20, 12.30-12.50; W: 5.00, 6.16-6.66; HL: 3.16-3.20, 3.30-3.41; HW: 2.66-2.75, 2.91-3.08; PL: 1.25-1.32, 1.41-1.50; PW: 3.20-3.50, 3.66- 3.75; AS: I, 1.08, 1.16-1.20, II, 0.60, 0.56-0.60, III, 0.92-1.00, 0.88-1.00, IV, 0.60-0.64, 0.60. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 48). The type locality is specified only as *N. Queensland' and since the species is common in and adjacent to rainforest in the coastal region from Cooktown to Babinda it is probable that the holotype came from the vicinity of Cairns. Kormilev (1967) recorded specimens from the South Australian Museum labelled as *Port Darwin, W.D. Dodd'. Examina- tion of these specimens shows them to be identi- cal with specimens from the Cairns-Kuranda region within the confirmed range of the species. Since it is inconceivable that an apterous aradid could occur in undifferentiated form at such dis- junct locations as Cairns and Darwin, and since Kuranda was the residence of the collector, I prefer to regard the alleged Northern Territory specimens as being mislabelled. REMARKS. C. stylatus was the first apterous aradid described from Australia and is one of the largest species known from the continent. It oc- curs, singly and in small colonies, on large logs in rainforest but seems rather eurytopic and may Occur in cleared and disturbed areas. Its altitudi- nal range varies within its distribution; in the northern sector it ranges from sea-level to 1250m, but in the south it has not been taken higher than the coastal plain and low foothills. This may be due to competition, in the south, from the other 3 species of the genus which inhabit mountain rainforests in the south but not in the north. Chelonoderus forfex sp. nov. (Fig. 47A,E-F,N-O) TYPE. Holotype d, Palmerston Nat. Park, via In- nisfail, N Qld, 23.iv.1968, G. Monteith, QMT11674. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 43 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Baldy Mtn, via Atherton, pitfall trap, 1 9, ii-xi.1977, RIS,in MDPI, 118 1d, 1200m, 10.x.1980, GBM; Upper Plath Road, 1100m, QM Berl. 908, 1 db, 8.xii.1996, GBM; Malanda Falls, Malanda, 28 19, 11.v.1970, GBM, 48 29, 8-12.x.1980, GBM; Palmerston NP, via Innisfail, 3 8 1 2, 23-24.v.1970, BKC, 1 9, 7-8. viii. 1968, BKC, 1d, 9.xii.1995, pyrethrum on logs, GBM; Mt Fisher, 7 km SW Millaa Millaa 1050-1100m, 5d 19, 27- 29.iv.1982, GBM, DKY & DJC, 18, OM Berl. 888, 17.v.1995, GBM; Downey Creek, 25km SE Millaa Millaa, 400m, 78 69, 7.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Mt Father Clancy, 900-1000m, 28, 6.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Vine Creek Rd, 1100m, 1d, 24.xi.1994, GBM, in QM; Tully Falls, pitfall trap, 19, 12.xii.1976- 15.1.1977, RIS, in MDPI. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, UQIC, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM) (paratypes: QMT14042-14062, QMT14067-14070, QMT22364-22367, QMT 14073-14084). DESCRIPTION. Large, 10-12mm long, uni- formly black, elongate, with truncate abdominal apex. MALE. Head length 1.25 times width, with elon- gate neck region, surface with short, dense vesti- ture; antenniferous tubercles divergent, straight-sided, extending beyond eyes by a dis- tance equal to eye diameter, apices subacute, not notched; genal processes long, parallel, with evenly rounded apices; 2 pairs of opposable tu- bercles in cleft between antenniferous tubercles and median process of head but not prominent. Antennae slightly longer than head, segment I longest. Prothorax with sublateral elevations lower than lateral margins; submedian elevations smoothly continuous with pronotal collar; dorsal opposable tubercles of collar reduced; median ridge of meso- and metanota smooth, depressed in mid- dle. Legs slender, unarmed. Abdominal tergal disc slightly elevated at mid- dle of Tg II, at scent gland scar and sublaterally on Tg III; lateral series of opposable tubercles weak; lateral margins of Cx II-V not lobed and progressively narrowing posteriorly, that of VI with a small, round lobe in posterior half, and that of VII strongly produced into laterally projecting, rounded lobes; paratergites of VIII short, cylin- drical, truncate, with spiracles apical. Parameres as in Fig. 47F. St of VII with a subquadrate, smooth, glabrous area medially. FEMALE. As for ¢ except: Sides of abdomen convex; lobes of Cx VI and VII much smaller than in d, with those of VII directed more poste- riorly; median disc of Tg VII with quadrate ele- vation bearing 2 low tubercles posteriorly. Spermatheca as in Fig. 47E. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ¢ first, then ranges of additional 2¢ and 29 paratypes. L: 10.66, 10.00-10.16, 10.66-12.16; W: 4.83, 4.58, 5.42-6.42; HL: 3.00, 2.92, 2.92-3.33; HW: 2.42, 2.33, 2.42-2.66; PL: 1.42, 1.16-1.25, 1.33-1.50; PW: 3.25, 3.00-3.08, 3.17-3.75; AS: I, 1.00, 1 x4 1.04, 1.08-1.20; II, 0.60, 0.56-0.6, 0.60-0.68; III, 0.92, 0.92-1.00, 0.96-1.00; IV, 0.60, 0.60- En 0.60-0.68. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 48). Mountain rainforest above 350m on the S Atherton Tableland with several records from the Walsh Range (Baldy Mtn) at the N end of the Tableland. REMARKS. C. forfex is related to the type spe- cies but is easily separable by the shape of the antenniferous tubercles, genal processes and ab- dominal apex. The 2 species are not known to be sympatric although their distributions overlap a little latitudinally at different altitudes. Chelonoderus thompsoni sp. nov. (Fig. 47J) TYPE. Holotype d, Wallaman Falls Rd, 600m, RF, N.E.Qld, 14 Dec 1986, Monteith, Thompson & Ham- let, QMT11829. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 23 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Kirrama SF, via Cardwell, 1 9, 17-18.viii.1966, GBM, 18, 700m, 2- 3.x.1980, GBM, 18 19, 650m, 11.v.1983, DKY; Mt Hosie, 800-930m, Kirrama SF, 3d 39, 10.xii.1986, 10.xii.1986; Douglas Ck Rd, 800m, Kirrama SF, 18, 9-12.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Cardwell Ra., Upper Broadwater Ck valley, 700-800, 38 19, 17- 21.xi.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Cardwell Range, 28km W of Kennedy, 1 9, 2.vi.1989, R. Bell; Mt Graham, 8km N Abergowrie, 600-700m, 1d, 26-30.xii.1986, SH; Wallaman Falls, via Ingham 2d 29, 7.viii.1968, BKC, 38 19, 600m, 14.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH) (paratypes: QMT14088, QMT14110-14126, QMT14128, QMT14130-14131). DESCRIPTION, Large, 9-12.5mm long, uni- formly black, elongate, similar to C. forfex but differing in the following respects. Pronotum with outer edge of sublateral elevations slightly lower than the mesal portion of the elevation. Male: with margin of Cx VII produced into a smaller lobe which is directed obliquely back- wards so that its lateral margin does not extend laterally beyond the profile of the smaller lobe of Cx VL REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE FIG. 46. Dorsal view of holotype of 3 Chelenoderus minor. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype ¢ first, then range of 2¢ and 29 paratypes. L: 9.12, 10.37- 10.50. 10.62-12.50; W: 4.25, 4.75-4.90, 5.58- 6.50: HL: 2.65. 3.00-2.75, 3.05-3.50; HW: 2.10, 2,30-2.50, 2.40-2.75; PL: 1.00, 1.20-1.10, 1.25- 1.50; PW: 2.60, 2.90-3.00, 2.95-3.75; AS: I, 0.90, |,45-1.06, 1.05-1.15; H, 0.52, 0.55-0.58, 0.55- 0.61; HI, O.86, 1.00-1.06, 0.96-1.06; TV, 0.58, 0.58-0.63, 0.60-0.67. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 48). Mountain rainforests on the Kirrama, Cardwell and Seaview Ranges, N Queensland. REMARKS. This species is named after Geof! Thompson, Queensland Museum, who has col- lected many tropical Aradidae and illustrated many species for this revision. C. thompsoni is the geographically isolated, southern member of the group of 3 larger species which occur as allopatric derivatives in rainforest tracts of the wet tropics. It is closely relared ro C. forfex but d lack the fared apical abdominal 119 segments of that species. & of the 2 species are difficult to separate. Chelonoderus minor sp. nov. (Figs 4N, 46,47D,G,K-M) TYPE. Holotype d, Millaa Millaa Falls, N, Qld.. À.xi1.1965. G.B. Monteith, QMT11675. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 15 paratypes; NORTH QUEENSLAND: Lake Eachans NP, 760m, ANIC Berl,549, rainforest, TV, 3- 7.31.1976, RW, Taylor and TAW; 1.5km E. of Palm- erston, 1 d, 6.xi.1966, E.B. Britton, in ANIC, Crater NP, Atherton Tableland, 13, 25.1v.1970, GBM, 12, 5.xii.1988, GBM; Malanda, | 9, 9.xi. 1989, TAW; Malanda Falls, 28, 22, 9,xi1.1989-14.1.1990, GBM, GIT & HJ; Upper Mulgrave River, | 2 ,26-27.xii. 1967. GBM; Mt Bartle Frere, West Slopes, 800-1000m, 22. 30.x11,1989, GBM; Palmerston NP, 3d 29, 23.iv.1968, GBM: 1d 19, 7-8. viii. 1968, BKC; Henri- etta Ck, Palmerston NP, 18 19, 12.xii.1966, BKC: Millaa Millaa Falis, 13, 23.1v.1968, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, SAM. EH) (ype OMT14089-14102, OMT14104- 4105). DESCRIPTION. Medium sized, 8.8-10.3mm long. black, with contrasungly pale abdominal scent gland scar. MALE. Head length 1.25 times width, its dorsum rugose in middle; antenniferous tubercles long, divergent. with sides straight, extending beyond eyes hy a distance equal to more than twice eye diameter, apices subacute. not notched; penal processes long, parallel-sided, with apices sepa- rale, subacute and not individually notched; op- posable tubercles in cleft between antenniferous tubercles and median head process small, Anten- nae slightly longer than head, segment 1 and I longest, subequal, Pronorum with sublateral elevations slightly higher than lateral margins; submedian eleva- tions not continuous with collar; dorsal opposable tuhercles af collar well developed; median ridge of mesonotum coarsely wrinkled. Legs slender, often with a small, subapical peg on ventral side of hind femora. Abdominal tergal disc broadly elevated anteri- orly and along the lateral margins where the series of opposable tubercles are prominent; disc depressed in postertor half except lor raised, pale scent gland scar; margins of Cx I-IV nor lobed, those if V. VI and VII each with a pointed, triangular projection on poste- nor half paratergites of VITE short, cylindrical, with slightly oblique apices, Parameres as in 120 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 2.0mm FIG. 47. Chelonoderus spp.; A, C. forfex à ; B, C. stylatus head; C-E, spermathecae; C, C. stylatus; D, C. minor; E, C. forfex; F-H, left parameres, outer views; F, C. forfex; G, C. minor, H, C. stylatus; 1-P, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); I, C. srylatus 3 d; J, C. thompsoni à d; K, C. minor 9 v; L, C. minor à v; M, C. minor 9 d; N, C. forfex 9 v; O, C. forfex 9 d; P, C. stylatus 9 d. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE | r^ 148°E ls x, ~Y {Co town > -46°S Š 95. ds inns CHELONODERUS tel « C. stylatus k^ a C. forfex ani * C. thompsoni ipa ) * C. minor + ^ 8 | So Townsville NA ' um ux FIG. 48. Records of Chelonoderus species in northem Queensland. Fig. 47G. St VII smooth and glabrous medially and with a semicircular impression near anterior margin; St VI narrowed medially by forward extension of St VII. FEMALE. As for d except: Abdomen broad, with convex margins; angles of Cx V, VI and VIT much reduced; median disc of Tg VII with pro- nounced quadrate elevation and 2 high, trans- verse tubercles near posterior margin. Spermatheca as in Fig. 47D. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29, L: 9.17, 8.83- 9.17, 9.67-10.33; W: 4.17, 4.08, 5.17-5.42; HL: 2.50, 2.50, 2.58-2.75; HW: 1.92, 1.92-2.00, 2.08- 2.17; PL: 1.17, 1.08-1.17, 1.25; PW: 2.92, 2.75- 2.83, 3.00-3.16; AS: I, 0.80, 0.80-0.84, 0.80-0.88; II, 0.60, 0,56, 0.56-0,60; LII, 0.84, 0.80, 0.84- 0.88; IV, 0.48, 0,52, 0.52. DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 48). Mountain rainforest on the 5 Atherton Tableland with one specimen from low altitudes in the same region (Mulgrave River). REMARKS, C. minor is distinct within the genus hy its smaller size and angled margins of Cx V. It is commonest in better developed rainforest on red, basaltic soils where it occurs on sticks and logs. It coexists with C. forfex at several lacalities in the northern portion of the range of the latter species. Pseudoargocoris Kormilev, 1992 Argocaris Kormilev, 1967a: 519 (descr.);; Kormilev.. 1971; 6 (incl, in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 103 (catalog. of spp.). Psendoargocoris Kormilev,1992: 184 (n. name for preoec. Argocoris Kormilev) TYPE SPECIES. Argocoris grossi Kormilev, 19673, by original designation. DESCRIPTION. Moderate-sized. ovate, apter- ous, with convex dorsum and coarsely granular body surface, Head about as wide as long; postocular tuber- cles small, triangular; eyes large and sessile, sep- arated from antenniferous tubercles by a weak, shallow cleft; antenniferous tubercles blunt, weakly divergent; genal processes short, blunt, fused anterior to apex of clypeus; rostral groove not closed posteriorly; rostral atrium closed. An- tennae with segments Il and HI of less diameter than I and IV; segment III longer than H or IV. Pronotum with median, longitudinal sulcus; el- evations at both submedian and sublateral posi- tions, the submedian ones with a smooth, glabrous area surrounded by granules; pronotal coliar very distinct and bearing dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles. Scutellar region of mesonotum elevated into a median ridge extend- ing posteriorly to abdominal Tg I; opposable tu- bercles on each side of base of scutellarelevation; mesonotal wing vestiges defined by sutures. Smooth, glabrous areas on each side of middle of meso- and metanota; metanotum with low gran- ular, sublateral elevations which subtend oppos- able tubercles against lateral angles of median plate of abdominal Tg I. Legs not bicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulate. Abdominal tergal disc inflated, granular, with pattern of glabrous areas defined by ridges; inner glabrous areas of Tg HI and IV subdivided; suture between Tg I and II distinct in middle and oblit- erated laterally; a pair of opposable tubercles between posterior angles of median plate of ab- dominal Tg I and anterior edge of Tg Il; 3 pairs of intersegmental opposable tubercles at junc- tions between Tg III, IV, V and VI along lateral margin of abdominal tergal disc. Median impressions on meso- and metasterna; glabrous areas and intersegmental sutures strongly impressed on abdominal sterna. Parameres with a row of fine teeth on their inner face. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10C). A monotypic, Aus- tralian endemic known only from coastal central Queensland. REMARKS. Pseudoargocoris occupies an inter- mediate position between Aegisocoris and Chelonoderus, having the postocular tubercles and ovate, convex body shape of the former and the distinctive pronotum of the latter. Pseudoargocoris grossi (Kormilev, 1967) (Figs 49, 51A-C) Argocoris grossi Kormilev, 1967a: 521 (descr., figs); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 103 (listed). Pseudoargocoris grossi: Kormilev, 1992:184 (n.comb.). TYPE. Holotype 9, Bowen, Queensland, A. Simson, SAM I20,342. Examined. The specimen also bears an old label with the numbers 1531-3550. The type lacks left antennal segments II and IV, right antennal seg- ments II, III and IV, left fore tibiae and tarsi of fore and middle legs. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 17 speci- mens; CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Brandy Creek Road, Conway SF, via Proserpine, 10d 49 3N, 23- 25.iv.1979, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH, NMNH, HNHM, UQIC). DESCRIPTION. Moderate-sized, 9.00mm long, sub-circular, reddish, with coarsely granular, gla- brous body surfaces. MALE. Head length 1.06-1.11 times width, with median ridge raised and bearing large, rough granules; postocular tubercles small, flattened, triangular; eyes sessile, smooth; antenniferous tubercles granular, blunt, extending beyond eyes 1.5 times eye diameter; opposable tubercles in cleft between antenniferous tubercles and median head process large, distinct; genal processes short, broad, granular, fused for full length ante- rior to clypeus and with apices expanded, conflu- ent, and with front margin truncate, Pronotum with sides converging anteriorly; submedian elevations each with a laterally atten- uate glabrous area surrounded by a granular patch anteriorly and a coarse carina posteriorly; sub- lateral elevations higher than submedian eleva- tions and roughly granular; pronotal collar smooth, distinct. Mesonotum with scutellar re- gion raised, granular, flanked by a pair of granu- lar, triangular tubercles; mesonotal wing remnants with a granular lateral lobe and a smooth mesal disc; metanotum with raised me- dian ridge continuous with transverse median MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 49. Dorsal view of holotype d of Pseudo- argocoris grossi. elevation of abdominal Tg I; lateral metanotal elevations coarsely punctate, separated from me- dian ridge by a smooth gutter beneath the en- larged opposable tubercles; meta-thoracic scent gland openings straight, slit-like. Legs slender, unarmed. Abdominal tergal disc broadly inflated over whole area, most of pattern of ridges prominently raised and granular; scent gland scar pale with several patches of raised granules; postero-lateral angles of Cx V and VI each with small triangular, blunt lobes; margin of Cx VII with a small angu- lation; paratergites of VIII short, cylindrical, truncate with spiracles terminal. Abdominal sterna coarsely impressed, punctate, median im- pressions distinct; St VI greatly narrowed in mid- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE {23 dle by forward extension of St VIT; St VII with a large polished flat area in centre bounded by a fine impressed line. FEMALE. As for d except: ali connexival mar- gins smooth, unlobed and continuous, except for that of VII which has a faint angulation; median disc of Tg VII quadrately elevated with a pair of transverse posterior tubercles; St V1 grooved sub- parallel to hind margin; divided plates of St VII inflated, granular; spiracles of VH raised on low tubercles; paratertgites of VIII low, blunt. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype 9 first followed by ranges of 2d and 29. L: 9.00, 7.92-7.93, 8.37-8.75; W: 5,00, 3.73, 4,504.75; HL: 2.24 f 2.10, 2. 20,2 25; HW: 2.08, 1.87-1.88, 2.00- . 0.85-0.94, 0,90- 1.00; PW: 3.16, 2.97; AS: 1, 0.66, 0.60, 0.62-0,63, 2. 0.44-0. 46, II, last, 0.84, 0.86-0.90, t. 0.52-0.56, 0.56-0.60. DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 52). Coastal central Queensland near Proserpine. REMARKS. The unique type from Bowen was collected by local collector August Simson around 1870 (Musgrave, 1932). The Bowen vicin- ity, though coastal, is rather arid and without rainforest vegetation in which such an apterous aradid would be expected to occur. It is known that Simson ranged quite far afield from Bowen, including as far as the rainforested Mt Dryander, near Proserpine (Fletcher, 1929), which is on the southern side af Edgecumbe Bay. Several mod- ern attempts were made to rediscover the species on Mt Dryander without success. In 1979 a col- ony was taken on a large log in lowland rainforest at Brandy Creek, E of Proserpine anda little south of Mt Dryander, This proved that P, grossi is a rainforest species, making it unlikely that the type came from Bowen. Aegisocoris Kormilev, 1967 Aegisocoris Kormilev, 1967a: 521 (descr.); Kormilev, 1971: 6 (incl. m key); Kormilev & Froescliner, 1987: 96 (caialogue of spp.). TYPE SPECIES. Aegisocoris granulatus Kormiley, 1967 by original designation. DESCRIPTION. A genus of medium-sized, ovate, convex, apterous Mezirinae with granular body surface. Head about as long as wide; postocular tuber- cles present as narrow triangular lobes; eyes slightly exserted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a small cleft; antenniferous tubercles divergent, blunt; genal processes short, blunt, without bases contiguous in front of clypeus; rostral groove not closed behind; rostral atrium closed, Antennae with segments II and I of less diameter than I and IV; segments II, II] and IV subequal in length. Pronotum with median longitudinal sulcus bor- dered by 2 pairs of prominent granular tubercles in submedian region; without sublateral eleva- lions; anterolateral angles of pronotum with semicircular, explanate lobes. Scutellar region of mesonotum forming high, granular elevation, sulcate medially; opposable tubercles on euch side of base of scutellar lobe; mesonotal wing vestiges defined by distinct. semicircular sutures; metanotum with a large, smooth, glabrous plate on each side of median elevation: a set ol 3 opposable tubercles between metanatum, ali- dominal Tg Land fore margin of fused abdominal tergal disc, Legs not bicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulate, Abdominal tergal disc highly inflated, granu- lar, with pattern of glabrous areas largely ohliter- ated: suture between Tg J and II distinct in middle and obliterated laterally. Cx VII not lobed in d. Meso- and metasterna with median impression; pleural regions coarsely granular; metathoracic scent gland canals short and widely open; pattern of glabrous areas deeply impressed on abdominal sterna. Spermathecal duct with inflated, thick-walled bulb. Parameres with row of fine teeth or inner fave. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10D). An Australian en- demic confined to tropical northern Queensland between Cape Tribulation and Innisfail. REMARKS. Aegisocoris parallels the Australian carventine Glyptoaptera Kormilev in its highly convex thoracic and abdominal nota (Monteith, 1967). The prothorax is unusual in having 2 pairs of submedian tubercles; this results from the dis- placement of the sublateral elevations into the submedian field, The vestigial hemelytral bases are better developed in Aegisocorjs than in other Australian flightless genera. KEY TO SPECIES OF AEGISOCORIS 1, Each anterolateral angle of pronotum with a small, flattened, semi-erect lohe about the size of the eye; width of pygophore of & more than one third mastinum width of abdomen eee ae eh. eee granulatus Kormilev Each anterolateral angle of pronotum with a sub- circular, flattened lobe about twice size of the eye; width of pygophore of d less than one third maximum width of abdomen om 2 1s nu EL phat kormilevi, sp. nov. Aegisocoris granulatus Kormilev, 1967 (Figs 5Q, 5LD-E.G,]-K,M) Aegisocoris granulams Kormilev, 1967a: 522 (deser.; figs.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 96 (listed). TYPE. Holotype ?. Caims dist, A.M. Lea. SAM I20,243. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 58 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Upper Plath Rd, 1100m, 2d, 49, 81,1995, GBM; Upper Mulgrave River, | o,26-27.xii, 1967, GBM; Bellenden Kertown- ship, Ld, 7.viii.1966, GBM; Bellenden Ker Ra., !.Skm S. Cable Tower 7, 500m, pyrethrum knockdown, 173 79, 25-31.x.1981. Earthwatel/QM, Henrietta Ck, Palmerston NP, 1d 19, 29.xii.19654, GBM, 1d 23.iv.1970, GBM; Palmerston NP, 350-400m, 19, 2.1990, GBM; Palmerston NP, East Margin, Ld, 19, 9.xii.1995, GBM, DIC, GIT, Malanda Falls, 750m, rainforest log litter and fungi, 15, 22.vii. 1982, S&JP; Millaa Millaa Falls, 28 39, 4.xii.1965, GBM; 12, 12.viii.1968, BKC, 1%, 7.xij1989, GBM, GIT, HI; Bartle Frere track, 17km W. Malanda, 700m, 8d 19, B.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Boonjie, 13km ESE Malanda. 700m, Ig, 8.xii.1982, GBM, DKY & DJC; Mi Fisher, 7km SW Millaa Millaa, 1050-1100rn, pyre- thrum knockdown, | 9, 27-29. iv.1982, GBM,DK Y & DJC; Graham Range, 550m, pyrethrum on logs. 12, 12, &.xii.ix.1995, GBM, DIC, GIT, in QM. (QM du- plicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, UQIC, EH, HNHM.), DESCRIPTION, Small, 6-7,2mm long, subcircu- lar, reddish, convex. with enlarzed pygophore mod. MALE. Head width 1.05 times length, its surface covered with fine granular and with about 6 large granules in 2 rows on vertex: postocular tubercles small, flattened, triangular; eyes large; an- tenniferous tubercles short, blunt, weakly diver- gent. extending beyond eyes 144 times eve diameter: genal processes short, divergent, com- pletely separated on sides of clypeus and barely surpassing its apex. Antennae slender, about 1 2 tumes length of head; segment II shortest, seg- ments I and IE longest, subequal. Pronotum almost 3 trmes as wide as long, with scattered granules; submedian elevations com- plex, cach consisting of a smooth, plabrous area MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fig. 50. Dorsal view of 2 holotype of Aegivaceris kormilevi sloping into the median sulcus and flanked ante- riorly and posteriorly by a pair of prominent, granular tubercles bearing sparse, curled vesti- lure; anterior pair of tubercles closer together than posterior pair and forming a pair of oppos- able tubercles acrass the median sulcus; anteru- lateral angles of pronotum each with a small, fattened, semicircular, semi-erect lobe about the size of eye; posterolateral pronotal angles each with a small, submarginal granular tubercle. Mesonotal scutellar area highly elevated. smooth, with a pair of elongate, granular elevations on top; immesonotal wing vestiges broad, granular, with lateral margins elevated into 3 granular tu- bercle on each side; metanotum laterally with circular. granular areas separated from the me- dian ndge by smooth, polished area. Legs shart. contrastingly pale, with femora slightly incrass- aie. Abdominal tergai disc broadly and strongly convex, with 4 obtuse peaks in anterior half bear- ing tufts of curled vestiture; enlarged, shining granules along lateral margins of tergal disc: pos- teriór margins of dorsal connexival plates thick- REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 125 FIG. 51. A-C, Pseudoargocoris grossi; A, 9 lateral view; B, d abdominal apex, dorsal; C, ? abdominal apex, ventral. D-N, Aegisocoris spp.; D, A. granulatus, 3 lateral view; E, A. granulatus, head and prothorax; F-J, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); F, A. kormilevi 9 v; G, A. granulatus 9 d; H, A. kormilevi d d; l, A. kormilevi 3 v; J, A. granulatus 3 v; K-L spermathecae; K, A, granulatus; L, A. kormilevi; M-N, left parameres, outer view; M, A. granulatus; N, A. kormilevi. 126 ened and bearing curled vestiture; paratergites of segment VIII small, inconspicuous, bearing spi- racles on mesal side of apex. Pygophore enlarged, width more than 1/3 maximum width of abdo- men, with a longitudinal ridge along its dorsum. Parameres as in Fig. 51M. St VII broadly and roundly inflated with central area, smooth, matt- surfaced, contrasting with the coarsely granular lateral areas. FEMALE. As for d except: Abdominal tergal disc with an inflated area in posterior half, bear- ing curled vestiture; Tg VII with a pair of widely spaced, low tubercles near hind margin; divided plates of St VII coarsely granular; paratergites of VIII pointed. Spermatheca as in Fig. 51K. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 7.17, 6.17- 6.67, 6.83; W: 3.92, 3.33-3.42, 3.75-3.83; HL: 1.83, 1.56-1.64, 1.67; HW: 1.92, 1.67-1.72, 1.75- 1.80; PL: 0.8, 0.76, 0.68-0.72; PW: 2.33, 2.17- 2.24, 2.25-2.40; AS: I, 0.56, 0.54-0.56, 0.56-0.6; II, 0.44, 0.36, 0.4; III, 0.56, 0.52-0.54, 0.56; IV, 0.52, 0.48, 0.48-0.52. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 52). Rainforests of low to high altitude on the closely adjacent Atherton Tableland, Graham Range and Bellenden Ker Range, N Queensland. The locality of *Cairns district of the holotype is further north and has not been confirmed by modern collecting. REMARKS. This distinctive species occurs on sticks and small logs where it rests in crevices and small depressions. Its highly inflated and tuber- cular dorsum provide effective camouflage. A. granulatus is closely related to the new species described below which occurs north of its range. Aegisocoris kormilevi sp. nov. (Figs 4L, 50, 5IF,H-LL.N) TYPE. Holotype 9, Churchill Ck, Mt Lewis Road, via Julatten, N Qld., 27.xi.1964, G. Monteith. QMT11676. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 32 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Halcyon, 870m, 1d, 22-24.x1.1993, GBM, DJC, LR, HJ; 3.5km W Cape Tribulation, 680m, pyrethrum knockdown, 1d, 2.x.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; Stewart Ck, 4km NNE Mt Spurgeon, 1250-1300m, 15-20.x.1991, GBM,DJC,LR,HJ; 7km N Mt Spurgeon, 1200-1250m, 66, 69, 17-19.x.1991, GBM,DJC,LR,HJ; Mossman Bluff track, 1000m, 29 , 17-19.xii.1988, GBM & GIT, 1100-1300m, 1 9,17-18.xii. 1988, GBM & GIT; 2.5km N Mt Lewis, 1040 m, 18 1 2, 3.xi.1983, DKY & GIT; 10km N Mt Lewis, 1100m. 1d, 1 2, 25.xi.1990, GBM, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 146°E PSEUDOARGOCORIS * P. grossi AEGISOCORIS * A. granulatus A A. kormilevi a4\ Cairns FIG. 52. Records of Pseudoargocoris and Aegisocoris species in northern Queensland. DJC, GIT, RS, HJ; Churchill Ck, Mt Lewis Road, via Julatten, 68 39, 27.xi.1964, GBM, in QM. (QM du- plicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, SAM, EH, NMNH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT14000-14019, QMT14025- 14029). DESCRIPTION. Small, 6-7.50mm long, elon- gate-oval, reddish, convex, with pygophore of normal proportions. Closely related to the type species but differing as follows: Body form more elongate; head with large granules on posterior dorsum of head not in 2 rows; pronotum with antero-lateral lobes much larger than eye, di- rected laterally, not semi-erect; scutellar eleva- tion of mesonotum lower, with narrower median sulcus; abdominal tergal disc less inflated; d with pygophore not enlarged, its width less than 1/3 maximum width of abdomen; dorsum of pygo- phore evenly convex, without median ridge. Para- meres as in Fig. 51N. Spermatheca as in Fig. 51L. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 6.67, 6.0, 6.5-7.5; W: 3.5, 2.92-3.08, 3.42-4.08; HL: 1.6, 1.52, 1.6-1.8; HW: 1.8, 1.6, 1.76-1.88; PL: 0.68, 0.72-0.68, 0.72-0.8; PW: 2.32, 2.08, 2.32-2.60; AS: I, 0.56, 0.48-0.52, 0.52-0.58; II, 0.36, 0.34, 0.38; III, 0.5, 0.5, 0.50-0.52; IV, 0.52, 0.48-0.50, 0.46-0.54. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 52). Rainforest at moder- ate to high altitude from Cape Tribulation to the Carbine Tableland, N Queensland. REMARKS. The two species of Aegisocoris rec- ognized here are allopatric segregates of a former widespread species. The several collections of A. kormilevi however are uniform in the characters REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 127 used to separate them from A. granulatus. The differential size in the pygophore of the 2 species is striking. The new species is named for Nicholas A. Kormilev, who described the genus and sa many other Aradidae around the world. Neophloeobia Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Neophloeobia Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 232 (descr, }; Kormilev, 1967a: 523 (comments on definition); Kormilev, 1971: 7 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 163 (catalogue of spp.). Seirrhocoris Kormilev, 1965a:26 (descr.); Kormilev, 1971: 6 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 191 (catalogue of spp.) syn, nov, Schirrhacoris: Kormilev, 19652: 27 (incorrect spelling for Scirrhocoris). TYPE-SPECIES. Of Neaphloeobia: Neophloeakia monirouzieri Usinger & Matsuda, 1959, hy original designation, Of Scirrkocoris. Woodwardiessa — ausiraliensis Kormilev, 1964 by original designation. DESCRIPTION. Small to medium-sized, apter- ous, with bicoloured legs and flattened appear- ance. Head generally longer thàn broad; postocular tubercles present, forming narrow, acutely pointed, conical or cylindrical processes; eyes sessile or moderately exserted; antenniferous tu- bercles well-developed, usually divergent; penae long, fused in front of clypeal apex; rostral groove closed posteriorly; rostral atrium closed. Anten- nae with segments II and III of lesser diameter than that of Land IV; antennal segment HI usually longer than H. Pronotum with à median, longitudinal] sulcus and without prominent elevations in either sub- median or sublateral positions; anterolateral an- gles of pronotum with explanate lobes whose outer margins are continuous posteriorly to posterolateral angles; pronotal collar, delimited by a dorsal furrow, and bearing dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles: posterior pronotal margin bordered except at lateral extremities. Scutellar region of mesonotum elevated and subcontinuous posteriorly to the first abdominal tergum; neither mesonotum nor metanotum with distinct eleva- tons laterad of median ridge; opposable tubercles absent from meso- and metanota except occa- sionally small tubercles subtended towards ante- rior angles of median plate of abdominal Tg L Legs with tibiae and femora hicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulare, Fused abdominal tergal disc never inflated; pat- tern of glabrous areas distinct and marked by ridges; median portion of Tg III usually forming a slightly elevared, trapezoidal or hexagonal area reaching posteriorly ta tubercle of nymphal sceni gland scar; suture between abdominal Tg I and H distinct medially and obliterated laterally; oppos- able tubercles present between Tg I and II; mar- gins of Cx IV angled in & , and usually also in 9, Median impressions not distinct on meso- and metasterna; pattern of glabrous areas prominently impressed on abdominal sterna. Spermatheca and its duct not modified. Paraning with a row of fine teeth on their inner ace, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10E}. An Australian cn- demic along the east coast from Cooktown to N N.S.W. REMARKS, Previously 3 species were attributed to Neophioeebia, viz. montrouzieri (type), ans- tralica and tuberculata, Analysis of the 14 spe- cies now known to be allied shows that 3 generic groups can be recognized, each including one of the three species onginally in Neophloeabia; |, Neophloeobia, based on N. montrouzieri 2, Mesophloeobia gen. nov., including N. aus- rralica; 3, Granulaptera gen. nov., including N. tuberculata. Scirrhocoris, which Kormilev based om Woodwardiessa australiensis and in which he later included Scirrhocoris mirabilis, has been found to be synonymous with Neophloeobia. The species here included in Neophloeóobia occur as an allopatric series from N N.S.W. to tropical N Queensland. They fall into 3 well defined groups: the southern montrouzieri-aus traliensis-mirabilis group, the central incisa-pal- uma-cataracta group, and the taxonomically isolated northern species, elongata. N. bulburina is intermediate between the southern and central groups as discussed later, KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NEOPHLOEOSIA 1. Male with Sr VI not narrowed in middle by for- ward extension of St VIE; d St VIL usually with- out a median, polished callosity; $ with median length of St VII longer than combined length of St V and VE, cleft between eye and antenniler- ous tubercle deep, extending beyond inner mar- gin of eve 2 Male with St VI narrowed in midline by angulate forward extension of St VII; male usually with a median, raised, polished, callosity on St Vil, F 128 with median length of St VIL not longer than combined length of V and VL, cleft between eye and antenniferous tubercle usually shallow, largely occluded 2(1). Femora and tibiae not bicoloured; antennifer- ous tubercles and genal processes usually acutely pointed; quem of glabrous areas nol deeply impressed on abdominal sterna; total head-body length at least twice maximum width (North Queensland) .. ... elongata, sp. now. Femora and tibiae dark with pale bands; àn- lenniferous tubercles and genal processes api- cally blunt; pattern of glabrous areas deeply impressed on sterna; total head-body length less than twice maximum width (South Queensland and Northem New South Wales). .. ..... 3 3(2), Sides of abdomen concave so that width across segment VI is greater than width across segment V; antennal segment HIT with erect setae as long as ils diameter . australiensis (Kormilev) Sides of abdomen not concave, width across seg- ment VE less than width of segment V; antennal segment II! with short, adpressed setae .. . . 4 4(4). Femora and tibiae with, long, erect setae over whole surface; male with a small, elongate, pol- ished callosity on midline of St VII (New South Wales) .. . montrouzieri Usinger & Matsuda Sctae of legs short and adpressed, with a few erect setae on distal half of tibiae; male without a polished callosity on St VII (Queensland) mirabilis (Kormilev) 5(1). Front half of median portion of abdominal ter- gal disc forming a raised, flat, more or less hex- agonal area, of which the middle of tergum II is smooth bulburina, sp. nov. Front half of median portion of abdominal tergal disc not uniformly flat and raised; middle of ter- gum II raised, coarsely. tubercular, semmi-confluent with similar tubercular portion of tergum I . . 6 6(5), Sublateral elevations of pronotum distinct and slightly higher than lateral pronoral margins; male with suture between SI VI and VII strongly angulate anteriorly so that St VI is almost bi- sected medially; male with Cx margins of VL weukly produced incisa, sp. nov, Sublateral elevations of pronotum absent, or much lower than pronotal margins; male with 51 VI narrowed, but not almost bisected; male with Cx margins of Vl acutely angulote . , -;.5 7 7(6). Pronotum with lateral margins flartened and re- flexed: 9 with margins of Cx VI and VII un- gulately lobed paluma, $p. nov. Prouatum with lateral margins not flattened and reflexed; 9 with margin of Cx VI not lobed, that ul VH weakly so cataracta, sp, nav, Moro s d e n ng on MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Neophloeobia montrouzieri Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 (Figs 7F, 53F,L,O,V, 54E.L.R) Neophloeobia montrouzieri Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 234 (descr., fig.); Kormilev. 1965a: 26 (misident, of Mesophloeobia vetusta, sp. nov.); Kormilev, 1967a: 524, (misident. of Mesophlaeobia vetusta, sp, nov.) Kumar, 1967: 21-24 (internal anatomy); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 163 (listed). TYPE. Holotype d, N. Dorrigo, Australia, x.10, SFL Helms Coll., in BPBM. Type not examined but good condition and label data confirmed by Gordon M. Nishida. MATERIAL EXAMINED. 84 specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Barrington House, via Salisbury, 53 29, 811,i1.1965, GBM, 18, 14.viii. 1970, GBM; Mt Allyn, Barrington Tops, 23, 1 @, 8.1.1967. GBM; Chichester SF, via Dungog, 1 9, 23.xi, 1989, J. Stanisic & D. Potter; 3km N Lansdowne, via Taree, 19, 2.vi.1990, G.A. Williams; ‘Wingham Brush’, Wingham, 33. 49, 15.viit.1970, GBM, 19, 21.xi. 1989, J. Stanisic & D. Potter; Carrai Plateau, via Kempsey, 39, 3-541967, GBM, Id. 19, 14- 15.iv.1968, GBM; Bellbrook, via Kempsey, 3d 19. 21.1967, GBM, in QM; New England NP, 4,700", ANIC Berl. 56, 19, 2.i1.1968, R.W. Taylor, in ANIC; Styx R, 15km SSW Ebor, 1d 19, 14.xii. 1984, DKY, in UQIC; New England NP, 3?, 22-23.1,1966, B, Cantrell, 42. 19, 22-23.1.1966, TAW, 2d 19, 30.xi1.1973, GBM in QM: Dorrigo NP, 43 69, 19.xi.1979, D. Doolan, 19, 10.x,1977, D, Doolin, 24 39, 29.1x,1979. in AM, 19, 27.4.1966, TAW, Iĝ, 9-[O.iv. 1966, TAW, 23 32, 10,iv,1966, GBM; Brux- ner Park, via Coffs Harbour, 33. 19, 16.viii. 1970, GBM, Id, 251.1967, GBM, 2d 19, l6.1v. 1968, GMB; Wilson River Reserve, via Wauchope, 240m, 4d 39 2N, 13.1.1986, GBM; Mt Banda Banda, via Wauchope, 1100m, 1d, 13.1.1986, GBM; Lome SF, SW Wauchope, | 9, 18,1,1995, Stanisic & Chaseling, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM), DESCRIPTION. Medium sized, 6,1-9.7mm long, broad, depressed, brown, with truncate hind body and setose legs. MALE. Head length 1.1-1.2 times width, its dor- sum with dense vestiture of straight setae and with an irregular, double row of granules on posterior half; postocular tubercles slender, curv- ing posteriorcl y, often surpassing outer profile of eyes; eyes small, stylate, cleft between them and antennilerous tubercles deep and wide; an tenniferous tubercles granular, blunt apically, bent; penal processes flatiened, granular, €X- panded laterally before blunt apices. Antennae short, about 1.1. times head length; segment TI shortest, slightly more than half length of IT; setae on If and I short, inconspicuous. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Pronotum about 2.6 times as wide as long; hind margin convex posteriorly in middle, distinctly bordered: lateral margins flattened and reflexed dorsally; submedian elevations forming conical tubercles bearing setae. Mesonotum with scutel- lar region moderately raised, granular, continu- ous posteriorly to abdominal Tg I; lateral areas of mesonotum flat, with large sparse granules. Metanotum with low sublateral elevations sepa- rated from median ridge by glabrous region on each side, Legs with long, erect setae on femora and tibiae; colour irregularly bicoloured, femora dark with pale median rings, tibiae pale with faint dark nngs. Abdominal tergal disc with middle of anterior half with a transverse, rhomboidal, raised area containing the glabrous areas of Tg II which are divided into 2; scent gland scar à raised tubercle: 4 pair of weak opposable tubercles across suture between Tg 1 and HM; sides of abdomen sub- parallel, margins of Cx VII bluntly angulate; paratergites of VIII subcylindrical, with spiracles. displaced laterally. Glabrous area pattem of sterna strongly impressed; midline of St II to VI with median impressions; St VII with a small, elongate, polished median callosity on anterior half. Pararneres as in Fig. 54L. FEMALE. As for d except: abdominal tergal disc with pattern of glabrous areas more coarsely imprinted; Tg VII quadrately raised, with a pair uf transverse, posterior tubercles; paratergites of VEI blunt: median length of St VII longer than that of V and VI combined. Spermatheca simple, with short duct (Fig. 54R). MEASUREMENTS, Ranges of two d and two 2. L: 6.17-6.67, 8,5-9.67; W: 3.16-3.25, 4.17- 4.33; HL: 1.6-1,92, 2,08-2,12; HW: 1.6, 1.88- 1.92: PL: 0.8, 0.88-0.96; PW: 2.08-2.12. 2.52-2.56; AS; 1, 0,56-0.66, 0,68-0,70, II, 0-28- 0.38, 0.38 HIT. 0.60-0.66, 0.64-0.76, IV, 0.44-0.5, 0.54-0.56. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Common in rain- forests at high and low altitudes in N.S.W. from Barrington Tops to the Dorrigo region. Queens- land localities of Tamborine and Lamington (Kormilev, 1965a, 1967a) are incorrect, being based on misidentified Mesophloeobia vetusta sp. noy. REMARKS. N. montrouzieri is the southernmost species in its genus and shares with Mesophloeo- bia australica the distinction of being the south- ernmost apterous mezirine in Australia. It occurs 129 gregariously on sticks and small logs in rainforests from lowlands ta temperate Nothofagus forest at 1,500 metres near Ebor. It has à close superficial resemblance to the even more common Mesophloeobia vetusta, with which it has a narrow sympatric overlap in the Dorrigo region. The 2 species were confused by Kormilev as pomted out above and it is probable that the species whose internal anatomy was stud- ied by Kumar (1967) as N. montrouzieri was also M. vetusta since most of Kumar's material came from southern Queensland where N. montrouzieri does not occur, The species are easily separated by the simpler prothorax and the lack of the rhomboidal elevation on the base of the tergal disc in M. vetusta. Neophloeobia australiensis (Kormilev, 1964) comb. nov. (Figs 53A,M,U, 54G,LQ) Woodwardiessa australiensis Kormilev, 1964: 27 (descr., fig.)- Scirrhocoris australiensis: Kormilev, 19653. 26 ees, OF d); Kormiley & Froeschner, 1987- 191 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 2, Cunningham's Gap, June, 1960, J.B. Stephens, OMT! 6210. Examined, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 136 speci» mens: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Mistake Mountains, via Laidley, 3.000-3,500'; Bare Rock, 2km N Mi Cordeaux: Cunningham’ 5 Gap: Mt Mitchell; Spicers Peak, 1200m; Mt Asplenium, 1290m; Bald Mountain area, 3,000-4,000", via Emu Vale, GBM; Mt Superbus, via Boonah; 'The Head', via Boonah; Nothofagus Min, 1200m; Lever's Plateau, via Rathdowney, Mt Chinghee, 12km SE Rathdawney, 720m; Mt Gupps, 750m; Lamington NP; Tamborine Mountain; 4 ml. S of Canungra, 1000’. NEW SOUTH WALES; MI Clunie, 2 2000"; Mt Glennie, 16km E Woodenbong, 900m; Tooloom Plateau, via Urbenville; Richmotsd Gap, via Grevillea, Wiangaree SF, Via Kyogle. in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, NRS, HNHM, MNHG, UQIC). DESCRIPTION, Medium-sized, 6.6-8.7mm long, quadrate, depressed, with smooth dorsal surface and concave abdominal margins. MALE. Head length 1.2-1.3 times width, its dor sum rather smooth, with sparse vestiture of curled seiae and a double row of reduced granules on vertex; postocular tubercles slender, curved pus- teriorl y, usually surpassing outer profile of eyes; eyes weakly exserted, cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles deep but narrow; an- tenniferous tubercles divergent, straight, blunt. extending beyond eyes by distance equalling twice eye diameter; genal processes long. paral- lel-sided. with blunt apices. Antennae 1.3-1.4 times head length; segment III longest, twice length of II. Pronotum much narrower than hindbody, width 2.3 limes length, with lateral margins. strongly converging anteriorly; laterally with weakly ex- planate, reflexed margins; submedian areas de- pressed, with glabrous disc usually large: sublateral areas with a weak, longitudinal ridge: hind pronotal margin convex posteriorly, mar- gined. Mesonutum with scutellar region barely elevated, granular, sublateral areas granular; 1netanotum with sublateral areas weakly ele- vated. Legs occasionally with sparse erect setae, best developed near tibial apices, bicoloured, each femur with two pale rings, each tibia usually with basal and median pale rings. Abdominal tergal disc largely depressed, with pattern of ridges inconspicuous, a rhomboidal area weakly defined in region of inner glabrous areas of segment III. the latter being subdivided; scent gland scar depressed; a pair of opposable tubercles across suture between segment I and H on each side; Cx of segment II broad, extending laterally beyond profile of other Cx; sides of abdomen concave in region of Cx III, IV and V and markedly widening at Cx VI; Cx margin on VIL weakly angled; paratergites of WILT sub- cylindrical. with apices truncate and spiracles displaced slightly laterally; St VII without a me- dian, polished callosity, midline of St I-VI with weak median impressions. Parameres as in Fig. 54]. FEMALE. As for d except: abdomen with lateral margins less concave; abdominal tergal disc with rhomboidal anterior area usually more clearly defined; Tg VII quadraiely raised, with a pair of transverse, posterior tubercles; paratergites of VIII reduced, blunt; median lengih of St VIL longer than that of V and VI combined, Sperma- theca simple, duct short with proximal region thickened (Fig. 54Q). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype © first. then ranges of additional 28 and 292. L: 8.67, 6.67- 6,83. 8.17-8,67; W: 4,42, 3.42. 4,334.42, HL: 2.08, 1.84-1.92, 1.88-2.16; HW; 1,80, 1.44-1.52, 1.56-1.68; PL: 0.92, 0.72-0.80, 0,80-1.0; PW: 2.52, 2.04-2.28, 2.24-2.48; AS: 10.70, 0.64-0.68. 0.64-0.70; H, 0,50, 0.38-0.42, 0.44-0.46; IL, 1.0. S A OAN, 0.9-0.96; IV. 0.64, 0.64- 0.60, 0.62- 70. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Macpherson Range on the border between Queensland and N.S,W- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM including Tamborine to the north and Tooluont Plateau to the south. It also spreads on to the Great Dividing Range proper where it occurs as far north às the Mistake Mountains, slightly north of the type locality of Cunningham’s Gap. REMARKS. After first placing it in Woodwardiessa Kormilev later (1965a) made this species the type Scirrhocoris. Its flat form, broad connexiva of segment II and concave ah- dominal margins give it a distinctive appearance but closer examination shows this to be due lo superficial modification of à typical member of the Neophioeobia group. The species is constant throughout its range and is geographically dis- crete from its closely adjacent congeners, W. montrouzieri and N. mirabilis. Neophloeobia mirabilis ( Kormilev. 1965] comb. nov. (Figs 53G,I, 54B-C,P,N) 'Schirrhacoris' mirabilis Kormilev, 1965a: 27, (descr. under misspelt generic name); Seirrliocoris mirabilis; Kumar, 1967; 21-24 (internal anatomy); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 192 (listed), TYPE. Holotype d, Highvale, Qld., 15.ix.1964, G. Monteith, QM T6326. Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 33 speci- mens SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Bauple, via Muryborough, 1 8,6 xii. 1966, GBM; 23,13.xii.1965; Cooran Tableland, via Gympie, 1,300', 4d. 2°, 10- LI.iii.1972, GMB; Imhil, 62 392, 6.xii. 1966. GBM; Kenilworth SF, 1 d 19,5.xii.1966, GBM: Little Yabba Creek, via Kenilworth, 1g ; E1:3i.1973, L Naumann; Mt Mee SF, 1d, 20.11.1965, GBM, Ld, 31-x.1978, GBM; Neurum Ck, Mt Mee, 1 2, 28.11.1979, GBM; Mi Glo- nous, LẸ, 13.1x.1966, GBM, | ?,9.1.1972, GBM. 1 8, 19.ix. 1964, in QM; Maiala NP, MI Glorious, ANIC Berl. 451, rainforest, 1 9 , 13.111. 1073, R. W. Taylor, in ANIC; Highvale, via Samford, ? allotype QM'T26499, 1d 19,15.ix.1964, GBM, in QM, 13 12, 15.ix.1964, GBM, in ANIC, 19, 28.11.1965, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, SAM, EH, UQIC), DESCRIPTION. Small, 5.5-7,5mm long, oval, with broad, blunt genal processes and scalloped abdominal margins. MALE. Head length 1.05 times width, its docsum with dense, curled setae; posterior half with patch of large granules, sometimes in two rows; postocular tubercles straight, barely reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes moderately stylate with wide, deep cleft between them and antenniferous lubercles; antenniferous tubercles short, blunt, extending beyond eyes by a dislance equal to REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 114 eye diameters; genal processes flat, very broad before apex, blunt. Antennae slender, about 1.3-1.4 times head length; segment III long- est, a little less than twice length of II. Pronotum 2.5-3 times as wide as long; sides narrowing anteriorly, with margins explanate and reflexed; submedian areas with low, seta-bearing tubercles; sublateral areas each with a faint, gran- ular ridge; hind border of pronotum convex pos- teriorly, bordered. Mesonotum with scutellar region raised into a median, granular ridge con- tinuous posteriorly to abdominal Tg I; sublateral regions of metanotum each with a circular de- pression open posteriorly to the vicinity of the opposable tubercles across the suture between Tg I and II. Legs with short, adpressed setae except a few erect setae near apices of tibiae; legs bicoloured, each femur dark with a narrow pale ring, each tibia with basal and subapical pale rings. Abdominal tergal disc with pattern of glabrous areas distinct; a rhomboidal, raised area on ante- rior half which includes the inner glabrous areas of segment III, the latter being subdivided; scent gland scar a small tubercle; Cx margins of seg- ment III-IV concave, giving sides of abdomen a scalloped appearance; Cx VII angulate; paraterg- ites of VIII subcylindrical, obliquely truncate api- cally, spiracles slightly displaced laterally. Abdominal St with strongly impressed glabrous area pattern; St III-VI with median depressions; St VII without a median, polished callosity. Parameres as in Fig. 54N. FEMALE. As for d except: abdominal tergal disc with patterns more strongly impressed; rhomboidal area on anterior half more raised, usually glabrous and contrastingly pale; Tg VII with quadrate median elevation bearing a pair of prominent, subcontiguous, transverse, posterior tubercles; median length of St VII longer than that of V and VI combined. Spermatheca simple, its duct short, slightly dilated (Fig. 54P). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 6.50, 5.58- 5.75, 6.17-7.50; W: 3.50, 3.08, 3.58-4.58; HL: 1.60, 1.32-1.52, 1.68-1.8; HW: 1.52, 1.36-1.44, 1.44-1.64; PL: 0.8, 0.72-0.8, 0.8-0.96; PW: 2.08, 1.72-1.88, 1.92-2.28; AS: I, 0.54, 0.5, 0.54-0.6; II, 0.38, 0.34-0.36, 0.36-0.44; III, 0.72, 0.6-0.64, 0.64-0.78; IV, 0.44, 0.44, 0.46-0.54. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Rainforests of low to moderate altitude in the coastal range of S 131 Queensland from near Brisbane north to Mt Bau- ple near Maryborough. REMARKS. N. mirabilis forms, with N. montrouzieri and N. australiensis, a group of 3 related, though very distinct species of Neophloeobia which occupy strictly allopatric, but adjacent, rainforest distributions in N NSW and S Queensland. In many respects N. mirabilis and N. montrouzieri are more similar to each other than to N. australiensis which occurs be- tween them. Since both N. mirabilis and N. montrouzieri tolerate lower altitudes than N. aus- traliensis they may be relicts of a once more widespread species from which originated N. australiensis as a specialized high altitude form on the Lamington-Macpherson massif. Neophloeobia bulburina sp. nov. (Figs 53E,S, 54H) TYPE. Holotype d, Bulburin SF, 9km E Many Peaks, 600m, C.Qld., 17 Sept 1989, G.B. Monteith, QMT11832. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 8 paratypes: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Bulburin SF, 9km E Many Peaks, 58 19, 17.ix.1989, GBM; Granite Creek, 700', Bulburin SF, vía Many Peaks, 19, 7.iv.1972, GBM; Mt Fort William, 700m, 6km NE Kalpowar, 1 d, 18.ix.1989, GBM,, in QM. (QM duplicate lodged in BMNH) (paratypes: QMT29868-29874). DESCRIPTION. Very small, 5.6-7.4mm long, broad, with narrowed St VI in the d , with raised trapezoiodal plate on tergal disc. MALE. Head length 1.04-1.16 times width; dor- sum with sparse setae, its vertex with irregular double row of granules; postocular tubercles nar- row, straight, pointed, reaching to a little beyond the outer profile of eyes; eyes somewhat exserted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a deep cleft; antenniferous tubercles straight, tapering, subacute apically, extending beyond eye by about 1.5 eye diameters; genal processes flattened, ap- ices separate, rather blunt, reaching to just be- yond apex of first antennal segment. Antennae long, slender, about 1.4 times head length; seg- ment III longest, II shortest. Pronotum about 2.6-2.9 times as wide as long, sides converging anteriorly; margins weakly ex- planate, not reflexed; hind border convex, weakly margined. Submedian elevations raised, sublate- ral elevations almost absent. Mesonotum with scutellar region raised and granular, running pos- teriorly to join with elevated abdominal Tg I. 132 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 53. Neophloeobia spp.; A, N. australiensis d ; B, N. incisa 3 ; C, N. cataracta; D, N. paluma; E, N. bulburina; F, N. montrouzieri, G, N. mirabilis; H-V , abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); H, N. cataracta d d; I, N. mirabilis 3 d; J, N. elongata d d; K, N. paluma & d; L, N. montrouzieri 3 d; M, N. australiensis 3 v; N, N. elongata 3 v; O, N. montrouzieri 3 v; P, N. cataracta 3 v; Q, N. paluma 3 v; R, N. incisa 3 v; S, N. bulburina 9 d; T, N. cataracta 9 d; U, N. australiensis 9 d; V, N. montrouzieri 9 d. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Metanotum with shallow glabrous channels be- tween median ridge and granular, sublateral swellings. Legs with sparse, adpressed setae ex- cept for erect setae on distal half of tibiae; legs strongly bicoloured with pale coxae, a wide pale band on each femur and with subbasal and apical pale rings on tibiae. Abdominal tergal disc with a large hexagonal (trapezoidal), smooth, raised elevation occupying anterior half; large, undivided, inner glabrous areas of Tg III included on this elevation. Scent gland scar pale with a median, dark, anterior tubercle. Connexival plates with pale semicircu- lar patterns usually evident; Cx II narrow, elon- gate; lateral margins of Cx V and VI weakly lobed posteriorly, that of VII with a prominent, blunt angulation; paratergites of VIII clavate, apices oblique. Abdominal St II-V with shallow median depressions; suture beteween St VI and St VII angled anteriorly so that median width of St VI is narrowed to half width of St V. Patterns of ventral glabrous areas wekly impressed on sterna. FEMALE. As for ó except: abdominal tergal disc elevated posteriorly, the elvation overhang- ing suture between Tg VI and VII; Tg VII with a quadrate elevation depressed in centre. Paraterg- ites of VIII small, pointed. Median length of St VII shorter than length of St V and VI combined. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ¢ first, then range of 2d and 29 paratypes. L: 5.83, 5.66- 6.08, 6.17-7.33; W: 2.75, 2.63-2.87, 3.16-3.75; HL: 1.47, 1.46-1.62, 1.52-1.81; HW: 1.41, 1.31- 1.41,1.36-1.56; PL: 0.72, 0.62-0.66, 0.68-0.78; PW: 1.87, 1.78-1.97, 1.96-2.34; AS: I, 0.47, 0.50- 0.53, 0.56-0.60; II, 0.37, 0.38, 0.42-0.44; III, 0.75,0.69- 0.71, 0.80-0.81; IV, 0.47, 0.42-0.46, 0.44-0.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Two nearby rainfor- est systems in the Dawes Range of S central Queensland. Surprisingly it is not known at nearby Kroombit Tops which has been inten- sively collected. REMARKS. This species is from a locality mid- way between the range of the southern montrouzieri-australiensis-mirabilis group and the northern incisa-paluma-cataracta group and shows some intermediate features. The promi- nent trapezoidal elevation at the base of the ab- dominal tergal disc and the large eye clefts agree with the southern species, while the short St VII in the 9 and narrowed St VI in the ¢ agree with 133 the northern species. N. bulburina is the smallest member of its genus. Neophloeobia incisa sp. nov. (Figs 53B,R, 540) TYPE. Holotype d, Eungella Nat. Park, Qld., 18.iv.1968, G. Monteith, QMT11677. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 31 paratypes: CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Eungella NP, 1d, 19.iv.1968, BKC, 1d, 2.1.1965, GBM, 28, 10.xii.1965, GBM, Palm Lookout, QM Berl 32, 58, 18.iv.1979, GBM, Dalrymple Heights, QM Berl 39, 1d, 19.iv.1979, GBM, in QM, nr School, 3d, 9.v.1980, LD. Naumann & J.C. Cardale, in ANIC; Eungella NP, Upper Cattle Ck, 900m, 1, 17.xi.1992, GBM,GIT, DJC & HJ; Finch Hatton Gorge, via Finch Hatton, 24, 6.viii.1966, GBM; Mt Macartney, Cathu SF (20.518 X 148.33E), QM Berl. 43, 750m, 1d, 20.iv.1979, GBM, QM Berl. 46, 700-800m, 3d 19, 21.iv.1979, GBM, QM Berl. 49, 690m, 1d, 21.iv.1979, GBM, QM Berl 54, 750m, 1d, 22.iv.1979, GBM, 3d 12, 19.xi.1992, GBM, GIT, DIC & HJ; Springcliffe, 23, 12.1.1965, J.E. Dunwoody; Can- nonvale, QM Berl 64, 18, 25.iv.1979, GBM; Mt Dryander, 500-600m, QM Berl 59, 18, 24.iv.1979, GBM, in OM. (OM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH, NMNH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT29875-29901). DESCRIPTION. Small 6.3-8.1mm, elongate, with abdominal St VI deeply bisected by St VII in the d. MALE. Head elongate, 1.2-1.38 times as long as wide; dorsum with sparse vestiture of curled setae, its vertex with a double row of crowded granules; postocular tubercles small, straight, di- rected at right angles to head, often not reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes sessile, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a shallow cleft; an- tenniferous tubercles straight, tapering, subacute apically, extending beyond eyes by slightly more than twice eye diameter; genal processes long, flattened, apices separate, subacute. Antennae long, slender, about 1.4 times head length; seg- ment III longest. Pronotum about 2.5 times as wide as long, sides narrowing slightly anteriorly; margins weakly explanate, not reflexed; hind border weakly con- vex posteriorly, margined. Mesonotum with scu- tellar region forming a depressed ridge running posteriorly to abdominal Tg I. Metanotum with smooth, glabrous channels between median ridge and granular, sublateral swellings; the latter with oval depressions which open posteriorly to vicin- ity of opposable tubercles spanning the suture between Tg I and II. Legs with sparse, adpressed setae except for a few erect setae near tibial 134 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 54. Neophloeobia spp.; A-H, 9 abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); A, N. paluma d; B, N. mirabilis d; C, N. mirabilis v; D, N. paluma v; E, N. montrouzieri v; F, N. cataracta v; G, N. australiensis v; H, N. bulburina v; I-O, left parameres, outer view; I, N. australiensis, J, N. paluma; K, N. cataracta; L, N. montrouzieri, M, N. elongata; N, N. mirabilis, O, N. incisa, P-R, spermathecae; P, N. mirabilis; Q, N. australiensis, R, N. montrouzieri. apices; legs indistinctly bicoloured with a median pale ring on femora and subbasal and apical rings on tibiae. Abdominal tergal disc broadly raised with inner glabrous areas of Tg II large and undivided; incipient opposable tubercles along lateral mar- gins at junctions of Tg III, IV, V and VI, scent gland scar contrastingly pale, with a median tu- bercle; Cx of segment II narrow, elongate; lateral margins of Cx V and VI weakly lobed posteriorly, that of VII with a prominent, blunt angulation; paratergites of VIII clavate, apices strongly oblique, with spiracles laterally displaced. Ab- dominal St II-V with shallow median depres- sions; St VII triangular, with anterior suture strongly angled anteriorly, almost bisecting St VI; St VII with a median, polished callosity at apex of angulation of anterior suture, callosity tapering posteriorly as an unpolished ridge. Parameres as in Fig. 540. FEMALE. As for ó except: abdominal tergal disc elevated on its midline posteriorly, the ele- vation overhanging suture between Tg VI and VII; Tg VII with a quadrate elevation which is depressed in the centre and has two elevations on its posterior margin; lateral margin of Tg VII with a small, blunt angulation; paratergites of VIII produced as a small triangular projection mesal of each spiracle. Median length of St VII sub- equal to length of V and VI combined. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ő first, then ranges of 2 paratype d , then a single available 9 L: 6.67, 6.17-6.33, 8.08; W: 3.25, 2.83-3.08, 4.00; HL: 1.88, 1.64-1.76, 1.95; HW: 1.36, 1.32-1.36, 1.44; PL: 0.8, 0.72-0.76, 0.78; PW: 1.96, 1.80- 2.00, 2.19; AS: I, 0.66, 0.64-0.66, 0.75; II, 0.46, REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 13 0.46-0.48, 0.34; III, 0.92, 0.78-0.88, 1.00; IV, 0.54, 0.48-0.50, 0.47. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Rainforests of high and low altitude in the high rainfall region around Mackay-Proserpine, central coastal Queensland. REMARKS. This is the southernmost member of the group of species in which d have a median callosity of St VII and which are found as allo- patric forms in coastal N central Queensland. The distinctive, deeply incised St VIin the d sets this species apart and is the origin of its specific pame Of the 32 specimens available only one is a 9. Neophloeobia paluma sp. nov. (Figs 53D,K,Q, 54A,D,J) TYPE. Holotype d, Mt Spec, via Paluma, N Qld., 8.xii.1965, G.B. Monteith, QMT11678. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 8 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt. Spec, via Paluma, 1 d holotype, 8.xii.1965, GBM, 1d 19 paratypes, 21.iv.1968, GBM; 2.7 ml. W of Paluma, ex leaf litter, 13 paratype, J.G. Brooks; Bluewater Range, 45km WNW Townsville, 600-700m, 4d 19, 6-8.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, EH) (paratypes: QMT14878-14884). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 6.5-8.3mm long, elongate, with acute head processes and angled connexival margins at rear. MALE. Head long, length 1.25-1.36 times width; dorsum with sparse curled vestiture and with 2 rows of granules on vertex; postocular tubercles short, straight, usually not attaining outer profile of eyes; eyes sessile, with cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles virtually absent; an- tenniferous tubercles long, extending beyond eyes by distance equal to 2.5 times eye diameter, apices acute, slightly curving laterally; genal pro- cesses long, parallel-sided with apices acute. An- tennae long, 1.25-1.35 times head length, segment III longest; antennal setae, short, sparse, adpressed. Pronotum 2.5 times as wide as long, its lateral margins explanate, reflexed and narrowing ante- riorly; submedian areas with large glabrous discs, weakly elevated, sublateral areas each with a granular ridge lower than lateral, pronotal mar- gins; hind border of pronotum slightly convex posteriorly in middle, margined. Mesonotum with scutellar area distinctly raised, densely gran- ular, with median longitudinal groove. UA Metanotum with sublateral areas granular, with central shallow foveae which open posteriorly to vicinity of opposable tubercles on Tg I. Legs with inconspicuous, adpressed setae; legs bicoloured, femora each with a median pale ring, tibiae each with sub-basal and apical rings. Abdominal tergal disc broadly raised on ante- rior half; inner glabrous areas of Tg III large, undivided; opposable tubercles present along sides of tergal disc at junctions between Tg III, IV, V and VI, scent gland scar contrastingly pale; Cx II long and narrow; lateral margins of Cx V weakly angulate, those of VI and VII strongly so; paratergites of VIII clavate, mesal side of apices pointed spiracles lateral. Pattern of glabrous areas strongly impressed on abdominal sterna; St II-VI with median depressions; St VI slightly narrowed by anterior introgression of VII on its midline; St VII with a small, polished, median callosity near anterior margin, callosity extending posteriorly as an unpolished ridge. Parameres as in Fig. 54J. FEMALE. As for d except: abdominal tergal disc elevated on its midline posteriorly, the ele- vation overhanging suture between Tg VI and VIE Tg VII with high quadrate elevation and a pair of posterior, transverse tubercles; paraterg- ites of VIII pointed; median length of St VII shorter than that of V and VI combined. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 2d and 1 9. L: 7.00, 6.5-7.5, 8.33; W: 3.33, 3.08-3.75, 4.5; HL: 1.84, 1.76- 2.08, 2.08; HW: 1.48, 1.40-1.52, 1.6; PL: 0.84, 0.8-0.88, 0.92; PW: 2.00, 2.0-2.2, 2.36; AS: I, 0.72, 0.66-0.76, 0.80; II, 0.46, 0.40-0.48, 0.50; III, 0.82, 0.72-0.84, 0.92; IV, 0.50, 0.46-0.50, 0.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Mt Spec plateau and the Bluewater Range a little N of Townsville, N Queensland. REMARKS. N. paluma is a rare rainforest spe- cies of which few specimens have been taken despite intensive search within its range. The rainforest tract it inhabits is depauperate in many other groups of insects. Neophloeobia cataracta sp. nov. (Figs 53C.H,P,T, 54F,K) TYPE. Holotype d, Wallaman Falls, via Ingham, N Qid., 7 Aug., 1968, B. Cantrell, QMT11679. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 5 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Wallaman Falls, via In- 136 gham, 2d, 39, 7.viii. 1968, BKC, wi OM. (paratypes: QMT 14855-14859) DESCRIPTION, Medium-sized, 6,5-7.83mm long, elongate, virtually glabrous, without expla- nate pronotal margins. MALE. Head long, length 1.25-1.3 limes width; dorsum almost glabrous, with 2 indistinct rows of granules om vertex; postocular tubercles very short, straight, not reaching outer profile of eves; eyes sessile, with cleft between eyes and an- tenniferous tubercles almost occluded; an- tenniferous tubercles short, straight, divergent, extending beyond eyes by distance equal to | ¥2 limes eye diameter; equal processes long, straight, parallel-sided, with apices subacute. Antennae long, without erect setae, length 1.35- | 4times head length; segment M longest, almost twice as long as II. Pronotum wide, 2.8 times às wide as long; lateral margins without explunate extenstons, subparallel; submedian areas with large glabrous discs; sublateral areas granular, slightly raised, but lower than pronotal margins; hind pronotul margins convex posteriorly, bordered, Mesonotum with scutellar region elevated, gran- ular, with indistinct median groove, sublareral areas of metanotum rugose, each with a small central fovea which leads posteriorly to vicinity of opposable tubercles on suture between Tg Tand II. Legs almost glabrous, bicoloured, with a sin- gle median pale ring on each femur and with tibiae pale with a median dark ring. Abdominal tergal disc rmsed along anterior edge: inner glabrous areas of Tg IN large, undi- vided; scent sear elevated and contrastingly pale; 3 pairs of small opposable tubercles along lateral edges of tergal disc at junctions of Tg III, IV, V and VI; Cx IH ong. narrow; lateral margins of Cx V and VI weakly lobed, those of VII angulately 56; paratergites of VII clavate with mesal side of apices slightly produced. Glabrous area pattern of abdominal sterna distinct; St II-VI with median depressions; St VI slightly narrowed by forward extension of midline of VII: St VII with a small, median, polished callosity extending posteriorly as a tapering ridge. Parameres as in Fig. 54K. FEMALE. As for d except: Abdominal tergal disc elevated medially at rear, elevation over- hanging suture between Tg VE and VIE: Tg VII with quadrare elevation depressed in centre and wilh a pair of posterior tubercles; margins of Cx V and VI nor lobed, that of VII with à small angulalian; paratergites of VIII subacute; median MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM length of St VII shorter than length of V and VI combined. Sperrnatheca ànd its duct simple. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 18 and 2%. L: 7.50, 6.50, 7.67-7.83; W: 3.58, 2,92, 3.83-4.08; HL: 1.88, 1.72, 1.80-1.88; HW: 1.48, 1.36, 1.44-1.52; PL; 0,80, 0.72, 0.80; PW: 2.24, 1,96, 2.32-2.36; AS: I. 0.72, 0.70, 0.70-0.72; I, 0,52, 0.48, 0.48; III 0.92, 0.86, 0.90; VI, 0.50, 0,46, 0.48, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Single series fram a rainforest plateau at the head of Wallaman Falls, near Ingham, N Queensland. REMARKS. NW. cataracta is the northernmost of 3 closely related, allopatric species (including N. incisa and N. paluma) occurring in coastal N Queensland. lt is named in reference to the spec- tacular Wallaman Falls, the tallest uninterrupted falls in Australia, at the type locality- Neophloeobia elongata sp. nov. (Figs 4K, 53J,N, 54M, 55) TYPE. Holotype d Crystal Cascades, vie Cairns, N Qtd., 9.xii. 964, G. Monteith, OMT | 1680. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 27 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Bloomfield Rd, 9 mi 5S Helenvale, 1 ?, 21.v.1972, JG. Brooks, in ANIC; Cape Tribulation, 50m, Qm Berl 479, 1d, 2243x-7.x.1982, GBM, DKY .& GIT, 10m, QM Berl 254, 18, 13.x.1980, GBM, in QM, ANIC Berl 939, 940, 28 19,21-28,iii,.1984, AC & TAW, in ANIC; Mt Sorrow, via C. Tribulation, 300-800m, 18 19, 15.x.1980, GBM, in QM; Cooper Creek, 18ml. N of Daintree River, 12, 2)-22.vi.1969, GBM; Noah Ck. ANIC Berl 946, 4d, 27.11.1984, AC & TAW, in ANIC: Mossman Gorge, via Mossman, 2d 19, 25- 26.xii.1964, GBM; Crystal Cascades, via Cairns, 5, 8.xii.1964, GBM, 1d 19, 8,vii.1966, GBM; Davies Creek Rd, 750m, 1 d, 17.xii, 1989, GBM & GIT, Non- paratypes: Upper Mulgrave River, 1 9, 30,iv 1970, GBM, in QM, 32, ANIC Berl 951, 2.iv. 1084, in ANIC; Lacey's Creek, Mission Beach, 18 1 2, 21,iv.1970,GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, SAM, UQIC) (pararypes: QMT14860-14868, QMT 14872-14875), DESCRIPTION, Small, 5.83-7.67mm long, elongate, without callosity on d. St VH and with unbanded legs, MALE, Head relatively broad, 1-1,2 times as long as broad: dorsum with sparse, semi-trect setae; double row of granules an vertex indistinct; postocular tubercles small, subtriangular, dt- rected slightly posteriorly, usually attaining outer profile of eyes; eyes small, exserted, separated REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE FIG. 55. Dorsal view of 9 paratype of Neophloeobia elongata. from antenniferous tubercles by a broad deep cleft; antenniferous tubercles long, apices acute, divergent, extending beyond eyes by distance equal to almost 2 eye diameters; genal processes long, parallel-sided, apices attenuate and acute. Antennae long, 1.3-1.45 times head length; seg- ment IH longest, about 1.7 times length of II. Pronotum 2.5-2.7 times as wide as long; lateral margins weakly explanate, narrowing anteriorly; submedian areas forming indistinct tubercles; sublateral area granular, not taised; posterior pro- notal margin almost straight, weakly bordered medially. Mesonotum with scutellar region strongly elevated, granular, extending posteriorly to midline of Tg 1; sublateral areas granular, setose; metanotam with channels running ob- liquely from median ridge to vicinity of oppos- able tubercles at suture between Tg I and I. Legs with adpressed setae and without banding. Abdominal tergal disc with a defined, trapezoi- dal area on anterior half enclosing inner glabrous areas of Tg III which are undivided; scent gland star with a weak tubercle centrally; 3 pairs of weak opposabie tubercles along lateral margins of tergal disc at junctions of Tg IIT, IV. V and VI; Cx plates of Tg II not broadened; margins of Cx II-V not lobed, those of VI and VII prominently angulate; paratergites of VIII clavate with mesal side of apices produced, Glabrous area pattern of abdominal St weakly impressed; St II-VI with median depressions; St VII with anterior suture not bent forward anteriorly and without a median, polished callosity, Parameres as in Fig. 54M, FEMALE. As for ¢ except: Abdominal tergal dise slightly raised in midline posteriorly; Tg VII with quadrate elevation, depressed in centre; màr- gins af Cx VI and VII angulately produced, those of Vil strongly so: median length of St VIL longer than length of V and VI combined. Spermatheca and its duct simple, MEASUREMENTS, Holotype ¢ first, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 6.33, 5.83- 6.33, 6.67-7.67; W: 2.92, 2.75-2.88, 3.33-3.83; HL; 1.76, 1.56, 1,68-2.20; HW: 1.48, 1.40-1.52, 1.60-1.72; PL: 0.64, 0.68, 0.80-0.84; PW: 1.76, 1,64-1,88, 1,96-2,12; AS:1,0.70, 0,68-0.70, 0.72- 0.82: II, 0.44, 0.40, 0.42-0.46; HI, 0.72, 0.66- 0.72, 0.72-0.8; IV, 0.48, 0.42-0.44, 0.42-0 44. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 56). Lowland rainforests ofthe main wet tropical helt of north Queensland from Cape Tribulation to Mission Beach. REMARKS. This is the only species of Neophloeobia which is restricted to low altitudes, all specimens having been taken virtually ai sea level. There is no complementary species known from the adjacent highlands of the Atherton Ta- bleland and there the ecological role of the genus seems to be taken by Granulaptera. N, elongata is not related to the 3 other species known fram the nocthern half of Queensland but shows several features in common with the three species in southern Queensland and N N.S.W. (see Key). There is some variation within the species, with specimens from the southern part of its known range having much blunter head pro- cesses; for this reason the specimens listed above from Upper Mulgrave River and Mission Beach have been excluded from the paratype series. Mesophloeobia gen. nov. DESCRIPTION. Small to medium-sized, apter- ous. Head about as long as wide; postocular tuber- cles narrow, pointed, directed at right angles to head: eyes sessile or moderately exserted, sepa- NEOPHLOEOBIA TEBE w*' elongala laracta Townsville pM Incisa eb ; P » | \ J mirabilis ( 5 Cr Brisbane australiensis $ à 3 paluma ^ aps i=" montrouzier! / Jw) «p " + | Y Sydney FIG. 56, Records. of Neophloeobia species in eastern Australia. rated from antenniferous tubercles by a variable cleft, usually shallow; antenniferous tubercles long, divergent, with straight external margins; genal processes sometimes not fused at base an- terior to clypeal apex; rostral groove closed pos- teriorly; rostral atrium closed. Antennae with segments IT and III of lesser diameter than that of I and IV; segments II, ITI and IV usually subequal in length. Pronotum with median, longitudinal sulcus and without prominent elevanons in either submedian or sublateral posironsi antero-lateral angles of prothorax with explanate lobes whose outer mar- eins are continuous posteriorly ta postero-lateral angles; pronotal collar distinct, delimited dor- sally by a furrow, but lacking dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles. Meso- and metanota with- out elevations laterad of midline; suture often present medially between meso- and metanota; thoracic and abdominal terga without any oppos- able tubercles developed. Legs rarely bicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulate. Fused abdominal tergal disc not inflated: pat- lern of glabrous areas usually indistinct; suture between Tg I and II complete for fall width; lateral margin of Cx VII angled in d. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Median impressions indistinct on meso- and metasterna; pattern of glabrous areas weakly im- pressed on abdominal sterna; 2 with median length of St VII longer than combined length of V and VI, Spermatheca and its duct without modifica- tions, Parameres with a row of fine teeth on inner face. TYPE SPECIES. Mesophloeobia vetusta, sp, nov. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10F). Ausiralian endemic from N N.S.W. to N Queensland. REMARKS, The 4 species here included in Mesophloeobia comprise à closely related pair (M. vetusta and M. australica) which are rather remotely related to M. kirrama. The relationships of M. yeatesi, remain unclear because it is known from a single 9. All species show relictual and/or disjunct distributions in E Australia and this, to- gether with their primitive retention of a complete suture between abdominal terga Land IH. indicates that Mesophloeobia contains some of the earliest stocks of Australian apterous Aradidae. M. kirrama has. discrete wing vestiges and signifi- cant retention of the pronotal hind lobe, charac- ters by which it could conceivably have been separated generically, KEY TO THE SPECIES OF MESOPHLOEOBIA 1. Spiracles of abdominal segment VII placed at lat- eral edge and visible from above; genal pro- cesses pointed; 9 with margin of Cx VII angled Ae e atira a kirrama, sp.nov. Spiracles of VII ventral, not Visible from above; genal processes blunt; 9 with margin of Cx VII steh l2. eh ae a 2 2(1). Lateral margins of pronotum straight. converg- ing posteriorly; metapleural scent gland widely Opem a oco Ie e yeatesi, sp. nov. Lateral margins of pronotum convex for whole length, not converging posteriorly; metapleural scent gland opening a narrow slit... . ~. 3(2). Legs and antennae clothed with long erect setae; a deep cleft present between eye and an- tenniferous tubercle; male usually with subapi- cal ventral spinules on femora vetusia, sp. nov. Legs and antennae clothed with short, adpressed setae; notch between eye and antennilerous tu- bercle inconspicuous; male never with subapical ventral spinules on femora . .australica (Usinger & Matsuda) comb. nov. REVISION DF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Mesophloeobia vetusta sp. nov. (Fig. 58B,G,LL,0,Q) Neophloeubia montrouzieri Usinger & Matsuda, 1959; Kormilev, 1965a (misident, of Mesophloeobia verista, sp, NOV, Kormilev, 19673: 524 (misident. of M. vetusta, Sp. nov.), TYPE. Holotype d, Lamihgron Nat. Pk, SE Qld., 19i. 1966, G. Monteith, OMT! 1681. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 180 portes SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Tamborine, F, A.M. Lea, in SAM; 4 ml. S of Canungra, 1,000", ba 49, 10.xii, 1972, GBM; Upper Canungra Creek, 2d, 2S.xii. 1971, GBM; ‘Springbrook, Sd 189, 22.v.1965, BKC, 23 12, 12.13.1965. GBM, in QM; Lamington NP, 33d 199, 5.x1.1989, E, Heiss, in EH, 2d, ANIC Berl. 460, 21.11.1973, R. Kohout, in ANIC, 1 19. 41.1968, BKC, 68 49, 19.11.1966, GBM, Sd, 23.41.1965, GBM, 19, 21.41.1965, BKC, 1%, 25.v.1956, GBM, 4d 22, 8.v.1965, GBM, 3d 32, Nothofagus, 3,800°, 30.1.1965, GBM, Ig, 17- 24,v,1965, GBM, 19, 15.¥i.1963, GBM, id, 26.vii. 1970, GBM, 3d 1 2,28.ix.1975, GBM, 13 12, 43x.1966, GBM, 58. 39, 8.4.1979, GEM, 53, 28.xii.1971, GBM, id, 17.viii. 1965, GBM, 5g. 39, 3.x1.1979, GBM, 6d 192, 23.11.1992, GBM; Mt Chinghee, 720m, 12km SE Rathdowney, 118 79, 7.xii.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; Upper rrr d Ck, 500m, 68. 19, 11.41.1989, GBM, Sd 19,600 9 xii.1984, GBM & DIC, 5d 39, 20.vii. 1984, in OM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Wiangaree SF, via Kyogle. Ig, 2.31.1970, GBM, 1d 29, 10.xi. 1974; Bar Moun- lain, via Kyogle, 3,500'. 86 29, 7.11978, GBM; Nightcap Track, Via Dunoon, 2,700", 2d 4$, 25.xi.1972, GBM; Broken Head, ex pitfall trap, 1d, GBM; Boatharbour, via Lismore, Lå, 23,vi1,1982, S&JP; Bruxner Park, via Coffs Harbour, 78 29, 16.iv.1968, GEM, 2d 19, 25.11.1967, GBM in QM; Dorigo NP, 38g 19, 19.ix.1979, D. Doolan, 12, 10,x.1977, D.Doolan. 1%, 183v.1975, D. Doolan, in , 28 29, 10.iv.1966, S.R- Curtis, 3d. 19, 10.1v.1966, GBM, id, 10.iv.1966, BKC, 3d, 21.51.1966, BKC, 18, 10.iv,1966, TAW, 1d, 16,i1.1957. E.N. Marks; Moonpah SF. via Dorigo. 4d 39, H.xii.1971, GBM; Buladelah SF, via Buladelah, 18 29 IN, 7.1.1967, GBM, in QM; Styx R., 15km SSW Ebor, 1¢, 14.xii 1984. DKY, in UQIC: Bruxner Park, via Coffs Harbour, rainforest log litter, 1d, 9.vii.1978. S&P: Gloucester R, Barrington Tops, 13, 12-14.xi. 1981, TAW & AC, in ANIC. (OM RUMP lodged in BMNH, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, NRS, H IINHM, MNHG, UZMH) (paratypes: OTUS 30079). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized. 6.3-7.8mm long, broad, with erect setae on legs and antennae. MALE, Head longer than wide, length 1.11-1.17 times width; dorsum with sparse, erect setae and 2 irregular, widely spaced rows of granules on vertex; postocular rubercles narrow, apically acute, directed laterally and reaching beyond outer pro- file of eyes; eyes exserted. separated from an- tenniferous tubercles by a deep cleft; antenniferous tubercles long. divergent, apically subacute, ex- tending beyond eyes by 21 eve diameters; genal processes broad, flattened. with apices rounded. Antennae 1.15-1.21 times head length; segment I and MI longest, subequal: segment IV longer than 1I; all segments with long, erect setae. Pronotum transverse, width 2.8-3.1 times me- dian length; antero-lateral angles with semicircu- lar, explanate lobes about 4 times the size of an eye; pronolal surface with scattered shining gran- ules; submedian areas with glabrous discs sloping upwards. laterally: sublateral areas with row of granules forming a weak, longitudinal ridge; pos- terior pronotal margin weakly convex Mesonotum separated from metanotum by a complete posterior suture; scutellar área not ebe- vated; sublateral areas each with a crescentic, longi tudinal ridge. Metanotum and abdominal Tg I fused, the latter with a ridge forming an inverted V on midline, Legs setose, not bicoloured; femora usually with a patch of subapical, ventral spi- niles, sometimes specialized into a single pron- inent spine. Abdominal tezgal disc flat, with pattem of gla brous areas strongly defined by ridges in middle and by rows of close-packed granules laterally; anteriorly with a median ridge leading along mid- line to a raised, setose tubercle of the scent gland scar; posterior to latter tubercle is a contrastingly pale, triangular scar. Side of Ca IL. UE and IV siraight, side of Cx VII with angled margin; paratergites of VIII clavate, with mesal side of apices bluntly produced. Meso, meta- and ab- dornmal sterna with median impressions almost obsolescent; sternal pattern of glabrous area barely discernible: St VI not narrowed by St VIT, the latter smooth and polished medially. Paramere as in Fig. 58Q. FEMALE. As for d except: Tergal disc with a granular tubercle on midline behind anterior mar- gin; Tg VII weakly elevated and bearing 2 prom- inent, circular tubercles near posterior margin; sterna with median impressions and glabrous arci pattem more distinct; femora without subapical, ventral spinules; spermatheca as in Fig. 580. MEASUREMENTS, Holotype 3 Tirst, then ranges of additional 2¢ and 29. L: 7.17, 6.33- 6.67, 7.67-7.83; W: 3.58, 3,3-3.42, 4.17-4.67; HL: 1.96, 1.76-1.88, 2.00; HW: 1.68, 1.50-1.68, 1.76-1.80; PL: (0.76, 0-72-4080, Q.8U-0.84; PW: 2.40, 2.20, 2.44-2.48; AS: I, 0.60, 0.60-0.66, 0.70-0.74; I, 0.46, 0.44-0.46, 0.44-0.50; III, 0.68, 0.60-0.64, 0.64; IV, 0.56, 0.50-0.54, 0.52-0.54. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 59). Common in wet rainforests from the Lamington, Tamborine and Springbrook Plateaus, SE Queensland to Bar- rington Tops in N N.S.W. It usually occurs at higher elevations but there are several records from lowlands close to the coast (Bruxner Park, Tallebudgera Ck, Boat Harbour, Buladelah, Bro- ken Head). REMARKS. M. vetusta has a close superficial similarity in overall facies to Neophloeobia montrouzieri and has been misidentified as that species several times in the literature (Kormilev, 1965a, 1967a). It is closely related to M. aus- tralica from low elevations adjacent to parts of its range. The ranges of the 2 species overlap slightly near the coast in N N.S.W. The principal differ- ence between the two species is in the surface setae of the antennae and legs which are long and erect in M. vetusta. This character often correlates with high altitude habitat in apterous mezirines. For example, in 2 closely related species of Granulaptera from N Queensland, the high alti- tude species, G. alticola, has similar erect setae while its lower altitude relative, G. spiniceps, has short adpressed setae comparable with those of M. australica. Mesophloeobia australica (Usinger & Matsuda, 1959) comb. nov. (Figs SU-V, 58C-E,H,N,P) Neophloeobia australica Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 322 (descr., fig.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 163 (listed). TYPE. Holotype 9, Byron Bay, Australia, xii.1904, Helms Coll. Originally lodged in Bishop Museum, Honolulu, but transferred by exchange to the Queens- land Museum, Brisbane (QMT6689). Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 96 speci- mens. NORTH QUEENSLAND: Broadwater SF Park, 35km NW Ingham, 1d 19 16.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Wallaman Falls, via Ingham, 38, 7.viii.1968, BKC, 1d, 6.viii.1968, TAW, 48 39, 12.v.1970, GBM, 20d 119, 1.x.1980, GBM; Wallaman Falls Rd Junction, 29, 5.11.1996, GBM; Mt Fox Rd, Seaview Range, rf, 600m, 58 29, 15.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, 1 , litter berlesate, 15.xii.1986, GBM & GIT, in QM. CENTRAL QUEENSLAND: Cape Hillsborough NP, Andrews Pt, 2d, 15.iv.1979, GBM. SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Kroombit Tops, 1000-1100m, 2ó 29. 22-26.1.1982, GBM,DKY & GIT; Kroombit MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Tops, Three Moon Ck, 18, 9-19.xii.1983, GBM & GIT; Kroombit Tops, Beauty Spot 98, 118 69, 9- 19.xii.1983, GBM & GIT; Forest Station 2,000', Bulburin SF, via Many Peaks, 4d 19, 2-5.iv.1972, GBM, 48 29, 12-15.iv.1974, GBM, 1d 12, 17.ix.1989, GBM; Granite Creek, 700’, Bulburin SF, 18, Liv.1972, GBM, in QM. NEW SOUTH WALES: Whian Whian SF, 700’, via Dunoon, 38 19, 25- 26.xi.1972, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, DJ, EH, NMNH, HNHM). DESCRIPTION. Small, 5.3-6.5mm long, smooth, with surface setae short and adpressed. MALE. Head length 1.1-1.13 times width; dor- sum granular, with scattered short setae; postocu- lar tubercles straight, apically acute, reaching slightly beyond outer profile of eyes; eyes sub- sessile, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a narrow cleft; antenniferous tubercles slightly curved laterally, apices subacute, extending be- yond eyes by 2 eye diameters; genal processes flattened with sides convergent and apices rounded. Antennae with length 1.25-1.5 times head length, with vestiture of sparse, adpressed setae; segment III longest. Pronotum transverse, with width 3 times me- dian length; median sulcus bordered by 2 short curved carinae; submedian areas with flat gla- brous areas; sublateral areas virtually flat; antero- lateral angles with narrow explanate margins which extend round to anterior margin where they are truncate; hind pronotal margin convex in middle, bordered. Mesonotum with scutellar re- gion slightly elevated and with a median groove; sublateral areas somewhat inflated and granular; metanotum depressed medially and slightly in- flated laterally; suture between meso- and metanotum complete. Legs usually obscurely bicoloured, with short adpressed vestiture, lack- ing spinules on subapical region of femora. Ab- dominal tergal disc flat, its glabrous areas poorly defined in middle and indicated by rows of gran- ules laterally; scent gland scar consisting of a short, dark ridge superimposed on a pale scar; lateral margins of Cx II, III and VI straight, that of V flared posteriorly so that maximum body width is across segment V; margin of Cx angled. Paratergites of VIII clavate with mesal side of apices slightly produced. Meso- and metasterna and trochanters pale; thoracic sterna without me- dian impressions; pattern of glabrous areas mod- erately impressed on abdominal sterna; St VI narrowed slightly by forward extension of VII, the latter with a small, polished, median callosity near anterior margin; this callosity absent in some populations. Parameres as in Fig. 58P. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE FIG. 57. Dorsal view of d holotype of Mesophloeobia kirrama. FEMALE. As for d except: Margin of Cx VII straight; Tg VII with quadrate elevation and a pair of indistinct posterior elevations; paratergites of VIII blunt; St VII with median length 1.5 times that of V and VI combined. Spermatheca as in Fig. 58N. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9 first, then ranges of additional 26 and 29. L: 6.50, 5.35- 6.17, 5.33-.6.33; W: 3.67, 2.72-3.25, 3.00-3.58; HL: 1.72, 1.28-1.67, 1.36-1.68; HW: 1.52, 1.16- 1.48, 1.20-1.48; PL: 0.68, 0.60-0.72, 0.64-0.72; PW: 2.32, 1.84-2.16, 1.92-2.24; AS:1, 0.56, 0.50- 0.56, 0.50-0.58; II, 0.44, 0.38-0.40, 0.36-0.44; III, 0.64, 0.60-0.64, 0.60-0.66; IV, 0.54, 0.44-0.50, 0.40-0.50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 59). A diverse assem- blage of disjunct populations from near Ingham in N Queensland to Byron Bay and Lismore on the northern N N.S.W. coast. REMARKS. Most collections of M. australica are from rainforest of poor quality. In the northern part of its range (Wallaman Falls, Bulburin) it occurs on plateaus but is solely a lowland species 141 in N.S.W. Were it not for these indications of broad habitat tolerance allowing wide dispersal I would have separated off the northern popula- tions as a separate species. They are smaller, smoother and with less surface vestiture than topotypic material. Future collecting will as- suredly reveal intermediate populations of this widespread species and formal subdivision of the taxon seems undesirable in the meantime. Mesophloeobia kirrama sp. nov. (Figs 57, 58F,J, K, MIR) TYPE. Holotype d, Kirrama State Forest, via Car- dwell, N Qld., 17-18.viii.1966, G.B. Monteith, QMT11682. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 23 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Kirrama SF, via Cardwell, 28 29, 17-18.viii.1966, GBM, 2d 29, 5.v.1983, DKY; Douglas Ck Rd, Kirrama SF, 800m, 2d 29, 9-12.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Mt Pers- house, Kirrama SF, 900m, 28 1°, 12.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Cardwell Ra., Upper Broadwater Ck valley, 700-800m, 3d 29, 17-21.xii,1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Cardwell Ra., Mt Macalister Area, 900m, 1d 29, 18-19.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in QM. (QM dupli- cate specimens lodged in BMNH, EH, UQIC) (paratypes: QMT14832-14849, QMT 14851-14852). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 6.5-7.7mm long, dark, with lateral spiracles on segment VII. MALE. Head slightly longer than wide, its dor- sum with scattered erect setae; postocular tuber- cles narrow, directed laterally, apically acute, reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes small, ex- serted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a shallow cleft; antenniferous tubercles almost parallel-sided, apically acute, extending beyond eyes by 3 eye diameters; genal processes long, apically acute, parallel-sided. Antennae 1.2-1.5 times head length, bearing long erect setae; seg- ment I longest, segments II and III subequal, segment IV shortest. Pronotum rather short and broad, with width 2.5-2.7 times median length, apparently with some trace of posterior lobe retained; anterolat- eral angles with narrow, forwardly projecting explanate lobes; submedian areas with large gla- brous discs; sublateral areas with vestigial row of granules forming a weak longitudinal ridge; pos- terior pronotal margin almost straight, un- bordered. Mesonotum with scutellar area moderately raised, granular, with a median line devoid of granules; small hemelytral vestiges de- fined by sutures; metanotum and Tg I raised medially and subcontinuous with scutellum. Legs setose, not bicoloured. Abdominal tergal disc flat, with glabrous areas defined by rows of setigerous granules; anterior half of disc with a low, transverse, raised zone enclosing median areas of Tg III; scent gland scar With a low, setose tubercle posteriorly by a con- strastingly pale, triangular scar; lateral margins of Ux II, HI and TV straight, those of V with slightly produced posterior angles, those of VII with prominent, acute angulations; paravergites of VII clavate, with mesal side of apices strongly pro- duced, acute. Meso-, meta- and abdominal stema with indistinct median impressions; pattern of glabrous areas weakly developed; spiracles of segments II-VI ventral, those of VII lateral, visi- ble from above. Parameres as in Fig. 58R. FEMALE. As for d except: Tg VII with a low, quadrate elevation; lateral margin of VIE acutely angulate; paratergites of VIII pointed. Sperma- theca (Fig. 58M) with duct widened for most of its length. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 3 first, then ranges of additional 23 and 39. L: 6.83, 6.50, 7.33-7.67; W: 3.50, 3.16-3.25, 3.83-3.92; HL: 1.60, 1.60-1.80, 1.88-1.96; HW: 1.60, 1.56-1.60, 1.61-1.76; PL: 0.84, 0.84, 0.88; PW: 2.32, 2.04- 2,08, 2.12-2.44; AS; I, 0.72, 0.64-0.70, 0.70-0.74; 11, 0.60, 0-50-0.56, 0,52-0,54; ML 0.58, 0.54-0.56, 0.52-0.54; IY. 0.52, 0.32-0 48, 0420.4. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 59). Mountain rainforest on the Kirrama and adjacent Cardwell Ranges in the hinterland of Cardwell, N Queensland. REMARKS, This problematic species has the facies of Neophiloeobia and since its distribution lies in a zone unoccupied by a species of Neophloeobia it would make some distributional sense if it were regarded as a member of Neophloeobia, thus filling the geographic hiatus between N, elongata and N. cataracta in north Queensland. However it appears more closely allied with Mesaphioeobia as indicated by the key to genera. Additionally it has other features which set it apart from the other species in Mesophloeobia, including the distinct wing ves- tiges and the lateral spiracle on segment VIL. The latter Character is seen in the New Zealand Woodwardiessa and, in à less pronounced form, in Granulaprera spiniceps. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Mesophlocobia yeatesi sp. nov. (Fig. 58A) MATERIAL. Holotype 9, Mt Pieter Bone, 7km W Cape Tribulation, 800m, 22 iv. 1983, G.B. Monteith & D.K- Yeates, QOMTI1&31, DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7.2mm long, brown, with a large, widely-open scent gland orifice and hairy tibiae. FEMALE. Head length about 1.25 times width across eyes, its dorsum with scattered. curled setae and round, polished granules; postocular tuhercles narrow, rod-like, directed laterally, al- most reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes small, spherical, exserted, separated from antennilerous tubercles by a shallow cleft; antenniferous tuber- cles divergent, apically sub-acute, extending be- yond eyes by 2 eye diameters; genal processes long, parallel, their apices subacute, reaching apex of first antennal segment. Antennae 1.13 limes head length, bearing long curled setae on segment Land short adpressed setae on segments II and HI; segments I and IV subequal in length. shorter than segments I and III which are also subequal. Neck region rather long. Pronotum with width 3 times median length; anterolateral angles prominent, smoothly rounded; lateral margins straight, converging posteriorly; submedian areas with glabrous discs each bounded laterally by a low diagonal swell- ing beset by polished granules; sublateral regions flat, depressed; hind margin of pronotum straight, unbordered, Pronotal collar narrow. Mesonotum with scutellar area weakly convex and with a few large, polished granules; laterad of midline a short, raised, granular, ohlique ridge on each side; hemelytral vestiges evident as a small, angular projection on each lateral margin. Metanotum and Tg I raised medially, subcontiguous with scutellum; lateral regions of metanotum some- what swollen, bearing large, close-set punctures. Metapleural scent gland orifice large, widely open, running obliquely forward from behind mid coxae to the upper edge of the body, visible in dorsal view. Legs with femora pale, indistinctly bicoloured; tibiae with long setae on apical 2/3, Abdominal tergal disc with glabrous areas de- fined by law ridges; Tg HT transversely elevated, the elevation with a rugose, sparsely setose tuber- cle al each lateral extremity. Lateral margins of Cx II- VII all straight and unmodified; abdomen broadest across segment V; Tg VH with a setose tubercle each side of midline: paratergites of VIN tnangular. spiracles on external margin at half length. Spiracles of segments I-VI placed well 143 REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE FIG. 58. Mesophloeobia spp.; A, M. yeatesi 2; B, M. vetusta à ; C, M. australica; D-L, abdominal apices, dorsal (d) and ventral (v); D, M. australica d d; E, M. australica 3 v; F, M. kirrama 9 v; G, M. vetusta 9 v; H, M. australica 9 d; l, M. vetusta 9 d; J, M. kirrama 9 d; K, M. kirrama d v; L, M. vetusta & v; M-O, spermathecae; M, M. kirrama; N, M. australica; O, M, vetusta; P-R, left parameres, outer view; P, M. australica, Q, M. vetusta; R, M. kirrama. ventral of margin, those of VII close to the poste- rior margin but not visible from above. Meso- and metasterna smooth medially; abdominal sterna weakly impressed medially. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype 9: L: 7.20; W: 3.50; HL: 1.63; HW: 1.31; PL: 0.77; PW: 2.34; AS: I, 0.54; II, 0.38; III, 0.52; IV, 0.40. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 59). Wet rainforest on the E slopes of Mt Pieter Botte, a remote granite peak which forms the highest point of the mountain massif behind Cape Tribulation, N Queensland. REMARKS. This species is named for David Yeates who participated in its collection. In the absence of the d its relationships to the other species are a little hard to estimate. However, it is specifically distinct in the shape of the prono- tum and especially in the hypertrophied scent gland orifice. It occurs a considerable distance north of the nearest other member of the genus at Kirrama Range. Granulaptera gen. nov. DESCRIPTION. Small to medium-sized, apter- ous, with granular body surface. Head about as wide as long; postocular tuber- cles present as narrow, pointed, conical or cylin- drical processes; eyes not strongly exserted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a weak cleft; antenniferous tubercles divergent, often long and pointed; genal processes basally fused anterior to clypeus and with divergent apices; rostral groove open or closed posteriorly; rostral atrium closed. Antennae with segments II and III of lesser diameter than segments I and IV; seg- ments II, III and IV usually subequal in length. Pronotum depressed in middle, with a median, longitudinal sulcus which may be indistinct and defined by a double row of granules; pronotum without prominent elevations at either submedian or sublateral positions; if anterolateral pronotal angles with explanate lobes then their lateral mar- gins terminate anterior to posterolateral angles; pronotal collar not distinct dorsally and without dorsal or ventral opposable tubercles; discrete border to hind pronotal margin absent. Scutellar region of mesonotum elevated and continued posteriorly as a raised ridge to abdominal Tg I; neither mesonotum nor metanotum with discrete elevations laterad of median ridge; thoracic and abdominal terga without any opposable tubercles but with numerous small, round granules on sur- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM MESOPHLOEOBIA e M. vetusta = M. australica 4 M. kirrama * M. yeatesi | Brisbane " A , " LE ors LA umm BY ] Ds 155"E FIG. 59. Records of Mesophloeobia species in eastern Australia. face. Legs often bicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli pres- ent, spatulate. Fused abdominal tergal disc not inflated; pat- tern of glabrous areas largely obliterated; suture between Tg I and II fused medially and laterally; lateral margin of Cx VII not angled in 9. Median impressions indistinct or absent on meso- and metasterna; pattern of glabrous areas weakly impressed on abdominal sterna; 9 with median length of St VII longer than combined length of V and VI. Spermathecal duct entering a large, sclerotised bursa in vaginal wall. Parameres with a row of fine teeth on inner face. TYPE SPECIES. Granulaptera verrucosa, sp. nov. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 10A). An Australian en- demic with its centre of diversity in the Cook- town-Kirrama region, N Queensland and with one outlying species at Bulburin, southern Queensland. REMARKS. The 6 species of Granulaptera form a close-knit group linked by their granular body surface, their lack of dorsal opposable tubercles REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE and their possession of a remarkable, sclerotised bursa at the point where the spermathecal duct enters the vaginal wall, The genus ts virtually confined to the wet trop- ical portion of north Queensland but evidence for its origin from a formerly more widespread stock is given by the single species in S Queensland. Granulaptera is the commonest apterous aradid in N Queensland and forms large colonies on sinall sticks and logs of the forest floor, Up to 3 species may be sympatric within their range and sometimes aggregations are found to contain more than one species, The widespread range, geographic variability and plasticity of such spe- cies as G, spiniceps suggest that Granulaptera is undergoing rapid evolution in N Queensland KEY TO THE SPECIES OF GRANULAPTERA |. Rostral groove closed behind; genal processes api- cally acute, sometimes very attenuate; antennal segment Ii usually more than 1.5 times length | of segment IV Rostral groove open behind; genal processes si blunt apices (except verrucosa), not attenuate; antennal segment LI! less than 1.5 times length — of segment IV 3(1). Antennal segments Il and III with long erect hairs: spiracles of segment VII not close to exter- nal margin of body; anterolateral &xplanate lobes of prothorax large, usually at least two to three times larger than an eye Hairs on antennal segments If and ILE short and adpressed; spiracles of segment VII very close to lateral margin of body; anterolateral explanate lobes of porborgx small, barely larger than an eye spiniceps, Sp. nov. 5(2). Genal processes very attenuate, almost reach- ing apex of antennal segment II; paratergites of segment VIII of both sexes drawn out into a ta- pering process beyond the spiracle (N of Daintree River) cooki, sp. NOV, Genal processes not so attenuate, rarely reaching beyond half length of antermal segment I; paratergites of segment VIEL not conspicuously extended beyond the spiracle (S of Daintree River) ; alticola, sp. nov, A(1). Lateral margins of antenniferous tubercles con- Ss male with external margin of Cx V1I an- BI s. o socia o aor t ee Lateral margins of antenniferaus tubercles Straight; male with extemal margin of CX VO straight 5í(4). Apices of antenniferous tubercles and genae pointed; 2 with median length of St VII shorter than that of IV, V and VI combined verrucosa, sp. nov. e 04er 0,2 08 4e 8 a 05 o0. o € m d s^. hA; * gens UV, aw) opa à bà pedi Q eoa c £49 4 ts rtre s pa 145 Apices of antenniferaus tubercles and genae blunt; female with median length of St VIL longer than that of IV, V and VI combined PA Lada ape rari tuberculata (Korrmlev) 6(4). Antennal segments and legs with long erect setae; explanate lateral labes of Fs aer large, extending posteriorly almost to hind angles of pronotum remota, sp. nov. Antennal segments and legs with short, adpressed setae; explanate lateral lobes of pronotum small, extending posteriorly only about l^ length of pronotal margins ovata, Sp. nov TEF SEEE) Granulaptera tuberculata (Kormilev, 1967) comb. nov, (Figs 61E,L,O, 63A.E.J.N) Neophioeobia tuberculata Kormilev, 1967a: 524 (descr, figs); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 163 (listed), TYPE. Holotype d, Cairns dist., 120,344). Examined. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 80 speci- mens: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Baldy Mountain Ru, 5 ml SW of Atherton, 4,000', Id, L1.v,1970, GBM: Crater NP, 950m, 32, 28.xu.1989, GBM; Lake Barr- ine, 1d, 18.1v.1984, J.G. Pendergrast; Hughes Road, Topaz, 650m, 22. 4-5.xii 1995, GBM, DIC, HJ; Boonjie, 13km ESE Malanda, 700m, | 9, 8.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Millaa Millaa Falls, via Millaa Millas, 28, 23 iv. 1968, GBM, 5¢ 12, I2.vi.1968, BKC; Palmerston NP, via Innisfail, 36 39, 7-8.viii 1968, BKC,2d 4 2,2.1.1990, GBM; Hugh Nelson Ra, 21km S Atherton, 1 2, 1.xii.1983-9i.1984, RIS & J, Brien; Mt Father Clancy. 9km S Millaa Millaa, 900-1000, 15d 59, 6.xii. J988, GBM & GIT, 1d 12. S50m, 4,v,1983, GBM & DKY; Bellenden Ker Ra., Cable Tower 3, 1000m, 19. 25.ix,198]1, GBM & DIC; Bellenden Kec Summit TV Stn, 1500m, 19, 29 iv- 2.4.1983, GBM & DKY, 1 9, 10-123v,1979, GBM; Massey Range, 4km W Bellenden Ker Centre Peak, 1250m, 38 22, 9-LL.x.199:, GBM,DJC,HIJ; North Bell Pk, 20km S Cairns, 900-1000m, 1d 29, 15- 16,xi. 1981, GBM & DIC, in QM, McNamee ex. Ww of Innisfail, 400m, 19,8.vi.1971, Taylor & Feehan, in ANIC; Uj per Boulder Creek. (000m, 1d 19, 5- 7.x11.1986, GBM, GIT, HJ; Tully River Xing, 10km Koombooloomba, 750m, 9d — 29,4-5.1.1990, GBM,SRM; Kirrama SF. via Kennedy, 1 9. 17- 18.viii1966, GBM, 1 3, 2-3.x.1980, GBM; Mt Pers- house, 900m, Kirrama SF, 1 ¢, 12.xii.1986, GBM, GIT & SH; Mt Hosie, Kirrama SF, 800-930m, 12. 10.11.1986, GBM, GIT & SH, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, UQIC, DJ, EH, NMNH, HNHM, MNHG Je A.M. Lea, 5AM DESCRIPTION, Small, 6-8mm long, yellowish brown, with blunt head processes and open rostral Broove. 146 FIG. 60, Dorsal view of holotype ¢ of Granulaptenz vernicosa. MALE. Head about as wide as long; dorsum smooth, with several longitudinal rows of small granules on vertex; postocular tubercles straight, apically acute. directed posterolaterally, reaching outer profile of eyes, eyes not stylate, weakly exserted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a weak, shallow cleft; antenniferous tubercles blunt. curved laterally, extending beyond eye by 114 eye diameters: genal processes blunt, paral- lel-sided. Rostral groove not closed posteriorly. Antennae 1.15-1,25 times head length; segment 1 Longest. segments III and IV subequal; setae on U and IH short, adpressed. Pronotum transverse, 3.1-3.5 times as wide as long; median longitudinal sulcus shallow, de- fined by 2 curved rows of shining granules; sub- median areas slightly elevated with large glabrous disc; sublateral areas not raised; anlero- lateral angles of prothorax with semicircular, ex- planate lobes, each about 3-4 umes size of an eye: posterolateral angles of pronotum each with à small seta-bearing tubercle; hind pronotal margin slightly convex posteriorly, without distinct bor- der, Mesonotum with scutellar region raised into a low ridge extending posteriorly to abdominal MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Tg I, ridge with a longitudinal groove devoid of shining granules; sublateral areas densely granu. lar. Metanotum with sublateral areas swollen, each with a shining area free of granules which runs along anterior margin and tums posteriorly at right angles. Legs not bicoloured; with short curled setae. Abdominal tergal disc slightly swollen, with pattern of glabrous areas weakly defined by nu- merous shining granules; a prominent, oval area with mirror-like surface free of granules present on midline of anterior half; scent gland scar with a ventral, rugose, setose tubercle; lateral margin of Cx VII strongly angled; paratergites of VIN short, clavate, with mesal side of apices pro- duced, spiracles laterally displaced, Sterna smooth, with glabrous areas faintly defined; mid- line of St I-VI with median depressions barely distinct; St TV, V and VI narrowed medially; St VII broadly inflated, without callasiiy. Parameres as in Fig. 63N, FEMALE. As for 3 except: Tg VII with a wide quadrate elevation; paratergites of VII with an- gular apices and lateral spiracles; St VII as long as median lengths of IV, V and VI combined, Spermatheca of Granulaptera type with duct as long as 2/4 bulb diameters (Fig. 631). MEASUREMENTS, Holotype ¢ firsi, then ranges of additional 2d and 29. L: 6.17, 5,92- 6.83, 6,00-8.00; W: 3.16, 3.08-3.43, 3.16-4.17; HL: 1.52, 1.52-1.84, 1.52-1.96; HW: 1.64, 1.52- 1.72, 1.56-1,84; PL: 0,68, 0.65-0.68, 0.72-0.76; PW: 2.16, 2.00-2.36, 2,08-2.60; AS: I, 0.52, 0-50- 0.64. 0.56-0.70; IL, 0.38, 0.34-0.44, 0,36-0.42; III, 0.50, 0.44-0,54, 0.50-0.62; IV; 0.42, 0.42-0.48, D 46-0.50, DISTRIBUTION (Fig, 65), Rainforests from near Cairns south to the Kirrama Range, N Queensland. The holotype from ‘Caims district’ was probably collected on mountains behind Cairns, possibly at Kuranda, where the collector Anhur Lea is known to have worked. If this is so then all known specimens are from mountain raintorests. REMARKS, This small species is closely related io the type, G. verrucosa, The 2 species are geo- graphic segregates of a once more widespread species, They are now divided by the lowland corridor which splits the mountain systems be- tween Cairns and Mossman. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Granulaptera verrucosa sp. nov. (Figs 60, 61R, 63B,H,P) TYPE. Holotype d, Mossman Gorge, via Mou, N Qld., 9.viii.1966, G. Monteith, OMT! 168 MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 87 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Mt Halcyon. 70m, 21d. 109, 22-24.xi.1993, GBM, DIC, LR, HJ: 2km W Cape Tribulation, 200m, 12, 25.ix.1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; Roaring Meg Valley, 720m, 2¢ 39, 22.x11993, GBM, DIC, HJ, LR; Noah Ck, via Cape Tribulation, 19. [6.x.1980, GBM; Cooper Creek, 13ml N of Daintree River, 98 19, 14.x1.1969, BKC, 38 19, 21-22.vi.1969, GBM; McDowall Range, 17km N Daintree, 18 12, 27,xi.1985,GBM & DJC; Mossman Bluff, 1000m, 22, 17-19.xii.1988, GBM & GIT, 2¢ 19, 800-1300m, 2.xi.1983, GBM, DKY & GIT; Mt Demi, 7km SW Mossman, 500m, 1 £ L2, 26.1v.1983, 1 9, 1100m, 29.x.1983, DKY GIT, 59, 16-17.xii.1995, GBM,GIT; Mossman Gorge. via Mossman, 3d 1 2, 9.viii.1966,GBM, I d, 28.xit. 1967, GBM, 68 42, 25-26.xii,1964, GBM; Rex Lookout, nr Mossman, 19, 13.x.1980, GBM; Churchill Ck, Mt Lewis Road, 1d, 27.xi.1965,GBM; Baker's Blue Mtn, (7km w Mt Molloy, 1d 19, 12.ix.1981,GBM & DJC, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM) (paratypes: QMT 14752-14790, QMTI148795-14817, QMT14822- 14826, QMT25595-25599). DESCRIPTION. Medium-sized, 7-8.5mm long, with open rostral groove and pointed genal pro- cesses, MALE. Head length 1.0-1.16 times width; dor- sum with scattered curled setae, and with several indistinct rows of small granules on vertex; postocular tubercles narrow, apically acute, di- rected laterally and usually attaining outer profile of eye; eyes exserted with a moderate cleft be- iween them and antenniferous tubercles; an- tenniferous tubercles long, curved laterally, upically pointed. extending beyond eyes by about 2 eye diameters; genal processes long, sides di- vergent. apices well separated and acute. Rosiral groove not closed behind, Antennal length 1.15- 1.20 umes head length: segment 1 longest, seg- ment HI longer than I; segments II and HI with short, curled vestiture. Pronotal width a little less than three times median length; median sulcus distinct and bor- dered by two curved rows of granules; submedian areas elevated into low tubercles each with à glabrous disc on mesal face; sublateral arcas granular; anterolateral pronotal angles with semi- circular explanate lobes each about twice the size uf an eye; posterolateral angles each with à small, dorsal lubercle: posterior margin slightly convex. 147 Mesonotum with scutellar elevation continued posteriorly to abdominal Tg L, its ridge with a smooth median, longitudinal line devoid of gran- ules, Sublateral areas of metanotum swollen, with smooth glabrous region along anterior margin. Legs largely pale with faint dark bands on femo- ral bases; vestiture short. curled. Abdominal tergal disc slightly swollen, without ridges defining patterns of glabrous areas; Jateral areas of Tg III elevated; tergal disc with an oval, smooth, mirror-like patch on midline of basal half: scent gland scar bluntly raised, setose; lat- eral margins of Cx VII strongly angulate. Paratergites of VIII clavate with mesal side of apex produced, Sterna smooth, with indistinct glabrous areas; midline of St I-VI with weak depressions; St V and VI narrowed medially: 5t VII without callosity. Parameres as in Fig. 63P. FEMALE. As for ó except: Tg VII with quadrate elevation bearing 2 posterior tubercles, paraterg- ites of VIII with pointed apices curving laterally; sterna more deeply impressed; median length of St VII shorter than that of St IV, V and VI combined. Spermatheca of Granulaptera type with duct length about 3 times bulb diameter (Fig. 63H), MEASUREMENTS, Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 22 and 29 . L: 7.00, 7.17- 7.33, 8.00-8.50; W: 3.50, 3.42, 4,25-4.33; HL; 1.92, 1.92-2.00, 2.00-2.08; HW: 1.72, 1:72, 1,88- 1.96; PL: 0.8, 0.76-0.8, 0.9-0.92; PW: 2.32, 2.28, 2.60-2.68; AS: I, 0,68, 0,64-0.68, 0.70-0.74; II, 0.48, 0.46-0.48, 0.46-0.50; III, 0.62, 0.62, 0.60- 0.70; IV, 0,50, 0.50-0.52, 0.50-0.54. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65). Rainforest in low- lands and uplands of the Carbine Tableland and Cape Tribulation mountain massifs, N Queens- land. It is one of only two apterous Aradidae known from the isolated rainforest on Baker's Blue Mountain in the rainshadow of the Carhine Tableland. REMARKS. G. verrucosa has been chosen as type species because it shows several generalized features. These include the angulate margins of Cx VII (not seen in G. remora and G. ovara) and the non-narrowed prothorax (not seen in G. spiniceps and G- alticola). It is related lo G. tuberculata but lacks the iy merge narrowing of abdominal sterna in the 9 of that species. I is also most common at low altitudes whereas tuberculata is strictly a mountain species, 148 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 61. Granulaptera spp., A-C, G. spiniceps; A, Palmerston NP; B, Upper Mulgrave R.; C, Kuranda. D, C. alticola. E, G. tuberculata, F, G. remota. G-L, 3 dorsal abdominal apices. G-I, G. spiniceps. G, Upper Mulgrave R. H, Cooper Ck. I, Kuranda. J,K, G. alticola. J, Palmerston NP. K, Mossman Gorge. L, G. tuberculata. M-S, 9 dorsal abdominal apices; M,N, G. alticola. M, Malanda. N, Mossman Gorge. O, G. tuberculata; P,Q, G. spiniceps. P, Kuranda. Q, Upper Mulgrave R. R, G. verrucosa. S, G. remota. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Granulaptera ovata sp, nov. (Figs 5R, 62, 63D,1,Q) TYPE. Holotype c. Crystal Cascades, via Cairns, N Qila. S.viir. L966, G. Monteith, QMT 11685. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 103 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Crystal Cas- Cades, via Caims, Id 29, S.viii. 1966 GBM, 35, 9.xii.1964, GBM, Id, 21.x.1980, GBM; Davies Creek Rd, 750m, 108 29,17 xii.) 989, GBM,GIT; LambRa, ]9km SE Mareeba, 1200m, 3d, 11.xit.1988, GBM & GIT: Mt Edith. 3,500", 2ml N of Tinaroo Dam, LG 19, 2.vi.1972, GBM, Id 19, 1050m, 12.x,1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; Kauri Creek, Tinaroo Dam, 32. 19, 24.14.1970, GBM; Tolga, 52. 22, 10.v.1970, GBM; Lake Eacham, 19d 129, 24.iv.1970. GBM; Curtain Fig. 2km SW Yungaburra, 700m, 1d, 8.xii 1988, GBM & GIT; Upper Mulgrave River, 38 39, 13.xii.1966, BAC, 23 29, 25.iv. 1968, GBM. 1d 19, 26-27.xii.]967, in QM; Keamey's Falls, Upper Mul- grave, 100m, 158 39, 10.xii. 1988, GBM & GIT; 2km N Kearney’s Falls, 200m, 2d, 10.x11.1988, GBM & GIT; Mulgrave R., 7km SW Bellenden Ker, 60m, 1d 12, 24v.1984, AC & TAW, in ANIC. (QM duplicates lodgedin BMNH, ANIC, MDPI, UOIC. DJ. SAM, EH, NMNH, HUB. HNHM) (paratypes: QMTI4448- 14511, OMT14516-14540), DESCRIPTION. Small, 5.8-7,5mm long, dark, subcircular, with short antennal vestiture and open rostral groove. MALE. Head about as wide as long, its dorsum rugose and granular with sparse setae; postocular tubercles small, cylindrical, pointed, usually not reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes sessile, cleft separating them from antenniferous tubercles al- most occluded; antenniferous tubercles granular, Straight, blunt. extending beyond eyes by dis- tance equalling about 11/2 eye diameters; genal processes short, blunt, lateral margins strongly divergent, apices well separated. Rostrál groove open posteriorly. Antennae about 1.25 times head length; segment ITI longest, more than 1.5 times length of segment IT. Pronotum width 2.9-3.3 times median length; median longitudinal sulcus narrow, bordered hv two curved rows of close packed granules; sub- median areas raised inta prominent, blunt tuber- cles, each with a glabrous disc on mesal face; sublateral areas flat, granular; anterolateral an- gles of pronotum bearing small, semicircular, semi-erect, explanate lobes a little larger than an eye and extending posteriorly only V length of pronotal margin. Mesonotum with scutellar re- gion elevated into a median ridge continuing postenurly to abdominal T I, ridge with longitu- dinal groove devoid of granules. Metanotum with DIC. GIT, RS, HJ; Windsor Tabid, 28km NNW Mt Carbine, 900m, 18, 15-18iv.1982, GBM, DKY & DIC, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, MDPI, EAI mt Cars CU NTAANEL UNM) (naratvnes' FIG, 62. Dorsal view of 3 holotype of Granulapren: ovata, sublateral areas slightly inflated. granular. with smooth zone extending along anterior margin and then postenorly. Legs bicoloured; femora dark with pale median bands; tibiae pale with dark median bands; vestiture short, curled. Abdominal tergal disc weakly elevated, with shining granules forming circles around positions of glabrous areas; scem gland scar forming a median tubercle and a posterior flavous scar; anterior ta scent gland scar 3s a median, sniooth, oval area devoid of granules; Cx margin of all abdominal segments continuous, unlobed and not angulate. Paratergites of VIII short, clavate, with mesal side of apices produced. Sterna with pat- tern of glabrous areas well marked; St I-VI with weak median impressions; S1 I-V of cqui- distant median length; St VII flat, smooth medi- ally, wrinkled laterally. Parameres as in Fig. 63Q. FEMALE, As for d except: Abdominal tergal disc elevated along posterior margin: Te VII with quadrate elevation and a posterior pair of tuber- cles; paratergites of VIII pointed; midline of St VIL longer than that of V and VI combined. Spermatheca of Granulaptera-type, with proxi- low, parallel, longitudinal ridges on middle above pygophore. Paratergites of VIII clavate, with mesal side of apices slightly produced. Abdomi- 150 mal part of duct thick-walled, leading to an in- flated bulb in duct (Fig. 631). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ó first. then ranges of additional 2¢ and 29, L: 6,67, 5.83, 7.33-7.50; W: 3.42, 2.92-3.08, 4.17-4.33; HL: 1.72, 1.56-1.64, 1.80-1.88; HW: 1.64, 1.52, 1.76- 1.80; PL: 0.76, 0.60-0,64, 0.76-0.80; PW: 2.20, 1,84- 1.92, 2.52-2,56; AS: I, 0.56, 0.52-0.60, U.60- 0.64; IL, 0.38, 0.40, 0.44-0.46; HI, 0.66. 0.56- 0.60, 0.70-0.74; IV, 0,54, 0.44-0,50, 0,46-0,50. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65), Highland and low- land rainforests from Cairns to the Mulgrave River and inland to the Lamb Range on the ex- treme N Atherton Tableland, N Queensland. REMARKS. This is a common, distinctive spe- cies With a very restricted range of about 50km diameter in N Queensland. Neither it nor a com- plementary relative occur in the extensive Moss- man-Cooktown rainforest complex to the north, or in the S Atherton Tableland-Mt Spec region S of its range. However, a very close relative, G. remota, sp. nov. is known from the Bulburin State Forest more than 1000km further south. Granulaptera remota sp. nov. (Figs 61F,S, 63R) TYPE. Holotype 3, Forest Station 2,00", Bulburin State Forest, via Many Peaks, Queensland, 2- 54v.1972, G.B. Monteith, QMT11686. MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 6 paratypes: SOUTH QUEENSLAND: Forest Station, 2,000", Bulburin SF, via Many Peaks, 1d holotype 49 paratypes, 2-5.iv.1972, GBM; Granite Creek, 700". Bulbunn SF. 1d. 19 1.1v.1972, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicate lodged in BMNH) (QMT30081 -30095). DESCRIPTION. Small, 5,8-7.3mm long, dark, subcircular, with long antennal vestiture and open rostral groove. This species is very similar to G. ovata, and the followme description is restricted to the differences from that species. Head with posterior 1/2 of dorsum inflated; pastocular tubercles longer. reaching outer pro- file of eyes; antenniferous tubercles apicall more acute; genal processes more parallei-sided. Antennae longer, more than 1.35 times head length; segments IL and MI with erect setae as long as diameter of segments, Pronolum with submedian elevations lower, antero-lateral explanate lobes larger, three times size of an eye, reaching almost to posterior pro- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM notal angles. Median groove of scutellar ridge shallower, less distinct. Scent gland tubercle lower. Hind margin of Cx VI contrastingly pale. St VII of d with central area smooth and shining. Legs with long erect setae on femora and tibiae. Parameres as in Fig. 63R. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 1d and 29. L; 6.33, 5.85, 6.50-7.33; W: 3.33, 3.33, 3.67-4.25; HL: 1.76, 1.64, 1.72-2.00; HW: 1.56, 1.48, 1.56-1.72; PL: 0.72, 0.60, 0,64-0.76; PW: 2,20, 2.12, 220-252; AS: I, 0,60, 0,58, 0.66-0.78; IL, 0.48, 0.46, 0.48- 0.54; HL 0.76, 0.74, 0.74-0.78; IV, 0.56. 0.54, 0.60, DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65). Vicinity of the type locality in Bulburin State Forest, an isolated rainforest tract SW of Gladstone, S Queensland; high and low altitudes. REMARKS, This species is a disjunct, southern outlier of Granulaprera and its close relationship to G. ovata indicates that the 2 are remnants af the same original stock. It is treated as a separate species because of the numerous minor, though consistent, differences referred to in the key and description. Its presence at the Bulburin State Forest accords with the relictual nature of other components of the flora and fauna of this inter- esting. isolated rainforest tract. Granulaptera alticola sp. nov. (Figs 6LD,J-K.M-N, 63C,G,M) TYPE. Holotype Z. Palmerston Nat. Pk, via Innisfail, N Qld, 23,iv. 1968, G.B, Monteith, QMT1 1687. MATERIAL EXAMINED, Holotype and 165 paratypes: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Black Min, 17km ESE Julatten, 800-1000m, 9d 99, 29- 304v.1982, GBM, DKY & DJC; Lamb Range, |9km SE Mareeba, 1100-1200m, 4d 19, 11.xii.1988. GBM & GIT; Lambs Head, 10km W Edmonton, 1200m, 13 , 12-13,xii.1988, GBM & GIT, 5d 19, 10-12.xil. 1989, gbm, git,hj; Davies Creek Rd, 750m, 34 1$, 17.xii. 1989, GBM,GIT Lambs Head (east end), 1 i80m, 1d 32, 29.xi.1993, GBM,DIC.HS; Mt Wil- liams, 100-500m, 1g 39, 21 xii, 1993, GBM,DIC,HJ;Chujeba Peak, 1000m, QMBerl.837, 1 d, 16.xii.1989, GBM, GIT; Baldy Mtn Road, 5 ml. SW. of Atherton, 4,000", 2¢ 39, 11.v.1970,GBM, 20 12, 1000m, 10.x.1980, GBM, 3d 1%, 1150m, 9 xii 1988, GBM & GIT, 12, QM Berl, StS, 5.xii 1988, GBM,GIT; Lake Eacham, 14. 8.x.1980, GBM: Bellenden Ker Ra., 0.5km S Cable tuwer 7, 500m, 1G 12, 25-31.%.1981, Earthwatch/OM; North Bell Peak, 20km S Cairns, 900-1000m, 24. | 9. 15- 16.x.1981. GBM & DIC 1d, 13.x.1982, GBM, DK Y REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE & GIT, in QM; Wongabel SF, 6km S Atherton, 19. 2).vi-26.vii. 1984, RIS & J. Brown, in MDP); Gadgarra Road, 700m, 3d 29, 9.xii, 1989, GBM, GIT, HJ; Zillie Falls,750m, 18 1 2,1.1.1990, GBM; Tower S of Crater NP, 1230m,QM Berl.878, 1 9, 23. xi.1994, GBM, 13. QM Berl. 886, 16,v,1995, GBM; Upper Plath Road, 1100m, 26, 8.11.1996, GBM; Hugh Nelson Ra, 21km S Atherton, 1 100m, 1 G 192, 5,111983, DK Y & GIT; Crater NP, 13, 25.1v.1970, GBM; Sluice Creek Rd.. East Evelyn, 29, 5.vi, 1972, GBM; Malanda, 3d 19, 16.1.1971, GBM; Malanda Falls, 750m, pitfall trap, 33, 9.xii.1989-14.1.1990, GBM, GIT, HJ; Massey Range, Gkm NW Bellenclen Ker Centre Peak, 1150m, 28 19 IN,11-12.x.1991, GBM, DIC, HJ; Maalan Rd, 2km S Palmerston HWY, 750m, 1 19, 18.v.1995, GEM; Mt Bartle Frere, west side, 1000-i400m, 2d 49, 7.3.1980, GBM & SRM, Boonjie, 13km ESE Malanda, 700m, 1G, 8,xii,1988, GBM & GIT; Millaa Millaa Falls, 19, 23.iv.1968, GBM; Palmerston NP, 36 49, 23,iv,1968, GBM; Henrietta Ck, Palmerston NP, 5d 19, 5.xii.1965, GBM, 16, 15.ix.1984, GBM, $d 29.21.1990, GBM; Mt Fisher (Whiteing Rd), 7km SW Millaa Millaa, 1000-1200m, 28 39, 5.v.1983, GBM & DKY, 76 29, 27-29.iv.1982, GBM, DKY & DIC; Mı Fisher (Kjellberg Rd), ! 100m, QM Berl. 889. Ad 39,17,v,1995, GBM; Sluice Ck Rd, East Evelyn, 3500’, 22, 5.yi,]972, GBM & SRM; Mt Father Cl- ancy, 9km S Millaa Millaa, 900-1000m, 25 27. 6,xii. 1988, GBM & GIT; Upper Boulder Ck, LHI km NNW Tully, 1000m, 19. 16-19.xi.1984, GBM & GIT. 54 59, 5-7.x0,1989, GBM, GIT, HJ; Vine Creek Rd, 1100m. 5d 29, 24311994, GBM; Graham Range. 550m, 1¢ 19, 8-9.x3i 1995, GBM, GIT. DIC, in QM. The following are not paratypes; 7km N Mt Spurgeon, 1200-1250m, 34 39, 17-19.x.199], GBM, DIC, HJ, LR; Stewart Cr, 4km NE Mt Spurgeon, 1250-1300nr, 1d, 15-20.x.1991, GBM, DJC, HJ, LR; Roots Ck- Francis Ck divide, 1250m, 19, 28.xi.1990, GBM, DIC, GIT, RS, HJ; Pauls Luck-Doolins Ck, 1 100m, 14, 30,x1.1990, GBM, DIC, GIT, RS, HJ; Pauls Luck, 1 100m, 1d, 28-30.xi.1990, GBM, GIT. DIC, RS. HJ; Devil's Thumb, 10km NW Mossman, IO00-1180m, 14, 9-10,x, 1982, GBM, DKY & GIT; Mossman Bluff, Likm W Mossman, 800-1300m, 23, 2.xi.|983, GBM, DKY & GIT, L3, 17-19.xii.1988, GBM & GET; Moss- man Gorge NP, 43 19, 9,viii, 1966, GBM, 13, t0. viii. 1968, BKC, !3, 20.x.1980, GBM; O'Donoghue's Falls, 150m, 1d 22, 15-16.4.1995, GBM, T. Ford & D. Slaney; Mt Lewis, 3,500-4, 000", via Julauen, 34. 19, 27-28.xi.1965, GBM, 3d, 4,v,1970, GBM, in QM, 18, 960m, 30,3, 1976, Taylor & TAW, in ANIC, | 2, 12.x.1980, GBM; 2.5km N MI Lewis, 1040m, Ld 19, 3.411983, DKY & GIT; Mt Lewis summit, 1200m, 19, 9-10.xi. 198], GBM & DIC; 7.5km N Mt Lewis, 1200m, 26, 8,ix. 1981, GBM & DIC; 10km N Mt Lewis, 19, 25.41.1990, GBM, DJC, GIT, RS, HJ; Windsor Tabld, 28km NNW Mi Carbine, 900m, id, 15-18.iv,1982, GBM, DKY & DIC, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, MDP]. UQIC, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM) (paratypes: QMT 14222-14227, QMTI4233-14239, OMT14241, 15t QMT 14245-14265, QMT14273-14277, QMT14286- 14301, QMTL4303-14308. QMT 14213-14331, 14333-14373, QMT14378-1 4381, OMT|4383- 14396, QMT22269-22378, QMT25568-25376, QMT30090), DESCRIPTION. Moderate-sized, 8-10.00mm long, dark, wilh narrowed x bearing large explanate lobes, with erect setae on antennac. MALE. Head length about 1.1-1.21 times width, its dorsum with granules and setae; postocular tubercles narrow, apically acute, directed posterolaterally, usually reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes well-exserted, cleft between them und antenniferous tubercles deep and rather wide for the genus; antenniferous tubercles long, diver- gent, outer margins slightly curved, apices pointed, extending beyond eyes by about 2 eve diaineters; gena! processes long, parallel-sided or slightly divergent, pointed, separated by a deep median cleft. Rostral groove closed behind. An- tennal length from 1.1 to 1.3 times head length, segment I longest, segments I and IV subequal, segment MI longer than IT; segments I-II] with long ereci setae. Pronotum noticeably narrower than hind body, about 2.8-3.00 titnes as wide as long; median longitudinal sulcus distinct. bordered by 2 rows of granules; submedian areas with large elahrous discs which are slightly elevated laterally; sub- lateral areas with a small longitudinal row of setose granules; anterolateral angles bearing large, explanate lobes, cach a little more than 3 limes size ol un eye; lobes bearing erect marginal setae; posterior pronotal margin slightly convex, unbordered, Mesonotum with scutellar area raised inio a rather narrow ridge continuing pos- leriorly to abdominal Tg |, ridge with median, longitudinal groove devoid of granules. Metanomm slightly inflated laterally with a sruoth, parrous area along anterior margin and angled obliquely across inflated regions. Legs bicoloured, femora pale with dark bases, tibiae largely pale; femora and tibiae with long erect setac. Abdominal tergal disc not inflated, with shin- ing wrunules forming circles around positions of glahrous areas; scent gland scar [urming a setose tubercle with posteriorly a pale, triangular callus. Margins of Cx II-V150t lobed or angled, those of VII with a faint angulation; Tg VII with a pair of low. parallel, longitudinal ridges on middle above pygophore, Paratergites of VIH clavate, with mesal side of apices slightly produced. Abdomi- nal stecna not deeply impressed with pattern of glabrous areas; median region of Sí VIT dark, tí a—— st) Ore A — er flated bulb in duct (Fig. 631). MEASIIREMENTS. Holotype d first, then 132 shallower, less distinct. Scent gland tubercie lower. Hind margin of Cx VI contrastingly pale. St VIL of d with central area smooth and shining. wan — hina MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG. 63. A-R, Granulaptera, Phloeobia and Woodwardiessa spp.; A-F, ventral abdominal apices; A, G, tuberculata 2; B, G. verrucosa 9 ; C, G. alticola à; D, G. ovata 3; E, G. tuberculata 3; F, G. spiniceps 3; G-L, spermathecae; G, G, alticola; H, G, verrucosa; I, G. ovata; J, G. tuberculata, K, P. sayi; L, G. spiniceps; M-T, left parameres, outer view; M, G. alticola, N, G. tuberculata, O, G. spiniceps; P, G. verrucosa; Q, G. ovata; R, G. remota. S, P. sayi, T, W. quadrata. polished, with a few raised granules, Parameres as in Fig. 63M. FEMALE. As for d except: Posterior portion of abdominal tergal disc quadrately elevated in mid- line and overhanging suture between Tg VI and VII; Tg VII with quadrate elevation and 2 poste- rior, setose tubercles, Paratergites of VIII pointed; St VII longer than median lengths of III, IV and V combined. Spermatheca of Granulaptera type; duct with slight thin-walled dilation in proximal third; length of duct about 214 bulb diameters (Fig. 63G). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype d first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 8,33, 8.00- 8.33, 9.0-9.67; W; 4.17, 4.08-4.17. 5.17-5.42; HL: 2.32, 2.16-2.20, 2.32-2.40; HW: 1.92, 1.88- 1.92, 2.00-2.20; PL: 0.84, 0.80-0.84, 0.92-0.96; PW; 2.53, 2.40, 2.72-2,88; AS: I, 0.86, 0.80-0.88, 0.84-0.98; IT, 0,54, 0.52-0,58, 0.60-0.66; III, 0.66, 0.70-0.74, 0.76-0.80; IV, 0.48, 0.54-0.58, 0.54. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65). Mountain rainforests from the Walter Hill Range north to the Windsor and Carbine Tablelands, N Queensland. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE REMARKS. This species is related to G. cook: und to the variable, G- spiniceps, and shares the same characteristic narrow prothorax and trun- cate abdominal apex as in those species. G, al- ficola and G. spiniceps show à complex interrelated distribution pattern with G, a/ticola predominating at higher elevations and G. spiatoipt commonest at low elevations, However, Ihey are sympatric at many localities and where this occurs the 2 may be found in mixed gregari- ous colonies, South of Cairns the 2 are sympatric over most of the range of G. alticela on the Atherton Tableland but, whereas G. spiniceps is widely distributed on adjacent lowlands also, G. alticola does not occur below about 700m alti- tude. Specimens from the mountains behind Moss- man which are here referred vo G. alticola differ slightly from material from further south and are excluded from the paratype series. All have the prothoracic lobes smaller (about twice size of eye) and some d have a prominent pointed ap- pendage to the margin of Cx VII, At the seaward fool of the steep coastal mountains in this region G. alticola occurs down to 100m altitude in Mossman Gorge. Granulaptera cooki sp. nov. (Fig. 64) TYPE. Holotype d, Mtr Finnigan, 850-1100m, 37km S Cooktown, N, Qld., 19-22 Apr., 1982, RF, Monteith, Yeates & Cook, QMT11830, MATERIAL EXAMINED. Holotype and 13 paratypes! NORTH QUEENSLAND; Mti Finnigan, 37km S Cookiown, 850-1100m, 62 22, 19-22.iv.1982,GBM, DKY & DJC, 12, 1100m, 28-30.x),1985, GBM, DIC LR, 2d 39 3N, 3-5.xii.1990, GBM, GIT, DIC, RS, LR, in QM. The following 30 specimens are not paralypes: Mt Hartley, 790m, 63 19, 8.xi,1995, GBM, DIC, LR, HJ; 2.5km SW Mt Hartley, 35km S Cooktown, | 9. 23-24.iv.1982, GBM, DKY & DIC, Mt Sorrow, 300-800m, 5km W Cape Tribulation, i 9, 15-x.1980, GBM; Mr Pieter Boue, 950m, 58 79, 21.51.1901, GBM,DJC,HJ,LR:; Mt Haleyon, 870m. 22- 24.xi.1993, GBM,DIC,LR.HJ; Mt Hemmant, 1050m. id 19, 25-27,41.1993, GBM, DIC, LR, HJ; Roaring Meg Valley, 720m, 2d, 22,x1.1993, GBM, DIC, LR, HJ; Cooper Ck, 18ml N Daintree R., 20m, 19, H- 22.91.1969, GBM, 12, 2.4.1970, GBM; Thornton Peak, 700-1 000m, 3 2, 22.ix. 1981. GBM & DIC, (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, EH) (paratypes; QMT14407-14409, QMT14411-14420). DESCRIPTION. Large, 9.3-| l.5mm long, dark, with very attenuate genal processes and with ereci setae om antennae. 153 MALE, Head length 1.36-1.42 times width, its dorsum with granules and long, erect setac; postocular tubercles short, narrow, triangular, di- rected laterally, usually notreaching outer profile of eyes; eyes small, exserted, cleft between them and antenniferous tubercles deep and wide; an- tenniferous tubercles very long, divergent, taper- ing lọ acute apices, outer Margins somewhat curved, extending beyond eyes by about 3-4 eye diameters; genal processes extremely long, fused for a short distance in front of clypeus, then separate and divergent, reaching to beyand 1/2 length of antennal segment IL Rostral groove closed behind, Antennal length 0.86-0.95 times head length; segment I longest, segments Ll and IV Sibel, segment HI longer than II; segments J-M with long. erect setae, Pronotum transverse, much narrower than hind body, about 2.7-3.00 times wider than long; me- dian longitudinal sulcus faint, bordered by 2 rows of granules; submedian areas poorly defined and faintly raised but with glabrous discs distinct; sublateral areas with faint, irregular, granular swellings; anterolateral angles of pronotum with well-developed, explanate labes, projecting for- ward, each about 2-3 times. the size of eye, bear- ing long erect setae; posterior pronotal margin faintly convex, unbordered, Mesonotum with a weak median elevation, continuing posteriorly io Tg I, its midline devoid of granules. Metanotum slightly inflated and granular laterally, inflated area with an oblique strip bare of granules, Legs not hiceloured, femora and tibiae with long erect setae. Abdominal tergal disc flat, with shining gran- ules forming circles around glabrous areas; scent gland scars with a setose anterior tubercle ante- rior to a pale triangular callus. Margins of Cx II-VI not angled or projecting, forming a straight line continuous with margin of thorax. Margin of Cx VII straight, giving strongly truncate appear- ance to hind body. Tg VII faintly elevated in front of pygophore, Paratergites of VIII drawn out into attenuale, setase points beyond the spiracle, Ab- dominal sterna weakly impressed with pattern of glabrous areas; median area of St VIL flat and smooth; spiracles of VIL ventrally placed, far from margin. FEMALE, As for d except: posterior midline of abdominal tergal disc elevated and overhanging suture between Tg VI and VIT; Tg VII quadrately raised with 2 irregular posterior tubercles; posterolateral angles of Cx VI usually projecting à little; St VII medially longer than V and VI combined. 154 FIG. 64. Dorsal view of ¢ Granulaptera cooki. MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ¢ first, then range of 2d and 29 paratypes. L: 9,30, 9,37- 10.00, 10.75-11.50; W: 4.50, 4.40-4.50, 4.75- 5.58; HL: 3.16, 3.00-3.33, 3.19-3.40; HW: 2.25, 2.20-2.34, 2.34-2.50; PL: 1.00, 0.90-0.93, 0.94- 1.05; PW: 2.65, 2.65-2.81, 2.81-3.00; AS: I, 0.90, 0.94-1.00, 1.02-1.03; II, 0.53, 0.56-0.60, 0.62- 0.66; III, 0.75, 0.76-0.78, 0.78-0.80; IV, 0.56, 0.53-0.56, 0.56-0.58. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65). From Mt Finnigan in the N along the coastal ranges S to Thornton Peak, N Queensland. REMARKS. This is the largest species of Granulaptera and the one with the most spectac- ular development of attenuate head processes. It is named for Doug Cook whose bushcraft has been invaluable on many collecting trips with the author in search of aradids in remote places. It is a northern derivative of G. alticola but its striking appearance sets it apart. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM G. cooki is commonest on the summit plateau of Mt Finnigan. Specimens from elsewhere within its quite small geographic range vary a little, with slightly lesser development of head processes, and are not included in the paratype series. The species is restricted to high altitudes except for 2 collections at virtual sealevel at Cooper Creek just S of Cape Tribulation. These Cooper Creek 9 are the only specimens of G. cooki recorded from lowlands but since the local- ity is at the base of high mountains they may represent temporary establishment in lowlands after being carried downstream by the torrential rains typical of the region (Monteith, 1985). Granulaptera spiniceps sp. nov. (Figs 61A-C,G-LP-Q, 63F,L,O) TYPE. Holotype d, Upper Mulgrave River, via Gordonvale, N. Qld., 26-27.xii.1967, G. Monteith, QMT11688. MATERIAL EXAMINED. NORTH QUEENS- LAND: Holotype and 65 paratypes: Upper Mulgrave River, via Gordonvale, 18 holotype, 3d, 26- 27.xii.1967, GBM 138 89, 30.iv.1970, GBM, 48, 15. viii.1966, GBM, 2¢ 19, 1-3.xii.1965, GBM, 1d 29, 25.iv.1968, GBM; Kearney's Falls, Upper Mul- grave, R., 100m, 148 109, 10.xii.1988, GBM & GIT: 2kmN Kearney’s Falls, 200m, 3d 4 9 , 10.xii.1988, GBM & GIT, in QM. 154 Non-type specimens as follows: Alexandra Bay, ANIC Berl. 328, 28 19, 21.v.1971, Taylor & Feehan; Noah Creek, 16.07 S, 142.25E, ANIC Berl. 321, 1d, 21.v.1971, Taylor & Feehan, 1ó, 27 .jii.1984, A.Calder & TAW, in ANIC, 1d, 16.x.1980, GBM, in QM; Cooper Creek, 18 ml. N. of Daintree River, 18, 2.v.1970, GBM, 1d, 14.xi.1969, BKC; Black Mtn, via Kuranda, 1d 19, 31.vii.1956, T.E. Woodward, 1d, 27.vii.1982, S&JP; Mt Formartine South, 700m, 39, 22-24.xi.1990, GBM, GIT, 1d, QM Berl. 848, 24.xi.1990, GBM, GIT; Saddie Mtn, 640m, pitfall trap, 13, 10.xii,1995-7,i1.1996, GBM,DJC; 6 ml. W of Kuranda, 19, 8.viii.1966, GBM, in QM; 4km NNW Kuranda, Id, 6.xi-10.xii.1984, RIS & K. Halfpapp, in MDPI; Lake Eacham, 6d , 24.iv.1970, GBM; Lake Barr- ine, 750m, QM Berl. 820, 18, 10.xii.1988, GBM; Malanda Falls, 750m, 19, 11.v.1970, GBM, 29, 8- 12.x.1980, GBM, 24 , 9.xii.1989-14.1.1990, GBM, GIT, HJ; Baldy Mtn Rd, 4,000’, 5 ml. SW. of Atherton, 1d, 11.v.1970, GBM, 12, 10.x.1980, GBM, 19, 1150m, 9.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Crater NP, 29, 25.iv.1970, GBM, 1 9, 1000m, 5.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Hugh Nel- son Ra, 21km S Atherton, 1040-1100m, 1, 5.xi.1983, DKY & GIT, in QM, 19, 13.iii-1.v.1984, RIS & J. Brown, in MDPI; Bellenden Ker Ra., summit TV Stn, 1560m, 18, 10.iv.1979, GBM, 19, 1-7.xi.1981, Earth- watch/QM, 18 19, 17,x-5.xi.1981, Earthwatch/QM; Bellenden Ker Ra., Cable Tower 3, 1054m, 48 39, 17.x-5.xi.1981, Earthwatch/QM, 3d, 12.iv.1979, GBM; REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 155 GRANULAPTERA | - * G. verrucosa om = G. tuberculata Cooktown Cooktown + G. remota T 16°S me. E D^ Gairns EE GRANULAPTERA Et: “2 4 G. cooki ote * G. alticola 2 = G, ovata is * G. spiniceps B FIG. 65. Records for species of Granulaptera in northern Queensland. Bellenden Ker Ra., Cable Base Stn., 100m, 58 49, 17.x-9.xi.1981, Earthwatch/QM; Westgid Ck, nr Bellenden Ker, 100m, 18, 1.xi.1981, Earthwatch/QM; Graham Ra., nr Babinda, 68 49, 9-10.iv.1979, GBM, 13d, 550m, 8-9.xii.1995, GBM, GIT, DJC; Mt Bartle Frere, W side, 700-1000m, 18 19, 7.x.1980, GBM & SRM, 22, QM Berl.815, 8.xii.1988, GBM, GIT, 29, 1000-1400m, 7.x.1980, GBM & SRM; Josephine Falls, 23 59, 12.11.1996, GBM; Boonjie, 13km ESE Malanda, 700m, 28 19, 8.xii.1988, GBM & GIT; Major's Mtn, "km SE Ravenshoe, 1000-1100m, 2d 12, 4.v.1983, GBM & DKY;MtFisher, 7km SW Millaa Millaa, 1 200m, 19, 5.v.1983, GBM & DKY, 48, QM Berl.889, 17.v.1995, GBM; Mt Father Clancy, 9km S Millaa Millaa, 840m, 1 9,4.v.1983, GBM & DKY,3ó 39,900-1100m, 6.xii.1988, GBM & GIT, 1 9, QM Berl. 812, 6.xii.1988, GBM.GIT; Downey Ck, 25km SE Millaa Millaa, 400m, 3d 39, 7.xii.1988, GBM & GIT, 19, QM Berl.813, 7.xii. 1988, GBM, GIT; Cardstone, 200m, 1d, 10.v.1983, GBM & DKY, in QM; Tully Falls SF, 900m, 1 9, 5.xi- 7xii.1988, RIS & Dickinson, in MDPI; The Boulders, Babinda, 28 19, 7.viii.1966, GBM; Stone Creek, 100m, pitfall trap, 1 2, 1.xi.1995-6.11.1996, JH; Henrietta Creek, Palmerston NP, 58 39, 23.iv.1970, GBM, 2d 29$, 5.xii.1965, GBM; Palmerston NP, 18 39, 23.iv.1968, GBM, 2d 3, 7-8.viii.1968, BKC, 28 , 2.11990, GBM, 2d 19, 9.xii.1995, GBM, GIT, DJC; Millaa Millaa Falls, 1 9, 23.iv.1968, GBM, 18, QM Berl. 888, 17.v.1995, GBM; Mission Beach, 1d 19, 7.xii.1965, GBM; Lacey's Creek, Mission Beach, 58, 21.iv.1970, GBM, 1¢ 19,9.iv.1979, GBM; Kirrama SF, 650m, 1 B, 11.v.1983, DKY, 1 9, 500m, 2.x.1980, GBM, in QM. (QM duplicates lodged in BMNH, ANIC, UQIC, DJ, SAM, EH, NMNH, HNHM) (paratypes: QMT14552-14554, QMT14565-14570, QMT14576- 14578, QMT 14606-14625, QMT14701-14725). DESCRIPTION. Small to moderate-sized, 6- 9.1mm long, brown, with narrowed prothorax bear- ing small anterolateral lobes. This species varies considerably both individually and geographi- cally; the following description refers to the ho- lotype and paratypes from the Mulgrave River and variation will be discussed separately. MALE. Head long, length 1.3 times width; dor- sum with small granules and some curled setae; postocular tubercles short, apically acute, di- rected posterolaterally, not reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes moderately exserted, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a narrow cleft not reaching inner margin of eyes; antenniferous tu- bercles long, tapering rapidly to acute apices, with lateral margins slightly curved, extending beyond eyes by distance equalling 2 eye diame- ters; genal processes very long, strongly diver- gent, with apices acute. Rostral groove closed posteriorly. Antennal length 1.12 times head length; segment I longest, segment III longer than segment II; segments II and III with short ad- pressed setae. Pronotum noticeably narrower than hindbody, its width 2.65 times median length; median lon- gitudinal sulcus narrow, bordered by two rows of granules; submedian areas with glabrous discs large, elevated laterally into low oblique ridges converging anteriorly; sublateral areas each with a faint row of setose granules; anterolateral an- gles each bearing a small, explanate lobe barely larger than an eye. Mesonotum with scutellar ridge narrow, extending posteriorly to Tg I of abdomen. Metanotum with sublateral areas weakly inflated, each with a broad smooth area 156 along anterior margin and extending posteriorly into middle of segment. Abdominal tergal disc with many shining gran- ules, uniformly distributed except forming indis- tinct circles around positions of glabrous areas; scent gland scar forming a median, setose tuber- cle and a posterior triangular scar. Posterolateral angles of Cx V and VI slightly produced and angu- late; margin with Cx VII straight. Paratergites of Vill clavate, with mesal side of apices produced and acute. Pygophore with a posterior, median, down- turned process. Abdominal sterna not distinctly impressed with glabrous area pattern; spiracles of segment VII displaced posteriorly to a position close to margin of body, making them almost visible from above. Parameres as in Fig. 630. FEMALE. As for ¢ except: Posterior portion of abdominal tergal disc elevated in midline and overhanging suture between Tg VI and vii; Tg VII with quadrate elevation and a pair of low posterior tubercles; paratergites of VIII elongate, acute, curved; St VII with median length equal to median lengths of IV, V and VI combined. Sper- matheca of Granulaptera type, its duct with length about 212 times bulb diameter, dilated over proximal third (Fig. 63L). MEASUREMENTS. Holotype ő first, then ranges of additional 28 and 29. L: 7.83, 6.00- 7.67, 7.33-9.17; W: 3.83, 3.08-3.92, 4.33-4.58; HL: 2.24, 1.60-2.20, 2.00-2.44; HW: 1.72, 1.44- 1.72, 1.68-1.84; PL: 0.80, 0.60-0.76, 0.76-0.92; PW: 2.12, 1.80-2.12, 2.20-2.33; AS: I, 0.80, 0.68- 0.82, 0.80-0.94; II, 0.54, 0.48-0.54, 0.54-0.66; III, 0.70, 0.62-0.76, 0.72-0.84; IV, 0.46, 0.38-0.48, 0.42-0.52. DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 65). Widespread in rainforests of N Queensland from the Kirrama Range north to the Kuranda area beyond which there is a considerable hiatus in its distribution to an isolated population around Cape Tribulation. In the southern portion of its range it occurs widely at sealevel but is known from many local- ities on the Atherton Tableland and the Bellenden Ker range to a maximum altitude of 1,500m. At Cape Tribulation it is strictly lowland and is sym- patric there with southern populations of G. cooki. REMARKS. This species is widespread, com- mon and variable. The variability occurs in over- all size, in development of head processes and eighth paratergites, and in shape of abdominal apex. The situation is made more complex by the MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM fact that while most variation is undoubtedly geographically induced there also seems to be a degree of polymorphism within some popula- tions at the same locality. I have selected the type locality as the Mulgrave River since the abundant material available from this locality is quite uni- form; only specimens from this region have been made paratypes. Without implying any taxo- nomic significance to the categories, I present some notes on the different ‘forms’ of G. spiniceps: Typical form. Specimens from the type locality have genae long, with apices surpassing the length of the first antennal segment; the d has posterolateral angles of Cx VI produced slightly, paratergites of VIII are relatively short, and the pygophore bears the apical downturned process. This form also occurs at: Cooper Creek, The Boulders, Palmerston National Park, Crater Na- tional Park and Lake Eacham. Form A. Specimens with genal processes shorter than length of first antennal segment and less divergent than in typical form; posterolateral an- gles of Cx VI are often not produced and pygophore often does not have the apical process. This form occurs at the southern lowland locali- ties of Lacey's Creek and Mission Beach. Addi- tionally, about 1 in 3 of specimens from Palmerston National Park are best referable to this form. Form B. In the Kuranda region specimens have extremely long, attenuate, curved paratergites of segment VIII in both sexes and the genal pro- cesses are more divergent than in the typical form. THE STATUS OF MICROMEZIRA KORMILEV, 1967 Kormilev (1967b) erected a new genus and species in the Mezirinae, Micromezira australis, on the basis of a single brachypterous specimen from Australia in the British Museum. This spe- cies is here shown to be a synonym of a species of Carventus (Subfamily Carventinae) which Kormilev had described one year earlier. The synonymy for this species is as follows: Subfamily CARVENTINAE Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Carventus Stal, 1865 Carventus Stal, 1865: 32 (descr.); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 72 (catalogue of spp.). REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE Micromezira Kormilev, 1967b: 488 (descr.); Kormilev. 1971: 7 (incl. in key); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987; 160 (catalogue of spp.) syn. nav. Carventus brachypterus Kormilev, 1966 (Fig, 66) Carventus brachypterus Kormilev, 1966: 301 (descr., fe); Kormilev, 1969: 52, 54 (incl. in key; listed); Kormilev & Froeschner, 1987: 73 (listed). Micromezira australis Kormilev, 1967b: 490 (deser., fig.): Kormiley & Froeschner, 1987: 160 (listed). Fyn. ROV. TYPES. Carventus brachypierus; Holotype 9, Mnnawah, Tasmania, A.M. Lea, SAM 120,298). Ex- amined. Micromezira australis: Holotype d, Sydney, NSW, 1900-1905, J.J. Walker, 1910-384, in BMNH. Exam- ined. REMARKS. Kormilev described C. brachypterus from a single 9 from Tasmania. The species is now known to be widespread in Tasmania. Vic- toria, A.C.T., N,S,W., Queensland and the SW comer of W.A. (Monteith, unpubl. records). The unique holotype of Micromezira australis is an old d specimen lacking the pygophore and some antennal segments but is sull clearly identical with d of C. brachypterus from Victoria. Its locality is given as Sydney but the collector, J.J. Walker, is known to have collected widely on the southern coast of New South Wales (Walker 1905). Kormilev's mistaken attribution of his genus Micromezira to the Mezirinae instead of the Carvenunae becomes more understandable when the only specimen available to him is ex- amined. The Carventinae differ trom the Mezirinae by the lack of a distinct metathoracic scent gland opening and by the presence of a waxy surface secretion on the body. The surtace secretion is very inconspicuous in C. brachypterus and in the specimen forming the type of M. aus- ralis it is almost transparent from age. Further- more, the specimen has a slight split in the cuticle of the metapleuran and this is clearly the structure referred. to as the "merathoracic gland opening placed laterally near the border, just below wing pads in Kormilev's description of Micromezira. The specimen has. in fact, na vrsible metathoracic gland openings. Thus the genus Micromezira ts excluded from the Mezinnae and falls as a syn- onym of Carventus in the Carvenunae, NON AUSTRALIAN MEZIRINAE, The follow- ing 2 apterous genera from New Caledonia and New Zealand are described to illustrate their clase 157 FIG. 66, Dorsal view of d. Carventus brachypterus (Halls Gap, Vieteria). relationship to the complex of Australian apter- ous genera Phloeobia Montrouzier, 1865 Phloeabia Montrouzier, 1865: 236 (descr.); Usinger and Matsuda, 1959: 236 (redescr.. incl. in key); Kormilev. 1971: 6 (incl. in key), Kormiley & Froeschner, 1987: 185 (catalog. of spp.). TYPE SPECIES. Phlogobia sayt Montrouzier, 1864, by monotyny. REMARKS. This monotyme genus, common and widespread on New Caledonia, was the lirst aplerous aradid described in the world but its apterous condition was not realized until it wits redescribed almost a hundred years later (Usinger FIG. 67. Dorsal view of à Phloeobia sayi (Col d'Amieu New Caledonia). & Matsuda, 1959), A new description is given here comparing it with its clase relatives in Australia. DESCRIPTION (Figs 63K,S. 67). Maderate- sized, apterous, with smooth body surface. Head as long as wide, broad and flattened; postocular tubercles as triangular lobes; eyes rather sessile, separated from antenniferous tubercles by a nar- row cleft; antenniferous tubercles with apices curved mesally; genal processes long, blunt, with bases fused anterior to clypeal apex; ros- tral groove open posteriorly; rostral atrium closed. Antennal segments Ii and MI of lesser diameter than E and IV; segment II longer than Il or IV. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Pronotum with a median, longitudinal sulcus and without elevations at submedian or sublateral positions; pronotal collar distinct and bearing dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles; untero- literal pronotal angles with explanate lobes whose lateral margins arè continuous to postero- lateral angles; hind margin of pronotum bordered medially. Scutellar region of mesonotum weakly elevated and continuous posteriorly to abdominal Tg I; weak oppasable tubercles present on each side of scutellar elevation; meso and metanota without elevatians laterad of median ridge, Legs bicoloured, Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulatc. Fused abdominal tergal dise smooth, nongran- ular, impunctate and with barely discernible pat- tern of glabrous areas; weak opposable tubercles present between sublateral areas of Tg 1 and H; suture between I and II distinct in middle and obliterated laterally; external margin of Cx VII lobed in ó. Meso- and metasterna with weak median im- pressions; pattern of glabrous areas clearly im- pressed on abdominal stema; length of St VII of 9 less than of V and VI combined. Spermatheca and its duct not modified (Fig. 63K). Parameres with arow of fine teeth on inner face (Fig. 633), Woodwardiessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959 Woodwalvfiessa Usinger & Matsuda, 1959: 215 (deser., inel in Key), Kormilev, 1971: 6 (incl, in key); Lee & Pendergrast, 1977: 173 (diagnosis); Koemilev & Froeschner, 1987: 196 (catalog, of spp.), TYPE SPECIES. Woodwardiessa quadrata Usinger & Masuda, 1959, by original designation. REMARKS. This monotypic genus is the only apterous mezirine in New Zealand and is confined to the N portion of the North Island (Fig. 10D). It was described and figured by Usinger & Matsuda (1959) and Lee & Pendergrast (1977). A further defini- lion is given here to place it in context of related genera from Australia and New Caledonia. DESCRIPTION (Fig. 63T). Medium-sized, ap- terous, with open rostral atrium and distinct wing vestiges. Head about as long as wide; postocular tuber- cles small, narrow, not reaching outer profile of eyes; eyes small, stylate, separated [rom am- tenniferous tubercles by a wide, deep cleft; un- tenniferous tubercles broad, divergent, apically blunt; genal processes small, parallel-sided, fused at bases anterior to clypeus, Rostral atrium REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE broadly open; rostra] groove not closed behind. Antennae long, with segments II and III of lesser diameter than I and IV; segment I exceeding apex of genal process; antennae with long erect setae. Pronotum with median, longitudinal sulcus; submedian areas with flat glabrous discs; sublate- ral areas each with a low ridge; antero-lateral angles of pronotum with prominent explanate lobes which terminate posteriorly before hind pronotal angles; pronotal collar not defined by a groove and without dorsal and ventral opposable tubercles; hind margin straight, unbordered. Mesonotum with scutellum defined as a semicir- cular flat plate separated off by a complete pos- terior suture; a small lobe on each side of base of scutellum subtends an opposable tubercle me- sally towards the scutellum; subquadrate hemelytral vestiges extend to posterior margin of mesonotum, defined by sutures but fused with surface of mesonotum. Legs setose, not bicoloured. Tarsal pulvilli present, spatulate. Abdominal Tg I raised into a median, trans- verse elevation behind scutellar apex; suture be- tween Tg I and II present medially and obliterated laterally; abdominal tergal disc with pattern of glabrous areas clearly defined by raised, setose ridges; intersegmental sutures between dorsal connexival plates strongly marked, each with an opposable tubercle developed at its mesal end and subtended against the lateral carina of the fused abdominal disc; lateral margins of Cx VII not lobed or angled in 6 or 9. Meso- and metasterna with deep median im- pressions; pattern of glabrous areas strongly marked on abdominal sterna; spiracles of seg- ments II-VI ventral, those of VII elevated on a posteriorly directed lateral tubercle and visible from above. Paratergites of VIII short, truncate. 9 with median length of St VII longer than combined length of V and VI. Spermatheca with duct inflated in part. Parameres with a row of fine teeth on inner face (Fig. 63T). DISCUSSION DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS OF AUSTRA- LIAN MEZIRINAE. Because of the intensity of collecting over a long period of time we now have a very complete picture of the Australian species and their distributions. These distributions are given here in several ways: (1) Maps of extents of individual genera in Australia and adjacent land masses of the Indo-Pacific (Figs 8-10); (2) Maps of locality records for individual species in each genus (Figs 14, 17, 21, 25, 28, 30, 33, 35, 38, 45, 48, 52, 56, 59, 65); (3) Tabulations of the extent of species through defined regions along the eastern seaboard of Australia (Figs 68-70); and (4) Diagrammatic illustrations of the gradi- ents of magnitude of various faunal components along the eastern seaboard (Figs 71-72). The 91 species of 22 genera treated here show an extremely unequal distribution over the face of the continent, shown in the following break- down in the number of genera and species re- corded from each State: Genera Species Queensland 20 8l New South Wales 11 20 Victoria 3 3 South Australia 1 1 Western Australia 3 6 Northern Territory 3 3 Tasmania 2 2 One of the overriding dichotomies in the Aus- tralian biota is that existing between those ani- mals and plants associated with rainforest (closed forest) and those associated with sclerophyllous open forests dominated by trees of the genera Eucalyptus and Acacia. Aradidae are humidity loving insects which feed on fungi in moist, de- caying wood, reaching their greatest diversity in warm rainforests.Thus, even though rainforest covered only 1% of Australia’s land surface at the time of European discovery, it is significant that 75% of its Mezirinae are restricted to this vege- tation type (Figs 69,70). The distribution and evolution of the mezirine fauna is thus inextrica- bly linked to history of rainforest on the continent. While the modern open forest flora mostly evolved on the Australian plate during the aridity of the late Tertiary, the rainforests have a dual origin. They have an old element exemplified by the conifers, primitive angiosperms and Nothofagus which was widespread and shared with the other southern continents before breakup of Gondwanaland, and a younger element which arose as an injection of Malesian flora from New Guinea via Cape York Peninsula when the north- ward drifting Australian plate made contact with the New Guinea land mass. Added to this pattern has been the massive fluctuations in extent of rainforest due to successive waves of aridity and pluviality across the continent (Webb & Tracey, 1981; Kershaw 1975). The Torres Strait sea bar- rier between New Guinea and Cape York has opened and closed many times due to sea level fluctuations (Kikkawa et al, 1981). At present the environment is in a relatively dry period such that the rainforest forms a series of ‘islands’ along the eastern seaboard (Fig. 68). The oldest open forest elements in the Mezirinae appear to be the open forest species of the old cosmopolitan genera Neuroctenus (grac- ilis, grandis, proximus, transitus, occidentalis, woodwardi) and Brachyrhynchus (australis, wilsoni) whose distributions in the southern parts of the continent, and lack of close relationships to congeneric Oriental-NG species, are symptom- atic of evolution with that of Australia’s sclero- phyll flora. Aspisocoris, highly specialised and isolated in the SW, must also be an ancient ele- ment and may be derived from Ctenoneurus. Australian Mezirinae show no examples of classic ‘antarctic’ links with South America or South Africa though any that may exist may be concealed by inadequate knowledge of the faunas of those continents. However the close superficial resemblance between the Madagascan Robertiessa and the South American Emydocoris with Australian genera needs examination in this context. There are some rainforest groups which show connections with New Zealand and New Caledo- nia and probably reflect links maintained since before separation of those land masses from the Australian plate. These include the suite of 7 genera and 40 species of apterous Australian forms (Drakiessa, Chelonoderus, Pseudo- argocoris, Aegisocoris, Neophloeobia, Mesophloeobia and Granulaptera) which are closely related to the New Caledonian PAloeobia, and probably arose from Mezira-like ancestors via forms equivalent to the New Zealand Woodwardiessa. Among macropterous genera both Ctenoneurus and the tropicus-frazieri group of Arbanatus are restricted to cool, upland relict areas of Australia and apparently have their near- est allies in New Caledonia rather than New Guinea. A group of macropterous, rainforest species are very recent immigrants from the north. This im- migration has been via Cape York Peninsula with no known entries via either the NW of Western Australia or the Northern Territory as commonly occur in other insect groups. There is evidence of several waves of migration, undoubtedly corre- sponding to openings and closings of rainforest corridors between New Guinea and Australia (Kikkawa et al, 1981). The most obvious compo- nents are (i) those taxa which entered and reached the Cairns rainforest system before the arid bar- rier level with Princess Charlotte Bay became operational (e.g., Arictus thoracoceras, Neu- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM roctenus hyalinipennis, Artabanus bilobiceps, Chinessa bispiniceps, Clavicornia usingeri) and (ii) those taxa which entered after the formation of the arid barrier and were not able to penetrate further south than N Cape York Peninsula (e.g., Arictus lobuliventris, Chinessa iniqua, Mezira subtriangula, Neuroctenus crassicornis). A group of three wing dimorphic species at Iron Range are of special note (Scironocoris australis, Usingerida roberti and Caecicoris microcerus). These enjoy the advantages of aptery in a rainfor- est habitat but retain dispersal ability through a facultative macropterous morph. These belong to an Indo-Pacific group which has colonised many island groups (Monteith, 1982) and are clearly very recent arrivals. Their failure to penetrate further south is probably because of competition from a diverse, already-existing, obligately-ap- terous fauna in the Wet Tropics Zone. NORTH-SOUTH TRANSITION IN EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Most Australian Mezirinae are confined to the eastern states and most are also restricted to the narrow, high-rainfall belt (750mm per annum) which runs along the moun- tainous, eastern seaboard. Thus, in examining their distribution, we are dealing with patterns and processes within a ribbon of terrain some 4,000km long but only 200km wide, bounded to the north by Torres Strait, to the east by the Pacific Ocean, to the west by the arid inland, and interrupted in the south by Bass Strait between the mainland and Tasmania. Within this belt there are topographic discontinuities due to distribu- tion of mountain ranges, plateaus and river val- leys; there are rainfall discontinuities due to both localised topographic effects and to large scale climatic effects; and there are vegetational dis- continuities, largely in the distribution of rainfor- est. These discontinuities are reflected in the latitudinal distribution of Mezirinae in this coastal strip and a number of barriers can be recognised between localised regions of species richness. Fig. 68B shows eastern Australia di- vided into 8 zones (A to H) by major distributio- nal barriers; the zones are subdivided into regions (1-20) by lesser distributional barriers. The distri- bution of all mezirines within these zones and regions is summarized in Figs 69 & 70. Gradients in overall faunal size and in size of various faunal components along this latitudinal series are graphically presented in Figs 71 & 72. The nature of these regions, barriers and associated faunas will be discussed in sequence from north to south. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE A. Cape York Peninsula Zone. This zone is topographically low with elevational maxima slightly exceeding 600m in the Mcllwraith Range. The islands of Torres Strait comprising Re- gion | are generally low, rather arid, granitic bodies subject to a long dry season in the harsh monsoonal climate. Rainforest is poorly developed but present to a limited extent on most is- lands, Only 4 Mezirinae are re- corded, all macropterous and all subcortical, 3 of them open forest Australian endemics (Arictus monteithi, A. obscurus and Neuroctenus handschini) and 1 a non-endemic rainforest species (N. crassicornis). This supports the view of Kikkawa et al (1981), based on butterfly distribution. that the Torres Strait Islands have had little role in the migration of the mesic New Guinea biota into Cape York Peninsula; in fact their fauna is largely a depau- perate Australian derivative. Small arcas of rainforest occur at Lockerbie and Shelburne Bay in Region 2, and in larger, more luxuriant tracts at Iron Range and Mcliwraith Range in Region 3. Region 2 has a depauperate fauna of 9 mac- ropterous, subcortical species: this conforms with the belief, first expressed by Darlingtor (1961) on evidence from car- abid beetles, and later sup- ported by Webb & Tracey (1981) on the basis of plant dis- persal mechanisms, that these rainforests disappeared during recent periods of aridity and were reconstituled by seed dis- persal across open forest barriers; they received their mezirine fauna in a similar way, Region 3. by comparison, has 30 species, 29 of them present at Iron Range, making it the richest locality in Australia. Of these, 15 species are conspecific with N.G. forms and 16 do not cross Barrier 2 into the Wet Tropics Zone. Only one member of the endemic apterous. complex occurs in the region, 161 teow Island -—L / -Shahunto Bay ^ 4 fran Heng I" — Mellwrslih Range " M NRG nokiuwn'Messman Cairns = Ealms/Allanün | ame — — —MWinehinéirocy, Hen nid Mr Mlle Scrub! —* EJ Wallumam Falls Puma — Lu M Eihar — Alt Diynapor me WY Anria y Eunga — Sane Hin | Se cle Smirne [T Kivomaill Paps OOS ON ——_ 7 "- FI iine Glasnnbuny MI Baup / Gheli iio fo A unn F MI Glover Gunnimghanus Gam Bal af! amoina 7—-- > Lumio L- MI Wanig Whi viman Laver Wr Tool Peyany Pani Lo immlur npe 77 ow Exiptund. - a S e Fol Dishes Range 7 Méonunr i Way Margit ^ Nom cer ar com ayer wn Mon vie LZ i Melbidenm ^ & ? "ur 1L 7] NW russo Hoban =S Wi Teme "EEN FIG. 68 A, Map of eastern Australia showing distribution of rainforest as 5 chain of “islands” from the tip of Cape York Peninsula in the north to Tasmania in the south. Some of the common rainforest locality names are indicated. B, The same map showing the 8 major Zones (A-H, separated by solid bars) into which the chain of rainforests has been divided for discus- sion in the text. These zones are further subdivided into 20 Regions (1-20, separated by dashed bars). Names of the zones and regions are given in Figs, 69, 70, 7! and 72, Complementarity values between adjacent zones are given at the right hand end of each solid bar. Those between adjaccn! regions are given to the left of both solid and dashed bars, Drakiessa wasselli. It is isolated in its genus and is best regarded as a relict from ancient rainforest connections with the Wet Tropics Zone. The ab- sence of à normal complement of apterous spectes is partly compensated for by the presence of 3 N.G. species with flightless morphs (Caecicoris microcerus, Usingerida roberti and Scironocoris australis) and 4 species af Chinessa which live in the same niche on dead wood as do apterous species, 162 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM TORRES NORTHERN COOKTOWN CAIRNS- KIRRAMA- MID | MARYBOROUGH DORRIGO CARRAI- ROCKHAMPTON GYMPIE- BULBURIN- NEW ENGLAND DANDENONG SOUTH COAST -OTWAYS BARRINGTON EAST TOWNSVILLE -MT ELLIOT PROSERPINE -EUNGELLA BYFIELD- BRISBANE SYDNEY- ILLAWARRA NSW GIPPSLAND TASMANIA AFFILIATION ABILITY GUINEA = | STRAIT M | PENINSULA €? | PENINSULA a |-MOSSMAN an | ATHERTON e | CARDWELL [NEW SOUTH AUSTRALIA SOUTHWEST AUSTRALIA NORTHWEST AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY œ w & = La [x] 2 m a a 14 = a = © = 2 D 0 Neuroctenus gracilis Neuroctenus grandis Neuroctenus proximus Neuroctenus transitus Neuroctenus occidentalis Neuroctenus woodwardi Neuroctenus handschini Neuroctenus kapalga Neuroctenus hyalinipennis Neuroctenus crassicornis Neuroctenus par Neuroctenus eurycephalus Jl Neuroctenus yorkensis Ctenoneurus australis Ctenoneurus meridionalis Ctenoneurus robertsi Aspisocoris termitophilus Artabanus sinuatus Artabanus bilobiceps Caecicoris microcerus Scironocoris australis Usingerida roberti Chinessa bispiniceps Chinessa claudiae Chinessa pusilla Chinessa iniqua Clavicornia usingeri Chiastoplonia minuta Chiastoplonia bamaga Chiastoplonia granulata Chiastoplonia thoracica Chiastoplonia pygmaea zzozzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz|FlGHT mi Corynophloeobia dimorpha Glochocoris monteithi Glochocoris abdominalis Glochocoris brisbanicus Glochocoris gippslandicus Arbanatus peninsularis Arbanatus tropicus Arbanatus frazieri Arictus monteithi Arictus tasmani Arictus dimidiatus Arictus thoracoceras Arictus obscurus ODOOCDCOBMBOODDOBDDIDDVDIUDVIDIBMVDVDVO VO DO BDIBDBOOGCCOON| VEGETATION mzmmmmmmmmmmmzmmmmzzmmzzmzzzmmmmmzzzzmmmmmmmm|FENDEMICITY t0UoounmooooooooOoOOoOOOOOOOOO00000ctt N i t n N i n i i in i i i | BIOLOGY zzzzzzzzzzczzzzzzzzzzzzrrz | Es FIG. 69. Table summarising distribution and biology of the first 45 species of Australian Mezirinae in taxonomic sequence. Presence of each species in the series of geographic zones is indicated by the solid bar. Entries for the other columns are as follows: Endemicity, E=species restricted to Australia, N=species also occurring elsewhere; Vegetation, R=species occurring in rainforest, O=open forest species; Flight Ability, M=macrop- terous (winged) species, A=apterous (wingless) species, B=brachypterous (short-winged) species, M/B=wing dimorphic species; Biology, S=species occurring under bark, O, species occurring in other situations, B. Wet Tropics Zone. This zone has extensive rainforests overlaying a complex, mountainous topography including the highest mountains in N Australia. With 42 species it has the most diverse fauna but due to considerable allopatric specia- tion no localised part has a fauna as rich as Iron Range. The Zone is limited to the north by the arid corridor at Princess Charlotte Bay, and to the south by an arid corridor south of Townsville caused by lack of coastal mountains. These are the two most potent barriers in eastern Australia; of the Wet Tropics Zone’s 42 Mezirinae, 26 do not cross the Barrier to the north and 32 do not cross the Barrier to the south. The faunistic foci of the Zone lie in Regions 5 (Mossman-Mt Lewis- Cooktown: 27 species) and 6 (Cairns-Atherton: 26 species) and there is rapid decrease in the numbers of species in the various isolated rainfor- est mountains (Regions 6-8) in the southern sec- tor. Each of these regions has local endemic species (e.g., Mesophloeobia kirrama and Neophloeobia cataracta at 6; Neophloeobia pal- uma at 7; Drakiessa virago at 8) and this is symptomatic of the past waxing and waning of rainforest in NE Queensland described by Kershaw (1975) from palynological studies. Re- gion 7 (Paluma Range), despite intensive collect- ing, is extraordinary in having only a single rainforest mezirine species, evidence, perhaps, that rainforest there was completely lost in the ast. i The overall fauna of this Zone has two promi- nent elements: (i) a great number of apterous species including 2 genera locally endemic REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 163 z| zr a z uj ju z E = z 7 fal #9 $22 s.d SES). SER wl ol 2g 9 Sus Zz = o U2 FOS SS Ble |S Sir ds SE Oly Sie |S |. Jc} O9 $292 A og È wHo DE JL rz zS u u Ha TS oe u ugras x iai 2/9 19 zm EE o raez Z*xpeusasoziuoeO9uurg-wümpoorzmzzzz.tivcos- Siw Su Sci zko |L-s 45 BIS Zloz SOS recs ziz Eo 5i Sa t Oe zla Se tá az ola tz el g azaz guo 3o E nj HO wj iuo sc S tit <0 Sit GP OM g> TO qi Ale [> MO Sle o a rtmrImgu ze opa BIA EET ER Spe lk BE Te ems mue comcs p 5 55 ble EE uuo |S ale 2 Saja uat zo| 1| 2| s| 4| s| e| 7| el o|10| «1| 12] 33| 14] 15| 16] 17| 18] 19 209292832E m 2 2. Arictus lobuliventris -— Brachyrhynchus sulcatus Brachyrhynchus subtriangulus LI Brachyrhynchus elegans Brachyrhynchus australis = m — Brachyrhynchus wilsoni Drakiessa hackeri Drakiessa cantrelli Drakiessa glaebula Drakiessa parva Drakiessa consobrina Drakiessa tertia Drakiessa planula Drakiessa minor Drakiessa confusa Drakiessa wasselli Drakiessa virago Drakiessa sybilae Drakiessa arelimira Drakiessa sp (nymph) Chelonoderus stylatus Chelonoderus forfex Chelonoderus thompsoni Chelonoderus minor Pseudoargocoris grossi Aegisocoris granulatus Aegisocoris kormilevi Neophloeobia montrouzieri Neophloeobia australiensis Neophloeobia mirabilis Neophloeobia bulburina Neophloeobia incisa Neophloeobia paluma Neophloeobia cataracta Neophloeobia elongata Mesophloeobia vetusta Neophloeobia australica Mesophloeobia kirrama Neophloeobia yeatesi Granulaptera tuberculata Granulaptera verrucosa Granulaptera ovata Granulaptera remota Granulaptera alticola Granulaptera cooki Granulaptera spiniceps == m T THmODTIIIIETDIGEITIEIIEDEIIEIEDEEILEnDnILDIDUDnDIZDIoDouounnsoooomzmm OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO0O0O0O0O0O000O00000000000000u0 BDPPPBRPPBDPPPPRPPPPPPPPPRPRPRPRPPPRPPRDRPRPPPPPPPPPP»PEZEZÉZEZZEZ Tri ITI fT FT ITI [Ti FTIIT] ITI TI T Ti mi m m mcm m m m m m m m m m m m m m mimm m mmmmmmmmmzzz Lr LJ H E E NES a T can FIG. 70. Table summarising distribution and biology of remaining 46 species of Australian Mezirinae in taxonomic sequence. Details as in Fig. 69. (Chelonoderus and Aegisocoris) and 1 (Granulaptera) virtualiy so; each has undergone radiation within the region; and (ii) a group of 8 New Guinea species (e.g., Artabanus bilobiceps, Chinessa bispiniceps, Arictus thoracoceras) which have their southern limits within the zone; only one non-endemic species (Brachyrhynchus sulcatus) is found south of the Wet Tropics. C. Central Queensland Zone. In this zone the Great Dividing Range is displaced far inland so that rainfall sufficient for rainforest development occurs only where subcoastal mountains are de- veloped. This occurs significantly on the high Eungella Range and associated coastal areas in Region 9, and to a lesser extent near Byfield in Region 10. Although the Zone has a small fauna of only 16 species there are some striking local endemics (Drakiessa sybilae, D. arelimira, Pseudoargocoris grossi and Neophloeobia in- cisa) all of which are confined to Region 9. In keeping with the paucity of rainforest the overall fauna shows a low proportion of apterous species (4) and a high proportion of subcortical species (6). D. Southern Queensland Zone. This is a large, diverse zone with a rich fauna of 25 species of Mezirinae. The topographic framework consists of a series of subcoastal ranges (Dawes Range and Kroombit Tops in Region 11; Jimna, Black- all, Bunya and D’ Aguilar Ranges in Region 12; Mt Tamborine, Main Range, MacPherson Range and Mt Warning complex in Region 13). Rainforest is developed to a variable extent on all mountain systems but its quality is in accord with local rainfall which ranges in a gradient from low in Region 11 to high in 13. Region 11 has the smallest mezirine total of 12 species but these include an important focus of relict apterous spe- cies in the isolated rainforests of the Dawes 164 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ZONE / REGION FAUNAL SIZE ENDEMICITY VEGETATION FLIGHT ABILITY NEW GUINEA TORRES STRAIT NORTHERN PENINSULA Mm PENINSULA COOKTOWN — MOSSMAN 1 2 3 4 ENDEMIC SPUCTES " 5 ATHERTON WET | 6 KIRRAMA "TROP. CARDWELL 7 PALUMA RANGE B TOWNSVILLE MT ELLIOT Q PROSERPINE j EUNGELLA QLD Mg BYFIELD — ROCKHAMPTON 41 BULBURIN — MARYBOROUGH STHN |12 OYMPIE ann BRISBANE 113 BORDER RANGES 14 NEW ENGLAND AN NSW |15 CARRAI- BARRINGTON 16 SYDNEY — ILLAWARRA NSW |47 NSW SOUTH COAST B EAST G GIPPSLAND SCALE i 2 49 DANDENONG —DTWATS No. of Species [20 TASMANIA BIOLOGY WING Dreinae 7I pecipta FIG. 71. Gradient in species number of various faunal components of Mezirinae through the north/south series of Regions of eastern Australia as indicated in Fig. 68B. Widths indicate relative number of species of each component in each region. Values for New Guinea indicate only N.G. species which are shared with Australia. Range (Bulburin State Forest); these are Granulaptera remota, the only member of its genus to occur south of the Wet Tropics, plus Drakiessa minor and Mesophloeobia australica, both uncommon species known from highly dis- junct localities. Regions 12 and 13 each have diverse, contrasting faunas, which are separated by the distributional barrier of the Brisbane River Valley. Within these regions there has been a radiation of 5 species of the apterous genus Drakiessa, 4 of which are virtually sympatric in the southern half of Region 12. Region 13 is based on the ring of mountain ranges which form the eroded remnants of the former giant shield volcano based on Mt Warning. This once contin- uous massif was an evolutionary centre for apter- ous Aradidae and 8 wingless Mezirinae are now found on its dissected fragments. E. Northern New South Wales Zone. The moun- tain backbone ofthe Great Dividing Range is here thrown into a number of high, cool plateaus with temperate rainforest (Ebor/Dorrigo: Region 14; Carrai Plateau and Barrington Tops: Region 15). The overall region has 14 species, a little more than half the total for S Queensland, and this heralds the beginning of a rapid decline in species richness with increasing latitude in E Australia. This is reflected in the region totals, from N to S, of 13 and 11 species respectively. This is due a great deal to the decline of apterous species, none of which occur S of Barrington Tops. F. Southern New South Wales Zone. With moun- tains formed by the Great Dividing Range this region has a few fragments of rainforest which support only the widespread, minute, macropter- ous species, Chiastoplonia minuta and Glochocoris monteithi. The overall total of 9 species for the zone includes the curious endemic Corynophloeobia dimorpha and otherwise only species of the old, cosmopolitan genera Arictus, Neuroctenus, Ctenoneurus and Brachyrhynchus. G. Victoria. Although this region has fragments of subtropical rainforest in E Gippsland (Region 19) and rather extensive temperate rainforests on both the Great Divide and the Otway Ranges of Region 20 it has no obligatory rainforest species. Only one species, Brachyrhynchus wilsoni inhab- its the higher parts of the Australian Alps. H. Tasmania. The fact that the diverse environ- ment of Tasmania is inhabited by only two Mezirinae (Brachyrhynchus wilsoni and Neu- roctenus woodwardi), both of them macropterous species shared with the mainland, suggests that if the island ever did have a richer fauna compara- ble with that found in similar environments of REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 165 FAUNAL COMPONENTS AS PERCENTAGES OF AREA TOTALS ZONES CAPE YORK PENINSULA ENDEMICITY = SPECIES) WET \ B TROPICS C CENTRAL QUEENSLAND, = D SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND E NORTHERN N.S.W. F SOUTHERN N.S.W. VEGETATION BIOLOGY FLIGHT ABILITY DIMOREHIC SPECIES SURCORTICAL SPECIES ^ OF FAUNA | FIG. 72. Gradients in the relative size of faunal components of Mezirinae from north to south in the eastern Australian zones as shown in Fig. 68B. Widths of bars represent percentage of species in each zone which fall in each category. The first column gives total species number for each zone. New Zealand, then it became extinct during the Pleistocene glaciations. COMPLEMENTARITY VALUES FOR BAR- RIERS. To give comparative values for the bar- riers between the zones and regions (Fig. 68B) a simple calculation of complementarity (percent- age similarity) for each pair of adjacent areas was carried out as described by Colwell & Coddington (1994). The formula is: No. of shared species + Total species occurring at one or both sites X 100% In Fig. 68B the complementarity values be- tween zones and between individual regions are shown. The lower the value the more powerful the barrier is to dispersal between adjacent areas. At a zonal level the barrier between B and C is most marked with only 12% similarity between the faunas on each side of the arid corridor to the south of the Wet Tropics. The barrier to the north of the Wet Tropics is also very strong with only 24% similarity. Most notable among the regional barriers is that between Cardwell and the Paluma Range with only 6% similarity, due to the very small fauna at Paluma. TRANSITION IN FAUNAL COMPONENTS. The tables in Figs 69 and 70 give entries for 4 characteristics of each species: Endemicity — whether the species is endemic to Australia or also occurs elsewhere; Vegetation Affiliation — whether the species occurs in rainforest or open forest; Flight Ability — whether species are mac- ropterous, apterous, brachypterous or wing di- morphic; Biology — whether species live under bark (sub-cortical) or elsewhere. The total fauna of Mezirinae in a particular area can be divided into faunal components on the basis of these characteristics. The N-S transition in proportions of these components is graphically shown for the 20 regions (Fig. 71) and the 8 zones (Fig. 72). Figure 71 shows actual numbers of species while Fig. 72 shows the values as percentage of each zone fauna. Among other points these diagrams illustrate: faunal maxima occurring in N, Central and S Queensland are result of peaks of rainfor- est species in those areas; these rainforest spe- cies are largely apterous species in the Wet Tropics and S Queensland but in Cape York they comprise a large group of non-endemic winged species. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This study originated as a PhD project in the Department of Entomology at the University of Queensland and was completed and greatly ex- tended at the Queensland Museum. I am grateful to both institutions for facilities provided and especially to the late T.E. Woodward, of the University of Queensland, a distinguished hemipterist whom I was privileged to have had as doctoral advisor. The Aradidae are complex three-dimensional animals and in illustrating them I have been fortunate in having had the assistance of two of Australia's top insect illustrators, my wife, Sybil Monteith, und the Queensland Museum's Geoff Thompson, They ure responsible for the full dorsal views as indi- vated by their respective initials. Neither needs to take the blame for the numerous line drawings of ‘spare parts’ which were inked by Sybil from my own pencil sketches. Geoff Thompson inked many of the maps and charts. John Hardy for- merly of the UQ SEM Unit took the stereoscan photographs, The more cryptic Aradidae. espe- cially the diverse apterous rainforest species re- vealed in this work, are extremely difficult to collect and tend to occur in wet mountain areas whose great beauty is often impaired by unspeak- able weather. Over the 30 years during which 1 have accumulated field collections for this study many friends have shared these conditions to help bring these curious creatures back for study, Many are named among the collectors listed under the Study Material section and to all [ am grateful, I have a special debt to Doug Cook whose bushcraft and navigation skills have been invaluable during many months of difficult work in the N Queensland mountains. Ross Storey al Mareeba, and Charlie & Val McCracken at Mass- man, have cheerfully allowed their homes to be- come warm, dry refuges on innumerable occasions during this Work. Many collection cu- ralors, as listed previously, have helped with loan material and I specially thank Bill Dolling, for- merly of The Natural History Museum in Lon- don. who gave much advice on the provenance of early specimens im that collection. Lynette Dickfos and Jennifer Mahoney handled the typ- ing with professional polish. Karin Koch kept efficient track of data. LITERATURE CITED BERGROTH, E. 1886. Zur Kenntniss der Aradiden. Verhandlungen der Zoologisch-Botanischen Ge- sellschaft in Wien 36; 53-60. 1887. Synopsis of the genus Newroctenns. Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps - Societetens Fórhandiigar 29; 173-189, 1889. Commentarius de Aradidis in Burma et Ten» asserim a L. Fea collectis; Annali del Musco civico di storia naturale di Genova 7: 730-739. 18923, Commentarius secundus de Aradidi in Burma et Tenasserim a L. Fea collectis. Annali del Museo civico di storia naturale di Genova 12; 710-717, 1892b, Aradidi dell'isola di Engano raccolti dal Don, Elio Modigliani. Annali del Museo civico di storia naturale di Genova 12; 806-808. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BLOTE, H.C. 1965. Catalogue of the Aradidae in the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Zoologische Verhandelingen 75; 1-41. BOISDUVAL, J.B.A. 1835. Faune entomologique de l'ocean Pacifique avec l'illustration des insectes nouveaux pendant le voyage, pages 609-622 and plate 10 in Voyage de decouvertes d l Astrolahe execule par ordre du Roi. pendant les annees 1826-1827-1828-1829 sous le commandement de M.J. Dumout d'Urville 2: IYIN, 1-716, plates 1-12. BRASS, L.J. 1953. Results of the Archbold Expedi- lions. No. 68. Summary of the 1948 Cape York (Australia) Expedition. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 102: 1-205. CARAYON, J. 1955. Quelques caracteres anatomiques Ges Hémiptéres Aradides. Revue Francaise á'Entomologie 22: 169-180. CHINA, W.E. 1930. ‘Insects of Samoa’. Part H. Hemiptera-Heteroptera. British Museum, London 3: 81-162. COBBEN, R.H. 1968, ‘Evolutionary trends in Heteroptera. Part I. Eggs, architecture of the shell, gross embryology and eclosion’. (Centre lor Ag- ricultural Publishing and Documentation, Wageningen). 1978. “Evolutionary trends in Heteroptera. Part Il. Mouthpart structures and feeding strategies’, Mededelingen van de Landbouwhoogeschool te Wageningen 78-5: 1-407. COLWELL, R.K. & CODDINGTON, J.A. 1994. Esti- mating terrestrial biodiversity through extrapola- tion. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London (B) 345: 101-118. DARLINGTON, PJ. 1960. Australran carahid beetles IV. List of localities, 1956-1958. Psyche 67: 112-126. 1961. Australian carabid beetles. V. Transition of wet forest faunas from New Guinea to Tasmani, Psyche 68: 1-24. DISTANT, W.L. 1902. Rhynchotal Notes. XIII. Heteroptera: Families Tingidae, Phymatidae sad Aradidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural His- tory (7)9: 358-362. DRAKE, CJ. 1942. A new apterous aradid from Aus- tralia. Pan-Pacific Entomologist 18: 190-19], ESAKI, T. & MATSUDA, R. 1952. Description of à new genus and species of Dysodiidae from For- mosit (Hemiptera). Mushi 23: 65-67, 1957. Hemiptera Micronesica, WL Dysodiidae, Mushi 22: 73-86. FIEBER, F.X. 186i. "Die europäischen Hemiptera’ Yi- enna, pp. 1-444. FLETCHER, J.J. 1929, The Society's heritage from the Mackays. Part IE. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 54; 185-272. GAY, PJ. 1974, The Australian termite genus Oc- casitermes (Isoptera: Termitidae: Nasuti- lermitinae}, Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 13; 275-283. GOEL, S.C. 1970, Notes on the structure of the un- guitractor plate in ooh t (Hermptera), Jour nal of Entomology. (A) 46: 167-173. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE GOEL, S.C. & SCHAEFER, C.W. 1970. The structure of the pulvillus and its taxonomic value in the land Heteroptera (Hemiptera). Annals of the Entomo- logical Society of America 63; 307-313. HEISS, E. 1982a. New and little known Aradidae from India in the Museum d'Histoire naturelle de Genéye (Heteroptera), Revue Suisse de Zoologie 89: 245-267. 1982b. New Aradidae from Andaman islands, northern India and Java (Heleroptera). Bolletina del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Verona 8: 185-204, 1988, Taxonomische Probleme durch Variation bei Heteropteren. Symposion über Fragen zur Sys- tematik und Evolution der Insekten. Universitit Passau, Pp. 65-73. 19894. A new genus and two new species of micropterous Mezirinae from Sabah (Heteroptera, Aradidae). Entomofauna 10(1): 1-13. 1989b. Types of Aradidae in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale ‘Giacomo Doria’ Genova I. An- nàli del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Ge- nova 87: 327-371. 1990. A review of the genus Dysodius Lepeletier & Serville, 1828, with descriptions of two new spe- cies (Heteroptera, Aradidae). Annals Instituto Bidosipa UNAM, Series Zoologica 61(2): 279- 295), HEISS, E. & HOBERLANDT, L. 1985. Aradidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) von Sri Lanke. En- tomologica Scandinavica, Supplement 30; 31-35. HENDEE, E.C, 1933, Association of the termites, Kalotermes minor, Reticulitermes hesperus and Zootermopsis angusticollis with fungi. University of California Publications in Zoology 39: 111-134. HOBERLANDT, L. 1963. Additional notes on Aradidae from Madagascar and adjacent islands (Heteroptera). Acta Entomologica Muse} Nationalis Pragae 35: 127-170. 1967. Aradidae (Hemiptera Heteroptera). Pare Na- tional de l' Upemba. Mission G.F. de Witte, Fasc. 70(2): 11-21. HSIAO, Tsai- Yu 1964. Results of the Zoologico-botan- ical expedition 10 southwest Chins 1955-1957 (Hemiptera-Aradidac). Acta Entomologica Sinca 13; 587-605. JACOBS, D.H. 1980), Evolution and relationships in the Aradidac (Heteroptera). Proceedings of the 3rd Entomological Congress, Pretoria 3: 2-3. 1986. Morphology and taxonomy of sub-saharan Aneurus species with notes on their phylogeny. biology and cytogenetics (Hceteroptera: Aradidae: Aneurinae). Entomology Memoir, De- partment of Agriculture and Water Supply. Re- public of South Africa 64: 1-45, KERSHAW, A.P. 1975, Late quarternary vegelation and climate in north-eastern Australia. Bulletin of the Royal Society of New Zealand 13: 181-188. KIKKAWA, J., MONTEITH, G.B. & INGRAM, C. 1981, Cape York Peninsula; the major region of faunal interchange. Pp. 1697-1742, In A. Keast 167 (eL) ‘Ecological Biogeography in Australia’. (Junk: The Hague). KIRITSHENKO, A.N. 1959. Novye 1 Malolavestiye Brachyrhynchidae (Hemiptero-Heteroptera). En- tomologischeskoe Obozrenie 38: 179-195. KORMILEY, N.A. 1953, Notes on Aradidae frown the Eastern Hemisphere (Hemiptera). Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 64: 333-346. 1955a. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Heini- sphere VIH (Hemiptera). Aradidae from the Ori- ental Region VI. Verhandlungen der phic lamin Gesellschaft in Basel 66: 141- 46. 1955b. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hensi- sphere. IV. (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Aradidue from the Oriental and Australian Regions 2. An- nals and Magazine of Natural History (12)8: 194-203. 1955c. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hermi- sphere (Hemiptera), VIT. Aradidae from Fukien, South China. Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum 8: 177-191. 1955d, Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere, VI (Hemiptera) Aradidae from the Urien tal and Australian Regions IV. Revista Ecuatoriana de Entomoligia y Parasitologia 2: 485-308. 1957a. Notes on Aradidae fram the Eastern Hemi- sphere XI (Hemiptera). On some apterous Mezinnae from New Guinea. Philippine Journal of Science 85; 389-403. 1957b, Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- ere (Hemiptera). XIII. On some Aradidae in Drake Collection. Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum 10: 37-46. 1957c. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere XIV (Hemiptera). Aradidae from the Ori- ental and Australian Regions IX. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 12(10); 265-273. 1958. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere X V (Hemiptera). Journal of the New York Entomological Society 66: 87-97. 1960. Notes on Aradidae trom the Eastern Hemi- sphere X VIL. (Hemiptera). Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum 13: 163-174. 1963. Notes on Aradidae in the Naturhisturska Riksmuseum, Stockholm (Hemiptera: Heteroptera), Arkiv för Zoologi 15: 443-455. 1964. New genera and species of Queensland Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Joumal of the Entomological Society of Queensland 3: 42-47. 19652. Notes on Australian Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with descriplions of new genera anel species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 77; 11-35. 196535. Notes on Aradidae in the Naturhistariska Riksmuseum, Stackholm. Hemiptera-Heter- aptera. Arkiy fir Zoologi 15: EN 168 1966. Arxlidae in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Records of the South Australian Museum 15: 275-307. 1967a. Aradidae in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide II (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Records of the South Australian Museum | 5; 513-550. 1967b. Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere XX. Eos 42: 467-491, 1967c Some Aradidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) from the Philippine, Bismarck and Solomon Is- lands. Entomologiske Meddelelser 35: 291-300. 1967d. Notes on Australian Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteropiera) with descriptions of new species of Calisius Stål and Glochocorts Usinger & Maisuda. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 79: 71-78. 1968, Notes on Aradidae from the Eastern Hemi- sphere, XXI. Aradidae in the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, (Hemiptera: Heteroptera), Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum 21: 225-233, 1969. Aradidae in the Bishop Museum, Honolulu IV (Heriprera-Heteraptüra)- Pacific Insects 1H (D): 49-70. 1971. Mezirinae of the Oriental Region and South Pacific (Hemiptera-Heteroptera: Aradidag). Pa- cilic Insecls Monograph 26: 1-165. 1972, Mevirinae of the Oriental Region and South Pacific, Supplement (Hemiptera-Heteruptera: Aradidae), Pacific Insects 14: 571-583. 1974. Aradidae from the tropical Africa and Mada- gascar in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (Hem. Heteroptera). Annales de la ze Entomologique de France (N.S.] 10: 59-71. 1976a, Notes on Aradidae from China and India (Henmpiera-Heteroptera). Pacific Insects 17: 87-90: (97Gb. A new species of Neuroctenustrom the nests of termites (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Sociobiology 7: 25-28. 1977, A new species of the genus Overlaetiella Schouteden from Sumatra. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington 79: 354-357. 1978, On some Aradidae from the Oriental and Australian regions (Hemiptera), Philippine Jour- nal of Science 105: 235-254. 1980a. Homonvmy m the Aradidae (Hemiptera). Pacific [nsects 22: 328. 1980b. A new species of the genus Daulocoris Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, from Sumatra (Hemipiera: Aradidae), Sociobiology 5(1): 21-24. 1982. A new species of Neuractenus from nests of termites (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Sociobiology TEL): 25-28, 1983. New oriental aradid bugs in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History) (Insecta: Hemiplent). Journal of Natural History 17:437-469, 1984. A new species of the genus Chinessa Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, from Papua New Guinea (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Pan-Pacific Entomolo- gist ({N2): 76-78, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1986. Two new genera and seven new species of Aradidae (Hemiptera). Journal of the New York Entomological Society 94: 249-261. 1992. A new homonym in the Mezirinae (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Journal of the New York Entomological Society 100(1): 184. KORMILEV, N.A, & HEISS, E. 1973. On some Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) from Nepal and Thailand, Berichte des naturwissenschaftlich- medizinischen Vereins in Innsbruck 60: 61-77. KORMILEV, N.A. & FROESCHNER, R.C. 1987. Flat bugs of the world: à synonymic list (Heteroptera: Aradidae). Entomography 5: 1-246. KUMAR, R. 1967. Morphology of the reproductive and alimentary systems of the Aradoidea (Hemiptera), with comments on relationships within the super- family, Annals. of the Entomological Society of America 60; 17-25. LAPORTE. F.L. de 1832. Essai d'une classification sysiematique de l'ordre des Hemipteres. Magazin Zoologie Guerin 2: 17-88. LEE, C.E. & PENDERGRAST, J.G. 1976. 4 compar- alive sludy of the stylets in the Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Journal of Natural His- Tory 10: 489-496. 1977, Tne Aradidae of New Zealand (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) IV. The Mezirinae, with a consider- ation of the genitalia. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 4; 167-175, 1983. Tne spermathecae of New Zealand Aradidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Journal of Natural His- tory 17; 113-122, LESTON, D. 1955, Remarks on Ihe male and female genitalia and abdomen of Aradidae. Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London (A30: 63-69. LETHIERR Y, L, 1888, Liste des Hemipteres recueillis à Sumatra et dans l'Ile Nias par M.E. Modigliani. Annali de Museo Civico di Storia Naturali «li Genova 6: 464. LETHIERR Y, L. & SEVERIN, G. 1896. Chtalogue genéral des Hémiptéres 3: 31-49. (Berlin), LIU, S.-L. 1980. New species of Mezirinae from China (Hemiprera: Heteroptera: Aradidae). Acta Zpolaxonomica Sinica 5: 174-184, MATSUDA, R. 1976. ‘Morphology and Evolution of ihe Insect Abdomen’. (Pergamon, Toronto). MATSUDA, R. & USINGER, R.L. 1957. Heteropsera: Araclidae. Insects of Micronesia 7: 117-172. MAYR, G.L. 1866. Diagnosen neuer Hemipteren. ILL Verhandlungen der Zoologisch-Botanischen Ge- sellschaft in Wien 16: 361-366. MILLER, N.C.E. 1938. A new subfamily of Malaysian Dysodijdae (Rhynchota), Annals and Magazine of Natural History. (11)1: 498-510. MONTEITH, G.B. 1956. A new genus of Chinumyersiinae (Heteroptera: Aradidae) from Australia; with notes on its relationships and male genitalia, Journal of the Entomological Society of Queensland 5; 46-50. REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY MEZIRINAE 1967, A revision and redescription of the genus Glyptoaptera Kormiley (Hemiptera! Aradidae). Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Socicty of London (B)36: 50-60, 1968. Notes on Aradidae from Fraser Island, Queensland Naturalist 19: 46. 1969, A remarkable case of alary dimorphism in the Aradidae (Hemiptera) with a generic synonymy und a new species, Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 8: 87-94. 1980. Relationships of the genera of China- myersiinae, with description of a relict species from mountains of North Queensland (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Aradidae). Pacific In- sects 4; 275-285, 1982, Biogeography of the New Guinea Aradidae (Heteroptera). Pp. 645-657. In Gressitt, J.L. (ed.) Biogeography and ecology of New Guinea. (Junk; The Hague), 1985, Altitudinal transect studies at Cape Tribula- uon, North Queensland. 1. Introduction and Sum- mary. Queensland Naturalist 26: 40-48. MONTROUZIER, P. 1865, Essai sur la faune en- iomologique de Kandla (Nouvelle-Culedonie), Artes de la Saciété Linnéene de Lyon 11: 235- 2 MUSGRAVE, A, 1932. ‘Bibliography of Australian Entomology 1775-1930'. (Royal Zoological So- ciety of New South Wales: Sydney). MYERS, J.G. & CHINA, W.E. 1928. A remarkable new genus and two species of Aradidae from New Zealand, Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9: 366-372. PENDERGRAST, JG. 1957, Studies on the reproduc- tive organs of the Heteroptera with a consideration of (heir bearing on classification. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 109: 1-63. PICCHL V. 1977. A systematic review of the genus Aneurus of North and Middle America and the West Indies (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Quaestiones Entomologicae 13: 255-308, SCHAEFER, C.W. 1977. Genital capsule of the trichophoran male (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Geocorisae). Intemational Journal of Insect Mor- phology and Embryology 6: 277-301. SCHUH, R.T. 1976. Pretarsal structure in the Miridae (Hemiptera) with a cladistic analysis of relation- ships within the family. American Museum Novitates No. 2601; 1-39. SHERBGRN, C.D. |934. Dates of publication of cata- logues of natural history (post 1850) issued by the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 13; 308-312, SIGNORET, V. 1880. De quelques genres nouveaux et espèces nouvelles de l'ordre des Hémiptéres fais- ont partie de fa collection du Musée Civiuue de Genes. Aunali del Museo Civico di Stona Natu- rale di Genova 15; 540-541. STÅL, C. 1865, Hemiptera Africana, (Stockholm) 3: 1-200. 1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum Bidrag ull Philippinksa oarnes Hemiptera-fauna.Ol[v. Kungliga Veternskapsakademiens Fórhand- lingar 27: 607-776. 1873. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Enumeratio Aradidarum Extraeuropaearum. Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar 11: 135-147. STYS, P. 1974. Morphological arid taxonomic notes on the Aneurinae, with descriptions of Aneuras (r- alunelus subgen. n.) gallicus sp. n. from France, and a world list of species (Heteroptera, Aradidae). Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 71: 86-104. USINGER, R.L. 1936. Studies in ihe American Aradidae with descriptions of new species, Annals of the Entomological Society of America 29:490- 516. 1941. Three new genera of apterous Aradidae. Pan- Pacific Entomologist 17; 169-181. 1950. The ongin and distribution of the apterous Aradidae. Proceedings of the 8th International Spp of Entomology. Stockholm pp. L74- 1954, A new genus of Aradidae from the Belgian Congo, with notes on stridulatory mechanisms in the farmly. Annales du Musée Royale du Congo Belge 1: 540-543, USINGER, R.L. & MATSUDA, R, 1959. *Classifica- tion of the Aradidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptcra)’. (British Museum (Natural History): London), VÁSARHELYI, T. 1976. Chinessa furcella sp.n. from New Guinea (Heteroptera, Aradidae). Annales Histerico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici 68: 69-70. 1985. On Chinessafurcella and the genus Melvertes (Heteropiera; Aradidae) Folia Entomolagica Hunganca 46! 173-177. 1986. The pretarsus in Aradidae. Acta Zoologica Hungarica 32(3-4): 377-383. 1987. On the relationships of the eight aradid sub- families (Heteropera). Acta Zoologica Hungarica 33(1-2): 263-267. WALKER, F. 1873. Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection of the British Museum. Part VII. pp. 5-44. (British Mu- seum: London}. WALKER, J.J. 1894, A visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago, Annals and Magazine uf Nal- ural History 6(14): 49-56, 1905. Antipodean field nores IIl. A sketch of the entomology of Sydney, N.S.W.. Enlomologists Monthly Magazine 41° 216-220, 227-233 WEBB. L.J. & TRACEY. J.G. 1981. Ausimliun rainforests; patterns and change. Pp. 605-694, In Keast, A. fed.) Ecological Biogeography of Aus- tralia. (Junk: The Hague). WYGODZINSKY, P. 1948. Studies on sume apterous Aradidae trom Brazil (Hemiptera). Boletim do Museu Nacional de Rio de Janeiro, New Series, Zoologica 86: 1-23 CONTENTS MONTEITH, G.B. Revision of the Australian flat bugs of the subfamily Mezirinae (Insecta? Hiemiptergz AAW eee ccc el ek der dasse dees seen sere sa seuee das